ADIRONDACK FINANCIAL SERVICES BANCORP INC
S-1, 1998-01-02
Previous: WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL INC, S-1, 1998-01-02
Next: ACME ELECTRIC CORP, SC 13G/A, 1998-01-05



     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 2, 1998
                                                       Registration No. 333-
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington, DC 20549
                                 -------------
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 -------------
                   ADIRONDACK FINANCIAL SERVICES BANCORP, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

           Delaware                         6035                 Applied For
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial  (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Classification Code Number) Identification No.)

     52 North Main Street, Gloversville, New York 12078-3084 (518) 725-6335
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                  of registrant's principal executive offices)
                                 -------------
                                 Lewis E. Kolar
                      President and Chief Executive Officer
                   Adirondack Financial Services Bancorp, Inc.
                              52 North Main Street
                        Gloversville, New York 12078-3084
                                 (518) 725-6335
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                                 -------------
                  Please send copies of all communications to:
                              Kip A. Weissman, P.C.
                            Daniel L. Torbenson, Esq.
                         SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.
     (A limited liability partnership including professional corporations)
                           1100 New York Avenue, N.W.
                            Seventh Floor, East Tower
                              Washington, DC 20005
                                 (202) 414-6100
                                 -------------
        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
   As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933 check the following box. [ ]

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
======================================================================================================
       Title of Each               Amount      Proposed Maximum        Proposed            Maximum
    Class of Securities            to be        Offering Price    Aggregate Offering      Amount of
      to be Registered         Registered (1)    Per Share (1)         Price (1)      Registration Fee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>                  <C>               <C>                   <C>   
Common Stock, $.01 par value   661,250 shares       $10.00            $6,612,500            $1,951
======================================================================================================
</TABLE>
- -----------
(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

     The Registrant  hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  Registration  Statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.
================================================================================
<PAGE>
Prospectus
 [LOGO]

                  ADIRONDACK FINANCIAL SERVICES BANCORP, INC.
(Proposed Holding Company for Gloversville Federal Savings and Loan Association)

                                $10.00 Per Share
                         575,000 Shares of Common Stock
                              (Anticipated Maximum)

         Adirondack Financial Services Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Holding Company") is
offering up to 575,000  shares of common  stock,  par value $0.01 per share (the
"Common  Stock"),  in connection  with the  conversion of  Gloversville  Federal
Savings and Loan Association  ("Gloversville Federal" or the "Association") from
a  federally  chartered  mutual  savings  and loan  association  to a  federally
chartered  stock  savings  and  loan  association  and  the  issuance  of all of
Gloversville   Federal   outstanding   stock  to  the   Holding   Company   (the
"Conversion").  Pursuant to the  Association's  plan of conversion (the "Plan of
Conversion" or the "Plan"),  non-transferable rights to subscribe for the Common
Stock  ("Subscription  Rights")  have been given to (i)  Gloversville  Federal's
depositors  with  account  balances  of $50 or more  as of  September  30,  1996
("Eligible Account Holders"),  (ii) tax-qualified employee plans of Gloversville
Federal and the Holding  Company  ("Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans"),  provided,
however,  that the  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans  shall  have  first  priority
Subscription  Rights to the  extent  that the  total  number of shares of Common
Stock sold in the  Conversion  exceeds  the maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation
Range as defined below,  (iii)  Gloversville  Federal's  depositors with account
balances of $50 or more as of ___________,  1998 ("Supplemental Eligible Account
Holders"),  (iv) certain of its other  members  ("Other  Members"),  and (v) its
employees,  officers and directors (the "Subscription  Offering.)  (continued on
next page)

         FOR ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION ON HOW TO SUBSCRIBE,  PLEASE CALL THE STOCK
INFORMATION CENTER AT (518) ___-____.

         FOR A  DISCUSSION  OF  CERTAIN  FACTORS  TO BE  CONSIDERED,  SEE  "RISK
FACTORS" AT PAGE __.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN  APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE COMMISSION, THE OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION OR THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT
      INSURANCE CORPORATION, NOR HAS SUCH COMMISSION, OFFICE OR CORPORATION
          PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

  THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY ARE NOT SAVINGS ACCOUNTS OR SAVINGS
    DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
                         OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Estimated Underwriting Fees,      
                                                                              Commissions and Other              Estimated Net     
                                                   Purchase Price(1)               Expenses(2)               Conversion Proceeds(3)
                                                   -----------------               -----------               ----------------------
<S>                                                     <C>                          <C>                            <C>  
Per Share(4)....................................        $10.00                       $1.02                          $8.98
Minimum Total...................................      $4,250,000                    $508,000                      $3,742,000
Midpoint Total..................................      $5,000,000                    $508,000                      $4,492,000
Maximum Total...................................      $5,750,000                    $508,000                      $5,242,000
Maximum Total, As Adjusted(5)...................      $6,612,500                    $508,000                      $6,104,500
</TABLE>
(1)  Determined on the basis of an appraisal prepared by RP Financial, Inc. ("RP
     Financial)  dated  [Appraisal  Date],  which states that the  estimated pro
     forma market value of the Common Stock ranged from $4,250,000 to $5,750,000
     or between 425,000 shares and 575,000 shares, of Common Stock at $10.00 per
     share.  See "The  Conversion  - Stock  Pricing  and  Number of Shares to be
     Issued."

(2)  Consists of the estimated  costs to the Association and the Holding Company
     arising from the  Conversion,  including the payment to Capital  Resources,
     Inc.  ("Capital  Resources") of a fee of $90,000 and estimated  expenses of
     $418,000 in connection  with the sale of shares in the Offering.  Such fees
     may be deemed to be  underwriting  fees. The Holding  Company has agreed to
     indemnify  Capital  Resources   against  certain   liabilities,   including
     liabilities  arising  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the
     "Securities Act"). See "The Conversion - Marketing Arrangements" for a more
     detailed description of underwriting fees and expenses.

(3)  Net Conversion  proceeds may vary from the estimated amounts,  depending on
     the Purchase Price and the number of shares issued.  The Purchase Price and
     the actual number of shares of Common Stock to be issued in the  Conversion
     will not be determined until after the close of the Offering.

(4)  Assumes the sale of the midpoint number of shares. If the minimum,  maximum
     or 15% above the maximum number of shares are sold,  estimated expenses per
     share would be $1.20, $0.88 or $0.77, respectively,  resulting in estimated
     net Conversion proceeds per share of $8.80, $9.12 or $9.23, respectively.
<PAGE>

(5)  As adjusted to give effect to the sale of up to an additional 86,250 shares
     (15%  above the  maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range)  which may be
     offered in the Conversion  without the resolicitation of subscribers or any
     right  of  cancellation,   to  reflect  changes  in  market  and  financial
     conditions  following  the  commencement  of the  Offering.  See "Pro Forma
     Data,"  and "The  Conversion  - Stock  Pricing  and  Number of Shares to be
     Issued."

                             Capital Resources, Inc.
                The date of this Prospectus is February __, 1998
<PAGE>
(continued from prior page)

Subscription  Rights  are  non-transferrable.  Persons  found to be  selling  or
otherwise  transferring  their  right  to  purchase  stock  in the  Subscription
Offering or purchasing  Common Stock on behalf of another person will be subject
to  forfeiture  of such rights and  possible  further  sanctions  and  penalties
imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS"), an agency of the United
States Government. Subject to the prior rights of holders of Subscription Rights
and to market conditions at or near the completion of the Subscription Offering,
the Holding  Company may also offer the Common  Stock for sale  through  Capital
Resources on a best efforts  basis in a public  offering to selected  persons to
whom this  prospectus is delivered  (the "Public  Offering" and when referred to
together with the Subscription  Offering,  the "Offering").  Depending on market
conditions and availability of shares, the shares of Common Stock may be offered
for sale in the Public  Offering on a  best-efforts  basis by a selling group of
selected broker-dealers to be managed by Capital Resources.  The Association and
the Holding Company reserve the right, in their absolute  discretion,  to accept
or reject, in whole or in part, any or all orders in the Public Offering.

The total number of shares to be issued in the Conversion  will be based upon an
appraised  valuation of the  estimated  aggregate  pro forma market value of the
Holding Company and the  Association as converted.  The purchase price per share
("Purchase  Price")  has been fixed at $10.00.  Based on the  current  aggregate
valuation range of $4,250,000 to $5,750,000 (the "Estimated  Valuation  Range"),
the Holding Company is offering up to 575,000 shares.  Depending upon the market
and  financial  conditions  at the time of the  completion  of the  Subscription
Offering  and the  Public  Offering,  if any,  the total  number of shares to be
issued in the  Conversion  may be increased or decreased from the 575,000 shares
offered  hereby,  provided  that the  product  of the  total  number  of  shares
multiplied  by the price per share  remains  within,  or does not exceed by more
than 15% the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range. If the aggregate Purchase
Price of the Common Stock sold in the  Conversion  is below  $4,250,000 or above
$6,612,500 , or if the Offering is extended beyond , 1998,  subscribers  will be
permitted to modify or cancel their subscriptions and to have their subscription
funds returned promptly with interest. Under such circumstances,  if subscribers
take no action,  their subscription funds will be promptly returned to them with
interest.   In  all  other  circumstances,   subscriptions  are  irrevocable  by
subscribers. See "The Conversion - Offering of Holding Company Common Stock."

With the exception of the  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans,  no Eligible  Account
Holder,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder or Other Member may purchase in
their capacity as such in the Subscription Offering more than $150,000 of Common
Stock; no person, together with associates of and persons acting in concert with
such  person,  may  purchase  more than  $150,000 of Common  Stock in the Public
Offering  and no person,  together  with  associates  of and  persons  acting in
concert  with such  person,  may  purchase  more than  $150,000 of Common  Stock
offered in the Conversion based on the Estimated  Valuation Range (as calculated
without  giving  effect  to  any  increase  in  the  Estimated  Valuation  Range
subsequent  to the  date  hereof).  Under  certain  circumstances,  the  maximum
purchase limitations may be increased or decreased at the sole discretion of the
Association and the Holding Company up to 9.99% of the total number of shares of
Common Stock sold in the  Conversion or to one percent of shares of Common Stock
offered  in  the  Conversion.  The  minimum  purchase  is 25  shares.  See  "The
Conversion - Additional Purchase  Restrictions." The Association and the Holding
Company  have  engaged  Capital  Resources  as  financial  advisor  and agent to
consult,  advise and assist in the  distribution of shares of Common Stock, on a
best-efforts basis in the Offering  including,  if necessary,  managing selected
broker-dealers  to assist in  selling  stock in the  Public  Offering.  For such
services, Capital Resources will receive a marketing fee of $90,000. If selected
dealers are used, the selected  dealers will receive a fee estimated to be up to
% of the  aggregate  Purchase  Price for all shares of Common  Stock sold in the
Offering  through  such  selected  dealers.  Such  fees  may  be  deemed  to  be
underwriting  commissions.  Capital  Resources  and the selected  dealers may be
deemed to be  underwriters.  See "The Conversion - Marketing  Arrangements"  and
"The Conversion - Offering of Holding Company Common Stock."

<PAGE>

To  subscribe  for  shares of Common  Stock in the  Subscription  Offering,  the
Holding Company must receive a stock order form ("Order Form") and certification
form,   together  with  full  payment  at  $10.00  per  share  (or   appropriate
instructions authorizing a withdrawal from a deposit account at the Association)
for all shares for which subscription is made, at any office of the Association,
by noon, Gloversville,  New York time, on _______, 1998, unless the Subscription
Offering is extended,  at the  discretion  of the Board of  Directors,  up to an
additional  45 days with the  approval  of the OTS,  if  necessary,  but without
additional  notice to subscribers  (the  "Expiration  Date").  The date by which
orders  must be  received  in the Public  Offering,  if any,  will be set by the
Holding  Company at the time of such offering  provided that, if the Offering is
extended beyond  _________,  1998, each subscriber will have the right to modify
or rescind his or her subscription. Subscription funds will be returned promptly
with  interest  to each  subscriber  unless  he or she  affirmatively  indicates
otherwise.  See "The  Conversion  Offering  of Holding  Company  Common  Stock."
Subscriptions  paid by  check,  bank  draft or money  order  will be placed in a
segregated   account  at  the   Association   and  will  earn  interest  at  the
Association's  passbook  rate  from  the date of  receipt  until  completion  or
termination of the  Conversion.  Payments  authorized by withdrawal from deposit
accounts at the  Association  will continue to earn interest at the  contractual
rate until the  Conversion  is  completed  or  terminated;  these  funds will be
otherwise unavailable to the depositor until such time.  Authorized  withdrawals
from time  accounts for the  purchase of Common Stock will be permitted  without
the imposition of early withdrawal penalties or loss of interest.

                                        2
<PAGE>


The Holding  Company has never issued capital stock.  Consequently,  there is no
existing market for the Holding Company Common Stock at this time. Therefore, no
assurance can be given that an  established  and liquid  trading  market for the
Holding  Company  Common  Stock will develop or that resales of the Common Stock
can be made at or above the Purchase Price. Following the Conversion the Holding
Company Common Stock will be traded in the over-the-counter  market. Although it
has no obligation to do so, Capital  Resources  intends to make a market for the
Holding Company Common Stock,  depending upon the volume of trading  activity in
the common  stock.  See "Market for Common  Stock" and "The  Conversion  - Stock
Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued."

                                        3

<PAGE>







                                  [MAP OMITTED]

 





                                        4

<PAGE>



                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The following  summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified
in its entirety by the detailed  information and financial  statements appearing
elsewhere herein.

Adirondack Financial Services Bancorp, Inc.

         The Holding Company,  Adirondack  Financial Services Bancorp,  Inc. was
recently  formed by  Gloversville  Federal  under the laws of  Delaware  for the
purpose of becoming a savings and loan holding company which will own all of the
outstanding  capital  stock that  Gloversville  Federal will issue in connection
with the Conversion.  Immediately following the Conversion, the only significant
assets of the Holding Company will be the capital stock of Gloversville Federal,
a note evidencing the Holding Company's loan to the ESOP and up to approximately
50% of the net  proceeds  from  the  Conversion.  See  "Use of  Proceeds."  Upon
completion of the  Conversion,  the Holding  Company's  business  initially will
consist only of the business of Gloversville  Federal. See "Adirondack Financial
Services Bancorp, Inc."

Gloversville Federal

         General.  Gloversville  Federal is a federally chartered mutual savings
and loan  association  headquartered  in  Gloversville,  New York.  Gloversville
Federal was originally chartered in 1923.  Gloversville Federal currently serves
the financial  needs of  communities  in its market area through its main office
located in  Gloversville  and its branch office  located in the city of Saratoga
Springs,  New York.  Its  deposits  are insured up to  applicable  limits by the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance   Corporation   ("FDIC").  At  September  30,  1997,
Gloversville  Federal  had total  assets  of $61.0  million,  deposits  of $56.1
million  and  equity  of $3.3  million.  See  "Business  -  Market  Area"  and "
Competition."

         Gloversville  Federal's business has historically  involved  attracting
deposits from the general  public and using such  deposits,  together with other
funds, to originate primarily one- to four-family  residential mortgages and, to
a lesser extent,  multi-family and commercial real estate,  commercial business,
home equity and other loans in its market area. The Association  also invests in
securities  and  other  permissible  investments.  See  "Business  -  Investment
Activities - Securities."  The  Association has suffered  significant  losses in
recent  years  on  its  residential   lending  program,  in  part  due  to  loan
underwriting and monitoring deficiencies.  In order to address these issues, the
Board  of  Directors  has  revised  the  Association's   loan  underwriting  and
monitoring  procedures  and hired new  personnel to perform such  functions.  In
addition,  in fiscal  1995,  the  Association  hired a new  President  and Chief
Executive Officer experienced in residential mortgage lending,  income producing
property  and  business  lending  and  determined  to expand  the  Association's
multi-family  and commercial real estate and commercial  business  lending.  See
"Business - Lending Activities -Multi-family and Commercial Real Estate Lending"
and "-  Commercial  Business  Lending."  However,  loan losses  continued in the
residential  loan  portfolio into fiscal 1997 and there can be no assurance that
any of these new  programs  can  successfully  address  the  Association's  loan
problems.


                                        5

<PAGE>



         Financial and  operational  highlights of the  Association  include the
following:

o    Capital  Strength.  At September 30, 1997, the Association had total equity
     of $3.3  million and  exceeded  all of the  applicable  regulatory  capital
     requirements  with tangible,  core and total  risk-based  capital ratios of
     5.41%, 5.41% and 10.01%,  respectively.  Assuming on a pro forma basis that
     $____ million,  the midpoint of the Estimated  Valuation  Range,  of shares
     were sold in the Conversion and  approximately 50% of the net proceeds were
     retained  by  the  Holding   Company,   as  of  September  30,  1997,   the
     Association's  tangible  capital  would have been $____  million  (____% of
     assets). See "Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Analysis."

o    Losses  from  Operations.  The  Association  has  recorded  a net loss from
     operations  in three out of its last five fiscal  years,  primarily  due to
     significant additions to its allowance for loan losses as well as, in 1996,
     a significant charge to operations for delinquent property taxes on certain
     non-performing  residential  loans  and  a  special  FDIC  assessment.  The
     Association's  income  (loss) was  ($583,000),  ($1.0  million),  $251,000,
     $272,000 and ($239,000) for the years ended September 30, 1997, 1996, 1995,
     1994 and 1993, respectively. While the Board believes that it has addressed
     most of the  problems  which have  caused  these  losses,  the  Association
     continues to have  significant  credit risk in its loan  portfolio  and its
     general  and  administrative  expenses  have  increased  as a result of new
     lending  procedures and personnel.  Accordingly,  there can be no assurance
     that the Association's results of operations will reach favorable levels in
     the  future.  See  "Management's   Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
     Condition and Results of Operations."

o    Income  Producing  Property and Business  Lending  Activities.  In order to
     increase the yield and interest rate sensitivity of the Association's  loan
     portfolio,  the  Association  recently has increased its  multi-family  and
     commercial real estate and commercial business lending. While no such loans
     were   delinquent  at  September  30,  1997,  a  number  of   underwriting,
     documentation  and monitoring  deficiencies  have been noted.  As a result,
     while no multi- family and  commercial  real estate or commercial  business
     loans have been classified as non-  performing,  $1.1 million of such loans
     have been classified as "of concern" as of September 30, 1997. Based on the
     above and in view of the higher level of credit risk  generally  associated
     with such loans,  there can be no assurance that such new lending  programs
     will  be   successful.   See  "Risk  Factors  -   Non-Residential   Lending
     Activities."

o    Asset Quality.  As a result of residential loan underwriting and monitoring
     deficiencies  which the Board believes have now been addressed,  as well as
     the   relatively   weak  economy  and  weak  real  estate   market  in  the
     Association's  market area, the  Association  has  experienced  significant
     delinquencies and loan losses on its one- to four-family residential loans.
     In addition, since fiscal 1995, the Association has significantly increased
     its multi-  family and  commercial  real  estate  and  commercial  business
     lending. At September 30, 1997, the Association's non-performing loans, all
     of which were one- to four- family residential loans, stood at $3.8 million
     or 7.4% of  gross  loans,  while  "other  loans of  concern"  stood at $1.1
     million.  On the same date, the  Association's  loan loss reserves stood at
     $1.6 million or 3.1% of gross loans and 42.5% of  non-performing  loans and
     33.0% of non-performing

                                        6

<PAGE>



     loans and other loans of concern.  At September 30, 1997, the Association's
     total non-performing assets stood at $4.1 million or 6.7% of assets.

     While the  Association  currently  believes that its current  allowance for
     loan losses is  adequate,  there can be no assurance  that the  Association
     will not continue to experience  significant loan  delinquencies and losses
     in the future. See "Business - Delinquencies and Non-Performing Assets."

o    Interest Rate Sensitivity.  The Association's  profitability,  like that of
     most  financial  institutions,  is dependent to a large extent upon its net
     interest  income,  which is the difference  between its interest income and
     interest expense. In managing its asset/liability mix, Gloversville Federal
     generally,  depending  on the  relationship  between  long and short-  term
     interest rates, market conditions and consumer  preference,  places greater
     emphasis  on  maximizing  its net  interest  margin  than on  matching  the
     interest rate sensitivity of its assets and  liabilities.  At September 30,
     1997, the net value of the Association's  portfolio equity was projected to
     decline  by 22.9%  and  53.5%  if there  were  instantaneous  increases  in
     interest rates of 200 and 400 basis points, respectively. See "Risk Factors
     - Interest Rate Risk Exposure" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
     Financial   Condition   and  Results  of   Operations   -   Asset/Liability
     Management."

The Conversion

         The  Offering  is  being  made in  connection  with the  conversion  of
Gloversville  Federal  from  a  federally  chartered  mutual  savings  and  loan
association to a federally  chartered stock savings and loan association and the
formation of Adirondack Financial Services Bancorp,  Inc. as the holding company
of  Gloversville  Federal.  The  Conversion  is subject  to certain  conditions,
including  the prior  approval  of the Plan by the  Association's  members  at a
Special  Meeting to be held on  January  21,  1998.  After the  Conversion,  the
Association's  current  voting  members (who  include  certain  deposit  account
holders and borrowers)  will have no voting rights in  Gloversville  Federal and
will have no voting  rights in the Holding  Company  unless they become  Holding
Company stockholders. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account
Holders,  however, will have certain liquidation rights in the Association.  See
"The  Conversion  -  Effects  of  Conversion  to Stock  Form on  Depositors  and
Borrowers of the Association - Liquidation Rights."

         The Offering. The shares of Common Stock to be issued in the Conversion
are being  offered at a Purchase  Price of $10.00 per share in the  Subscription
Offering pursuant to nontransferable  Subscription Rights in the following order
of priority:  (i) Eligible  Account Holders (i.e.,  depositors whose accounts in
the   Association   totaled  $50.00  or  more  on  September  30,  1996);   (ii)
Tax-Qualified Employee Plans; provided, however, that the Tax Qualified Employee
Plans shall have first priority Subscription Rights to the extent that the total
number of shares of Common Stock sold in the  Conversion  exceeds the maximum of
the Estimated  Valuation  Range;  (iii)  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders
(i.e.,  depositors  whose accounts in the Association  totaled $50.00 or more on
___________,  1998); (iv) Other Members (i.e.,  depositors as of ___________ __,
1998 and  certain  borrowers  of the  Association  as of  ________  __, ____ and
_______ __, 1998); and (v) employees, officers and directors of the Association.
Subscription Rights received in any of the

                                        7

<PAGE>



foregoing categories will be subordinated to the Subscription Rights received by
those in a prior category.  Subscription  Rights will expire if not exercised by
noon,  Gloversville,  New York time, on ____________  __, 1998,  unless extended
(the "Expiration Date").

         Subject  to the prior  rights of  holders  of  Subscription  Rights and
market  conditions at or near the completion of the Subscription  Offering,  any
shares of Common Stock not  subscribed for in the  Subscription  Offering may be
offered at the same price in a Public Offering and/or Direct Community  Offering
through  Capital  Resources on a best efforts basis to selected  persons to whom
this  prospectus  is  delivered.  To order Common Stock in  connection  with the
Public  Offering  and/or Direct  Community  Offering,  if any, an executed stock
order  form and  account  withdrawal  authorization  and  certification  must be
received by Capital  Resources prior to the  termination of such offerings.  The
date by which  orders  must be  received in the Public  Offering  and/or  Direct
Community  Offering,  if any, will be set by the Holding  Company at the time of
such offering  provided that if the Offering is extended  beyond  __________ __,
1998,  each  subscriber  will have the right to  modify  or  rescind  his or her
subscription. The Holding Company and the Association reserve the absolute right
to accept or reject  any  orders in the Public  Offering  and  Direct  Community
Offering, if any, in whole or in part.

         If necessary,  shares of Common Stock may also be offered in connection
with the Public  Offering for sale on a best-efforts  basis by selected  dealers
managed by Capital  Resources.  See "The Conversion - Public Offering and Direct
Community Offering."

         The Association and the Holding Company have engaged Capital  Resources
to consult with and advise the Holding Company and the Association  with respect
to the Offering,  and Capital Resources has agreed to solicit  subscriptions and
purchase  orders for shares of Common  Stock in the  Offering.  Neither  Capital
Resources nor any selected  broker-dealers  will have any obligation to purchase
shares of Common Stock in the Offering.  Capital  Resources will receive for its
services a marketing fee of $90,000.  To the extent selected  broker-dealers are
utilized  in  connection  with the sale of shares in the  Public  Offering,  the
selected  dealers will receive a fee of up to _____% and Capital  Resources will
receive a fee of _____% of the aggregate Purchase Price for all shares of Common
Stock sold  through such  broker-dealers.  Capital  Resources  will also receive
reimbursement for certain expenses incurred in connection with the Offering. The
Holding  Company  has agreed to  indemnify  Capital  Resources  against  certain
liabilities,  including certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended ("Securities Act"). See "The Conversion Marketing Arrangements."

         The Association has established a Stock Information Center,  which will
be  managed  by  Capital  Resources,  to  coordinate  the  Offering,  and answer
questions  about the Offering  received by telephone.  All  subscribers  will be
instructed to mail payment to the Stock  Information  Center or deliver  payment
directly to the Association's office.  Payment for shares of Common Stock may be
made by cash (if delivered in person),  check or money order or by authorization
of withdrawal from deposit accounts maintained with the Association.  Such funds
will  not be  available  for  withdrawal  and  will not be  released  until  the
Conversion is completed or terminated.  See "The  Conversion - Method of Payment
for Subscriptions."


                                        8

<PAGE>



         Purchase Limitations.  The Plan of Conversion places limitations on the
number of shares which may be purchased in the Conversion by various  categories
of persons. With the exception of the Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans, no Eligible
Account Holder,  Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, Other Member or director,
officer or employee may purchase in their  capacity as such in the  Subscription
Offering more than $150,000 of Common Stock; no person, together with associates
of and  persons  acting in concert  with such  person,  may  purchase  more than
$150,000  of  Common  Stock in the  Public  Offering;  and no person or group of
persons  acting in concert  (other than the  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans) may
purchase  more than  $150,000  of Common  Stock in the  Conversion.  The minimum
purchase  limitation is 25 shares of Common Stock.  These purchase limits may be
increased or decreased  consistent with the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS")
regulations at the sole discretion of the Holding  Company and the  Association.
See "The Conversion - Offering of Holding Company Common Stock."

         Restrictions  on  Transfer  of  Subscription   Rights.   Prior  to  the
completion of the Conversion, no person may transfer or enter into any agreement
or  understanding  to  transfer  the  legal  or  beneficial   ownership  of  the
subscription  rights  issued  under the Plan or the shares of Common Stock to be
issued  upon  their   exercise.   Persons  found  to  be  selling  or  otherwise
transferring  their  right to  purchase  stock in the  Subscription  Offering or
purchasing  Common  Stock  on  behalf  of  another  person  will be  subject  to
forfeiture of such rights and possible federal penalties and sanctions. See "The
Conversion - Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares."

         Stock  Pricing and Number of Shares of Common Stock to be Issued in the
Conversion.  The  Purchase  Price of the Common Stock is $10.00 per share and is
the same for all purchasers. The aggregate pro forma market value of the Holding
Company and Gloversville  Federal, as converted,  was estimated by RP Financial,
which is experienced in appraising  converting  thrift  institutions,  to be the
Estimated  Valuation  Range.  The Board of Directors  has reviewed the Estimated
Valuation  Range as stated in the  appraisal  and  compared it with recent stock
trading  prices as well as other recent pro forma market  value  estimates.  The
Board of  Directors  has also  reviewed  the  appraisal  report,  including  the
assumptions and  methodology  utilized  therein,  and determined that it was not
unreasonable.

         Depending  on  market  and  financial  conditions  at the  time  of the
completion  of the  Offering,  the total  number of shares of Common Stock to be
issued in the  Conversion may be increased or decreased  significantly  from the
575,000 shares offered hereby and the Purchase Price may be decreased.  However,
subscribers  will be permitted to modify or rescind their  subscriptions  if the
product of the total number of shares to be issued  multiplied  by the price per
share is less than  $4,250,000  or more than  $6,612,500.  The  appraisal is not
intended to be, and must not be interpreted as, a recommendation  of any kind as
to the advisability of voting to approve the Conversion or of purchasing  shares
of Common Stock. The appraisal  considers  Gloversville  Federal and the Holding
Company only as going concerns and should not be considered as any indication of
the liquidation value of Gloversville Federal or the Holding Company.  Moreover,
the  appraisal is  necessarily  based on many factors  which change from time to
time.  There  can be no  assurance  that  persons  who  purchase  shares  in the
Conversion  will be able to sell such shares at prices at or above the  Purchase
Price. See "Pro Forma Data" and "The Conversion - Stock Pricing and Number

                                        9

<PAGE>



of Shares to be Issued" for a description  of the manner in which such valuation
was made and the limitations on its use.

Purchases by Directors and Executive Officers

         The directors and executive officers of Gloversville  Federal intend to
purchase,  for investment  purposes and at the same price as the shares are sold
to other investors in the Conversion, approximately $385,500 of Common Stock, or
9.1%,  7.7% or 6.7% of the shares to be sold in the  Conversion  at the minimum,
midpoint  and  maximum  of  the  Estimated  Valuation  Range,  respectively.  In
addition,  an amount of shares  equal to an  aggregate of 8% of the shares to be
issued in the  Conversion is  anticipated  to be purchased by the ESOP. See "The
Conversion - Participation by the Board and Executive Officers."

Potential Benefits of Conversion to Directors and Executive Officers

         Employee  Stock   Ownership   Plan.  The  Board  of  Directors  of  the
Association  has adopted an ESOP,  a  tax-qualified  employee  benefit  plan for
officers and employees of the Holding Company and the Association. All employees
of the Association are eligible to participate in the ESOP after they attain age
21 and complete one year of service. The Association's  contribution to the ESOP
is allocated  among  participants  on the basis of their relative  compensation.
Each  participant's  account  will be  credited  with cash and shares of Holding
Company Common Stock based upon compensation earned during the year with respect
to which  the  contribution  is made.  The ESOP  intends  to buy up to 8% of the
Common Stock issued in the Conversion (approximately $340,000 to $460,000 of the
Common  Stock  based on the  issuance  of the  minimum  and the  maximum  of the
Estimated  Valuation  Range and the $10.00 per share Purchase  Price).  The ESOP
will purchase the shares with funds borrowed from the Holding Company, and it is
anticipated that the ESOP will repay the loans through  periodic  tax-deductible
contributions from the Association over a ten-year period.  These  contributions
will  increase the  compensation  expense of the  Association.  See  "Management
Benefit Plans - Employee Stock Ownership Plan" for a description of this plan.

         Stock Option and Incentive Plan and Recognition and Retention Plan. The
Board of  Directors of the Holding  Company  intends to adopt a Stock Option and
Incentive  Plan (the "Stock Option Plan") and a Recognition  and Retention  Plan
("RRP") to become  effective upon  ratification  by  stockholders  following the
Conversion.  Certain of the  directors  and  executive  officers  of the Holding
Company  and the  Association  will  receive  awards  under these  plans.  It is
currently anticipated that an amount of shares equal to 10% and 4% of the shares
sold in the Conversion will be reserved for issuance under the Stock Option Plan
and RRP,  respectively.  Depending  upon market  conditions  in the future,  the
Holding Company may purchase shares in the open market to fund these plans.  See
"Management - Benefit Plans" for a description of these plans.

         Under the proposed Stock Option Plan, it is presently intended that the
directors and executive officers be granted options to purchase,  in addition to
the shares to be issued in the  Conversion,  an amount of shares equal to __% of
the shares sold in the Conversion (or ______ and ______ shares, respectively, of
Common Stock based on the minimum and maximum of the Estimated  Valuation Range)
at an exercise price equal to the market value per share of the Common

                                       10

<PAGE>



Stock on the date of grant.  Such  options  will be awarded at no expense to the
recipients and pose no financial risk to the recipients until  exercised.  It is
presently anticipated that Lewis Kolar, President and Menzo Case, Executive Vice
President  will each  receive an option to purchase an amount of shares equal to
2.0% of the shares sold in the Conversion (or 8,500 and 11,500 shares,  assuming
the minimum and maximum of the Estimated  Valuation  Range,  respectively).  See
"Management - Benefit Plans - Stock Option and Incentive Plan."

         The award and  exercise of options  pursuant  to the Stock  Option Plan
will not result in any expense to the Holding Company; however, when the options
are  exercised  (or,  depending  on  market  conditions,  potentially  prior  to
exercise) , the per share earnings and book value of existing  stockholders will
likely be diluted.

         It is also  intended that  directors and executive  officers be granted
(without  any  requirement  of  payment by the  grantee)  an amount of shares of
restricted  stock awards equal to ___% of the shares sold in the  Conversion (or
_________ and ________ shares, respectively, based on the minimum and maximum of
the Estimated  Valuation  Range) which will vest over five years  commencing one
year  from  stockholder  ratification  and  which  will  have a total  value  of
$________ and $__________ based on the Purchase Price of $10.00 per share at the
minimum  and  maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range,  respectively.  It is
presently anticipated that President Kolar will receive a restricted stock award
equal to 1.0% of the shares sold in the  Conversion  (or 4,250 and 5,750 shares,
assuming  the  minimum and maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range) and that
Executive Vice President Case will receive a restricted stock award equal to .6%
of the  conversion  shares.  The restricted  stock award to President  Kolar and
Executive Vice President Case would have an aggregate value ranging from $42,500
and $57,500, and $25,500 and $34,500,  respectively, (at the minimum and maximum
of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range) based upon the original  Purchase  Price of
$10.00  per  share.  See "Risk  Factors -  Takeover  Defensive  Provisions"  and
"Management Benefit Plans - Recognition and Retention Plan."

         Following  stockholder  ratification of the RRP, the RRP will be funded
either with shares  purchased in the open market or with authorized but unissued
shares.  Based upon the Purchase Price of $10.00 per share,  the amount required
to fund the RRP through  open-market  purchases  would range from  approximately
$170,000  (based  upon  the  sale of  shares  at the  minimum  of the  Estimated
Valuation Range) to approximately $230,000 (based upon the sale of shares at the
maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range). In the event that the per share price
of the  Common  Stock  increases  above  the  $10.00  per share  Purchase  Price
following completion of the Offering, the amount necessary to fund the RRP would
also  increase.  The expense  related to the cost of the RRP will be  recognized
over the five-year  vesting period of the awards made pursuant to such plan. The
use of authorized but unissued  shares to fund the RRP would dilute the holdings
of stockholders  who purchase Common Stock in the Conversion.  See "Management -
Benefit Plans - Recognition and Retention Plan."

         The Holding Company intends to submit the RRP and the Stock Option Plan
to stockholders for ratification following completion of the Offering, but in no
event prior to six months  following  the  completion of the  Conversion.  These
plans will only be effective if ratified by the  stockholders.  In the event the
Stock Option Plan and the RRP are not ratified by stockholders, management may

                                       11

<PAGE>



consider the adoption of alternate  incentive plans,  although no such plans are
currently  contemplated.  While the  Association  believes  that the RRP and the
Stock Option Plan will provide  important  incentives  for the  performance  and
retention  of  management,  the  Association  has no reason to believe  that the
failure to obtain  shareholder  ratification  of such plans would  result in the
departure of any members of senior management.

         Change in Control  Severance  Agreements.  The  Association  intends to
enter into change in control  agreements with President Kolar and Executive Vice
President  Case. It is anticipated  that such agreements will have initial terms
of 24 and 12 months,  respectively,  and become effective upon completion of the
Conversion.  In the event that President  Kolar or Executive Vice President Case
is  terminated  following a "change in control" (as defined in the  agreements),
such  officer  will  be  entitled  to a  severance  payment  of 200%  and  100%,
respectively,   of  his  current  compensation.   See  "Management  -  Executive
Compensation  - Change in Control  Severance  Agreements"  for the definition of
"change in control" and a more detailed description of these agreements.

Use of Proceeds

         The net  proceeds  from the  sale of  Common  Stock  in the  Conversion
(estimated at $3.7 million, $4.5 million, $5.2 million and $6.1 million based on
sales at the  minimum,  midpoint,  maximum  and 15%  above  the  maximum  of the
Estimated Valuation Range, respectively) will substantially increase the capital
of Gloversville  Federal. See "Pro Forma Data." The Holding Company will utilize
approximately  50% of the net proceeds  from the issuance of the Common Stock to
purchase  all of the common  stock of  Gloversville  Federal  to be issued  upon
Conversion and will retain approximately 50% of the net proceeds;  provided that
the  amount  retained  by the  Holding  Company  will be  reduced  to the extent
required that, upon the completion of the transaction,  the Association's  ratio
of capital to assets is at least  10%.  The  proceeds  retained  by the  Holding
Company will be invested initially in short-term investments. Such proceeds will
subsequently be invested in _______________  and investment  securities and will
be available for general corporate  purposes,  including the possible repurchase
of shares of the Common  Stock,  as permitted  by the OTS.  The Holding  Company
currently  has no  specific  plans to make any  such  repurchases  of any of its
Common Stock.  In addition,  the Holding  Company intends to provide the funding
for the ESOP loan.  Based upon the initial  Purchase  Price of $10.00 per share,
the dollar  amount of the ESOP loan would  range from  $340,000  (based upon the
sale of shares at the  minimum of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range) to  $460,000
(based upon the sale of shares at the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range).
It  is  anticipated   that  the  ESOP  will  repay  the  loan  through  periodic
tax-deductible  contributions  from the Association over a ten-year period.  The
interest  rate to be  charged  by the  Holding  Company on the ESOP loan will be
based upon the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS")  prescribed  applicable  federal
rate at the time of origination.

         Finally,  the Holding Company currently intends to use a portion of the
proceeds  to  fund  a  Recognition  and  Retention  Plan  ("RRP"),   subject  to
stockholder  ratification.  Compensation  expense  related  to the  RRP  will be
recognized  as share awards vest.  See "Pro Forma Data."  Following  stockholder
ratification of the RRP, the RRP will be funded either with shares  purchased in
the open market or with authorized but unissued shares.  Based upon the Purchase
Price  of  $10.00  per  share,  the  amount  required  to fund  the RRP  through
open-market purchases would range from

                                       12

<PAGE>



approximately  $170,000  (based  upon the sale of shares at the  minimum  of the
Estimated  Valuation  Range) to  approximately  $230,000 (based upon the sale of
shares at the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation  Range). In the event that the
per  share  price of the  Common  Stock  increases  above the  $10.00  per share
Purchase Price  following  completion of the Offering,  the amount  necessary to
fund the RRP would also increase.  The use of authorized but unissued  shares to
fund the RRP could dilute the holdings of stockholders who purchase Common Stock
in the  Conversion.  See "Management - Benefit Plans - Recognition and Retention
Plan."

         The net proceeds  received by Gloversville  Federal will become part of
Gloversville Federal's general funds for use in its business and will be used to
support the Association's existing operations,  subject to applicable regulatory
restrictions.   Immediately  upon  the  completion  of  the  Conversion,  it  is
anticipated  that the  Association  will invest such  proceeds  into  short-term
assets.  Subsequently,  the Association  intends to redirect the net proceeds to
the origination of residential  loans and, to a lesser extent,  multi-family and
commercial real estate,  commercial  business and home equity loans,  subject to
market  conditions.  In  addition,  such  proceeds may also be utilized to repay
borrowings.

         See "Use of Proceeds" for additional  information on the utilization of
the offering  proceeds as well as OTS restrictions on repurchases of the Holding
Company's stock.

Dividends

         The  declaration  and payment of dividends  are subject to, among other
things,  the Holding  Company's  financial  condition and results of operations,
Gloversville  Federal's  compliance  with its regulatory  capital  requirements,
including the fully phased-in capital requirements, tax considerations, industry
standards,  economic  conditions,  regulatory  restrictions,   general  business
practices and other factors. There can be no assurance as to whether or when the
Holding Company will pay a dividend. See "Dividends."

Market for Common Stock

         The Holding  Company has never issued  capital stock to the public and,
consequently,  there is no existing  market for the Common Stock.  Following the
completion  of the  offering,  it is  anticipated  that the Common Stock will be
traded on the over-the-counter  market with quotations available through the OTC
Bulletin Board.  Capital  Resources has indicated its intention to make a market
in the Common Stock.  If the Common Stock cannot be quoted and traded on the OTC
Bulletin  Board it is expected  that  transactions  in the Common  Stock will be
reported in the pink sheets  published by the National  Quotation  Bureau,  Inc.
Making a market may include the  solicitation of potential buyers and sellers in
order to match  buy and sell  orders.  However,  Capital  Resources  will not be
subject to any obligation with respect to such efforts.

         There can be no assurance  that an active or liquid trading market will
develop for the Common Stock, or if a market develops,  that it will continue. A
public  market  having the  desirable  characteristics  of depth,  liquidity and
orderliness  depends upon the presence in the marketplace of both willing buyers
and  sellers  of the  Common  Stock at any given  time,  which is not within the
control of the Holding Company or any market maker. Accordingly, there can be no
assurance that

                                       13

<PAGE>



purchasers will be able to sell their shares at or above the Purchase Price. See
"Market for Common Stock."

Risk Factors

         See "Risk  Factors" for  information  regarding  certain  factors which
should be  considered by  prospective  investors,  including  the  Association's
recent operating  results,  market area, income producing  property and business
lending activities, interest rate risk exposure, competition, takeover defensive
provisions  contained in the Holding Company's  certificate of incorporation and
bylaws,  post-conversion overhead expenses,  regulatory oversight, the risk of a
delayed offering, the absence of an active market for the Common Stock, possible
increase  in  estimated  valuation  range and  number of shares  issued  and the
possible consequences of amendment of the Plan of Conversion.

                                       14

<PAGE>

                         SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         Set  forth  below  are  selected   financial  and  other  data  of  the
Association.  The financial  data is derived in part from, and should be read in
conjunction  with,  the  Financial  Statements  and  Notes  of  the  Association
presented elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Selected Financial Information

                                                                              At September 30,
                                                  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1997           1996           1995          1994           1993
                                                          ----           ----           ----          ----           ----
                                                                                (In Thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>    
Selected Financial Condition Data:
- ----------------------------------
Total assets.....................................       $61,022        $61,006        $63,073       $69,597        $61,894
Cash and cash equivalents........................         1,922          1,198          3,181         6,509         18,184
Loans receivable, net............................        49,526         49,636         48,239        45,645         40,896
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale....         3,562          4,044            993         3,968             --
Other securities available for sale..............         3,455          3,395          4,138         5,781            581
                                                       --------       --------       --------      --------      ---------
   Total securities available for sale...........         7,017          7,439          5,131         9,749            581
                                                       --------       --------       --------      --------      ---------
Investment securities held to maturity...........            --             --          4,402         5,459             --
Deposits.........................................        56,117         55,716         57,866        64,703         57,346
Borrowings.......................................         1,300            300             --            --             --
Total equity.....................................         3,280          3,790          4,854         4,705          4,397

                                                                     For the Years Ended September 30,
                                                  --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1997           1996           1995          1994           1993
                                                          ----           ----           ----          ----           ----
                                                                               (In Thousands)
Selected Operations Data:
- -------------------------
Interest income..................................         4,905          4,733          4,816         4,805          4,853
Interest expense.................................         2,447          2,416          2,527         2,148          2,586
                                                       --------       --------       --------      --------       --------
Net interest income..............................         2,458          2,317          2,289         2,657          2,267
Provision for loan losses........................           792            714            129           211            843
                                                      ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------      ---------
Net interest income after provision for loan
  losses.........................................         1,666          1,603          2,160         2,446          1,424
                                                       --------       --------        -------      --------       --------
Net gain on sale of securities...................            --             --            204            --             --
Other non-interest income........................           155            109            188            69             30
                                                       --------      ---------      ---------    ----------     ----------
Total non-interest income........................           155            109            392            69             30
                                                       --------      ---------      ---------    ----------     ----------
Non-interest expense.............................         2,319          2,970          2,199         2,119          1,755
                                                        -------        -------        -------       -------        -------
(Loss) income before income tax expense
   (benefit) ....................................          (498)        (1,258)           353           396           (301)
Income tax expense (benefit).....................            85           (222)           102           124            (62)
                                                      ---------      ---------       --------      --------      ---------
Net (loss) income................................      $   (583)       $(1,036)      $    251      $    272       $   (239)
                                                       ========        =======       ========      ========       ========
</TABLE>

                                       15
<PAGE>

                    Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      September 30,
                                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 1997          1996         1995          1994          1993
                                                                 ----          ----         ----          ----          ----
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>    
Performance ratios:
- -------------------
  Return (Loss) on average assets....................           (0.94)%       (1.69)%       0.38%         0.42%        (0.37)%
  Return (Loss) on average equity....................          (16.30)       (22.22)        5.30          5.97         (5.11)
Interest rate spread information:
- ---------------------------------
  Average during period..............................            3.96          3.68         3.35          4.43          3.87
  End of period......................................            4.19          4.21         3.61          4.05          4.18
    Net interest margin..............................            4.11          3.91         3.55          4.42          3.82
Other Operating ratios:
- -----------------------
  Ratio of operating expenses to average total
   assets(1).........................................            3.63          3.61         3.11          3.17          2.63
  Efficiency ratio(2)................................           85.94         91.10        86.67         75.85         74.46
  Ratio of average interest-earning assets to
   average interest-bearing liabilities..............          103.76        105.53       105.01         99.70         98.73
Asset Quality ratios:
- ---------------------
Non-performing assets to total assets
  at end of period...................................            6.73          3.74         4.38          5.53          4.22
Allowance for loan loss to non-performing loans
  at end of period...................................           42.53         56.53        30.20         24.34         41.63
Allowance for loan losses to gross loans
  receivable at end of period........................            3.14          2.45         1.58          1.83          2.08
Capital ratios:
- ---------------
  Equity to total assets at end of period............            5.38          6.21         7.70          6.76          7.10
  Average equity to average assets...................            5.78          7.62         7.11          6.99          7.17
Other data:
- -----------
Number of full service offices.......................               2             2            2             2             2
</TABLE>

(1)  Operating  expenses  exclude OREO expenses of $73,000,  $27,000,  $127,000,
     $52,000 and $44,000 for years ended  September 30, 1997,  1996,  1995, 1994
     and 1993, respectively.  In addition, operating expenses for the year ended
     September  30,  1996  exclude  expenses  incurred  by the  Association  for
     delinquent  property taxes on collateral  secured by certain  nonperforming
     one- to  four-family  residential  loans  paid on  behalf of  borrowers  of
     $318,000 and the special one-time SAIF assessment of $415,000.

(2)  The efficiency ratio represents  operating expenses (as defined in footnote
     1 above)  divided by the sum of net  interest  income  and other  operating
     income  (excluding a gain on sale of building of $86,000 and net gains from
     security transactions of $204,000 for the year ended September 30, 1995).

                                       16

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

         The following factors, in addition to those discussed elsewhere in this
Prospectus,  should be  considered  by  investors  before  deciding  whether  to
purchase the Common Stock offered in the Offering.

Recent Operating Losses

         The  Association has recorded  significant  losses from operations over
the last  several  years due  primarily  to losses  related to loans  (including
additions to the allowance for loan losses,  a charge to operations for past due
property taxes on certain non-performing residential loans on which tax payments
were not effectively monitored and valuation adjustments and expenses related to
foreclosed  real  estate).  In  addition  in 1996,  the  Association  recorded a
$415,000 pre tax accrual for a special FDIC assessment.  The  Association's  net
income (loss) was  ($583,000),  ($1.0  million) and $251,000 for the years ended
September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  The Association has attempted
to address these losses through increased loan monitoring  (including the hiring
of  an  internal  auditor  and  credit  analyst),  tightened  loan  underwriting
standards and enhanced collection  procedures.  In addition, in fiscal 1995, the
Association  began  to  focus a  portion  of its  lending  on  multi-family  and
commercial real estate, and commercial  business loans.  However, in view of (i)
the higher level of credit risk inherent in the  Association's  new multi-family
and commercial real estate and commercial business lending activities,  (ii) the
relatively low level of loan demand and high level of competition in much of the
Association's  market area,  (iii) the decline in real estate  values in much of
the Association's market area, (iv) the higher level of expense required for the
increased  monitoring of the portfolio and the expansion of the types of lending
products offered and (v) the Association's continued vulnerability to changes in
interest  rates,  there can be no assurance  that the  Association's  results of
operations will return to satisfactory  levels in the future.  See "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operations
Comparison  of  Operating  Results  for the Years Ended  September  30, 1997 and
1996."

Market Area

         The Association  maintains an office in Fulton County,  New York, which
is located  approximately 50 miles northwest of Albany,  and in Saratoga County,
New  York,  which is  located  approximately  30  miles  north  of  Albany.  The
Association  considers  its primary  market area to include  Fulton and Saratoga
counties as well as  portions of the  surrounding  counties  of  Montgomery  and
Hamilton,  New York.  As a result of a decline in the local  manufacturing  base
over the last 15 years,  the employment and economic growth rates of much of the
Association's  market area (with the partial  exception of Saratoga County) have
been less  favorable  than the United States and New York State  averages.  As a
result of these  conditions,  the  Association  believes that real estate values
have declined  through much of its market area.  Based in part on the above, the
Association has experienced a significant level of losses related to its lending
activities. In addition, there can be no assurance that such conditions will not
contribute  to losses  related to its  lending  activities  in the  future.  See
"Business - Market Area."


                                       17

<PAGE>



Income Producing Property and Business Lending Activities

         In fiscal 1995, the Board of Directors  hired a new President and Chief
Executive Officer with a commercial  banking background as well as a residential
lending  background,  and  directed him to develop a new strategy to improve the
Association's operations.  After due consideration and consultation with the new
President,  in order to increase the yield and interest rate  sensitivity of the
Association's  loan  portfolio  and in view of the  relatively  low  demand  for
residential  loans in the  Association's  market area,  the Board  determined to
expand the Association's  multi-family and commercial real estate and commercial
business lending activities. Later that year, the Association hired a commercial
lending officer with  experience in multi-family  and commercial real estate and
commercial business lending. The Association's  multi-family and commercial real
estate loans,  and its commercial  business loans,  have increased from $878,000
and $0 at September 30, 1994, respectively,  to $8.0 million and $1.4 million at
September 30, 1997, respectively.

         A number of financial weaknesses as well as underwriting, documentation
and  monitoring   deficiencies   have  been  discovered  in  the   Association's
multi-family   and  commercial  real  estate  and  commercial   business  loans.
Accordingly,  while no  multi-family  and  commercial  real estate or commercial
business  loans were  classified as  non-performing  at September 30, 1997,  the
Association determined to classify $1.1 million of such loans as "of concern" as
of such date. See "Business Lending Activities - Other Loans of Concern."

         Multifamily and commercial real estate and commercial  business lending
is  generally  believed  to involve a higher  degree of credit risk than one- to
four-family  residential  lending.  This higher risk is due to several  factors,
including the greater concentration of principal and the smaller number of loans
and borrowers,  the effects of general economic  conditions on  income-producing
ventures  and  properties  and  the  increased   difficulty  of  evaluating  and
monitoring these types of loans. In addition,  the  Association's  multi-family,
commercial  real  estate  and  commercial  business  loans,  particularly  those
originated  when the  Association  first expanded  these product  lines,  may be
subject to an  additional  level of risk related to the  Association's  relative
inexperience  with  this  type  of  lending.  Accordingly,  while  none  of  the
Association's  multi-family  and commercial real estate and commercial  business
loans were 60 days or more  delinquent  as of the date  hereof,  there can be no
assurance that the Association  will not experience  significant  losses on such
loans in the future.  See  "Business - Lending  Activities  -  Multi-family  and
Commercial Real Estate Lending" and "Commercial Business Lending."

Interest Rate Risk Exposure

         The Association's profitability is dependent to a large extent upon its
net interest  income,  which is the  difference  between its interest  income on
interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and its interest expense
on interest-bearing  liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. When interest
rates rise, the Association's net interest income tends to be adversely impacted
since its liabilities tend to reprice more quickly than its assets.  Conversely,
in a  declining  rate  environment  the  Association's  net  interest  income is
generally  positively impacted since its assets tend to reprice more slowly than
its  liabilities.  Changes in the level of interest rates also affect the amount
of loans  originated  by the  Association  and,  thus,  the  amount  of loan and
commitment fees, as well as the

                                       18

<PAGE>



market value of the Association's  interest-earning assets. Moreover,  increases
in  interest  rates also can result in  disintermediation,  which is the flow of
funds away from savings institutions into direct investments,  such as corporate
securities and other  investment  vehicles,  which generally pay higher rates of
return than savings  institutions.  Finally,  a flattening  of the "yield curve"
(i.e., a decline in the difference  between long and short term interest rates),
could adversely impact net interest income to the extent that the  Association's
assets have a longer average term than its liabilities.

         In  managing  its  asset/liability  mix,  the  Association   generally,
depending on the  relationship  between  long- and  short-term  interest  rates,
market conditions and consumer preference,  places more emphasis on managing net
interest  margin than on better  matching the interest rate  sensitivity  of its
assets and liabilities in an effort to enhance net interest income. As a result,
the  Association  will  continue to be  significantly  vulnerable  to changes in
interest  rates and to decreases in the  difference  between long and short term
interest rates.

         At September 30, 1997, the Association's net portfolio value would have
declined  by 23% and 53%,  respectively,  in the  event of a 200 and a 400 basis
point  increase in general  interest  rates.  See  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations  -Asset/Liability
Management."

Competition

         Gloversville Federal experiences  significant  competition in its local
market  area in both  originating  real  estate and other  loans and  attracting
deposits.  This  competition  arises from other savings  institutions as well as
commercial  banks,   mortgage  banks,  credit  unions  and  national  and  local
securities  firms.  The  Association's  competitors  include many  significantly
larger  banks,   including   several  large   regional  banks  with  offices  in
Gloversville Federal's primary market area. Due to their size, these large banks
can achieve certain  economies of scale and as a result offer a broader range of
products and services  than are  currently  available  at the  Association.  The
Association  attempts  to  mitigate  the effect of such  factors by  emphasizing
customer service.  Such competition may limit  Gloversville  Federal's growth in
the future. See "Business - Competition."

         In view of the increasing  cost and complexity of operating a financial
institution,  the  Board of  Directors  believes  that  moderate  growth  of the
Association's assets and liabilities is important for maintaining profitability.
In addition,  the Board of Directors  believes that growth will be needed in the
future  to  leverage  the new  capital  raised  by the  Conversion.  See "Use of
Proceeds."

         Unfortunately,  as a result of competition from both depository as well
as  non-depository  firms (such as mutual funds),  the  Association has found it
very difficult to increase its deposits on a cost effective basis.  Based on the
above,  the Board  believes  that  future  internal  growth  can be  effectively
sustained only at modest levels. See "Pro Forma Data" and "Use of Proceeds."

Takeover Defensive Provisions

         Holding  Company  and  Association   Governing   Instruments.   Certain
provisions of the Holding  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Bylaws
assist the Holding Company in

                                       19

<PAGE>



maintaining its status as an independent  publicly owned  corporation.  However,
such provisions may also block  stockholders from approving a potential takeover
of the Holding  Company which a majority of such  stockholders  believe to be in
their best interests. These provisions provide for, among other things, limiting
voting  rights  of  beneficial  owners  of more  than 10% of the  Common  Stock,
staggered terms for directors, noncumulative voting for directors, limits on the
calling of special  meetings,  a fair  price/supermajority  vote requirement for
certain  business  combinations  and certain notice  requirements.  The 10% vote
limitation  would  not  affect  the  ability  of an  individual  who is not  the
beneficial  owner of more  than 10% of the  Common  Stock to  solicit  revocable
proxies  in a public  solicitation  for  proxies  for a  particular  meeting  of
stockholders  and  to  vote  such  proxies.  In  addition,   provisions  in  the
Association's federal stock Charter that have an anti-takeover effect could also
be  applicable  to  changes  in  control  of the  Holding  Company  as the  sole
shareholder of the Association.  The Association's  Charter includes a provision
applicable for five years which  prohibits  acquisitions  and offers to acquire,
directly  or  indirectly,  the  beneficial  ownership  of more  than  10% of the
Association's securities. Any person violating this restriction may not vote the
Association's  securities in excess of 10%. Any or all of these  provisions  may
discourage  potential proxy contests and other takeover  attempts,  particularly
those which have not been negotiated  with the Board of Directors.  In addition,
the Holding  Company's  certificate of incorporation  also authorizes  preferred
stock  with terms to be  established  by the Board of  Directors  which may rank
prior to the Common Stock as to dividend  rights,  liquidation  preferences,  or
both, may have full or limited  voting rights and may have a dilutive  effect on
the ownership  interests of holders of the Common Stock.  See  "Restrictions  on
Acquisitions of Stock and Related Takeover Defensive Provisions."

         Regulatory and Statutory Provisions.  Federal regulations prohibit, for
a period of three years following the completion of the  Conversion,  any person
from offering to acquire or acquiring the beneficial  ownership of more than 10%
of the stock of a converted  savings  institution or its holding company without
prior  OTS  approval.  Federal  law  also  requires  OTS  approval  prior to the
acquisition  of  "control"  (as  defined  in  OTS  regulations)  of  an  insured
institution,   including  a  holding  company  thereof.   See  "Restrictions  on
Acquisitions of Stock and Related Takeover Defensive Provisions."

         Change in Control  Severance  Agreements and Other Benefit  Plans.  The
change in control severance  agreements,  the proposed Stock Option Plan and the
proposed RRP also contain  provisions that could have the effect of discouraging
takeover attempts of the Holding Company.

         The  Association  intends  to enter into  change in  control  severance
agreements  with  President  Kolar  and  Executive  Vice  President  Case.  Such
agreements  become  effective upon completion of the Conversion and have initial
terms of 24 and 12 months, respectively.  In the event the applicable officer is
terminated  following a change in control (as defined in the  agreements),  such
officer  will be  entitled  to a  severance  payment  equal  to 200%  and  100%,
respectively,  of his annual compensation.  For more information regarding these
agreements, see "Management - Change in Control - Severance Agreements."

         Possible Dilutive  Effects.  The issuance of additional shares pursuant
to the  proposed  Stock  Option  Plan and RRP will  result in a dilution  in the
percentage of ownership of the Holding

                                       20

<PAGE>



Company of those persons  purchasing  Common Stock in the  Conversion,  assuming
that the shares  utilized to fund the proposed  Stock Option Plan and RRP awards
come from authorized but unissued  shares.  Assuming the exercise of all options
available  under the Stock  Option  Plan and the award of all  shares  available
under the RRP, and  assuming the use of  authorized  but  unissued  shares,  the
interest  of  stockholders  will be  diluted  by  approximately  9.1% and  3.8%,
respectively.  See "Pro Forma Data,"  "Management - Benefit Plans - Stock Option
and Incentive Plan," and "- Recognition and Retention Plan" and "Restrictions on
Acquisitions of Stock and Related Takeover Defensive  Provisions." For financial
accounting purposes, certain incentive grants under the proposed RRP will result
in the recording of compensation expense over the vesting period. See "Pro Forma
Data."

         Voting Control of Directors and Executive  Officers.  The directors and
executive officers (8 persons) of the Association are anticipated to purchase an
aggregate of approximately  $385,000 or approximately .90% of the shares offered
in the Conversion at the minimum of the Estimated  Valuation  Range,  or .67% of
the shares offered in the  Conversion at the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation
Range.  Directors  and  executive  officers  will also receive  awards under the
proposed  Stock  Option Plan and the  proposed  RRP.  Assuming  the  purchase of
$385,500 of Common Stock in the  Conversion by directors and executive  officers
in the aggregate,  the full vesting of the restricted  stock to be awarded under
the proposed RRP and the issuance of shares from  authorized but unissued shares
in connection with the exercise of all options  intended to be awarded under the
proposed  Stock Option Plan the Conversion and approval of the Stock Option Plan
and the RRP by the stockholders, the shares owned by the directors and executive
officers  in the  aggregate  would  be  between  ____%  (at the  maximum  of the
Estimated  Valuation Range) and ____% (at the minimum of the Estimated Valuation
Range) of the outstanding shares. In addition,  the ESOP is expected to purchase
8% of the shares sold in the  Conversion.  This stock  ownership,  if voted as a
block, could defeat takeover attempts favored by other stockholders.

Post Conversion Overhead Expense

         After completion of the Conversion,  the Holding Company's  noninterest
expense is likely to increase as a result of the financial accounting, legal and
tax  expenses  usually  associated  with  operating  as a  public  company.  See
"Regulation  - Federal and State  Taxation"  and  "Additional  Information."  In
addition,  it is  currently  anticipated  that the Holding  Company  will record
additional  expense  based  on the  proposed  RRP.  See  "Pro  Forma  Data"  and
"Management  - Benefit  Plans  Recognition  and Retention  Plan."  Finally,  the
Holding Company will also record additional  expense as a result of the adoption
of the ESOP. See "Management - Benefit Plans - Employee Stock Ownership Plan."

         Statement of Position 93-6  "Employers'  Accounting  for Employee Stock
Ownership  Plans"  ("SOP  93-6")  requires an  employer  to record  compensation
expense in an amount equal to the fair value of shares  committed to be released
to employees from an employee stock  ownership  plan.  Assuming shares of Common
Stock  appreciate  in value over time,  the  adoption  of SOP 93-6 may  increase
compensation  expense  relating to the ESOP to be established in connection with
the Conversion as compared with prior guidance which required the recognition of
compensation  expense  based on the cost of shares  acquired by the ESOP.  It is
impossible  to  determine  at this time the extent of such  impact on future net
income. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of

                                       21

<PAGE>



Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  - Impact  of New  Accounting
Standards" and "Pro Forma Data."

Regulatory Oversight

         The  Association is subject to extensive  regulation,  supervision  and
examination  by  the  OTS  as  its  chartering  authority  and  primary  federal
regulator,  and by the FDIC, which insures its deposits up to applicable limits.
The  Association  is a member of the Federal  Home Loan Bank (the "FHLB") of New
York and is subject to certain  limited  regulation by the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System ("Federal  Reserve  Board").  As the savings and loan
holding  company of the  Association,  the  Holding  Company  will be subject to
regulation  and  oversight by the OTS. See  "Regulation."  Such  regulation  and
supervision  governs the  activities in which an  institution  can engage and is
intended  primarily for the  protection of the  insurance  fund and  depositors.
Regulatory authorities have been granted extensive discretion in connection with
their  supervisory and enforcement  activities  which are intended to strengthen
the financial  condition of the banking  industry,  including the  imposition of
restrictions on the operation of an institution, the classification of assets by
the institution and the adequacy of an institution's  allowance for loan losses.
See "Regulation - Federal Regulation of Savings  Associations" and "- Regulatory
Capital  Requirements." Any change in such regulation and oversight,  whether by
the OTS, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC or Congress,  could have a material
impact on the Holding Company, the Association and their respective operations.

Risk of Delayed Offering

         The Subscription Offering will expire at noon,  Gloversville,  New York
time, on ___________ __, 1998 unless extended by the Association and the Holding
Company.  Depending on the  availability  of shares and market  conditions at or
near the  completion  of the  Subscription  Offering,  the  Holding  Company may
conduct a Public Offering through Capital Resources. If the Offering is extended
beyond  __________  __, 1998, all  subscribers  will have the right to modify or
rescind their  subscriptions and to have their  subscription funds returned with
interest.  There can be no assurance  that the Offering  will not be extended as
set forth above.

         A  material  delay in the  completion  of the sale of all  unsubscribed
shares in the Public Offering or otherwise may result in a significant  increase
in  the  costs  in  completing  the  Conversion.   Significant  changes  in  the
Association's  operations and financial condition, the aggregate market value of
the shares to be issued in the  Conversion  and general  market  conditions  may
occur during such material delay. In the event the Conversion is not consummated
within 24 months after the date of the Special  Meeting,  OTS regulations  would
require the  Association  to charge  accrued  Conversion  costs to  then-current
period operations. See "The Conversion - Risk of Delayed Offering."

Absence of Active Market for the Common Stock

         The Holding Company has never issued capital stock. Consequently, there
is no  existing  market  for the  Holding  Company  Common  Stock at this  time.
Therefore,  no assurance  can be given that an  established  and liquid  trading
market for the Holding Company Common Stock will develop

                                       22

<PAGE>



or that resales of the Common Stock can be made at or above the Purchase  Price.
Following the Conversion the Holding  Company Common Stock will be traded in the
over-the-counter  market.  Although  it has  no  obligation  to do  so,  Capital
Resources  intends  to make a  market  for the  Holding  Company  Common  Stock,
depending upon the volume of trading  activity in the common stock.  See "Market
for Common Stock."

Possible Increase in Estimated Valuation Range and Number of Shares Issued

         The number of shares to be sold in the Conversion may be increased as a
result of an increase in the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation  Range of up to
15% to  reflect  changes  in  market  and  financial  conditions  following  the
commencement of the Subscription  Offering.  An increase in the number of shares
issued would  decrease  the pro forma net  earnings per share and  stockholders'
equity  per  share but  would  increase  the  Company's  pro forma  consolidated
stockholders' equity and net earnings. See "Pro Forma Data."

Possible Consequences of Amendment to Plan of Conversion

         The Plan of Conversion  provides that, if deemed necessary or desirable
by the Boards of Directors of the Association and the Holding Company,  the Plan
of  Conversion  may  be  substantively  amended  by a  two-thirds  vote  of  the
respective Boards of Directors of the Association and the Holding Company,  as a
result of comments from  regulatory  authorities or otherwise,  at any time with
the concurrence of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") and the OTS.
Moreover,  if the Plan of Conversion is amended,  subscriptions  which have been
received prior to such amendment will not be refunded unless otherwise  required
by the SEC or the OTS. If the Plan of  Conversion is amended in a manner that is
deemed to be material to the  subscribers by the Holding  Company,  subscription
funds will be returned to subscribers  with interest  unless they  affirmatively
elect to increase, decrease or maintain their subscriptions.  No such amendments
are  currently  contemplated,  although  the  Association  reserves the right to
increase or decrease purchase  limitations without a subscriber  resolicitation.
See "The Conversion - Approval, Interpretation, Amendment and Termination."


                   ADIRONDACK FINANCIAL SERVICES BANCORP, INC.

         The Holding Company was formed at the direction of Gloversville Federal
in December 1997 for the purpose of becoming a savings and loan holding  company
and  owning  all of the  outstanding  stock  of the  Association  issued  in the
Conversion.  The Holding Company is incorporated  under the laws of the State of
Delaware.  The Holding  Company is authorized to do business in the State of New
York, and generally is authorized to engage in any activity that is permitted by
the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law.  The  business of the Holding  Company
initially will consist only of the business of Gloversville Federal. The holding
company  structure  will,  however,  provide the Holding  Company  with  greater
flexibility  than the  Association  has to diversify  its  business  activities,
through  existing  or newly  formed  subsidiaries,  or through  acquisitions  or
mergers of stock financial institutions,  as well as, other companies.  Although
there are no current  arrangements,  understandings or agreements  regarding any
such activity or acquisition, the Holding

                                       23

<PAGE>



Company  will be in a  position  after the  Conversion,  subject  to  regulatory
restrictions,  to take advantage of any favorable acquisition opportunities that
may arise.

         The assets of the Holding  Company will consist  initially of the stock
of Gloversville  Federal,  a note  evidencing the Holding  Company's loan to the
ESOP and up to 50% of the net proceeds from the Conversion (less the amount used
to fund the ESOP loan). See "Use of Proceeds." Initially,  any activities of the
Holding Company are  anticipated to be funded by such retained  proceeds and the
income thereon and dividends from Gloversville  Federal, if any. See "Dividends"
and  "Regulation  Holding  Company  Regulation."  Thereafter,  activities of the
Holding  Company  may also be funded  through  sales of  additional  securities,
through  borrowings  and through  income  generated by other  activities  of the
Holding  Company.  At  this  time,  there  are no  plans  regarding  such  other
activities  other than the intended loan to the ESOP to facilitate  its purchase
of Common Stock in the  Conversion.  See  "Management - Benefit Plans - Employee
Stock Ownership Plan."

         The executive office of the Holding Company is located at 52 North Main
Street,  Gloversville,  New York. Its telephone  number at that address is (518)
725-6331.


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

         Gloversville  Federal serves the financial  needs of communities in its
market  area  through  its  main  office   located  at  52  North  Main  Street,
Gloversville,  New York and its branch office located at 295 Broadway,  Saratoga
Springs,  New York.  Its  deposits  are insured up to  applicable  limits by the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance   Corporation   ("FDIC").   At  September  30,  1997
Gloversville  Federal  had total  assets  of $61.0  million,  deposits  of $56.1
million and equity of $3.3 million (or 5.4% of total assets).

         Gloversville  Federal  has been,  and  intends  to  continue  to be, an
independent,  community oriented, financial institution.  Gloversville Federal's
business  involves  attracting  deposits from the general  public and using such
deposits,   together  with  other  funds,   to  originate  one-  to  four-family
residential mortgage loans and, to a lesser extent,  multi-family and commercial
real estate,  commercial business,  and home equity and other loans primarily in
its  market  area.  The  Association   also  invests  in  securities  and  other
permissible investments. See "Business - Investment Activities - Securities."

         The  executive  office of the  Association  is located at 52 North Main
Street,  Gloversville,  New York. Its telephone  number at that address is (518)
725-6331.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         Although  the actual  net  proceeds  from the sale of the Common  Stock
cannot  be  determined  until  the  Conversion  is  completed,  it is  presently
anticipated that such net proceeds will be between $3.2 million and $4.6 million
(or up to $5.3  million in the event of an increase in the  aggregate  pro forma
market value of the Common Stock of up to 15% above the maximum of the Estimated

                                       24

<PAGE>



Valuation  Range).  See "Pro Forma Data" and "The Conversion - Stock Pricing and
Number of  Shares to be  Issued"  as to the  assumptions  used to arrive at such
amounts.

         In exchange for all of the common stock of Gloversville  Federal issued
upon conversion,  the Holding Company will contribute  approximately  50% of the
net proceeds from the sale of the Holding Company's Common Stock to Gloversville
Federal;  provided  that the amount  retained  by the  Holding  Company  will be
reduced to the extent required, so that, upon the completion of the transaction,
the  Association's  ratio of capital  to assets is at least  10%.  On an interim
basis,  the  proceeds  will be  invested by the  Holding  Company in  short-term
investments.  The  specific  types and  amounts  of  short-term  assets  will be
determined  based on  market  conditions  at the time of the  completion  of the
Conversion.  In addition, the Holding Company intends to provide the funding for
the ESOP loan.  Based upon the initial  Purchase Price of $10.00 per share,  the
dollar  amount of the ESOP loan would range from $____  million  (based upon the
sale of shares at the minimum of the Estimated Valuation Range) to $____ million
(based upon the sale of shares at the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range).
The interest rate to be charged by the Holding  Company on the ESOP loan will be
based  upon  the  IRS  prescribed   applicable  federal  rate  at  the  time  of
origination.  It is  anticipated  that  the ESOP  will  repay  the loan  through
periodic  tax-deductible  contributions  from the  Association  over a  ten-year
period.

         The net proceeds  received by Gloversville  Federal will become part of
Gloversville Federal's general funds for use in its business and will be used to
support the Association's existing operations,  subject to applicable regulatory
restrictions.   Immediately  upon  the  completion  of  the  Conversion,  it  is
anticipated  that the  Association  will invest such  proceeds  into  short-term
assets.  Subsequently,  the  Association  will  redirect the net proceeds to the
origination of loans,  subject to market conditions.  In addition,  a portion of
the net proceeds may also be utilized to pay down borrowings,  subject to future
market conditions.

         After the  completion  of the  Conversion,  the  Holding  Company  will
redirect the net proceeds  invested by it in short-term assets into a variety of
mortgage-backed securities and other securities similar to those already held by
the Association.  Also, the Holding Company may use a portion of the proceeds to
fund the RRP, subject to shareholder approval of such plan. Compensation expense
related  to the RRP will be  recognized  as share  awards  vest.  See "Pro Forma
Data."  Following  stockholder  ratification  of the RRP, the RRP will be funded
either with shares  purchased in the open market or with authorized but unissued
shares.  Based upon the initial  Purchase Price of $10.00 per share,  the amount
required  to  fund  the RRP  through  open-market  purchases  would  range  from
approximately  $________  (based  upon the sale of shares at the  minimum of the
Estimated  Valuation Range) to  approximately  $________ (based upon the sale of
shares at the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation  Range). In the event that the
per  share  price of the  Common  Stock  increases  above the  $10.00  per share
Purchase Price  following  completion of the Offering,  the amount  necessary to
fund the RRP would also increase.  The use of authorized but unissued  shares to
fund the RRP could dilute the holdings of stockholders who purchase Common Stock
in  the  Conversion.  See  "Business  Lending  Activities"  and  " -  Investment
Activities" and "Management - Benefit Plans - Employee Stock Ownership Plan" and
"- Recognition and Retention Plan."


                                       25

<PAGE>



         The proceeds may also be utilized by the Holding  Company to repurchase
(at prices which may be above or below the initial offering price) shares of the
Common Stock through an open market  repurchase  program  subject to limitations
contained in OTS  regulations,  although the Holding  Company  currently  has no
specific  plan to  repurchase  any of its  stock.  In the  future,  the Board of
Directors of the Holding  Company will make  decisions on the  repurchase of the
Common Stock based on its view of the appropriateness of the price of the Common
Stock  as  well  as the  Holding  Company's  and  the  Association's  investment
opportunities and capital needs.  Under current OTS regulations,  no repurchases
may be made within the first year following  Conversion except with OTS approval
under "exceptional  circumstances."  During the second and third years following
Conversion,  OTS  regulations  permit,  subject  to  certain  limitations,   the
repurchase of up to five percent of the outstanding  shares of stock during each
twelve-month  period  with a greater  amount  permitted  with OTS  approval.  In
general, the OTS regulations do not restrict repurchases thereafter,  other than
limits on the  Association's  ability to pay dividends to the Holding Company to
fund the repurchase.  For a description of the restrictions on the Association's
ability to provide the Holding  Company  with funds  through  dividends or other
distributions,  see "Dividends" and "The Conversion - Restrictions on Repurchase
of Stock."


                                    DIVIDENDS

         The Board of Directors of the Holding  Company may consider a policy of
paying cash dividends on the Common Stock. Dividends,  when and if paid, will be
subject  to  determination  and  declaration  by the Board of  Directors  at its
discretion.  They will take into  account  the  Holding  Company's  consolidated
financial  condition,   the  Association's   regulatory  capital   requirements,
including the fully phased-in capital requirements, tax considerations, industry
standards,  economic  conditions,  regulatory  restrictions,   general  business
practices and other factors.  The Holding Company may also consider making a one
time only  special  dividend or  distribution  (including  a tax-free  return of
capital) provided that the Holding Company will take no steps toward making such
a distribution for at least one year following the completion of the Conversion.

         It is not presently  anticipated  that the Holding Company will conduct
significant  operations  independent of those of  Gloversville  Federal for some
time following the  Conversion.  As such, the Holding Company does not expect to
have any  significant  source of income other than  earnings on the net proceeds
from  the  Conversion  retained  by the  Holding  Company  (which  proceeds  are
currently  estimated  to range from $___  million to $___  million  based on the
minimum and the maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range,  respectively)  and
dividends from Gloversville  Federal, if any.  Consequently,  the ability of the
Holding Company to pay cash dividends to its stockholders will be dependent upon
such  retained  proceeds  and  earnings   thereon,   and  upon  the  ability  of
Gloversville  Federal to pay dividends to the Holding Company.  See "Description
of Capital  Stock  Holding  Company  Capital  Stock -  Dividends."  Gloversville
Federal,  like all  savings  associations  regulated  by the OTS,  is subject to
certain  restrictions on the payment of dividends  based on its net income,  its
capital  in excess of the  regulatory  capital  requirements  and the  amount of
regulatory  capital  required for the  liquidation  account to be established in
connection with the  Conversion.  See "The Conversion - Effects of Conversion to
Stock Form on Depositors and Borrowers of the Association - Liquidation  Rights"
and "Regulation - Regulatory Capital Requirements" and

                                       26

<PAGE>



"- Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions." Earnings allocated
to  Gloversville  Federal's  "excess" bad debt reserves and deducted for federal
income tax purposes cannot be used by Gloversville Federal to pay cash dividends
to the Holding  Company  without  adverse tax  consequences.  See  "Regulation -
Federal and State Taxation."


                             MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

         The Holding  Company has never issued  capital stock to the public and,
consequently,  there is no existing  market for the Common Stock.  Following the
completion of the  Conversion,  it is anticipated  that the Common Stock will be
traded on the over-the-counter  market with quotations available through the OTC
Bulletin Board.  Capital  Resources has indicated its intention to make a market
in the Common Stock.  If the Common Stock cannot be quoted and traded on the OTC
Bulletin  Board it is expected  that  transactions  in the Common  Stock will be
reported in the pink sheets  published by the National  Quotation  Bureau,  Inc.
Making a market may include the  solicitation of potential buyers and sellers in
order to match  buy and sell  orders.  However,  Capital  Resources  will not be
subject to any obligation with respect to such efforts.

         There can be no assurance  that an active or liquid trading market will
develop for the Common Stock, or if a market develops,  that it will continue. A
public  market  having the  desirable  characteristics  of depth,  liquidity and
orderliness  depends upon the presence in the marketplace of both willing buyers
and  sellers  of the  Common  Stock at any given  time,  which is not within the
control of the Holding Company or any market maker. Accordingly, there can be no
assurance  that  purchasers  will be able to sell  their  shares at or above the
Purchase Price.

                                 PRO FORMA DATA

         The following table sets forth the historical net loss,  equity and per
share data of  Gloversville  Federal at and for the fiscal year ended  September
30, 1997,  and after giving  effect to the  Conversion,  the pro forma net loss,
capital stock and stockholders' equity and per share data of the Holding Company
at and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1997. The pro forma data has been
computed on the  assumptions  that (i) the specified  number of shares of Common
Stock was sold at the beginning of the specified period and yielded net proceeds
to the Holding Company as indicated, (ii) 50% of such net proceeds were retained
by the Holding  Company and the remainder were used to purchase all of the stock
of  Gloversville  Federal,  and (iii) such net proceeds,  less the amount of the
ESOP and RRP funding,  were invested by the  Association  and Holding Company at
the  beginning  of the period to yield a pre-tax  return of 5.44% for the fiscal
year ended  September 30, 1997. The after-tax rate of return is 3.26% assuming a
combined state and federal tax rate of 40%. The assumed return is based upon the
market  yield  rate  of  one-year  U.S.  Government  Treasury  Securities  as of
September  30, 1997.  The use of this current rate is viewed to be more relevant
in the current interest rate  environment than the use of an arithmetic  average
of the weighted average yield earned by the Association on its  interest-earning
assets and the weighted  average rate paid on its deposits  during such periods.
Expenses  (including  the Capital  Resources  marketing fee) are estimated to be
$508,200.  The pro forma net loss amounts derived from the assumptions set forth
herein should not be considered  indicative of the actual  results of operations
of the Holding

                                       27

<PAGE>



Company that would have been attained for any period if the  Conversion had been
actually  consummated  at the  beginning  of such  period,  and the  assumptions
regarding  investment  yields should not be considered  indicative of the actual
yields expected to be achieved during any future period.

         The total  number of  shares  to be  issued  in the  Conversion  may be
increased  or  decreased  significantly,  or the price per share  decreased,  to
reflect  changes in market and  financial  conditions  prior to the close of the
Offering.  However,  if the aggregate Purchase Price of the Common Stock sold in
the  Conversion  is below  $4,250,000  (the minimum of the  Estimated  Valuation
Range) or more than $6,612,500 (15% above the maximum of the Estimated Valuation
Range),  subscribers  will be offered the  opportunity to modify or cancel their
subscriptions.  See "The  Conversion - Stock  Pricing and Number of Shares to be
Issued."

                                       28

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                At or For the Year Ended September 30, 1997
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                       15% Above
                                                                         Minimum         Midpoint        Maximum        Maximum
                                                                         425,000         500,000         575,000        661,250
                                                                        Shares at       Shares at       Shares at      Shares at
                                                                        $10.00 per      $10.00 per      $10.00 per    $10.00 per
                                                                          Share           Share           Share          Share
                                                                     -------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
                                                                            (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Amounts)
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>     
Gross proceeds................................................        $   4,250        $  5,000       $   5,750       $  6,613
Less offering expenses and commissions........................              508             508             508            508
 Estimated net conversion proceeds............................            3,742           4,492           5,242          6,105
Less ESOP shares..............................................             (340)           (400)           (460)          (529)
Less RRP shares...............................................             (170)           (200)           (230)          (265)
                                                                     ----------       ---------      ----------      ---------
 Estimated proceeds available for investment(1)...............         $  3,232        $  3,892       $   4,552       $  5,311
                                                                       ========        ========       =========       ========
Net Loss:
   Historical.................................................             (583)           (583)           (583)          (583)
Pro Forma Adjustments:
   Net earnings from proceeds(2)..............................              105             127             149            173
   ESOP(3)....................................................              (20)            (24)            (28)           (32)
   RRP(4).....................................................              (20)            (24)            (28)           (32)
                                                                    -----------       ---------     -----------    -----------
     Pro forma net loss(5)....................................        $    (518)       $   (504)      $    (490)    $     (474)
                                                                      =========        ========       =========     ==========
Net Loss Per Share:
    Historical(6).............................................        $   (1.48)       $  (1.26)       $  (1.10)     $   (0.95)
Pro forma Adjustments:
    Net earnings from proceeds................................             0.27            0.27            0.28           0.28
    ESOP(3)...................................................            (0.05)          (0.05)          (0.05)         (0.05)
    RRP(4)....................................................            (0.05)          (0.05)          (0.05)         (0.05)
                                                                     ----------       ---------      ----------     ----------
      Pro forma net loss per share(4).........................        $   (1.31)      $   (1.09)      $   (0.92)     $   (0.77)
                                                                      =========       =========       =========      =========
           Number of shares using SOP 93-6(3).................          392,700         462,000         531,300        610,995
Stockholders' Equity (Book Value)(7):
  Historical..................................................        $   3,280       $   3,280       $   3,280      $   3,280
Pro Forma Per Share Adjustments:
  Estimated net Conversion proceeds...........................            3,742           4,492           5,242          6,105
  Less common stock acquired by:
   ESOP(3)....................................................             (340)           (400)           (460)          (529)
   RRP(4).....................................................             (170)           (200)           (230)          (265)
                                                                     ----------      ----------      ----------     ----------
       Pro forma book value(4)................................        $   6,512       $   7,172        $  7,832      $   8,591
                                                                      =========       =========        ========      =========
Stockholders' Equity (Book Value)(7):
Per Share(6):
  Historical..................................................             7.72            6.56            5.70           4.96
Pro Forma Per Share Adjustments:
  Estimated net Conversion proceeds...........................             8.80            8.98            9.12           9.23
 Less common stock acquired by:
   ESOP(3)....................................................            (0.80)          (0.80)          (0.80)         (0.80)
   RRP(4).....................................................            (0.40)          (0.40)          (0.40)         (0.40)
                                                                         ------          ------      ----------    -----------
       Pro forma book value per share(5)......................            15.32           14.34           13.62          12.99
                                                                         ======           =====       =========    ===========
Offering Price per share as a percentage of Pro Forma
   Stockholders' equity per share.............................            65.27%          69.74%          73.42%         76.98%
                                                                         ======          ======       =========     ==========
Offering price per share as a percentage of Pro Forma net
   loss per share.............................................            (7.63)%         (9.17)         (10.87)        (12.99)
                                                                         ======          ======       =========     ==========
Number of shares..............................................          425,000         500,000         575,000        661,250
</TABLE>
                                       29
<PAGE>

(1)  Reflects a reduction  to net  proceeds for the cost of the ESOP and the RRP
     (which is subject to shareholder  ratification) which it is assumed will be
     funded from the net proceeds retained by the Holding Company.

(2)  No effect has been  given to  withdrawals  from  savings  accounts  for the
     purpose of  purchasing  Common  Stock in the  Conversion.  For  purposes of
     calculating pro forma net income, proceeds attributable to purchases by the
     ESOP and RRP, which  purchases are to be funded by the Holding  Company and
     the Association, have been deducted from net proceeds.

(3)  It is  assumed  that  8% of the  shares  of  Common  Stock  offered  in the
     Conversion  will be purchased  by the ESOP.  The funds used to acquire such
     shares  will be  borrowed  by the  ESOP  from  the net  proceeds  from  the
     Conversion retained by the Holding Company. The Association intends to make
     contributions  to the ESOP in amounts at least equal to the  principal  and
     interest  requirement  of the debt. The  Association's  payment of the ESOP
     debt is based upon equal  installments  of principal  and  interest  over a
     ten-year period. However, assuming the Holding Company makes the ESOP loan,
     interest  income earned by the Holding Company on the ESOP debt will offset
     the  interest  paid by the  Association.  Accordingly,  only the  principal
     payments on the ESOP debt are recorded as an expense  (tax-effected) to the
     Holding  Company  on a  consolidated  basis.  The  amount  of ESOP  debt is
     reflected as a reduction  of  stockholders'  equity.  In the event that the
     ESOP were to  receive a loan from an  independent  third  party,  both ESOP
     expense and earnings on the proceeds  retained by the Holding Company would
     be expected to increase.

(4)  Adjustments  to both  book  value and net  earnings  have been made to give
     effect to the proposed open market purchase (based upon an assumed purchase
     price of $10.00 per share)  following  Conversion  by the RRP  (subject  to
     stockholder  ratification  of such plan) of an amount of shares equal to 4%
     of the shares of Common  Stock sold in the  Conversion  for the  benefit of
     certain  directors,  officers  and  employees.  Funds  used  by the  RRP to
     purchase the shares will be contributed  to the RRP by the Holding  Company
     if the RRP is ratified by stockholders following the Conversion. Therefore,
     this funding is assumed to reduce the proceeds  available for reinvestment.
     For financial accounting  purposes,  the amount of the contribution will be
     recorded as a compensation  expense (although not an actual  expenditure of
     funds) over the period of vesting.  These  grants are  scheduled to vest in
     equal  annual  installments  over  the  five  years  following  stockholder
     ratification of the RRP. However,  all unvested grants will be forfeited in
     the case of  recipients  who fail to maintain  continuous  service with the
     Holding  Company  or its  subsidiaries.  In the  event the RRP is unable to
     purchase a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to fund the RRP, the
     RRP may issue  authorized  but  unissued  shares of Common  Stock  from the
     Holding  Company  to fund the  remaining  balance.  In the event the RRP is
     funded by the issuance of authorized but unissued shares in an amount equal
     to 4% of the shares  sold in the  Conversion,  the  interests  of  existing
     stockholders would be diluted by approximately 3.8%.

     In the event that the RRP is funded through authorized but unissued shares,
     for the year ended September 30, 1997, pro forma net income per share would
     be $(1.25),  $(1.03),  $(0.87)  and  $(0.72),  respectively,  and pro forma
     stockholders' equity per share would be $15.12,  $14.18, $13.48 and $12.88,
     respectively,  in each case at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15% above
     the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range.

(5)  No effect has been given to the shares to be reserved  for  issuance  under
     the  proposed  Stock  Option  Plan which is  expected  to be adopted by the
     Holding Company following the Conversion,  subject to stockholder approval.
     In the event the Stock Option Plan is funded by the issuance of  authorized
     but  unissued  shares in an amount  equal to 10% of the shares  sold in the
     Conversion,  at $10.00 per share and all options  are vested and  exercised
     immediately,  the  interests of existing  stockholders  would be diluted as
     follows:  pro forma net income per share for the year ended  September  30,
     1997 would be $(1.17), $(0.96), $(0.81) and $(0.67),  respectively, and pro
     forma stockholders'  equity per share would be $14.84,  $13.95,  $13.30 and
     $12.72 , respectively,  in each case at the minimum,  midpoint, maximum and
     15% above the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range. In the alternative,
     the  Holding  Company  may  purchase  shares in the open market to fund the
     Stock  Option Plan  following  stockholder  approval  of such plan.  To the
     extent,  the entire 10% of the shares to be reserved for issuance under the
     Stock Option Plan were funded through open market purchases at the Purchase
     Price of $10.00 per share,  proceeds  available for  reinvestment  would be
     reduced by  $425,000,  $500,000,  $575,000  and  $661,250  at the  minimum,
     midpoint,  maximum  and 15% above the  maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation
     Range. See "Management - Benefit Plans - Stock Option and Incentive Plan."

(6)  Historical  pro forma per share amounts have been computed as if the shares
     of Common Stock  indicated  had been  outstanding  at the  beginning of the
     periods or on the dates shown, but without any adjustment of historical net
     income or historical  equity to reflect the investment of the estimated net
     proceeds of the sale of shares in the  Conversion as described  above.  All
     ESOP shares have been considered outstanding for purposes of computing book
     value per share. Pro forma share amounts have been computed by dividing the
     pro forma net income or stockholders'  equity (book value) by the number of
     shares indicated as outstanding under SOP 93-6.

(7)  "Book value"  represents the  difference  between the stated amounts of the
     Association's  assets and liabilities computed in accordance with generally
     accepted accounting principles. The amounts shown do not reflect the effect
     of the  Liquidation  Account which will be  established  for the benefit of
     Eligible and Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders in the Conversion,  or
     the federal  income tax  consequences  of the  restoration to income of the
     Association's special bad debt reserves for income tax purposes which would
     be required in the unlikely  event of  liquidation.  See "The  Conversion -
     Effects of  Conversion  to Stock Form on  Depositors  and  Borrowers of the
     Association"  and  "Regulation - Federal and State  Taxation."  The amounts
     shown for book value do not  represent  fair market  values or amounts,  if
     any, distributable to stockholders in the unlikely event of liquidation.

                                       30

<PAGE>

                      PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL ANALYSIS

   At September 30, 1997,  the  Association  would have exceeded each of the OTS
capital  requirements on both a current and a fully phased-in  basis.  Set forth
below  is a  summary  of the  Association's  compliance  with  the  OTS  capital
standards as of September 30, 1997 based on historical capital and also assuming
that the  indicated  number  of  shares  were  sold as of such  date  using  the
assumptions contained under the caption "Pro Forma Data."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Pro Forma at September 30, 1997
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                661,750 Shares
                                                  425,000 Shares      500,000 Shares       575,000 Shares         15% above
                               Historical            Minimum             Midpoint             Maximum              Maximum
                           ------------------- ------------------- -------------------- -------------------- -----------------------
                             Amount   Percent    Amount   Percent    Amount    Percent    Amount    Percent    Amount    Percent
                           --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- -------------
                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                          <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>   
GAAP Capital(2)...........   $3,301     5.41%    $5,923     9.23%    $6,480     10.00%    $6,490     10.00%    $6,502     10.00%
                             ======     ====     ======     ====     ======     =====     ======     =====     ======     =====
Tangible Capital(3):                                                         
  Capital level...........   $3,301     5.41%    $5,923     9.23%    $6,480     10.00%    $6,490     10.00%    $6,502     10.00%
  Requirement.............      915     1.50        962     1.50        972      1.50        974      1.50        975      1.50
                           --------     ----    -------     ----    -------    ------   --------    ------               ------
  Excess..................   $2,386     3.91%    $4,961     7.73%    $5,508      8.50%    $5,516      8.50%    $5,527      8.50%
                             ======     ====     ======     ====     ======      ====     ======    ======     ======    ======
Core Capital(3):                                                             
  Capital level...........   $3,301     5.41%    $5,923     9.23%    $6,480     10.00%    $6,490     10.00%    $6,502     10.00%
  Requirement(4)..........    1,830     3.00      1,924     3.00      1,944      3.00      1,947      3.00      1,950      3.00
                            -------     ----     ------     ----     ------    ------    -------    ------    -------    ------
  Excess..................   $1,471     2.41%    $3,999     6.23%    $4,536      7.00%    $4,543      7.00%    $4,552      7.00%
                             ======     ====     ======     ====     ======    ======     ======    ======     ======    ======
Risk-Based Capital(3):                                                       
  Capital level(5)........   $3,788    10.01%    $6,410    16.66%    $6,966     18.05%    $6,976     18.07%    $6,988     18.09%
  Requirement(1)..........    3,027     8.00      3,077     8.00      3,088      8.00      3,089      8.00      3,091      8.00
                             ------   ------     ------   ------      -----    ------    -------    ------    -------    ------
  Excess..................  $   761     2.01%    $3,333     8.66%    $3,878     10.05%    $3,887     10.07%    $3,897     10.09%
                            =======   ======     ======   ======     ======     =====     ======     =====     ======     =====
</TABLE>
(1)  Pro forma  amounts and  percentages  assume net  proceeds  are  invested in
     assets that carry a 20%  risk-weight,  such as short-term  interest-bearing
     deposits.

(2)  Total retained earnings as calculated under generally  accepted  accounting
     principles  ("GAAP").  Assumes that the Association receives 50% of the net
     proceeds or such amount as will give the  Association,  upon  completion of
     the transaction,  a capital to assets ratio of 10% when possible, offset in
     part, by the aggregate  Purchase  Price of Common Stock acquired at a price
     of $10.00  per share by the ESOP in the  Conversion  and the RRP  (assuming
     stockholder   ratification  of  such  plan  following   completion  of  the
     Conversion).

(3)  Tangible  and core  capital  figures  are  determined  as a  percentage  of
     adjusted  total  assets;  risk-based  capital  figures are  determined as a
     percentage of  risk-weighted  assets.  Unrealized  gains and losses on debt
     securities  available  for  sale  are  excluded  from  tangible,  core  and
     risk-based capital.

(4)  In April 1991,  the OTS  proposed a core  capital  requirement  for savings
     associations  comparable to the  requirement for national banks that became
     effective on November 30, 1990.  This  proposed core capital ratio is 3% of
     total  adjusted  assets for thrifts  that  receive the highest  supervisory
     rating for  safety and  soundness  ("CAMEL"  rating),  with a 4% to 5% core
     capital  requirement  for all other thrifts.  See  "Regulation - Regulatory
     Capital Requirements."

(5)  Includes  $486,000 of the  allowance  for loan losses  which  qualifies  as
     supplementary capital. See "Regulation - Regulatory Capital Requirements."

                                       31
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

          Set  forth  below  is  the  capitalization,   including  deposits,  of
Gloversville  Federal as of September 30, 1997, and the pro forma capitalization
of the Holding Company at the minimum,  the midpoint,  the maximum and 15% above
the  maximum  of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range,  after  giving  effect to the
Conversion and based on other  assumptions  set forth in the table and under the
caption "Pro Forma Data."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Holding Company - Pro Forma Based
                                                                              Upon Sale at $10.00 per share
                                                                ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                             Maximum
                                                   Actual, As of    Minimum      Midpoint      Maximum     as adjusted
                                                   September 30,    425,000      500,000       575,000       661,250
                                                       1997          Shares       Shares        Shares        Shares
                                                --------------- ------------- ------------ -------------- ---------------
                                                                     (In Thousands, Except Share Amounts)
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>    
Deposits(1).................................          $56,117       $56,117      $56,117       $56,117       $56,117
Borrowings..................................            1,300         1,300        1,300         1,300         1,300
                                                    ---------     ---------    ---------     ---------     ---------
    Total deposits and borrowed funds.......          $57,417       $57,417      $57,417       $57,417       $57,417
                                                      =======       =======      =======       =======       =======

Stockholders' Equity:
  Common Stock ($0.01 par value)
   5,000,000 shares authorized; shares to be
   Issued as reflected(2)...................               --             4            5             6             7
  Additional paid-in capital................               --         3,738        4,487         5,236         6,098
  Retained earnings, substantially
  restricted(3).............................            3,301         3,301        3,301         3,301         3,301
  Net unrealized loss on securities available
     for sale...............................              (21)          (21)         (21)          (21)          (21)
Preferred Stock.............................
Less:
  Common Stock acquired by ESOP(4)..........               --          (340)        (400)         (460)         (529)
  Common Stock acquired by RRP(4)...........               --          (170)        (200)         (230)         (265)
                                                  -----------      --------    ---------     ---------     ---------
    Total Stockholders' Equity..............          $ 3,280       $ 6,512      $ 7,172       $ 7,832       $ 8,591
                                                      =======       =======      =======       =======       =======
</TABLE>
(1)  No effect has been  given to  withdrawals  from  deposit  accounts  for the
     purpose of purchasing Common Stock in the Conversion.  Any such withdrawals
     will reduce pro forma deposits by the amount of such withdrawals.

(2)  Does not  reflect  the  shares of Common  Stock  that may be  reserved  for
     issuance pursuant to the Stock Option Plan.

(3)  See  "Dividends"  and  "Regulation  -  Limitations  on Dividends  and Other
     Capital  Distributions"  regarding restrictions on future dividend payments
     and "The Conversion - Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors and
     Borrowers  of the  Association"  regarding  the  liquidation  account to be
     established upon Conversion.

(4)  Assumes that 8% of the shares sold in the  Conversion  will be purchased by
     the ESOP.  The funds used to acquire the ESOP shares will be borrowed  from
     the Holding Company.  The Association  intends to make contributions to the
     ESOP  sufficient  to service and  ultimately  retire the ESOP's debt over a
     ten-year  period.  Also assumes that an amount of shares equal to 4% of the
     amount  of  shares  sold in the  Conversion  will be  acquired  by the RRP,
     following  shareholder  ratification  of such plan after  completion of the
     Conversion.  In the  event  that  the  RRP is  funded  by the  issuance  of
     authorized but unissued  shares in an amount equal to 4% of the shares sold
     in the Conversion,  the interest of existing  stockholders would be diluted
     by approximately 3.8%. The amount to be borrowed by the ESOP and the Common
     Stock  acquired by the RRP is  reflected  as a reduction  of  stockholders'
     equity.  See  "Management - Benefit Plans - Employee Stock  Ownership Plan"
     and  "-  Recognition  and  Retention  Plan."  

                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

          The following  discussion  and analysis  should be read in conjunction
with the  Association's  financial  statements  and  related  notes and with the
statistical information and financial data included in this document.

                                       32

<PAGE>




          When used in this document, the words or phrases "will likely result",
"are expected to", "will continue", "is anticipated",  "estimate", "project", or
similar expressions are intended to identify "forward looking statements" within
the  meaning of the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act of 1995.  Such
statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties-including,  changes in
economic  conditions in the  Association's  market area,  changes in policies by
regulatory  agencies,  fluctuations in interest  rates,  demand for loans in the
Association's  market area, and  competition  that could cause actual results to
differ  materially  from historical  results and those presently  anticipated or
projected. The Association wishes to caution readers not to place undue reliance
on any such forward  looking  statements,  which speak only as of the date made.
The  Association  wishes to advise  readers that the factors  listed above could
affect the Association's financial performance and could cause the Association's
actual  results for future  periods to  materially  differ from any  opinions or
statements expressed with respect to future periods in any current statements.

          The  Association  does not undertake- and  specifically  disclaims any
obligation- to publicly release the result of any revisions which may be made to
any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date
of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or  unanticipated
events.

General

          The Company has only  recently  been formed and,  accordingly,  has no
results  of  operations  at  this  time.  Therefore,  the  following  discussion
principally  reflects  the  operations  of the  Association.  The  Association's
results of operations are  predominantly  dependent on its net interest  income,
which  is  the   difference   between  the   interest   income   earned  on  its
interest-earning  assets, primarily loans and securities available for sale, and
the interest expense on its interest-bearing liabilities, primarily deposits and
borrowings.  Net  interest  income  may be  affected  significantly  by  general
economic  and  competitive  conditions  and  policies  of  regulatory  agencies,
particularly  those  with  respect  to market  interest  rates.  The  results of
operations  are also  significantly  influenced  by the  level  of  non-interest
expenses, such as employee compensation and benefits,  non-interest income, such
as fees and service charges, and the Association's provision for loan losses.

          The   Association   operates   as   a   community-oriented   financial
institution,  obtaining  deposits from its local  community and investing  those
deposits principally in residential one-to-four-family mortgage loans, and, to a
lesser extent,  multi-family  and commercial real estate,  commercial  business,
home equity and other loans. In addition,  the Association  invests excess funds
not used  for loan  originations  in  securities  issued  by the  United  States
government or its agencies, and mortgage backed securities.

Asset/Liability Management

          The  Association's  net  interest  income is  sensitive  to changes in
interest rates, as the rates paid on its interest-bearing  liabilities generally
change faster than the rates earned on its interest-earning assets. As a result,
net interest income will frequently  decline in periods of rising interest rates
and increase in periods of decreasing interest rates.


                                       33

<PAGE>



          In managing its asset/liability mix, Gloversville  Federal,  depending
on  the  relationship  between  long-  and  short-term  interest  rates,  market
conditions and consumer preference, often places more emphasis on managing short
term net interest margin than on better  matching the interest rate  sensitivity
of its  assets and  liabilities.  Management  believes  that the  increased  net
interest  income  resulting  from a mismatch  in the  maturity  of its asset and
liability  portfolios can, during periods of declining or stable interest rates,
provide  high  enough  returns to justify the  increased  exposure to sudden and
unexpected increases in interest rates.

          The Board has  taken a number  of steps to  manage  the  Association's
vulnerability  to changes in  interest  rates.  First,  in  connection  with the
Association's decision to increase the Association's multi-family and commercial
real estate and commercial business lending as well as its increased emphasis in
home equity  lending,  the Association has increased its interest rate sensitive
lending  (which  includes  all loans which  reprice in five years or less).  The
Association's  interest  rate  sensitive  loans  have  increased  from  none  at
September  30, 1993 to $15.4  million or 30.0% of the portfolio at September 30,
1997. Second, the Association has used community outreach,  customer service and
marketing efforts to acquire the proportion of its deposits  consisting of money
market and other  transaction  accounts.  These deposits are believed to be less
interest rate sensitive than other types of deposit accounts.  The Association's
money market and transaction accounts have increased from $23.9 million or 41.3%
of  deposits  at  September  30,  1995 to $28.1  million or 50.1% of deposits at
September 30, 1997.  Finally,  the Association has focused a significant portion
of its investment  activities on securities  with  adjustable  interest rates or
terms of five years or less. At September 30, 1997,  $3.6 million or 100% of the
Association's  mortgage-backed securities had adjustable interest rates or terms
to maturity of five years or less and $2.0 million or 67.0% of the Association's
other  securities  had  adjustable  interest  rates or terms to maturity of five
years or less based on their amortized cost.

          The  asset  and   liability   strategies   are   implemented   by  the
Association's  asset/liability  management  committee that meets periodically to
determine  the rates of  interest  for loans and  deposits  and  consists of the
President,  the Executive  Vice  President,  and the Vice  President of Lending.
Interest rates on loans in the  short-term  are primarily  based on the interest
rates offered by other financial  institutions in the Association's  market area
as well as on the availability of funds. Rates on deposits in the short-term are
primarily  based on the  Association's  need for  funds and on a review of rates
offered  by other  financial  institutions  in the  Association's  market  area.
Ultimately,  the customer plays a significant role in the  establishment of both
loan and deposit  rates,  as it is necessary to remain  competitive in both loan
and deposit markets in order to maintain or further expand the customer base.

          The Committee develops  longer-term pricing strategies based on review
of interest rate  sensitivity  reports  produced  quarterly.  The Committee also
monitors the impact of the interest rate risk and earnings  consequences of such
strategies for consistency with the Association's  liquidity needs,  growth, and
capital  adequacy.  The Board of Directors  receive and review the Association's
estimated interest rate sensitivity report every quarter.

          In order to encourage  savings  associations  to reduce their interest
rate risk,  the OTS adopted a rule  incorporating  an interest rate risk ("IRR")
component into the risk-based capital rules. For various technical reasons,  the
OTS has delayed the effectiveness of the rule. Under the rule, the IRR

                                       34

<PAGE>



component is measured in terms of the  sensitivity  of the net  portfolio  value
("NPV") to changes in interest rates. NPV is the difference between incoming and
outgoing discounted cash flows from assets,  liabilities,  and off-balance sheet
contracts. An institution's IRR is measured as the change to its NPV as a result
of a hypothetical  200 basis point ("bp") change in market interest rates.  When
the rule becomes  effective,  50% of any resulting change in NPV as a percentage
of the present  value of total assets of more than 2% of the  estimated  present
value of total assets  ("PV") must be deducted  from  capital.  If this rule had
been in effect at September 30, 1997, the  Association  would have been required
to deduct $44,000 from its capital in determining its risk-based capital.

          The following  table presents the  Association's  NPV at September 30,
1997, as calculated by the OTS, based on quarterly  information  provided to the
OTS by the Association.


                                     NPV
                     Estimated        to
   Assumed Change       NPV          PV of         Change       % Change
  in Interest Rates   Amount      Total Assets     in NPV         in NPV
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (Basis Points)
                  (In Thousands)

         +400        $2,762           4.62%       $(3,176)        (53.49)%
         +300         3,676           6.04%        (2,262)        (38.09)%
         +200         4,578           7.39%        (1,360)        (22.90)%
         +100         5,378           8.55%          (560)         (9.43)%
          ---         5,938           9.33%            --             --
         -100         6,179           9.65%           241           4.06%
         -200         6,441           9.99%           503           8.47%
         -300         6,802          10.46%           864          14.55%
         -400         7,388          11.23%         1,450          24.42%
                                                                

          Certain assumptions utilized by the OTS in assessing the interest rate
risk of savings  associations  were  employed in preparing  the previous  table.
These  assumptions  related to interest rates,  loan prepayment  rates,  deposit
decay rates,  and the market values of certain assets under the various interest
rate scenarios.  It was also assumed that delinquency rates will not change as a
result of changes in interest rates although there can be no assurance that this
will be the case. Even if interest rates change in the designated amounts, there
can be no assurance that the Association's  assets and liabilities would perform
as set forth above.

Financial Condition

          Comparison of Financial  Condition at September 30, 1997 and September
30, 1996. Total assets were $61.0 million at both September 30, 1997 and 1996. A
$724,000 or 60.5% increase in cash and cash equivalents and a $243,000  increase
in other real estate owned,  from September 30, 1996 to September 30, 1997, were
offset by a decrease during these same periods in securities  available for sale
of $422,000 or 5.7%,  a net  decrease in premises  and  equipment of $255,000 or
14.2% and a decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets of $167,000 or 30.9%.

          While gross loans  receivable  increased by only $204,000,  there were
substantial  changes in the composition of the loan portfolio.  Residential one-
to four-family loans declined by $3.4 million

                                       35

<PAGE>



or 8.4%  from  September  30,  1996 to  September  30,  1997.  Multi-family  and
commercial  real estate loans increased $3.3 million or 71.5% from September 30,
1996 to September 30, 1997.  Construction  loans declined $399,000 or 42.5%, and
home equity  loans  increased  by $511,000 or 17.8% from  September  30, 1996 to
September 30, 1997.  Commercial  business  loans  increased by $192,000 or 15.6%
while other  consumer loans  decreased by $43,000 or 3.7%. The loan  composition
change  reflected the  Association's  efforts to improve the yield earned on the
loan portfolio and increase the percentage of adjustable  rate loans in the loan
portfolio. See "Business Lending Activities."

          Securities  available  for sale  decreased  primarily  from  principal
payments received on mortgage-backed  securities.  There were no securities held
to maturity at September 30, 1997 or 1996.

          Prepaid  expenses  and  other  assets  decreased   $167,000  or  30.9%
primarily  from tax  refunds  received  and a decline in the  Association's  net
deferred  tax assets.  Net premises and  equipment  decreased  $255,000 or 14.2%
through normal depreciation.

          Cash and cash  equivalents  increased  $724,000  or  60.5%  from  $1.2
million at September 30, 1996 to $1.9 million at September 30, 1997 primarily as
a result of a new requirement to maintain a $500,000  compensating  balance at a
correspondent bank.

          The  Association's  total deposits showed little change from September
30, 1996 to September 30, 1997,  increasing by $401,000,  or approximately 1.0%,
to $56.1 million from $55.7 million. Within the various deposit classifications,
from  September 30, 1996 to September 30, 1997,  time deposit  increases of $1.0
million or 3.7%,  and money  market  account  increases of $558,000 or 5.4% were
partially offset by a $1.1 million or 8.6% decrease in savings account balances.

          Borrowings  increased  from  $300,000  at  September  30, 1996 to $1.3
million at September 30, 1997.  The increase in borrowings was the result of the
Association  taking advantage of alternative  funding sources whose maturity and
pricing were more closely aligned with the Association's funding needs.

          Accrued expenses and other  liabilities  declined by $875,000 or 72.9%
from  September  30, 1996 to September 30, 1997.  Approximately  $415,000 of the
accrued  expenses and other  liabilities  at September  30, 1996 was the special
one-time  assessment levied by the FDIC to recapitalize the Savings  Association
Insurance  Fund ("SAIF")  which was paid during fiscal year ended  September 30,
1997.  See Note 11 to the  Financial  Statements.  In addition,  $210,000 of the
accrued  expenses and other  liabilities at September 30, 1996, which related to
the Association's  computer  conversion and the newly  constructed  Gloversville
office drive-thru, was also paid in fiscal 1997. Lastly,  approximately $318,000
was expensed,  of which $249,000 remained unpaid at September 30, 1996, for past
due  property  taxes  on  collateral   securing   certain  one-  to  four-family
residential  non-performing  loans.  These past due taxes were subsequently paid
during the fiscal year ended September 30, 1997.

          The Association's equity decreased $510,000 or 13.5% from $3.8 million
at September  30, 1996 to $3.3 million at September  30, 1997.  The decrease was
primarily the result of the

                                       36

<PAGE>



Association's  net  loss  for  fiscal  1997  offset  by a  reduction  in the net
unrealized loss on its portfolio of securities available for sale.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended September 30, 1997 and 1996.

          Net Loss.  The  Association's  fiscal  1997 net loss of  $583,000  was
$453,000  or 43.8% less than the fiscal 1996 net loss of $1.0  million.  The net
loss for fiscal 1997 was reduced  from fiscal 1996  primarily  as a result of an
increase  of $141,000 or 6.1% in  net-interest  income,  and a $652,000 or 21.9%
reduction in other  expenses  consisting  primarily  of $415,000  related to the
one-time SAIF assessment and $318,000 expense related to past due property taxes
on certain non-performing one-to four-family residential loans, partially offset
by a decrease in income tax benefit of $307,000 or 138%.

          Interest income. Interest and fees on loans increased by approximately
$277,000 or 6.7% to $4.4 million for fiscal  1997,  from $4.1 million for fiscal
1996. The increase for fiscal 1997 was largely the result of an increase of $2.1
million or 4.2% in the average balance of loans outstanding  during fiscal 1997,
to $51.3 million, as compared to $49.2 million in fiscal 1996. This increase was
primarily in the area of multi-family  and commercial  real estate,  home equity
and  commercial  business  loans offset by  decreases in the average  balance of
residential  one-to-four-family  loans. At September 30, 1997,  multi-family and
commercial real estate,  home equity and commercial business loans totaled $12.8
million as  compared  to $8.7  million at  September  30,  1996.  This  increase
reflects  management's plan to diversify the loan portfolio,  increase portfolio
yield, and increase the amount of adjustable rate loans. Originated with various
terms and repricing  schedules,  these loans generally  provide reduced interest
rate risk due to their  shorter  terms and  provide  higher  yields  compared to
longer  term,  fixed  rate  residential   one-to-four-family   loans.   However,
multi-family and commercial real estate and commercial  business loans generally
have higher  outstanding  loan  balances and  increased  credit risk relative to
residential one-to-four-family loans. In addition to the increase in the average
balance of loans,  the yield earned on the average  balance of loans  receivable
increased  by 20 basis points to 8.59% in fiscal 1997 as compared to 1996 due in
part to the higher yielding  nature of  multi-family  and commercial real estate
and commercial business loans. See "Business - Lending Activities."

          Interest  income on securities  available for sale decreased by $8,000
or 1.7%.  There  were no  investment  purchases  or sales  during  fiscal  1997.
Accordingly,  the reduction in interest income on securities  available for sale
is solely  attributable  to reduced  average  balances as a result of  principal
repayments. The average balance decreased $427,000 or 5.5% during fiscal 1997.

          Interest  income on  interest-bearing  deposits  decreased  $98,000 or
72.7% as a result of reduced  average  balances,  coupled with lower  contracted
rates. Periodically in fiscal 1996, interest-bearing deposits were invested on a
longer term basis, resulting in a higher yielding investment in 1996 as compared
to 1997. Interest-bearing deposits were primarily invested on an overnight basis
in fiscal 1997.

          The yield on the average balance of interest-earning  assets was 8.21%
and 7.98% for fiscal 1997 and 1996, respectively.


                                       37

<PAGE>



          Interest Expense. Interest expense of $2.4 million remained relatively
consistent  for the years ended  September  30, 1997 and 1996,  increasing  only
$30,000  or  1.3%  in  1997.   While  total  interest  expense  did  not  change
dramatically  from year to year,  the components of interest  expense  reflected
management's  progress in  increasing  the level of lower  costing  money market
accounts.  While the amount of year-end  deposits only  increased  $401,000,  or
1.0%,  the average  balance of money market  accounts  increased $3.4 million or
46.5% to $10.7 million while the average balance of time deposits decreased $1.7
million or 5.4% to $28.7 million.  The average cost on money market accounts was
4.09% in 1997 as compared to 3.39% in fiscal 1996,  and the average cost of time
deposits  was 5.30% in fiscal 1997 versus 5.49% in fiscal  1996.  Overall  money
market rates increased due to the  introduction in 1996 of a tiered money market
account with checking which proved popular with consumers but carried a somewhat
higher cost than the Association's  other money market products.  The changes in
the average balances of savings,  demand, and NOW accounts and the related rates
paid were not significant from fiscal 1996 to 1997.

          Interest expense on borrowings increased to $22,000 in fiscal 1997, as
the average  amount of borrowed  funds  increased from $6,000 for fiscal 1996 to
$391,000 in fiscal 1997. Fiscal 1996 interest expense on borrowed funds was less
than $1,000.

          The rate paid on the average balance of  interest-bearing  liabilities
was 4.25% and 4.30% for fiscal 1997 and 1996, respectively.

          Net Interest  Income.  Net interest income  increased by approximately
$141,000 or 6.1% to $2.5  million  for fiscal 1997 from $2.3  million for fiscal
1996. The average  interest rate spread  increased to 3.96% for fiscal 1997 from
3.68% for fiscal  1996.  The increase in interest  rate spread is primarily  the
result of an increase in higher yielding multi-family and commercial real estate
loans and the repricing of home equity loans.

          Provision for Loan Losses.  The Association  continually  monitors and
adjusts  its  allowance  for loan  losses  based upon its  analysis  of the loan
portfolio.  The  allowance is increased by the recording of a provision for loan
losses,  the  amount of which  depends  on an  analysis  of the  changing  risks
inherent in the  Association's  loan  portfolio.  The  provision for loan losses
increased  $78,000 or 10.9% to $792,000  for fiscal year 1997 from  $714,000 for
fiscal year 1996.  The increase in the amount of the  provision  for fiscal 1997
was based on management's  evaluation of the inherent risk in the  Association's
loan portfolio; a $1.6 million or 71.4% increase in non-performing loans to $3.8
million at September 30, 1997 as compared to $2.2 million at September 30, 1996;
significantly  increased  net loan charge offs  amounting  to $430,000 in fiscal
1997, $187,000 or 77.0% greater than in 1996;  continued expansion of commercial
business and  multi-family  and commercial  real estate  lending;  the continued
economic weakness in the Association's market area; declining real estate values
collateralizing   much  of  the  Association's   loan  portfolio;   as  well  as
management's evaluation of the prospects in the Association's market areas.

          For a  discussion  of the factors  considered  by the  Association  in
determining  the provision for loan losses,  see "Business -  Delinquencies  and
Non-Performing Assets."

         Other  Income.  Other income  increased by $46,000 or 42.0% to $155,000
during  fiscal year 1997 from  $109,000 for fiscal year 1996.  This increase was
primarily due to increases in fees and

                                       38

<PAGE>



service charges of $22,000 or 18.4% as well as the inclusion in fiscal 1996 of a
$15,000 loss on the writedown of premises and equipment.

          Other  Expense.  Other  expenses  decreased  $652,000 or 21.9% to $2.3
million in fiscal year 1997 from $3.0 million in fiscal year 1996.  Compensation
and benefits  expenses  increased by $66,000 or 8.0% to $892,000 for fiscal year
1997 from  $826,000  for fiscal  year 1996.  The  increase in  compensation  and
benefits  expenses in fiscal year 1997 was  primarily  the result of the general
cost of living and merit raises to Association employees, coupled with increased
pension and health insurance  expenses.  Director's fees increased by $27,000 or
34.9%  from  $76,000  in fiscal  year 1996 to  $103,000  in  fiscal  year  1997,
reflecting  increased  meeting  frequency  and an increase in per meeting  fees.
Other real  estate  expenses  increased  $46,000  or 170% to $73,000  reflecting
increased  costs  associated  with  foreclosures  and  disposition of other real
estate owned. See "Business Delinquencies and Non-Performing Assets."

          More than  offsetting  these  increases were reductions in the special
one-time  FDIC  assessment,  federal  deposit  insurance  premiums,  advertising
expenses and other operating expenses.  In fiscal 1996 the Association accrued a
special  assessment  to  recapitalize  the SAIF in the amount of $415,000.  As a
result of the recapitalization, the Federal deposit insurance premiums decreased
in fiscal 1997 by $74,000 or 56.6 % to $57,000.  Advertising  expenses decreased
in fiscal  1997 by $29,000 or 21.0% to  $111,000.  This  decrease  is due to the
inclusion in fiscal 1996 of significant costs associated with the implementation
of a new logo and brochures and initial use of television  advertising which was
not  repeated  in  fiscal  1997.  Occupancy  expenses  and  equipment  and  data
processing  expenses were slightly  greater in fiscal 1997 as compared to fiscal
1996 with increases of $13,000 or 5.9% and $9,000 or 2.9%, respectively.

          As of the end of fiscal 1996, the Association first became aware that,
as of such date, a number of one- to  four-family  residential  loans which were
delinquent as to principal  and interest were also  delinquent as to the payment
of  property  taxes.  Because  some of the  related  borrowers  were  unable  or
unwilling to pay promptly these taxes,  the Association  incurred  approximately
$318,000 in  expenses  for the purpose of paying such taxes in order to preserve
its  collateral  interest  in  these  loans,  many of  which  were  subsequently
foreclosed  upon.  The  decline  in  other  expense  in 1997  was  based  on the
non-reoccurrence in 1997 of this expense.

          As a result of the above, during 1997, the Association performed an in
depth  review  of all  loans  without  a tax  escrow  requirement.  This  review
indicated that a number of loans which were current as to principal and interest
were delinquent as to the payment of property taxes.  The Association  contacted
all of the borrowers on these loans.  Where the borrowers  promptly  brought the
real estate taxes current, no actions were taken with respect to the loan terms.
However,  where the  borrowers  were unable to promptly  bring real estate taxes
current, the Association restructured the loans or otherwise advanced additional
funds  (which  advances  were added to the loan  principal)  in order to pay the
delinquent property taxes. As a result, all restructured or rewritten loans were
classified as  non-performing  as of September 30, 1997. To date, all such loans
have performed in accordance  with their revised terms.  See "Business - Lending
Activities" and "- Delinquencies and Non-Performing Assets."


                                       39

<PAGE>



          Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes increased $307,000 from a
fiscal year 1996  benefit of $222,000 to a fiscal year 1997  expense of $85,000.
The increase in tax expense for fiscal year 1997 as compared to fiscal year 1996
was primarily the result of a $760,000 decrease in the loss before income taxes,
coupled with a $25,000  increase in the change in the  valuation  allowance  for
deferred  tax assets.  In  assessing  whether the  deferred tax assets will more
likely than not be realized,  the Association  considers the historical level of
taxable  income,  the time  period  over  which the  temporary  differences  are
expected to reverse,  as well as estimates of future taxable income. In 1997, as
a result of the  Association  experiencing a second year of  significant  losses
before  taxes (loss before taxes of $498,000 and $1.3 million in fiscal 1997 and
1996,  respectively),  continued  economic weakness in the Association's  market
area,  including  declining  real  estate  values  collateralizing  much  of the
Association's  loan  portfolio,  and  reduced  expectations  of  earnings in the
future,  as well as a reduction in the amount of historical  taxes available for
carryback  in  1997,  the  Association  increased  its  deferred  tax  valuation
allowance by $274,000 to $625,000 at September  30,  1997.  As of September  30,
1997,  the net  deferred  tax asset is  considered  to be more  likely  than not
realizable  based upon the remaining  amount of historical  taxes  available for
carryback, amounting to approximately $50,000, the reversal of temporary taxable
items and reliance on future taxable income amounting to approximately $175,000.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended September 30, 1996 and 1995.

          Net Income.  The 1995 net income of $251,000 decreased by $1.3 million
to a fiscal  year 1996 net loss of $1.0  million.  The net loss for fiscal  year
1996 is primarily  the result of a $585,000  increase in the  provision for loan
losses,  the above referenced  $415,000 one-time SAIF assessment,  and the above
mentioned expense of approximately $318,000 related to delinquent property taxes
on property collateralizing certain non-performing loans.  Additionally,  fiscal
1995 included a $204,000 net gain on sales of  securities  and a $86,000 gain on
the sale of premises and equipment.
There were no such gains in fiscal 1996.

          Interest Income. Interest and fees on loans increased by approximately
$203,000  or 5.2% to $4.1  million  for fiscal  year 1996 from $3.9  million for
fiscal year 1995.  The increase for fiscal year 1996 was partially the result of
an increase of $514,000 or 1.0% in the average balance of loans outstanding,  to
$49.2 million,  as compared to $48.7 million in fiscal year 1995.  This increase
was  primarily in the area of  multi-family  and  commercial  real estate loans.
During fiscal year 1996 the Association  continued to increase the  multi-family
and  commercial  real  estate  as well as  commercial  business  portfolios.  At
September 30, 1996  multi-family  and commercial  real estate loans totaled $4.6
million  as  compared  to $1.7  million at  September  30,  1995 and  commercial
business  loans grew to $1.2 million at September  30, 1996  compared to $1.1 at
September 30, 1995.  Offsetting  these  increases was a decrease in  residential
one-to-four-family  loans. In addition to the increase in the average balance of
loans, the yield earned on the average balance of loans receivable  increased by
33 basis points to 8.39% in fiscal year 1996 as compared to 8.06% in fiscal year
1995 due in part to the higher yielding  nature of  multi-family  and commercial
real estate, home equity and commercial business loans.

          Interest income on securities available for sale decreased by $234,000
or 33.3% to  $467,000  in fiscal  year 1996 from  $701,000  in fiscal year 1995.
During fiscal year 1995, the Association  sold securities with an amortized cost
of approximately $13.4 million. Accordingly, the reduction in

                                       40

<PAGE>



interest income is largely  attributable to reduced average balances as a result
of the fiscal year 1995 sales.  The average balance in securities  available for
sale  decreased  $4.9 million or 38.5% from $12.6 million in fiscal 1995 to $7.8
million in fiscal year 1996. Interest income on  interest-bearing  time deposits
decreased $53,000 or 28.0% primarily as a result of a $832,000 or 26.6% decrease
in the average balance.

          The yield on the average balance of interest-earning  assets was 7.98%
and 7.47% for fiscal years 1996 and 1995, respectively.

          Interest   Expense.   Interest  expense  on  deposits  and  borrowings
decreased by approximately $111,000 or 4.4% to $2.4 million for fiscal year 1996
as compared to $2.5 million for fiscal year 1995.  This  decrease was  primarily
the result of a $5.5  million or 15.3%  decrease in the average  balance of time
deposits, offset by an increase in the cost of time deposits in fiscal year 1996
because the cost of time  deposit  accounts  maintained  or  acquired  carried a
higher rate than time deposits  maturing.  The average cost on time deposits was
5.49% in 1996 versus 5.01% in fiscal year 1995.

          The rate paid on the average balance of  interest-bearing  liabilities
was 4.30% and 4.12%, for fiscal years 1996 and 1995, respectively.

          Net Interest Income. In fiscal 1996 net interest income increased from
fiscal  1995 by  approximately  $28,000 or 1.2%,  to $2.3  million.  The average
interest  rate  spread  increased  to 3.68% for fiscal  year 1996 from 3.35% for
fiscal year 1995.  The increase in interest  rate spread is primarily the result
of an increase in higher yielding multi-family and commercial real estate loans,
and a reduction in the average  balance in of certain lower yielding  securities
available  for  sale  offset  by an  increase  in the rate on  interest  bearing
liabilities.

          Provision for Loan Losses.  The  provision  for loan losses  increased
$585,000 to $714,000  for fiscal year 1996 from  $129,000  for fiscal year 1995.
The significant increase in the amount of the provision for fiscal year 1996 was
based on management's  evaluation of the inherent risk in the Association's loan
portfolio,  the continued  expansion of commercial business and multi-family and
commercial  real  estate  lending,  a 18.0%  increase in net loan charge offs in
fiscal 1996 compared to fiscal 1995, increased delinquencies, continued economic
weakness  in  the  Association's  market  area,  declining  real  estate  values
collateralizing  much of the  Association's  loan  portfolio,  and  management's
evaluation of the prospects in the Association's  market areas. In addition,  as
noted above,  the  Association  became aware that as of the end of fiscal 1996 a
significant number of its non-performing  residential one- to four- family loans
were past due on the payment of property taxes  collateralizing its loans. For a
discussion  of the factors  considered by the  Association  in  determining  the
provision for loan losses,  see  "Business -  Delinquencies  and  Non-Performing
Assets."

          Other Income.  Other income decreased by $282,000 or 72.1% to $109,000
in fiscal  year 1996 from  $392,000  for fiscal  year 1995.  This  decrease  was
primarily  due to fiscal year 1995  including  net gains on sales of  securities
available  for sale of $204,000 and a gain on the sale of premises and equipment
of $86,000.

         Other  Expense.  Other  expenses  increased  $772,000  or 35.1% to $3.0
million in fiscal year 1996 from $2.2 million in fiscal year 1995.  Compensation
and benefits expenses decreased by

                                       41

<PAGE>



$42,000 or 4.8% to $826,000  for fiscal year 1996 from  $868,000 for fiscal year
1995. The decrease in compensation and benefits expenses in fiscal year 1996 was
the result of the fiscal year 1995 expense including an expense of approximately
$64,000 related to the termination of the Association's  defined benefit pension
plan. Special one-time FDIC assessment  increased $415,000 due to the previously
mention SAIF recapitalization. Advertising expense increased $48,000 or 52.2% to
$140,000 in fiscal year 1996 from  $92,000 in fiscal year 1995  associated  with
the  implementation  of a new logo and  brochures  and initial use of television
advertising in fiscal year 1996.  Directors fees increased $34,000 or 82.3% from
$42,000 in fiscal year 1995 to $76,000 in fiscal year 1996 due to  increases  in
per meeting fees and meeting  frequency.  Other real estate  expenses  decreased
$100,000 or 78.6% to $27,000 as fiscal year 1995  included  several  large Other
Real Estate Owned ("OREO")  writedowns.  Occupancy  expense increased $55,000 or
35.3% in  fiscal  1996,  which is the  result  of  additional  depreciation  and
expenses related to the Gloversville  drive-thru.  Equipment and data processing
expenses  increased  $28,000 or 9.9% in fiscal 1996 as the result of  additional
costs  incurred   attributable  to  the  Association's  system  conversion.   As
previously mentioned,  included in the fiscal year 1996 other operating expenses
was an expense of  approximately  $318,000 for delinquent  property taxes on the
property securing certain non-performing  residential  one-to-four-family loans.
Accordingly, other operating expenses increased $346,000 or 71.1% in fiscal year
1996 from $487,000 in fiscal year 1995 to $833,000 in fiscal year 1996.

          Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes decreased $325,000 from a
fiscal year 1995  expense of $102,000 to a fiscal year 1996  benefit of $222,000
which was  primarily  the result of a $1.6  million  increase in the loss before
income  taxes,  offset by a $248,000  increase in the  valuation  allowance  for
deferred tax assets.  In 1996, as a result of  experiencing  a significant  loss
before taxes of $1.3  million,  combined with the  significant  reduction in the
amount of historical  taxes available for carryback,  the Association  increased
its deferred tax  valuation  allowance by $248,000 to $352,000.  As of September
30, 1996,  the net deferred tax asset is  considered  to be more likely than not
realizable  based upon the remaining  amount of historical  taxes  available for
carryback,  amounting to $90,000,  the reversal of temporary  taxable items, and
reliance on future taxable income amounting to approximately $380,000.



                                       42

<PAGE>

          The following table  presents,  for the periods  indicated,  the total
dollar amount of interest  income from average  interest-earning  assets and the
resultant  yields,  as well as the interest expense on average  interest-bearing
liabilities,  expressed both in dollars and rates. No tax equivalent adjustments
were made. All average balances are monthly average balances. Non-accruing loans
have been included in the average loan amounts.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Year Ended September 30,
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            1997                        1996                       1995
                                                 -------------------------- --------------------------- ----------------------------
                                                 Average  Interest           Average  Interest          Average   Interest
                                               Outstanding Earned/         Outstanding Earned/        Outstanding  Earned/
                                                 Balance   Paid  Yield/Rate  Balance    Paid Yield/Rate Balance     Paid  Yield/Rate
                                                 -------   ----  ----------  -------    ---- ---------- -------     ----  ----------
                                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
<S>                                              <C>       <C>       <C>    <C>         <C>      <C>    <C>         <C>       <C>  
  Loans receivable, net of deferred loan fees..  $51,303   $4,409    8.59%  $49,222     $4,132   8.39%  $48,708     $3,928    8.06%
  Securities at amortized cost ................    7,337      459    6.26     7,764        467   6.01    12,616        701    5.56
  Interest-earning deposits....................    1,113       37    3.32     2,298        134   5.83     3,130        187    5.97
                                                -------- --------          --------   --------         --------    -------
    Total earning assets.......................   59,753    4,905    8.21    59,284      4,733   7.98    64,454      4,816    7.47
                                                          -------                      -------                     -------
  Non-interest earning assets..................    1,954                      1,866                       2,158
                                                --------                   --------                    --------
    Total assets...............................  $61,707                    $61,150                     $66,612
                                                 =======                    =======                     =======

Interest-earning liabilities:
  Savings deposits.............................  $12,503      401    3.21   $13,724        433   3.16   $13,655        413    3.02
  Demand and NOW...............................    5,316       65    1.22     4,805         69   1.44     4,520         85    1.88
  MMDA.........................................   10,676      437    4.09     7,287        247   3.39     7,353        232    3.16
  Time deposits................................   28,704    1,522    5.30    30,358      1,667   5.49    35,848      1,797    5.01
  Borrowings...................................      391       22    5.63         6         --   5.56        --         --    --
                                               --------- --------          --------  ---------         --------   --------
    Total interest-bearing liabilities.........   57,590    2,447    4.25%   56,180      2,416   4.30%   61,376      2,527    4.12%
                                                          -------                      -------                     -------
  Non-interest-bearing liabilities.............      541                        306                         499
                                               ---------                   --------                    --------
    Total liabilities..........................   58,131                     56,486                      61,875
    Total equity...............................    3,576                      4,664                       4,737
                                               ---------                   --------                    --------
    Total liabilities and equity...............  $61,707                    $61,150                     $66,612
                                                 =======                    =======                     =======
Net interest/spread............................            $2,458    3.96%              $2,317   3.68%              $2,289    3.35%
                                                           ======    ====               ======   ====               ======    ====
Margin.........................................                      4.11%                       3.91%                        3.55%
                                                                     ====                        ====                         ====
Assets to liabilities..........................  103.76%                    105.53%                     105.01%
                                                 ======                     ======                      ======
</TABLE>

                                       43

<PAGE>



          The following table presents the weighted average  contractual  yields
earned  on  loans  and  securities,  the  combined  weighted  average  yield  on
interest-earning  assets,  the  weighted  average  rates  paid on  deposits  and
borrowings,   the  combined  weighted  average  rate  paid  on  interest-bearing
liabilities and the resultant interest rate spreads at the date indicated.


                    Weighted Average Yields Earned/Rates Paid
                               September 30, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Weighted average yield on:
   Loans receivable, net of deferred fees..................           8.73%
   Securities at amortized cost............................           6.18
   Combined weighed average yield on interest-earning
       assets..............................................           8.43

Weighted average rate paid on:
   Savings ................................................           3.24
   Demand and NOW..........................................           1.35
   MMDA....................................................           4.03
   Time deposits...........................................           5.46
   Borrowings..............................................           5.80
   Combined weighted average rate paid
      on interest-bearing liabilities......................           4.24
                                                                      ----

Spread.....................................................           4.19%



                                       44

<PAGE>



          The  following  schedule  presents  the  dollar  amount of  changes in
interest income and interest  expense for major  components of  interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing  liabilities.  It distinguishes  between the changes
related to outstanding  balances and that due to the changes in interest  rates.
For each category of interest-earning  assets and interest-bearing  liabilities,
information is provided on changes  attributable to (i) changes in volume (i.e.,
changes  in  volume  multiplied  by old rate) and (ii)  changes  in rate  (i.e.,
changes in rate multiplied by old volume).  For purposes of this table,  changes
attributable  to both rate and volume,  which  cannot be  segregated,  have been
allocated  proportionately  to the  change  due to volume  and the change due to
rate.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      Year Ended September 30,             Year Ended September 30,
                                                           1997 vs. 1996                        1996 vs. 1995
                                             -------------------------------------- -----------------------------------    
                                                        Increase            Total            Increase          Total
                                                       (Decrease)         Increase          (Decrease)        Increase
                                                         Due to          (Decrease)           Due to         (Decrease)
                                             ------------------------    ---------- -----------------------  ----------    
                                                   Volume      Rate                    Volume      Rate
                                             ------------- ----------               ----------- -----------
                                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
<S>                                                <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>  
 Loans receivable, net of deferred loan fees       $ 178       $ 99         $277         $41        $163       $ 204
 Securities at amortized cost...............         (27)        19           (8)       (288)         54        (234)
Interest-bearing deposits...................         (44)       (53)         (97)        (50)         (3)        (53)
                                                   -----      -----        -----      ------      ------      ------
   Total interest-earning assets............         107         65          172        (297)        214         (83)
                                                   -----       ----         ----       -----        ----      ------

Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Savings deposits..........................         (39)         7          (32)          2          18          20
  Demand and NOW............................           7        (11)          (4)          5         (21)        (16)
  MMDA......................................         132         58          190          (2)         17          15
 Time Deposits..............................         (89)       (56)        (145)       (291)        161        (130)
 Borrowings.................................          22        ---           22         ---         ---         ---
                                                  ------      -----        -----     -------      ------     -------
   Total interest-bearing liabilities.......          33         (2)          31        (286)        175        (111)
                                                  ------      -----        -----       -----        ----       -----

Net interest income.........................      $   74       $ 67         $141        $(11)      $  39       $  28
                                                  ======       ====         ====        ====       =====       =====

</TABLE>

                                       45

<PAGE>



Liquidity and Capital Funds

         The Association's primary sources of funds are deposits,  principal and
interest payments on loans and securities,  and to a lesser extent,  borrowings.
While maturities and scheduled  amortization of loans and securities  provide an
indication of the timing of the receipt of funds, other sources of funds such as
loan  prepayments and deposit inflows are less predictable due to the effects of
changes in interest rates, economic conditions and competition.

         Liquidity may be adversely affected by the unexpected deposit outflows,
higher  interest rates paid by competitors  and similar  matters.  Further,  the
disparity  in  insurance  premiums  as  described  herein  could  result  in the
Association  losing  deposits to BIF  members  that have lower cost of funds and
therefore   are  able  to  pay  higher  rates  of  interest  on  deposits.   See
"Regulation."  Management  monitors projected liquidity needs and determines the
level desirable,  based in part on the  Association's  commitments to make loans
and management's assessment of the Association's ability to generate funds.

         The primary investing activities of the Association are the origination
of real estate and other loans and the purchase of securities.  During the years
ended September 30, 1997,  1996 and 1995, the  Association's  disbursements  for
loan  originations  totaled  $8.9  million,  $8.8  million  and  $10.2  million,
respectively.  The Association  did not purchase any securities  during the year
ended  September  30,  1997.  For the years ended  September  30, 1996 and 1995,
purchases of securities  totaled $4.6 million and $11.0  million,  respectively.
These activities were funded  primarily by net deposit  inflows,  borrowings and
principal repayments on loans and securities.

         For years ended  September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995, net deposit inflows
(outflows)  (including the effect of interest  credited)  were $401,000,  ($2.2)
million and ($6.8) million.  The increase in fiscal 1997 reflects the net effect
of a $1.1  million and $26,000  decline in savings and demand and NOW  accounts,
respectively,  offset by increases of $558,000 and $1.0 million for money market
accounts and time deposits, respectively. The decline in savings accounts is the
result of a general  increase  in market  interest  rates  which  made  passbook
savings less attractive investment alternatives for the Association's customers.
Conversely,  the increased market interest rates made deposit products,  such as
money market  accounts and shorter term time  deposits,  more  attractive to the
Association's customers. During fiscal 1996, the net decrease of $2.2 million in
deposits was primarily driven by management's  attempts to reduce the dependence
of funding with time deposits.  During fiscal 1996, time deposits  declined $6.9
million while non-time  deposits  increased $4.8 million.  The non-time  deposit
increase  in fiscal 1996 was  primarily  the result of the  introduction  of new
deposit  products  such as a tiered money market  account.  During  fiscal 1995,
deposit levels declined  overall by $6.8 million.  The decline was the result of
efforts by management to price deposit products to reduce overall cost of funds.

         Short-term  borrowings under repurchase agreements were $1.3 million at
September 30, 1997.  The  repurchase  agreements  were entered into to provide a
less expensive  short-term  funding source to meet  immediate  liquidity  needs.
There were no outstanding  repurchase  agreement  balances at September 30, 1996
and 1995.


                                       46

<PAGE>



         The  Association  may borrow funds from the FHLB of New York subject to
certain  limitations.  Based on the level of qualifying  collateral available to
secure  advances at September 30, 1997, the  Association's  borrowing limit from
the  FHLB  of  New  York  was  approximately  $9.2  million,  with  no  advances
outstanding at that date. Proceeds from FHLB advances were $300,000 at September
30, 1996.  There were no FHLB borrowings made in fiscal year 1995 (See note 7 of
the financial statements.).

         The  Association is required by OTS  regulations to maintain an average
daily  balance of liquid  assets as a  percentage  of net  withdrawable  deposit
accounts plus short-term  borrowings.  The minimum  required  liquidity ratio is
currently  4.0%. The liquidity  requirement  may be changed from time to time by
the OTS to any amount within the range of 4% to 10%. The Association's liquidity
ratio at September 30, 1997 was 10.3%.

         The  Association's  most liquid  assets are cash and cash  equivalents,
which include interest-bearing deposits and short-term highly liquid investments
(such as federal funds) with original  maturities of less than three months that
are readily  convertible  to known amounts of cash. The level of these assets is
dependent on the  Association's  operating,  financing and investing  activities
during any given  period.  At September 30, 1997,  1996 and 1995,  cash and cash
equivalents totaled $1.9 million, $1.2 million and $3.2 million, respectively.

         The  Association  is  required to  maintain a  compensating  balance of
$500,000 at one of its correspondent  banks at September 30, 1997. There were no
compensating balance requirements in prior fiscal years.

         At September 30, 1997, the Association had outstanding loan origination
commitments,  undisbursed  construction loans in process and unadvanced lines of
credit of $3.1 million. The Association anticipates that it will have sufficient
funds available to meet its current loan origination and other commitments. Time
deposits scheduled to mature in one year or less from September 30, 1997 totaled
$23.3 million.  Based on the  Association's  most recent  experience and pricing
strategy,  management  believes that a significant portion of such deposits will
remain with the Association.

         The Association is subject to federal  regulations  that impose certain
minimum  capital  requirements.  At September  30,  1997,  the  Association  had
tangible  and core  capital  of $3.3  million  compared  to  required  levels of
$900,000  and $1.8  million,  respectively.  Total  risk-based  capital was $3.8
million  compared to a required level of $3.0 million.  See  "Historical and Pro
Forma Capital Compliance" for a discussion of the Association's  compliance with
OTS capital requirements.

Year 2000

         The Association is aware of the issues  associated with the programming
code in existing computer systems as the millennium (year 2000) approaches.  The
"year  2000"  problem is  pervasive  and  complex as  virtually  every  computer
operation  will be  affected  in some way by the  rollover of the two digit year
value to 00. The issue is whether computer systems will properly  recognize date
sensitive  information  when  the year  changes  to  2000.  Systems  that do not
properly  recognize such  information  could generate  erroneous data or cause a
system to fail.


                                       47

<PAGE>



         Since the Association  recently converted to a year 2000 compliant core
system,  the Association  does not anticipate  significant  additional year 2000
costs.  It is  anticipated  that any  additional  reprogramming  efforts will be
complete by December  31, 1998,  allowing  adequate  time for testing.  To date,
confirmations  have been received from the Company's primary  processing vendors
that plans are being developed to address processing of transactions in the year
2000.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

         The financial  statements and related data  presented  herein have been
prepared in accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  which
generally require the measurement of financial position and operating results in
terms  of  historical  dollars  without  considering  changes  in  the  relative
purchasing  power of money over time due to  inflation.  The  primary  impact of
inflation  on the  operations  of the  Association  is  reflected  in  increased
operating costs. Unlike most industrial  companies,  virtually all of the assets
and liabilities of a financial  institution are monetary in nature. As a result,
interest  rates,  generally,  have  a more  significant  impact  on a  financial
institution's performance than does inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily
move in the same  direction  or to the same  extent  as the  prices of goods and
services.

Impact of New Accounting Standards

         FASB Statement on Accounting  for Mortgage  Servicing  Rights.  In May,
1995, FASB issued SFAS No. 122, which became  effective on a prospective  basis,
for fiscal years  beginning  after December 31, 1995.  This  Statement  requires
mortgage  banking  enterprises to recognize as separate assets rights to service
mortgage  loans,  however those  servicing  rights are  acquired.  When mortgage
loans,  acquired either through a purchase  transaction or by  origination,  are
sold or securitized with servicing  rights retained,  an allocation of the total
cost of the mortgage loans should be made between the mortgage  servicing rights
and the loans based upon their relative fair values. In Subsequent periods,  all
mortgage  servicing  rights  capitalized  must  be  periodically  evaluated  for
impairment  based  on the  fair  value  of  those  rights,  and any  impairments
recognized through a valuation allowance.  The impact of adopting this Statement
was not material to the Association's financial statements. Effective January 1,
1997, this Statement was superseded by SFAS No. 125, which is discussed below.

         FASB Statement on Accounting for Stock Based  Compensation.  In October
1995,  the FASB issued  SFAS No.  123.  SFAS No. 123 defines a "fair value based
method" of accounting for an employee stock option whereby  compensation cost is
measured  at the grant  date  based on the value of the award and is  recognized
over the service  period.  FASB  encouraged all entities to adopt the fair value
based  method,  however  it  will  allow  entities  to  continue  the use of the
"intrinsic value based method" prescribed by Accounting Principles Board ("APB")
Opinion No. 25. Under the intrinsic value based method, compensation cost is the
excess of the  market  price of the stock at the grant  date over the  amount an
employee must pay to acquire the stock.  However most stock option plans have no
intrinsic  value at the  grant  date  and,  as  such,  no  compensation  cost is
recognized  under APB Opinion No. 25.  Entities  electing to continue the use of
APB Opinion No. 25 must make certain pro forma  disclosures as if the fair value
based method had been applied.  The accounting  requirements of SFAS No. 123 are
effective for transactions entered into in fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1995. The Association  expects to utilize the "intrinsic value based method"
as

                                       48

<PAGE>



prescribed  by APB Opinion  No. 25.  Accordingly,  the impact of  adopting  this
Statement will not be material to the Association's financial statements.

         FASB  Statement on Accounting  for Transfers and Servicing of Financial
Assets and  Extinguishments  of Liabilities.  In June 1996, FASB issued SFAS No.
125, which became  effective on a prospective  basis for fiscal years  beginning
after  December  31,  1996.  SFAS No.  125  provides  accounting  and  reporting
standards for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of
liabilities based on consistent application of a  financial-components  approach
that  focuses on  control.  SFAS No. 125 extends  the  "available  for sale" and
"trading" approach of SFAS No. 115 to non-security  financial assets that can be
contractually  prepaid or otherwise settled in such a way that the holder of the
asset  would  not  recover  substantially  all of its  recorded  investment.  In
addition,  SFAS No.  125 amends  SFAS No.  115 to prevent a security  from being
classified as held to maturity if the security can be prepaid or settled in such
a manner that the holder of the security would not recover  substantially all of
its recorded  investment.  The extension of the SFAS No. 115 approach to certain
non-security  financial  assets and the  amendment to SFAS No. 115 are effective
for  financial  assets  held on or  acquired  after  January 1, 1997.  Effective
January 1, 1997, SFAS No. 125 superseded SFAS No. 122, which is discussed above.
The impact of adopting  this  Statement  was not  material to the  Association's
financial statements.

         In  November   1993,  the  American   Institute  of  Certified   Public
Accountants ("AICPA"),  issued SOP 93-6 Employers' Accounting for Employee Stock
Ownership  Plans.  SOP 93-6  addresses  accounting for shares of stock issued to
employees  by an employee  stock  ownership  plan.  SOP 93-6  requires  that the
employer record  compensation in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares
committed to be released from the ESOP to  employees.  SOP 93-6 is effective for
fiscal years beginning  after December 15, 1993 and relates to shares  purchased
by an ESOP after December 31, 1992. Management has determined that, assuming the
Common  Stock  appreciates  over  time,  the  adoption  of SOP 93-6 will  likely
increase  compensation  expense  relative to the ESOP,  as  compared  with prior
guidance that required  recognition of compensation expense based on the cost of
the  shares  acquired  by the ESOP.  The amount of any such  increase,  however,
cannot be  determined at this time because the expense will be based on the fair
value of the shares  committed to be released to employees,  which amount is not
determinable.

         FASB Statement on Earnings Per Share. In February 1997, the FASB issued
SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings  Per Share."  SFAS No. 128  establishes  standards  for
computing  and  presenting  earnings per share and applies to all entities  with
publicly held common stock or potential common stock.  SFAS No. 128 is effective
for  financial  statements  issued for periods  ending after  December 15, 1997,
including  interim  periods.  Management  does not  believe  that the  impact of
adopting  this  Statement  will  be  material  to  the  Association's  financial
statements.

         FASB Statement on Capital Structure.  In February 1997, the FASB issued
SFAS  No.  129,  "Disclosure  of  Information  About  Capital  Structure"  which
establishes  standards for disclosure about a company's  capital  structure.  In
accordance  with SFAS No.  129,  companies  will be  required  to provide in the
financial  statements  a complete  description  of all aspects of their  capital
structure,   including  call  and  put  features,  redemption  requirements  and
conversion  options.  The disclosure  required by SFAS No. 129 are for financial
statements for periods ending after December 15, 1997.

                                       49

<PAGE>



Management  does not believe that the impact of adopting this  Statement will be
material to the Association's financial statements.

         FASB Statement on Comprehensive  Income.  In June 1997, the FASB issued
SFAS No.  130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income."  SFAS No.  130  states  that
comprehensive  income includes the reported net income of a company adjusted for
items that are currently  accounted for as direct entries to equity, such as the
mark to market  adjustment on securities  available for sale,  foreign  currency
items and minimum pension liability adjustments. This statement is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. Management does not believe that
the impact of adopting  this  Statement  will be  material to the  Association's
financial statements.

         FASB Statement on Segment  Reporting In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS
No. 131,  "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information".
SFAS No. 131  establishes  standards  for  reporting by public  companies  about
operating  segments of their business.  SFAS No. 131 also establishes  standards
for related disclosures about products and services,  geographic areas and major
customers.  This statement is effective for periods beginning after December 15,
1997.  Management  does not believe that the impact of adopting  this  Statement
will be material to the Association's financial statements.


                                    BUSINESS

General

         As a  community-oriented  financial  institution,  Gloversville Federal
seeks to serve  the  financial  needs of the  communities  in its  market  area.
Gloversville  Federal's business involves  attracting  deposits from the general
public  and using  such  deposits,  together  with  other  funds,  to  originate
primarily  one- to  four-family  residential  mortgage  loans,  and, to a lesser
extent,  multi-family  and commercial  real estate,  commercial  business,  home
equity and other  loans in its market  area.  The  Association  also  invests in
mortgage-backed  and other  securities and other  permissible  investments.  See
"Risk Factors."

         The Association offers a variety of accounts having a range of interest
rates and terms. The Association's deposits include passbook, statement savings,
demand and NOW accounts,  money market  accounts and time deposit  accounts with
terms of six months to five years. The Association solicits deposits only in its
primary market area.

Market Area

         The Association conducts business through its main office located at 52
North Main Street,  Gloversville,  New York and a branch  office  located at 295
Broadway, Saratoga Springs, New York. The Association's market area for deposits
consists  primarily of Fulton and Saratoga Counties.  The Association's  primary
market area for lending  activities  consist of  communities  within  Fulton and
Saratoga Counties, as well as portions of Hamilton and Montgomery Counties,  New
York.


                                       50

<PAGE>



         Gloversville,  New York is located in Fulton  County  approximately  50
miles  northwest  of  Albany,   New  York.   Gloversville  and  the  surrounding
communities  include a  population  of low- and  moderate-income  neighborhoods.
Gloversville has undergone  significant  economic hardships as the major leather
industries that were once the focal point of industrial  strength for the region
have relocated to other parts of the world.  Gloversville,  with its neighboring
city Johnstown,  have recently  experienced some  revitalization  as a number of
manufacturing  entities  have  opened  plants in the area,  capitalizing  on the
region's lower labor and operating costs.  The housing in the Gloversville  area
consists  mainly  of one- to  four-family  residences  within  the city  limits.
Outside Gloversville,  in the rural areas leading into the Adirondack Mountains,
there are many nonconforming properties which are generally used as summer homes
and  camps.  Real  estate  values  in much of these  areas  have  experienced  a
significant decline in recent years.

         Saratoga Springs,  New York is located in Saratoga County approximately
30 miles  north of  Albany,  New  York.  Saratoga  Springs  and the  surrounding
communities include a diverse population of low income neighborhoods, as well as
middle  class and more  affluent  neighborhoods.  The  housing  market  has been
relatively  strong in much of Saratoga  County.  This part of the  Association's
market also includes commercial areas supporting  manufacturing,  industrial and
professional service companies.

Lending Activities

         General.  Historically,  the Association originated 30-year, fixed-rate
mortgage  loans secured by one- to four-family  residences.  In fiscal 1995, the
Association  began to  diversify  its  portfolio  by more  actively  originating
multi-family   and  commercial  real  estate  and  commercial   business  loans.
Currently,  all loans originated by the Association are held as portfolio loans.
At September 30, 1997, the Association's  loans  receivable,  net, totaled $49.5
million. See "- Origination of Loans" and "Use of Proceeds."

         Under federal law, the aggregate  amount of loans that the  Association
is permitted to make to any one borrower is generally  limited to the greater of
15% of  unimpaired  capital and surplus (25% if the security for such loan has a
"readily  ascertainable" value or 30% for certain residential development loans)
or  $500,000.  At  September  30, 1997,  based on the above,  the  Association's
regulatory  loans-to-one borrower limit was approximately  $737,000. On the same
date, the  Association had no borrowers with  outstanding  balances in excess of
this amount. As of September 30, 1997, the largest dollar amount  outstanding or
committed to be lent to one borrower, or group of related borrowers,  related to
a commercial real estate loan totaling  $539,000 secured by a warehouse  located
in Saratoga  County,  and food  preparation  and related  equipment  used by the
borrower.  The Association's  next largest loan as of September 30, 1997 totaled
$527,000 and was secured by an office building located in Saratoga Springs,  New
York. At September 30, 1997,  both of these loans were  performing in accordance
with their terms.  The Association has obtained  personal  guarantees (or direct
personal  liability)  from the  principals  in both these loans.  As of the same
date, there were 11 other  multi-family and commercial real estate or commercial
business loans with carrying values in excess of $300,000.

         The  Association has incurred  significant  problems in recent years on
its residential  lending portfolio,  in part due to inadequate loan underwriting
and monitoring procedures and policies. In

                                       51

<PAGE>



order to address these issues,  the Board of Directors revised the Association's
procedures and policies and hired new personnel to perform such  functions.  The
Association has also  undertaken a review of its  residential  loan portfolio in
order to  determine  the full extent of the  problems  and is  currently  taking
action to address and work out these problems.  All of the Association's current
lending is subject to its revised  written  underwriting  standards  and to loan
origination procedures.

         Decisions  on loan  applications  are  made on the  basis  of  detailed
applications  and  property   valuations   (consistent  with  the  Association's
appraisal  policy)  by  independent  appraisers.  Under the  Association's  loan
policy,  the individual  processing an  application is responsible  for ensuring
that all documentation is obtained prior to the submission of the application to
a loan officer for  approval.  In addition,  the loan officer  verifies that the
application meets the  Association's  underwriting  guidelines  described below.
Also, each application file is reviewed to assure its accuracy and completeness.

         The President and the Vice President of Lending have been given lending
authority,  and their lending limit authority has been defined,  by the Board of
Directors of the Association.  The lending authority limits are applied based on
aggregate  loan  balances  due  the  Association,  including  any  pending  loan
requests.  The approval of the Association's  Board of Directors is required for
any loans where aggregate  borrowings of the subject entity or individual exceed
$250,000.  Loan Committee approval is required for all loans where the aggregate
borrowings of the subject entity or individual exceed $150,000 but are less than
$250,000. The Loan Committee includes the President and Chief Executive Officer,
the  Vice  President  of  Lending,  two  outside  Board  members  and two  other
Association officers.

         For  multi-family  and commercial  real estate and commercial  business
loans,  the President  and Vice  President of Lending each have the authority to
approve  secured loans of up to $100,000 and  unsecured  loans of up to $50,000.
Joint  approval by the President  and Vice  President of Lending is required for
multi-family  and commercial  real estate and commercial  business loans greater
than $100,000 ($50,000 for unsecured loans) but not exceeding $150,000.

         The  President or the Vice  President of Lending have the  authority to
approve  residential  mortgages of up to $150,000.  The  President  also has the
authority  to  approve  secured  consumer  loans up to  $150,000  and  unsecured
consumer loans of up to $50,000. The Vice President of Lending has the authority
to approve secured consumer loans of up to $50,000 and unsecured  consumer loans
of up to $10,000.

         The Association requires title insurance on its mortgage loans, as well
as fire and extended  coverage  casualty  insurance in amounts at least equal to
the principal  amount of the loan or the value of  improvements on the property,
depending on the type of loan. The Association  also requires flood insurance to
protect the property  securing  its  interest  when the property is located in a
flood plain.

         Since May 1995, the Association has required escrow for property taxes,
insurance and flood insurance (if required) on its one- to four-family  mortgage
loans and multi-family and commercial real estate loans.


                                       52

<PAGE>
         The following  table shows the  composition of the  Association's  loan
portfolio by loan type at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               September 30,                                
                                                  --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            1997                    1996                      1995          
                                                  ----------------------- ------------------------ -------------------------
                                                     Amount      Percent     Amount       Percent      Amount       Percent 
                                                     ------      -------     ------       -------      ------       ------- 
                                                                           (Dollars in Thousands)                           
Real Estate Loans:
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>       <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>    
  One- to four-family.......................        $36,891       71.92%    $40,262        78.80%     $42,578        86.41% 
  Multi-family and commercial...............          7,950       15.50       4,635         9.07        1,712         3.47  
  One- to four-family construction..........            539        1.05         938         1.84          742         1.51  
                                                    -------    --------    --------     --------     --------     --------  
     Total real estate loans................         45,380       88.47      45,835        89.71       45,032        91.39  
                                                     ------    --------      ------      -------       ------       ------  
Other loans:
  Commercial business.......................          1,422        2.77       1,230         2.41        1,052         2.14  
  Home equity...............................          3,379        6.59       2,869         5.62        2,265         4.60  
  Other consumer............................          1,111        2.17       1,154         2.26          920         1.87  
                                                    -------    --------    --------     --------    ---------     --------  
     Total loans............................          5,912       11.53       5,253        10.29        4,237         8.61  
                                                    -------     -------    --------      -------     --------     --------  
    Gross loans                                      51,292      100.00%     51,088       100.00%      49,269       100.00% 
                                                                 ======                   ======                    ======  
Less:
  Net deferred loan fees....................           (153)                   (201)                     (251)              
  Allowance for loan losses.................         (1,613)                 (1,251)                     (779)              
                                                   --------                --------                  --------               
    Total loans receivable, net.............        $49,526                 $49,636                   $48,239               
                                                    =======                 =======                   =======               
</TABLE>
                                                   September 30,                
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                          1994                      1993        
                                 ----------------------- -----------------------
                                   Amount       Percent      Amount      Percent
                                   ------       -------      ------      -------
                                               (Dollars in Thousands)           
Real Estate Loans:                                                              
  One- to four-family............ $42,973        91.89%     $40,633       96.64%
  Multi-family and commercial....     878         1.88           --          -- 
  One- to four-family 
    construction.................     701         1.50          139        0.33 
                                 --------     --------    ---------    -------- 
     Total real estate loans.....  44,552        95.27       40,772       96.97 
                                   ------      -------      -------     ------- 
Other loans:                                                                    
  Commercial business............      --           --           --          -- 
  Home equity....................   1,352         2.89           --          -- 
  Other consumer.................     861         1.84        1,276        3.03 
                                 --------     --------     --------    -------- 
     Total loans.................   2,213         4.73        1,276        3.03 
                                  -------     --------     --------    -------- 
    Gross loans                    46,765       100.00%      42,048      100.00%
                                                ======                   ====== 
Less:                                                                           
  Net deferred loan fees.........    (264)                     (277)            
  Allowance for loan losses......    (856)                     (875)            
                                 --------                  --------             
    Total loans receivable, net.. $45,645                   $40,896             
                                  =======                   =======             
                                            
                                       53
<PAGE>
         The following  table shows the  composition of the  Association's  loan
portfolio by fixed and adjustable-rate at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              September 30,                                     
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                        1997                      1996                          1995            
                                            --------------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------ 
                                                Amount        Percent      Amount       Percent         Amount         Percent  
                                                ------        -------      ------       -------         ------         -------  
                                                                        (Dollars in Thousands)                                  
<S>                                            <C>             <C>        <C>            <C>           <C>              <C>     
Fixed-Rate Loans:
Real estate:
  One- to four-family..................        $31,732         61.86%     $34,929        68.37%        $37,356          75.82%  
  Multi-family and commercial..........          1,206          2.35          924         1.81           1,527           3.10   
  One- to four-family construction.....            392          0.76          423         0.83             293           0.59   
                                             ---------      --------    ---------     --------       ---------       --------   
    Total real estate loans............         33,330         64.97       36,276        71.01          39,176          79.51   
Commercial business....................            283          0.55           23         0.05              --             --   
Home equity............................          1,244          2.43          645         1.26              14           0.03   
Other consumer.........................          1,056          2.06        1,058         2.07             916           1.86   
                                              --------      --------     --------     --------       ---------       --------   
    Total fixed-rate loans.............         35,913         70.01       38,002        74.39          40,106          81.40   
Adjustable-Rate Loans                                                                                                           
Real estate:                                                                                                                    
  One-to four-family...................          5,159         10.06        5,333        10.44           5,222          10.60   
  Multi-family and commercial..........          6,744         13.15        3,711         7.26           1,052           2.14   
  One- to four-family construction.....            147          0.29          515         1.01             449           0.91   
                                             ---------      --------    ---------     --------       ---------       --------   
      Total real estate loans..........         12,050         23.50        9,559        18.71           6,723          13.65   
Commercial business....................          1,139          2.22        1,207         2.36             185           0.38   
Home equity............................          2,135          4.16        2,224         4.35           2,251           4.56   
Other consumer.........................             55          0.11           96         0.19               4           0.01   
                                            ----------      --------    ---------      -------      ----------      ---------
    Total adjustable rate loans                 15,379         29.99       13,086        25.61           9,163          18.60   
    Gross loans                                 51,292        100.00%      51,088       100.00%         49,269         100.00%  
                                                              ======                    ======                         ======   
Less:                                                                                                                           
  Net deferred loan fees...............          (153)                       (201)                        (251)                 
  Allowance for loan losses............        (1,613)                     (1,251)                        (779)                 
                                             --------                   ---------                    ---------                  
     Total loans receivable, net.......        $49,526                    $49,636                      $48,239                  
                                               =======                    =======                      =======                  
</TABLE>
                                                     September 30,              
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                            1994                     1993       
                                 ------------------------- ---------------------
                                     Amount      Percent       Amount    Percent
                                     ------      -------       ------    -------
                                                (Dollars in Thousands)          
Fixed-Rate Loans:                                                               
Real estate:                                                                    
  One- to four-family............   $39,632       84.75%      $40,633     96.64%
  Multi-family and commercial....       878        1.88            --        -- 
  One- to four-family 
    construction.................       485        1.04           139      0.33 
                                 ----------    --------     ---------  -------- 
    Total real estate loans......    40,995       87.67        40,772     96.97 
Commercial business..............        --          --            --        -- 
Home equity......................        --          --            --        -- 
Other consumer...................       861        1.84         1,276      3.03 
                                  ---------    --------      --------  -------- 
    Total fixed-rate loans.......    41,856       89.51        42,048    100.00%
Adjustable-Rate Loans                                                           
Real estate:                                                                    
  One-to four-family.............     3,341        7.14            --        -- 
  Multi-family and commercial....        --          --            --        -- 
  One- to four-family 
    construction.................       216        0.46            --        -- 
                                  ---------    --------    ----------  -------- 
      Total real estate loans....     3,557        7.60            --        -- 
Commercial business..............        --          --            --        -- 
Home equity......................     1,352        2.89            --        -- 
Other consumer...................        --          --            --        -- 
                                 ----------   ---------    ----------  -------- 
    Total adjustable rate loans       4,909       10.49            --        -- 
    Gross loans                      46,765      100.00%       42,048    100.00%
                                                 ======                  ====== 
Less:                                                                           
  Net deferred loan fees.........      (264)                     (277)          
  Allowance for loan losses......      (856)                     (875)          
                                  ---------                 ---------           
     Total loans receivable, net.   $45,645                   $40,896           
                                    =======                   =======           
                                         
                                       54
<PAGE>

         The following schedule illustrates the interest rate sensitivity of the
Association's  loan  portfolio  at  September  30,  1997.  Mortgages  which have
adjustable or  renegotiable  interest  rates are shown as maturing in the period
during which the contracts are due. The schedule does not reflect the effects of
possible prepayments or enforcement of due-on-sale clauses.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Real Estate
                      --------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Multi-family        One- to four-family                            Home Equity and
                      One- to four-family     and Commercial          Construction       Commercial Business       Other Consumer 
                      -------------------   -------------------   ------------------     -------------------     ------------------ 
      Due During                Weighted               Weighted             Weighted                Weighted               Weighted
     Years Ending                Average                Average              Average                 Average                Average
     September 30,      Amount     Rate      Amount       Rate     Amount      Rate      Amount        Rate       Amount      Rate  
     -------------      ------     ----      ------       ----     ------      ----      ------        ----       ------      ----  
                                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                   <C>          <C>    <C>             <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>            <C>      <C>           <C>  
1998................. $    710     8.59%  $      --         --       $539      8.34%    $   173        9.15%    $    184      7.88%
1999.................      732     7.18          --         --         --        --         367        9.76          127     10.26
2000.................      237     9.45          --         --         --        --          56       10.00          192     10.46
2001 to 2002.........    1,072     8.79          11       8.50         --        --          81       10.50          427      8.94
2003 to 2007.........    3,959     8.81       2,278       9.87         --        --         656        9.86          420      8.77
2008 to 2022.........   22,158     8.51       5,661       9.42         --        --          14       10.50        3,119      9.11
2023 and following...    8,023     8.09          --         --         --        --          75       10.16           21      7.23
                      --------            ---------               -------              --------                 --------
   Total.............  $36,891               $7,950                  $539                $1,422                   $4,490
                       =======               ======                  ====                ======                   ======
                                                                                                                         
</TABLE>

         The total  amount of loans due after  September  30,  1997  which  have
predetermined  interest  rates is $35.9  million while the total amount of loans
due after such dates which have floating or adjustable  interest  rates is $15.4
million.



                                       55

<PAGE>



         One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending. The cornerstone of
the Association's lending program has historically been the origination of loans
secured by  mortgages  on  owner-occupied  one- to  four-family  residences.  At
September 30, 1997,  $36.9 million,  or 71.9%, of the  Association's  total loan
portfolio   consisted  of  mortgage  loans  secured  by  one-  to  four-  family
residences.  Until  recently,  the Association  focused its residential  lending
activities  on fixed rate loans.  with 30 year terms.  Beginning in fiscal 1994,
the Association began to originate  adjustable rate loans.  Substantially all of
the  Association's  one- to four-family  residential  mortgage  originations are
secured by properties  located in its market area. All mortgage loans  currently
originated by the Association are retained and serviced by it.

         The Association currently offers conventional fixed-rate mortgage loans
with  maturities  up to 30  years.  Interest  rates  and fees  charged  on these
fixed-rate  loans  are  established  on a  regular  basis  according  to  market
conditions. The Association underwrites its fixed-rate one- to four-family loans
in accordance with Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation  ("FHLMC") and Federal
National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") standards.  As of September 30, 1997, the
Association had $31.7 million of fixed rate loans secured by one- to four-family
residential  properties.  During fiscal 1997,  the  Association  began to accept
fixed and  adjustable  rate  Federal  Home  Authority  ("FHA")  guaranteed  loan
applications;  however,  at September 30, 1997, the Association had no FHA loans
outstanding. See "- Originations of Loans."

         The  Association  also  offers ARMs which  carry  interest  rates which
adjust  annually at a margin  (generally 275 basis points) over the yield on the
One Year Average Monthly U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Index ("one year CMT").
Such  loans  may  carry  terms to  maturity  of up to 30  years.  The ARM  loans
currently  offered by the  Association  provide for up to 200 basis point annual
interest  rate change cap and a lifetime cap generally 600 basis points over the
initial rate.  Initial interest rates offered on the  Association's  ARMs may be
100 to 350 basis points below the fully  indexed  rate,  although  borrowers are
generally  qualified at the fully indexed rate. As a result, the risk of default
on these  loans may  increase as  interest  rates  increase.  In  addition,  the
Association's  ARMs typically do not adjust below the initial rate. At September
30,  1997,  one- to  four-family  ARMs  totaled  $5.2  million  or  10.1% of the
Association's total loan portfolio.

         The Association also originates loans secured by non-conforming  second
homes and vacation homes. The rates charged for these loans are generally higher
than that offered for conventional one-to four-family loans. Generally, the same
underwriting criteria is used when evaluating applications made for mortgages on
second homes and vacation homes as used for applications  taken for mortgages on
one- to four-family residences.

         Gloversville Federal will generally lend up to 97% of the lesser of the
sales price or appraised  value of the security  property on owner occupied one-
to  four-family  loans.  For loans  exceeding an 80%  loan-to-value  ratio,  the
Association  requires private  mortgage  insurance in amounts intended to reduce
the  Association's  exposure to 80% or less.  Borrowers are required to purchase
the mortgage  insurance  protection  provided by the FHA for FHA mortgages where
loan-to-value  ratios exceed 80%. The maximum  loan-to-value ratio for non-owner
occupied  one-to  four-family  residences  is 75% (65% where there is a cash out
refinancing).   For   mortgages  on  second  homes  and  vacation   homes,   the
loan-to-value ratio cannot exceed 80% for one-family residences and 75% for two-
to  four-family  residences.  Mortgages on non-owner  occupied  second homes and
vacation

                                       56

<PAGE>



homes cannot exceed 70% loan-to-value and non-owner occupied cash out refinances
for   non-conforming   second  homes  and  vacation   homes  cannot  exceed  50%
loan-to-value.

         In underwriting one- to four-family  residential real estate loans, the
Association  currently  evaluates  the  borrower's  ability  to make  principal,
interest,  and escrow  payments,  and the value of the property that will secure
the loan.

         Residential loans do not currently include  prepayment  penalties,  are
non-assumable and do not produce negative amortization. Although the Association
currently  originates  mortgage loans only for its portfolio,  the Association's
loans are now generally underwritten according to secondary market standards.

         While  the  Association   seeks  to  originate  most  of  its  one-  to
four-family  residential  loans in  amounts  which are less than or equal to the
applicable FHLMC maximum,  the Association may, on an exception basis, make one-
to four-family residential loans in amounts in excess of such maximum.

         The  Association's   residential  mortgage  loans  customarily  include
due-on-sale  clauses  giving  the  Association  the  right to  declare  the loan
immediately due and payable in the event that, among other things,  the borrower
sells or otherwise disposes of the property subject to the mortgage.

         Multi-family  and Commercial Real Estate Lending.  In order to increase
the  yield  of  its  loan  portfolio  and  to  complement   residential  lending
opportunities,  since fiscal 1995, the Association has  significantly  increased
its  originations  of permanent  multi-family  and commercial  real estate loans
secured by  properties in its primary  market area.  At September 30, 1997,  the
Association  had  multi-family  and  commercial  real estate loans totaling $8.0
million,  or 15.5% of the Association's  total loan portfolio.  See Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Asset
Liability Management."

         The   Association's   multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate  loan
portfolio  includes  loans  secured by apartment  buildings,  office  buildings,
warehouses and other income producing  properties located in its market area. In
addition,  at September  30, 1997,  the  Association  had $891,000 of commercial
construction loans.

         The  Association's   multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate  loans
generally  carry a maximum  term of 20 years  and,  more  often  than not,  have
interest  rates which are fixed for three to five years and adjust  periodically
thereafter.

         The  Association's  multi-family  and commercial  real estate loans are
generally made in amounts up to 75% of the lesser of the appraised  value or the
purchase  price of the property,  with a projected  debt service  coverage ratio
generally  of  at  least  120%.  The  Association's   current  multi-family  and
commercial real estate loan originations  generally include operating  covenants
requiring the borrower to maintain specified debt coverage,  liquidity and other
ratios,  although most  multi-family and commercial real estate loans originated
in prior years did not have such  operating  covenants,  which could  reduce the
Association's leverage in the event of delinquency.


                                       57

<PAGE>



         Appraisals on properties  securing  multi-family  and  commercial  real
estate  loans  are  performed  by  independent   appraisers  designated  by  the
Association  at the time the loan is made. All  appraisals on  multi-family  and
commercial real estate loans are reviewed by the  Association's  management.  In
addition, the Association's  underwriting procedures require verification of the
borrower's   credit   history,   income  and   financial   statements,   banking
relationships,  references  and  income  projections  for  the  property.  Where
feasible, the Association seeks to obtain personal guarantees on these loans and
key man life insurance on individuals  critical to the success of the borrower's
business.


                                       58

<PAGE>
         Set forth  below is a summary  of the  Association's  multi-family  and
commercial  real estate  loans  which had an  outstanding  principal  balance in
excess of $300,000 at September 30, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Date of        Collateral          Interest Rate       Maturity     Personal     Balance at    
 Origination      Description             Terms             Date      Guarantee September 30, 1997   Status
 -----------      -----------             -----             ----      --------- ------------------   ------
<S>           <C>                    <C>                 <C>             <C>       <C>           <C>                    
July 1996     Warehouse located      Interest rate       July 2016       Yes       538,955       Current; $250,000 second lien on
              in Saratoga County.    adjusts every                                               same collateral.
                                     five years.                                                
                                                                                                
July 1996     Office building        Interest rate       July 2016       Yes       526,889       Current; new business commenced
              located in Saratoga    adjusts every                                               March 1997; building fully
              County.                year.                                                       occupied with assignment of leases
                                                                                                 to Association.
                                                                                                
April 1997    Land located in        Interest rate      April 2017       Yes       448,848       Current; $760,000 mortgage on
              Albany County.         adjusts every                                               building subordinated to
                                     year.                                                       Association loan; direct
                                                                                                 assignment of monthly rental
                                                                                                 income, which is double amount
                                                                                                 required for debt service.
                                                                                                
July 1995     Trooper barracks in    Interest rate       July 2010       Yes       438,625       Current; loan represents a
              Saratoga County        adjusts every                                               refinance of subject properties to
              and 12 unit            five years                                                  fund new venture which is not
              residential complex                                                                subject to the Association's lien.
              in Saratoga County                                                                
                                                                                                
October 1996  Restaurant/marina      Interest rate     October 2008      Yes       432,179       Current; borrower prepaying
              located in Fulton      adjusts every                                               principle; exclusive location on
              County                 five years                                                  major lake.
                                                                                                
June 1997     Warehouse/office       Fixed interest    Construction:     Yes       411,000       Current; SBA second mortgage
              located in Saratoga    during              June 1998                               anticipated to reduce Association's
              County and             construction;      Permanent:                               exposure $205,000 by the end of
              warehouse in           interest rate       June 2018                               March 1998.
              Albany county          adjusts every                                              
                                     three years,                                               
                                     thereafter                                                 
                                                                                                
April 1996    3 story, 16 unit       Interest rate      April 2016       Yes       390,394       Current; "Of concern" due to
              apartment complex      adjusts every                                               inadequate cash flow by subject
              in Saratoga County     five years                                                  property.
                                                                                                
May 1996      Newly renovated        Fixed Interest    Construction:     Yes       383,786       Current, "Of concern" due to
              takeout restaurant     during               May 1997                               collateral value concern and new
              in Saratoga County     construction,      Permanent:                               venture; SBA second mortgage
                                     interest rate        May 2017                               anticipated to reduce Association's
                                     adjusts every                                               exposure $160,000 by the end of
                                     year thereafter                                             March 1998.
                                                                                                
January 1971  25+ residential        Interest rate      April 2003        No       363,200       Repaid in December 1997.
              rental units located   fixed                                                      
              in Saratoga County                                                                
                                                                                                
April 1994    Three residential      Interest rate is   April 2009       Yes       339,922       Current; full occupancy at
              rental units located   fixed                                                       September 30, 1997.
              in Saratoga County
</TABLE>
                                       59

<PAGE>



         Multi-family and commercial real estate loans are generally believed to
present  a higher  level  of risk  than  loans  secured  by one- to  four-family
residences.  This  greater  risk  is  due  to  several  factors,  including  the
concentration  of  principal  in a limited  number of loans and  borrowers,  the
effects of general economic conditions (which are not particularly  favorable in
much of the Association's  market areas) on income producing  properties and the
increased  difficulty  of  evaluating  and  monitoring  these  types  of  loans.
Furthermore,  the repayment of loans secured by multi-family and commercial real
estate is  dependent  upon the  successful  operation of the related real estate
project.  If the cash flow from the project is reduced (for  example,  if leases
are not obtained or renewed),  the  borrower's  ability to repay the loan may be
impaired. In addition, the Association's multi-family and commercial real estate
and  commercial   business  loans,   particularly   those  originated  when  the
Association first expanded this product line, may be subject to additional risks
related to the  Association's  relative  inexperience with this type of lending.
While  the  Association  has  not  experienced  any  significant  losses  on its
multi-family and commercial real estate loans in recent years, this portfolio is
relatively  unseasoned  and no assurance  can be given that it will  continue to
perform as it has,  especially based on the Association's  intention to continue
to emphasize growth in this portfolio in the future. As a result of the above as
well as financial concerns with respect to the borrowers,  the Association rated
$1.1  million  of its  multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate  loans as "of
concern" as of September 30, 1997. See " - Market Area."

         One- to Four-Family  Residential  Construction Lending. The Association
offers  residential  single family  construction  loans to persons who intend to
occupy  the  property  upon  completion  of  construction.  Upon  completion  of
construction, these loans are automatically converted into permanent residential
mortgage loans and are classified as such. The proceeds of the construction loan
are  advanced in stages on a  percentage  of  completion  basis as  construction
progresses.  The loans generally  provide for a construction  period of not more
than twelve months during which the borrower pays interest only.  Loan terms and
underwriting  criteria for construction loans are consistent with those for one-
to four-family  residential mortgage loans. In recognition of the risks involved
with such loans, the Association carefully monitors construction through regular
inspections and the borrower must qualify for the permanent mortgage loan before
the  construction  loan is made.  At September  30, 1997,  the  Association  had
$539,000 in construction loans  outstanding,  or 1.1% of gross loans. There were
no nonperforming construction loans at September 30, 1997.

         Construction  lending is generally considered to involve a higher level
of credit risk than  permanent  one- to  four-family  residential  lending.  The
nature of these  loans is such  that they are more  difficult  to  evaluate  and
monitor.  The  Association's  risk of loss on a  construction  loan is dependent
largely upon the accuracy of the initial  estimate of the property's  value upon
completion of the project and the  essential  cost  (including  interest) of the
project.  If the cost estimate  proves to be inaccurate,  the Association may be
required to advance  funds  beyond the amount  originally  committed in order to
permit completion of the project.

         Commercial Business Lending.  Subject to the restrictions  contained in
federal laws and regulations,  the Association is authorized to make secured and
unsecured  commercial  business loans.  At September 30, 1997, $1.4 million,  or
2.8%, of the Association's total loan portfolio consisted of commercial business
loans. The Association has recently begun to emphasize commercial business

                                       60

<PAGE>



lending to qualified  individuals  as part of its policy of servicing  customers
and consolidating banking relationships, and also to further its asset/liability
management goals.

         The Association's commercial business loans are generally structured as
short-term  time notes and term loans.  Time notes  generally have terms of less
than one year to  accommodate  seasonal  peaks  and  valleys  in the  borrower's
business cycle. Commercial business term loans generally have terms of ten years
or less and, more often than not, have adjustable interest rates.

         The  Association's  commercial  business loans generally are secured by
equipment,  machinery  or other  corporate  assets  including  real  estate  and
inventory.  Like the  multi-family  and commercial  real estate loans  discussed
above, the Association's current commercial business loan originations generally
have covenants  requiring the borrowers to maintain  certain  financial  ratios,
although many loans  originated in past years do not have such covenants,  which
could reduce the Association's  leverage in the event of a credit deterioration.
In addition,  the Association  generally  obtains  personal  guarantees from the
principals  of the  borrower  with  respect to all  commercial  business  loans.
Generally,  the  Association's  commercial  business lending has been limited to
borrowers headquartered, or doing business, in the Association's market area.

         Unlike  residential  mortgage  loans,  which  generally are made on the
basis of the borrower's ability to make repayment from his or her employment and
other  income,  and which are secured by real  property  whose value tends to be
more  easily  ascertainable,  commercial  business  loans are of higher risk and
typically are made on the basis of the borrower's ability to make repayment from
the cash flow of the borrower's business. As a result, the availability of funds
for the repayment of commercial business loans may be substantially dependent on
the success of the business itself,  which in turn may be dependent on the local
economy,  which is  currently  not  performing  at a high  level.  Further,  the
collateral  securing  the  loans,  if any,  may  depreciate  over  time,  may be
difficult  to appraise  and may  fluctuate  in value based on the success of the
business.   In  addition,   commercial   business  lending  generally   requires
substantially  greater  oversight  efforts  compared to residential  real estate
lending.  At September 30, 1997, all commercial  business loans were  performing
and none were rated "of concern."

         Set forth below is a description of the  Association's  only commercial
business loan which had an outstanding  principal  balance in excess of $300,000
at September 30, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Date of        Collateral         Interest Rate      Maturity      Personal       Balance at
Origination      Description            Terms            Date       Guarantee   September 30, 1997     Status
- -----------      -----------            -----            ----       ---------   ------------------     ------
<S>           <C>                  <C>                 <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>                           
 May 1997     11 fully equipped    Interest adjusts    May 1998        Yes           $352,198       Current; insurance on vehicles
              1998 29-foot         daily based on                                                   with Association as beneficiary;
              Coachman             established                                                      quarterly inspections performed
              Pathfinder RVs       index                                                            on collateral by Association
</TABLE>

         Consumer  Lending.  Management  believes  that  offering  consumer loan
products helps to expand the Association's  customer base and to create stronger
ties  to its  existing  customer  base.  In  addition,  because  consumer  loans
generally have shorter terms to maturity and carry higher rates of interest than
do residential mortgage loans, they can be valuable  asset/liability  management
tools.  The  Association  originates  a variety of  different  types of consumer
loans, including home equity

                                       61

<PAGE>



loans and lines of credit,  automobile  and deposit  account loans for household
and personal  purposes.  The Association has focused its recent consumer lending
activities on home equity lending.  At September 30, 1997 consumer loans totaled
$4.4 million or 8.7% of total loans outstanding.

         Consumer loan terms vary according to the type and value of collateral,
length of contract  and  creditworthiness  of the  borrower.  The  Association's
consumer loans are made with fixed or adjustable  interest rates,  with terms of
up to 25 years.

         The  Association  has offered home equity loans since fiscal year 1994.
Home  equity  loans are  secured  by  second  mortgages  on one- to  four-family
owner-occupied  residences.  The Association's  home equity loans are written so
that the total  commitment  amount,  when combined with the balance of the first
mortgage  lien,  may not exceed 80% of the  appraised  value of the  property or
$50,000.  These loans are  written  with fixed terms of up to 15 years and carry
fixed interest rates. Home equity lines of credit ("HELOCS") are written so that
the  total  commitment  amount,  when  combined  with the  balance  of the first
mortgage lien, may not exceed 80% of the appraised value of the property, with a
maximum of $100,000. HELOCs are written for terms up to 25 years (with the first
5 year period requiring only interest payments and the last 20 year period being
fully  amortized)  and carry a prime-based  floating rate of interest  after the
first year.  At September  30,  1997,  the  Association's  home equity loans and
HELOCS totaled $3.4 million, or 6.6% of the Association's total loan portfolio.

         The Association also makes short-term,  fixed-rate and  adjustable-rate
consumer  loans  either  unsecured  or  secured by  savings  and time  accounts,
automobiles,  or other consumer  assets.  These loans  generally have an average
term of not more than five years and have  interest  rates higher than  mortgage
loans.  The shorter terms to maturity are helpful in managing the  Association's
interest rate risk.

         The  underwriting  standards  employed by the  Association for consumer
loans include a determination of the applicant's  payment history on other debts
and ability to meet  existing  obligations  and payments on the  proposed  loan.
Although  creditworthiness  of the  applicant is of primary  consideration,  the
underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the security, if
any, in relation to the proposed loan amount.  Consumer loans may entail greater
credit risk than do  residential  mortgage  loans,  particularly  in the case of
consumer loans which are unsecured or are secured by rapidly depreciable assets,
such as automobiles.  In such cases, any repossessed  collateral for a defaulted
consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding
loan  balance  as a  result  of  the  greater  likelihood  of  damage,  loss  or
depreciation.  In  addition,  consumer  loan  collections  are  dependent on the
borrower's  continuing  financial  stability,  and thus are  more  likely  to be
affected by adverse  personal  circumstances.  Furthermore,  the  application of
various federal and state laws,  including  bankruptcy and insolvency  laws, may
limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans.

Originations of Loans

         The  lending  activities  of the  Association  are  subject to written,
non-discriminatory,  underwriting  standards  and  loan  origination  procedures
established  by the  Association's  Board  of  Directors  and  management.  Loan
originations come from a number of sources. Residential loan

                                       62

<PAGE>



originations  can be  attributed  to  depositors,  retail  customers,  telephone
inquiries,  advertising,  the efforts of the  Association's  loan  officers  and
referrals  from  other  borrowers,   real  estate  brokers  and  builders.   The
Association  originates  loans  through its own efforts and does not  compensate
mortgage  brokers,   mortgage  bankers  or  other  loan  finders.   However  the
Association   frequently  obtains  multi-family,   commercial  real  estate  and
commercial  business loans through commercial loan brokers paid by the borrower.
Beginning  with fiscal 1998, an  Association  employee will be assigned the sole
task of originating residential mortgages and home equity loans.

         All loans held in portfolio at September  30, 1997 were  originated  by
the Association.  The Association does not purchase whole loans. There have been
no loan sales made by the  Association,  and it is the  Association's  intention
that all loans originated be held in portfolio.

         While the Association  originates both fixed and adjustable rate loans,
its ability to originate  loans is dependent upon the relative  customer  demand
for  loans in its  market.  Demand is  affected  by the  local  economy  and the
interest rate environment. From time to time, in order to supplement loan demand
in the Association's  market area, the Association has acquired  mortgage-backed
securities  which  are  held  in the  "available  for  sale"  portfolio.  See "-
Investment  Activities  -Mortgage-Backed  Securities" and Note 2 of the Notes to
Financial Statements.


                                       63

<PAGE>



         The following table shows the loan origination and repayment activities
of the Association for the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Year Ended September 30,
                                                                        -------------------------------------------------
                                                                             1997               1996               1995
                                                                             ----               ----               ----
                                                                                    (In Thousands)
<S>                                                                        <C>                <C>                <C>   
Originations by type:
Fixed rate:
  Real estate:    One- to four-family.........................             $1,577             $2,140             $1,900
                  Multi-family and commercial.................                978                955                923
                  One- to four-family construction............                683                428                447
  Non-real estate:Commercial business.........................                436                 76                218
                  Home equity.................................                215                865                 14
                  Other consumer..............................                348                449                257
                                                                          -------            -------          ---------
                  Total fixed rate............................              4,237              4,913              3,759
                                                                           ------             ------           --------

Adjustable rate:
  Real estate:    One- to four-family.........................                 24                243              2,409
                  Multi-family and commercial.................              3,115              1,795                112
                  One- to four-family construction............                 40                125                527
  Non-real estate: Commercial business........................                456              1,078              1,493
                  Home equity.................................                773                530              1,906
                  Other consumer..............................                206                 97                  4
                                                                          -------           --------        -----------
                  Total adjustable rate.......................              4,614              3,868              6,451
                                                                           ------             ------           --------
                  Total loans originated......................              8,851              8,781             10,210

Principal repayments..........................................             (7,670)            (6,173)            (7,315)
Decrease in other terms, net..................................               (977)              (552)              (391)
                                                                          -------            -------          ---------
                  Net increase................................            $   204             $2,056            $ 2,504
                                                                          =======             ======            =======
</TABLE>

Delinquencies and Non-Performing Assets

         Delinquency  Procedures.  When a  borrower  fails  to  make a  required
payment on a loan, the Association  attempts to cause the deficiency to be cured
by contacting the borrower.  Late notices are generally sent when a payment on a
residential  or consumer loan is more than 15 days past due and a late charge is
generally  assessed at that time. For  multi-family  and commercial  real estate
loans and commercial  business loans, the Association sends a late notice on the
11th day after  payment  is due and a late fee is  assessed  at that  time.  For
residential and consumer loans, the Association's  asset review officer attempts
to  contact  personally  any  borrower  who is more than 30 days  past due.  For
multi-family and commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans, the
Vice  President  of Lending  telephones  the  borrower  when  payment is 15 days
delinquent.  For all loans past due 60 days or more principal and interest, and,
beginning in July 1997,  for all loans where the borrower is  delinquent  in the
payment of real estate  taxes  regardless  of payment  status,  the asset review
officer or the Vice  President  of Lending  contacts  the  borrower on a regular
basis to seek to cure the  delinquency.  If a loan becomes past due 90 days, the
Association refers the matter to an attorney,  who first seeks to obtain payment
without  litigation  and, if  unsuccessful,  generally  commences a  foreclosure
action and other  appropriate  legal action to collect the loan. The Association
also seeks to recover any  shortfall  by pursuing  the  borrower on the note.  A
foreclosure

                                       64

<PAGE>



action,  if the default is not cured,  typically leads to a judicial sale of the
mortgaged  real estate.  The judicial  sale is normally  delayed if the borrower
files a bankruptcy  petition because the foreclosure  action cannot be continued
unless the Association  first obtains relief from the automatic stay provided by
the Bankruptcy Code.

         If the Association  acquires the mortgaged property at foreclosure sale
or accepts a voluntary  deed in lieu of  foreclosure,  the acquired  property is
then classified as OREO until it is sold. When OREO is acquired, the property is
recorded at the lower of cost (defined as fair value of the foreclosed  property
at initial foreclosure) or fair value of the asset acquired less estimated costs
to sell the  property.  The  shortfall  (if any)  between  the fair value of the
property and the carrying value of the loan is charged to the allowance for loan
losses.  The  Association  also seeks to recover any  shortfall  by pursuing the
borrower on the note. Thereafter,  changes in the value of the OREO are taken as
current expenses.

         The  Association  is  permitted  to finance  sales of OREO by "loans to
facilitate,"  which may involve a lower down payment or a longer  repayment term
or other more  favorable  features  than  generally  would be granted  under the
Association's  underwriting  guidelines.  At September  30, 1997,  there was one
"loan  to  facilitate"   outstanding   for  $128,000  which  was  classified  as
substandard and non-accruing at September 30, 1997, as the new borrower was more
than 90 days delinquent as to payments.  The "loan to facilitate" was originated
in December 1993 and has been classified as substandard since that time.

         It is the  Association's  policy to discontinue  accruing interest on a
loan when it becomes 90 days or more  delinquent,  regardless of the  collateral
supporting  the loan or sooner if  management  believes  it is prudent to do so.
Once the accrual of interest is discontinued,  the Association generally records
interest as and when received until the loan is restored to accruing status. The
loan  generally  remains on  nonaccrual  until such time that the  borrower  has
repaid all  delinquency  and has  maintained the loan in a current status for at
least three consecutive months,  provided management concludes that full payment
of principal and interest is reasonably assured in the future.


                                       65

<PAGE>



         The following table sets forth the Association's  loan delinquencies as
to principal and interest payments by type, by number,  amount and by percentage
of type at September 30, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Loans Delinquencies at September 30, 1997
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          60-89 Days                   90 Days and Over             Total Delinquent Loans
                                   -------------------------- --------------------------------- ------------------------------------
                                                      % of                              % of                              % of
                                    Number  Amount  Category     Number     Amount    Category    Number     Amount     Category
                                    ------  ------  --------     ------     ------    --------    ------     ------     --------
                                                                    (Dollars in Thousands)
Real Estate:
<S>                                    <C>   <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>     <C>           <C> 
One- to four-family...............     5     $215      0.58%       17        $993       2.69%       22      $1,208        3.27
Multi-family and commercial.......    --       --        --        --          --         --        --          --          --
One- to four-family construction..    --       --        --        --          --         --        --          --          --

Other:
Commercial business...............    --       --        --        --          --         --        --          --          --
Home equity                           --       --        --         2          54       1.60         2          54        1.60
Other consumer....................     2       18      1.63        --          --         --         2          18        1.63
                                    ----    -----                ----       -----     ------      ----     -------

  Total...........................     7     $233      0.45%       19      $1,047       2.04%       26      $1,280        2.49%
                                      ==     ====                  ==      ======                   ==      ======

</TABLE>




                                       66

<PAGE>



         Classification of Assets. Federal regulations require that each savings
institution  classify  its own  assets  on a  regular  basis.  In  addition,  in
connection  with  examinations of savings  institutions,  OTS and FDIC examiners
have authority to identify  problem assets and, if appropriate,  require them to
be  classified.  The  Association  classifies  all of its loans monthly based on
delinquency  status.  Multi-family  and  commercial  real estate and  commercial
business loans are reviewed annually regardless of delinquency status. There are
three  classifications  for  problem  assets:  Substandard,  Doubtful  and Loss.
Substandard  assets have one or more defined weaknesses and are characterized by
the  distinct  possibility  that the  Association  will sustain some loss if the
deficiencies  are  not  corrected.   Doubtful  assets  have  the  weaknesses  of
Substandard assets, with the additional characteristics that the weaknesses make
collection  or  liquidation  in full on the basis of currently  existing  facts,
conditions and values questionable,  and there is a high possibility of loss. An
asset classified Loss is considered  uncollectible and of such little value that
continuance  as an  asset  on  the  balance  sheet  of  the  institution  is not
warranted.  Assets classified as Substandard or Doubtful require the institution
to establish prudent general  allowances for loan losses. If an asset or portion
thereof is classified as a loss, the institution charges off such amount against
the loan loss  allowance.  If an  institution  does not agree with an examiner's
classification  of an asset,  it may appeal this  determination  to the District
Director of the OTS. As of September 30, 1997, the  Association had $2.6 million
of loans  secured  by one-to  four-family  residential  property  classified  as
substandard.  At that  time,  the  Association  also had $1.1  million  of loans
secured by one- to four-family  residential properties and $1.1 million of loans
secured by commercial  real estate  classified  as "special  mention." As of the
same date, the Association had no assets classified as doubtful or loss.

         Non-Performing  Assets.  The table  below  sets forth the  amounts  and
categories of Association's  non-performing  assets.  Foreclosed  assets include
assets acquired in settlement of loans.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               September 30,
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1997           1996            1995           1994            1993
                                                        ----           ----            ----           ----            ----
Non-accruing loans:
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>   
  One- to four-family.......................          $3,730(1)      $2,212          $2,576         $3,438          $2,034
  Home equity...............................              63             --              --             --              --
  Other consumer............................              --             --               5             80              69
                                                  ----------      ---------       ---------      ---------        --------
       Total non-performing loans(2)........           3,793          2,212           2,581          3,518           2,103

Foreclosed assets:
   One- to four-family......................             313             70             182            334             507
                                                    --------      ---------        --------       --------        --------
Total non-performing assets.................          $4,106         $2,282          $2,763         $3,852          $2,610
                                                      ======         ======          ======         ======          ======

Total non-performing assets as a
  percentage of total assets................            6.73%          3.74%           4.38%          5.53%           4.22%
                                                       =====           ====            ====           ====            ====
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes $2.7 million of  restructured  or rewritten loans as to which real
     estate  taxes  were  previously  delinquent  but which  were not  otherwise
     delinquent.

(2)  There are no loans past due greater than 90 days and  accruing  interest or
     restructured loans accruing interest.


                                       67

<PAGE>



         For the year ended September 30, 1997 gross interest income which would
have been recorded had the  non-accruing  loans been current in accordance  with
their  original  terms  amounted to  $343,000.  The amount that was  included in
interest income on such loans was $304,000.

         At September 30, 1997, the Association's non-performing loans portfolio
consisted of 78 loans secured by one- to four-family  residences  located in the
Association's  market area which totaled $3.8 million.  Four of these loans were
secured solely by second mortgages while the remaining 74 loans were secured, at
a minimum,  by a first mortgage on the collateral.  At September 30, 1997, there
were seven one- to four-family properties held as OREO with a net carrying value
of $313,000. All of these OREO properties were either sold or under contract for
sale by December 31, 1997 without material loss.

         As indicated under the caption "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition and Results of Operations - Comparison of Operating Results
for the Years Ended  September 30, 1997 and 1996 - Other Expense," as of the end
of fiscal  1996,  the  Association  discovered  that the real estate  taxes were
delinquent on a number of its delinquent one- to four-family  residential loans.
Since all such loans were already classified as non-performing, this information
did not result in a change in non-performing  assets.  However,  in fiscal 1997,
the  Association  noted  delinquent real estate taxes on a number of loans which
were not previously classified as non-performing.  The Association contacted all
of the  borrowers  of such loans and, in cases where the taxes were not promptly
paid by the  borrower,  advanced  funds for the payment of the taxes and rewrote
such loans to add the advanced  funds to the loan  principal  and to include tax
escrow  provisions.  Such  rewritten  loans were  classified  as  troubled  debt
structurings  where deemed  appropriate  based on the financial  position of the
borrower.   As  of  September  30,  1997,   the   Association's   troubled  debt
restructurings  were $1.6 million and the other loans  rewritten for  delinquent
taxes were $1.1 million.  While all such loans were classified as non-performing
at September  30, 1997,  none were 90 days or more  delinquent  as of such date.
Since these loans were written at market interest rates, it is anticipated that,
provided  that these  loans  continue  to perform in  accordance  with their new
terms,  they will become  performing  loans in fiscal 1998,  generally after one
year of performance. All current originations by the Association provide for tax
escrows.

         Other Loans of Concern.  In addition to the  non-performing  assets set
forth in the table above,  as of September 30, 1997,  there were $1.1 million of
other  loans,  all of which were  multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate or
commercial  business loans,  with respect to which known  information  about the
possible  credit  problems of the  borrowers  or the cash flows of the  security
properties  have  caused  management  to have  concerns as to the ability of the
borrowers to comply with present  loan  repayment  terms and which may result in
the future inclusion of such items in the non-performing asset categories. While
none of these loans were 60 days or more delinquent as of the date hereof,  weak
or  negative  cash  flows,  failure to attain  budgeted  income  projections  or
declines in  collateral  values have been the primary  reasons which have caused
the  Association  to monitor  such loans more  carefully.  Set forth  below is a
description of each of the Association's  loans of concern at September 30, 1997
which had a net book value in excess of $300,000.

         Apartment  Loan,  Saratoga  Springs.  This Loan  represents  a $390,000
commercial  real  estate  loan made to an S-Corp  secured by a 3-story,  16 unit
apartment  complex.  Although this loan has  experienced  no  delinquency  since
originated in April 1996, the Association has classified it as "of

                                       68

<PAGE>



concern"  because of its  declining  cash flow.  The loan is  guaranteed  by the
S-Corp's principal shareholder.

         Takeout Restaurant,  Saragota County. This $384,000 loan, originated in
September  1997, is classified as "of concern" due to concerns  regarding  sales
projections,  collateral  value and the  start-up  nature of the  business.  The
borrower  paid 15% of the cost of  renovations  made to the  takeout  restaurant
directly  from  personal  funds,  and there is a $160,000  SBA  second  mortgage
commitment,  the proceeds of which will reduce the Association's exposure, to be
funded the first quarter of calendar year 1998. The loan is current at September
30, 1997.

         Other  loans  of  concern  at  September  30,  1997  consisted  of  two
multi-family and commercial real estate loans totaling  $318,000.  All the other
loans of concern were current at September 30, 1997 but were classified  because
of lower than expected debt service coverage. The Association's loans of concern
have been  considered  by  management  in  conjunction  with the analysis of the
adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

Allowance for Loan Losses

         The  allowance for loan losses is  established  through a provision for
loan losses  charged to earnings  based on the  Association's  evaluation of the
risk inherent in its entire loan portfolio.  Such  evaluation,  which includes a
review of all loans for which full collectibility may not be reasonably assured,
considers the market value of the underlying collateral,  growth and composition
of the loan portfolio,  delinquency  trends,  adverse situations that may affect
the borrower's ability to repay,  prevailing and projected  economic  conditions
and  other  factors  that  warrant  recognition  in  providing  for an  adequate
allowance for loan losses.

         While  the  Association  believes  that it uses  the  best  information
available to determine the allowance  for loan losses,  unforeseen  economic and
market  conditions could result in adjustments to the allowance for loan losses,
and net  earnings  could be  significantly  affected,  if  circumstances  differ
substantially  from the  assumptions  used in making  the  final  determination.
Management  believes its  allowance for loan losses is adequate at September 30,
1997;  however,  future  adjustments  could be necessary and net income could be
adversely  affected if circumstances  differ  substantially from the assumptions
used in the determination of allowance for loan losses.

                                       69

<PAGE>

         The  following  table  sets  forth  an  analysis  of the  Association's
allowance for loan losses.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Years Ended September 30,
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1997          1996         1995          1994          1993
                                                                  ----          ----         ----          ----          ----
                                                                                       (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>  
Balance at beginning of period.......................           $1,251        $  779        $ 856        $  875         $ 258
Charge-offs:
  One- to four-family................................             (417)         (218)        (160)         (115)         (199)
  Commercial business................................               (7)           (4)          --            --            --
  Home equity........................................              (10)           --           --            --            --
  Other consumer.....................................              (32)          (32)         (50)         (142)          (70)
                                                               -------       -------       ------        ------        ------
    Total charge-offs................................             (466)         (254)        (210)         (257)         (269)
                                                                ------        ------        -----        ------         -----

Recoveries:
  One- to four-family................................               21             3            1            13            34
  Other consumer.....................................               15             9            3            14             9
                                                                ------     ---------       ------        ------        ------
     Total recoveries................................               36            12            4            27            43
                                                               -------      --------       ------        ------         -----

Net charge-offs......................................             (430)         (242)        (206)         (230)         (226)
Provisions charged to operations.....................              792           714          129           211           843
                                                               -------      --------        -----         -----         -----
Balance at end of period.............................           $1,613        $1,251         $779          $856          $875
                                                                ======        ======         ====          ====          ====
Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to
  average gross loans outstanding during the period..             0.84%         0.49%        0.42%         0.53%         0.52%
                                                                  ====          ====         ====          ====          ====
Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to
  average non-performing assets......................            13.46%         9.64%        6.23%         7.11%         7.16%
                                                                 =====          ====         ====          ====          ====
Ratio of allowance to gross loans outstanding at
  end of period......................................             3.14%         2.45%        1.58%         1.83%         2.08%
                                                                  ====          ====         ====          ====          ====
Allowance as a percentage of non-performing loans
  (end of period)....................................            42.53%        56.53%       30.20%        24.34%        41.63%
                                                                 =====         =====        =====         =====         =====
</TABLE>

                                       70
<PAGE>
Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses

         The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan
losses by category as prepared by the  Association.  This allocation is based on
management's  assessment as of a given point in time of the risk characteristics
of each of the  component  parts of the total loan  portfolio  and is subject to
changes as and when the risk factors of each such  component  part  change.  The
allocation  is not  indicative  of  either  the  specific  amounts  or the  loan
categories in which future charge-offs maybe taken, nor should it be taken as an
indicator  of future  loss  trends.  The  allocation  of the  allowance  to each
category  does not  restrict the use of the  allowance  to absorb  losses in any
category.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          September 30,
                            --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1997                               1996                             1995                
                            ---------------------------------- --------------------------------- -----------------------------------
                                                      Percent                           Percent                            Percent  
                                                     of loans                          of loans                           of loans  
                                Amount      Loan      in Each      Amount      Loan     in Each      Amount     Loan       in Each  
                               of loan     Amounts   Category     of loan    Amounts   Category     of loan    Amounts    Category  
                                 loss        by      of Total       loss        by     of Total       loss       by       of Total  
                              Allowance   Category     Loans     Allowance   Category    Loans     Allowance  Category      Loans   
                            ------------ ---------- ---------- ----------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------- ------------
                                                                        (In Thousands)                                              
<S>                            <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>           <C>     
One- to four-family.........   $   932    $36,891      71.92%   $   770      $40,262     78.80%    $  592     $42,578       86.41%  
Multi-family and commercial.       238      7,950      15.50         93        4,635      9.07         52       2,579        5.23   
One- to four-family 
  construction..............         3        539       1.05          4          938      1.84          3         742        1.51   
Commercial business.........        43      1,422       2.77         27        1,230      2.41          4         185         .38   
Home equity.................        36      3,379       6.59         19        2,869      5.62          9       2,265        4.60   
Other consumer..............        87      1,111       2.17         84        1,154      2.26         72         920        1.87   
Unallocated.................       274         --        ---        254           --        --         47          --          --   
                              --------   --------   --------   --------     --------   -------    -------    --------   ---------   
     Total..................    $1,613    $51,292     100.00%    $1,251      $51,088    100.00%     $ 779     $49,269      100.00%  
                                ======    =======     ======     ======      =======    ======      =====     =======      ======   
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              September 30,                         
                             -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1994                                   1993                   
                             -------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
                                                          Percent                               Percent    
                                                         of loans                               of loans   
                                 Amount      Loan         in Each      Amount       Loan        in Each    
                                of loan     Amounts      Category     of loan      Amounts      Category   
                                  loss        by         of Total       loss         by         of Total   
                               Allowance   Category        Loans     Allowance    Category       Loans     
                             ------------ ---------- -------------- ----------- ----------- -------------- 
                                                            (In Thousands)                                 
<S>                              <C>       <C>             <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>       
One- to four-family.........     $706      $42,973         91.89%      $685       $40,633        96.64%    
Multi-family and commercial.       18          878          1.88         --            --           --     
One- to four-family 
  construction..............        3          701          1.50          1           139          .33     
Commercial business.........       --           --          2.89         --            --           --     
Home equity.................        5        1,352           ---         --            --           --     
Other consumer..............      108          861          1.84        101         1,276         3.03     
Unallocated.................       16           --           ---         88            --           --     
                               ------     --------      --------      -----     ---------      -------     
     Total..................     $856      $46,765        100.00%      $875       $42,048       100.00%    
                                 ====      =======        ======       ====       =======       ======     
</TABLE>
                                       71
<PAGE>



Investment Activities

         Generally,  the investment policy of Gloversville  Federal is to invest
funds  among   categories  of  investments   and   maturities   based  upon  the
Association's  asset/liability management policies, investment quality, loan and
deposit volume,  liquidity needs and performance  objectives.  The Association's
securities must be classified  into any of three  categories:  trading,  held to
maturity and available for sale. Securities that are bought and held principally
for the  purpose  of  selling  them in the near term are  classified  as trading
securities  and are  reported  at fair  value with  unrealized  gains and losses
included  in  trading  account   activities  in  the  statement  of  operations.
Securities that Gloversville Federal has the positive intent and ability to hold
to maturity are  classified as held to maturity and reported at amortized  cost.
All  other  securities  not  classified  as  trading  or  held to  maturity  are
classified as available for sale.  At September 30, 1997,  Gloversville  Federal
had no  securities  which  were  classified  as  trading  or held  to  maturity.
Available for sale securities are reported at fair value with  unrealized  gains
and losses  included,  on an after-tax  basis, in a separate  component of total
equity.  At September 30, 1997,  all of the  Association's  mortgage-backed  and
other securities  (totaling $7.0 million,  including FHLB stock) were classified
as available for sale.


         General.   Gloversville   Federal  must  maintain   minimum  levels  of
investments   and  other  assets  that  qualify  as  liquid   assets  under  OTS
regulations.  Liquidity may increase or decrease depending upon the availability
of funds and  comparative  yields on  investments  in  relation to the return on
loans.  At  September  30,  1997,  Gloversville  Federal's  liquidity  ratio for
regulatory  purposes was 10.3%.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Asset/Liability  Management" and
"- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

                                       72

<PAGE>


         The following  table sets forth the  composition  of the  Association's
securities, and other earning assets at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  September 30,
                                             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1997                           1996                          1995
                                             ---------------------------- ----------------------------- ----------------------------
                                             Amortized            % of      Amortized           % of         Amortized       % of
                                                Cost             Total         Cost            Total            Cost        Total
                                                ----             -----         ----            -----            ----        -----
                                                                                           (Dollars in Thousands)
Securities held to maturity:
<S>                                          <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>                <C>          <C>    
  U.S.  Government agency obligations...     $       --              --%    $       --             --%         $4,500       100.00%
                                             ----------      ----------     ----------      ---------          ------      -------
    Total securities held to maturity...             --              --             --             --           4,500       100.00
                                             ----------      ----------     ----------      ---------         -------      -------

Securities available for sale:
  US Government agency obligations......          2,998           42.50          2,998          39.43           3,696        72.00
                                                 ------         -------        -------       --------         -------     --------
  Mortgage-backed securities
     FNMA...............................            753           10.66            766          10.07              --           --
     FHLMC..............................          2,843           40.30          3,379          44.44             993        19.35
                                                 ------         -------        -------       --------        --------     --------
       Total mortgage-backed securities
          available for sale............          3,596           50.96          4,145          54.51             993        19.35
                                                 ------         -------        -------       --------        --------     --------

        FHLB Stock......................            461            6.54            461           6.06             444         8.65
                                                -------        --------       --------      ---------        --------    ---------
Total securities available for sale.....         $7,054          100.00%        $7,604         100.00%         $5,133       100.00%
                                                 ======          ======         ======         ======          ======      =======
Average remaining contractual life
of securities:                                        10.88 years                    12.03 years                   1.95 years
                                                      ===========                    ===========                   ==========
Other interest-earning assets:
  Term deposit with FHLB................  $          --              --    $        --             --     $     1,000        37.04
  Federal funds sold....................             --              --            100         100.00           1,700        62.96
                                         --------------    ------------   ------------    -----------    ------------   ----------
    Total...............................  $          --              --%   $       100         100.00%    $     2,700       100.00%
                                          =============    ============    ===========    ===========     ===========    =========
</TABLE>
                                       73

<PAGE>



         The  following  table  sets  forth the  contractual  maturities  of the
Association's securities (excluding FHLB stock) at September 30, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 At September 30, 1997
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Less Than     1 to 5     5 to 10        Over
                                                         1 Year       Years       Years       10 Years      Total Securities
                                                       ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ -----------------------
                                                       Amortized    Amortized   Amortized    Amortized   Amortized      Market
                                                          Cost         Cost        Cost         Cost        Cost         Value
                                                          ----         ----        ----         ----        ----         -----
                                                                                     (In Thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>   
U.S. government agency obligations................         $ --       $2,000        $ --       $  998      $2,998       $2,994
Mortgage-backed securities........................          694          998          --        1,904       3,596        3,562
                                                          -----     --------        ----       ------      ------       ------
Total securities available for sale...............         $694       $2,998        $ --       $2,902      $6,594       $6,556
                                                           ====       ======        ====       ======      ======       ======
Weighted average yield............................         5.90%        5.93%         --%        6.65%       6.14%
</TABLE>


         Mortgage-Backed   Securities.   In  order  to  supplement  its  lending
activities and achieve its  asset/liability  management  goals,  the Association
from time to time invests in  mortgage-backed  securities.  As of September  30,
1997,  all of the  mortgage-backed  securities  owned  by the  Association  were
issued, insured or guaranteed either directly or indirectly by a federal agency.
However, it should be noted that, while a (direct or indirect) federal guarantee
may indicate a high degree of protection  against default,  they do not indicate
that the securities will be protected from declines in value based on changes in
interest rates or prepayment speeds.

         The  Association   primarily  invests  in  fixed  rate  mortgage-backed
securities  with lives of seven years or less and variable rate  mortgage-backed
securities with rate reset intervals not to exceed three years and average lives
of seven years or less. The average lives of the  Association's  mortgage-backed
securities  are determined by reference to industry  standard  tables which take
into account  historical  prepayments on mortgage loans with specified  interest
rates  and  terms  to  maturity.   At  September  30,  1997,  the  Association's
mortgage-backed  securities  portfolio  totaled $3.6  million.  At September 30,
1997,  all  of the  Association's  mortgage-backed  securities  were  issued  or
guaranteed by FHLMC or FNMA and all were pass- through securities. On such date,
$1.7 million of the  mortgage-backed  securities had fixed interest rates with a
weighted  average rate of 5.79% and a weighted  average  life of 2.3 years.  The
remaining $1.9 million of mortgage-backed securities had adjustable rates with a
weighted  average rate of 6.33% and weighted  average period to repricing of one
year.

         Mortgage-backed securities generally have higher yields than investment
securities because of the longer terms and the uncertainties associated with the
timing of mortgage repayments. In addition,  mortgage-backed securities are more
liquid  than  individual  mortgage  loans  and  may  be  used  to  collateralize
borrowings of the Association.  However,  these securities  generally yield less
than the loans that underlie  them because of the cost of payment  guarantees or
credit  enhancements  that reduce  credit risk.  For  information  regarding the
Association's  mortgage-backed  securities portfolio, see Note 2 of the Notes to
the Financial Statements.


                                       74

<PAGE>



         To  assess  price  volatility,   the  Federal  Financial   Institutions
Examination  Council ("FFIEC") adopted a policy in 1992 which requires an annual
"stress" test of mortgage  derivative  securities.  This policy,  which has been
adopted by the OTS, requires the Association to annually test its CMOs and other
mortgage-related   securities  to  determine   whether  they  are  high-risk  or
nonhigh-risk  securities.  Mortgage  derivative products with an average life or
price volatility in excess of a benchmark 30-year, mortgage-backed, pass-through
security are considered high-risk mortgage securities. Under the policy, savings
institutions may generally only invest in low-risk mortgage  securities in order
to reduce  interest rate risk. In addition,  all high-risk  mortgage  securities
acquired after February 9, 1992 which are classified as high risk at the time of
purchase must be carried in the  institution's  trading account or as securities
available  for  sale.  At  September  30,  1997,   none  of  the   Association's
mortgage-backed securities were classified as "high-risk."

         As  of  September  30,  1997,   the   Association   did  not  have  any
mortgage-backed  securities  of a single  issuer in  excess  of 10% of  retained
earnings  except  for FNMA and FHLMC  issues,  amounting  to  $752,000  and $2.8
million, respectively.


                                       75

<PAGE>



         The following table shows mortgage-backed securities purchase, sale and
repayment activities of the Association for the periods indicated.

                                               Years Ended September 30,
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                            1997         1996          1995
                                        ---------- ------------- --------------
                                                   (In Thousands)
Purchases:
  Adjustable-rate..................    $       --       $2,281     $      --
  Fixed-rate.......................            --        1,301           993
                                        ---------       ------        ------
     Total purchases...............            --        3,582           993

Sales:
  Adjustable-rate..................            --           --            --
  Fixed-rate.......................            --           --            --
                                        ---------     --------      --------
          Total sales..............            --           --            --

  Principal repayments.............          (551)        (431)           --
  Discount/premium
    Accretion/amortization.........             1            2            --
  Fair value net change............            67         (101)           --
                                          -------        -----      --------

         Net increase (decrease)...        $ (483)      $3,052          $993
                                            =====       ======          ====

         The Association will evaluate  mortgage-backed  securities purchases in
the  future  based on its  asset/liability  objectives,  market  conditions  and
alternative investment opportunities.

         Investment  Securities.  Federally chartered savings  institutions have
the  authority to invest in various  types of liquid  assets,  including  United
States Treasury  obligations,  securities of various federal  agencies,  certain
certificates  of deposit  of insured  banks and  savings  institutions,  certain
bankers'  acceptances,  repurchase  agreements  and  federal  funds.  Subject to
various  restrictions,  federally chartered savings institutions may also invest
their assets in commercial paper, investment grade corporate debt securities and
mutual funds whose assets conform to the investments that a federally  chartered
savings institution is otherwise authorized to make directly.

         In order to  complement  its  lending  and  mortgage-backed  securities
investment  activities  and to  increase  its  holdings of short and medium term
assets,  the  Association  invests in liquidity  investments and in high-quality
investments,  such as U.S.  Treasury and agency  obligations.  At September  30,
1997, the Association's  securities portfolio totaled $3.0 million. At September
30, 1997,  the  Association  did not own any  investment  securities of a single
issuer which exceeded 10% of the  Association's  retained  earnings,  other than
federal agency obligations.  See Note 2 of the Notes to the Financial Statements
for additional information regarding the Association's securities portfolio.


                                       76

<PAGE>



Sources of Funds

         General.  The  Association's  primary source of funds are deposits.  In
addition,  the Association derives funds for loans and investments from loan and
security  repayments and prepayments,  from cash flows from operations and, to a
lesser extent, from borrowings.  Scheduled payments on loans and mortgage-backed
and investment securities are a relatively stable source of funds, while savings
inflows and  outflows and loan and  mortgage-backed  and  investment  securities
prepayments  are  significantly  influenced by general  interest rates and money
market conditions. Borrowings are occasionally used to compensate for reductions
in other  sources of funds and to take  advantage  of lower  funding  costs that
better match the Association's short-term needs.

         Deposits.  The Association  offers a variety of deposit programs to its
customers,  including  money market  deposit  accounts,  passbook and  statement
savings accounts,  NOW accounts,  checking  accounts and time deposits.  Deposit
account terms vary according to the minimum balance  required,  the time periods
the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate, among other factors. The
Association's  deposits are obtained  predominantly from its Fulton and Saratoga
County market area. The  Association  relies  primarily on customer  service and
long-standing  relationships  with  customers  to attract  and retain  deposits;
however,  market  interest  rates  and  rates  offered  by  competing  financial
institutions  significantly  affect the  Association's  ability  to attract  and
retain  deposits.  The Association does not generally pay premium rates for time
deposits in excess of $100,000,  and for the last three years,  the  Association
generally has not used brokers to obtain deposits.

         The  Association  prices its  deposit  offerings  based upon market and
competitive  conditions in its market area.  Since fiscal 1995, the  Association
has attempted to build core deposits by focusing its marketing  efforts in money
market accounts.  During the same period,  the Association  introduced  improved
non-time  deposit  products,  such as  statement  savings,  tiered  money market
accounts with checking and commercial  checking accounts.  Finally, in an effort
to reduce its cost of funds,  over the same period of time, the  Association has
priced its time deposit accounts less aggressively.

         The  following  table  indicates the amount of the  Association's  time
deposit and other deposits by time remaining  until maturity as of September 30,
1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Maturity
                                    ----------------------------------------------           
                                                  Over         Over
                                    3 Months     3 to 6       6 to 12      Over
                                    or Less      Months       Months    12 Months     Total
                                    -------- ------------ ------------ ----------- ----------
                                                       (In Thousands)
<S>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>    
Time deposits less than $100,00     $ 8,552      $3,761       $8,697      $4,512      $25,522
Time deposits $100,000 or more        1,753         432          100         208        2,493
                                    -------     -------     --------     -------     --------
   Total time deposits              $10,305      $4,193       $8,797      $4,720      $28,015
                                    =======      ======       ======      ======      =======
</TABLE>

                                       77
<PAGE>

         The  following  table sets forth the deposit  flows at the  Association
during the periods indicated.


                                        Year Ended September 30,
                              -------------------------------------------
                                    1997            1996            1995
                                    ----            ----            ----
                                       (Dollars In Thousands)
Opening balance............... $   55,716     $    57,866       $  64,703
Deposits......................    143,875         116,344          87,068
Withdrawals...................   (145,899)       (120,910)        (96,432)
Interest credited.............      2,425           2,416           2,527
                              -----------     -----------      ----------

  Ending balance.............. $   56,117     $    55,716       $  57,866
                               ==========       =========        ========

Net increase (decrease)....... $      401     $    (2,150)      $  (6,837)
                              ===========     ===========       =========

Percent increase (decrease)...       0.72%          (3.72)%        (10.57)%
                                     ====           =====          ======


                                       78

<PAGE>



         The  following  table sets forth the dollar  amount of  deposits in the
various types of deposit  programs  offered by the  Association  as of the dates
indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     At September 30,
                                                            -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     1997                  1996                    1995
                                                            --------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
                                                                         Percent                Percent                 Percent
                                                             Amount     of Total    Amount     of Total      Amount    of Total
                                                             ------     --------    ------     --------      ------    --------
                                                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
Transaction and savings accounts
- --------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>      <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>   
Passbook and statement savings .......................      $12,004       21.40%   $13,140       23.58%     $13,833      23.90%
Demand and NOW accounts ..............................        5,148        9.17      5,174        9.29        4,374       7.56
Money market accounts ................................       10,950       19.51     10,392       18.65        5,709       9.87
                                                            -------      ------    -------      ------      -------     ------
Total transaction and savings accounts ...............       28,102       50.08     28,706       51.52       23,916      41.33
                                                            -------      ------    -------      ------      -------     ------

Time Deposits
- -------------
Under 4.00% ..........................................            3        0.01         --          --           48        0.08
4.00 - 4.99% .........................................        3,994        7.12     11,357       20.38        4,685        8.10
5.00 - 5.99% .........................................       21,942       39.10     11,101       19.92       18,923       32.70
6.00 - 6.99% .........................................        2,046        3.64      4,525        8.12       10,219       17.66
7.00 - 7.99% .........................................           --          --         --          --           50        0.09
8.00 - and over ......................................           30        0.05         27        0.05           25        0.04
                                                            -------      ------    -------      ------      -------      ------
Total time deposits ..................................       28,015       49.92     27,010       48.48       33,950       58.67
                                                            -------      ------    -------      ------      -------      ------

Total deposits .......................................      $56,117      100.00%   $55,716      100.00%     $57,866      100.00%
                                                            =======      ======    =======      ======      =======      ======
</TABLE>
 

                                       79

<PAGE>



         The  following  table  shows  rate  and  maturity  information  for the
Association's time deposits as of September 30, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Under       4.00 -         5.00 -       6.00 -    7.00 -     8.00 -                  Percent
                                  4.00%       4.99%          5.99%        6.99%     7.99%      8.99%      Total       of Total
                                  -----       -----          -----        -----     -----      -----      -----       --------
                                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
Time deposit accounts maturing 
in quarter ending:
<S>                              <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>            <C>   
December 31, 1997............    $  --       $2,504       $  7,287     $   514       $--       $ --      $10,305        36.78%
March 31, 1998...............        3        1,485          2,278         427        --         --        4,193        14.97
June 30, 1998................       --            5          3,236         100        --         --        3,341        11.93
September 30, 1998...........       --           --          5,440          16        --         --        5,456        19.48
December 31, 1998............       --           --          1,180          92        --         --        1,272         4.54
March 31, 1999...............       --           --            882          --        --         --          882         3.15
June 30, 1999................       --           --            689          --        --         --          689         2.46
September 30, 1999...........       --           --            418          --        --         --          418         1.49
December 31, 1999............       --           --             44         247        --         --          291         1.04
March 31, 2000...............       --           --             84         142        --         --          226         0.81
June 30, 2000................       --           --             40         173        --         --          213         0.76
September 30, 2000...........       --           --             --         301        --         --          301         1.07
December 31, 2000............       --           --             85          34        --         --          119         0.42
Thereafter...................       --           --            279          --        --         30          309         1.10
                                ------   ----------      ---------  ----------      ----       ----   ----------     --------
    Total....................    $   3       $3,994        $21,942      $2,046       $--        $30      $28,015       100.00%
                                 =====       ======        =======      ======       ===        ===      =======       ======
    Percent of total.........     0.01%       14.26%         78.32%       7.30%       --%      0.11%      100.00%

</TABLE>

         For   additional   information   regarding  the   composition   of  the
Association's deposits, see Note 6 of the Notes to the Financial Statements.


                                       80

<PAGE>



         Borrowings.  Although  deposits are the primary source of funds for the
Association's  lending and investment  activities  and for its general  business
purposes,  the  Association  has  occasionally  relied  upon  borrowed  funds or
repurchase  agreements to supplement  them. The  Association has borrowed funds,
either  through  direct  borrowings  or  through  the sale of  securities  under
agreements  to  repurchase,  when the cost of  borrowings  was  attractive  when
compared to the rate required to be paid on deposits plus the deposit  insurance
premium  required  to be paid.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital."

         The  Association  may borrow under a line of credit  agreement with the
FHLB of New York.  FHLB  advances  typically  are  collateralized  by all of the
assets of the Association.  There were no FHLB advances outstanding at September
30, 1997.

         Under  an  agreement  with  the  Association's   investment   portfolio
safekeeping  agent,  the  Association  may from time to time enter into security
repurchase  agreements  brokered  through  such agent  whereby  the  Association
obtains funds from the sale of securities held in the securities  portfolio with
an agreement to repurchase the securities either the next day or a set number of
days following the sale. Total borrowings  represented by repurchase  agreements
at  September  30,  1997 were  $1.3  million.  The  Association  undertook  this
borrowing in order to provide  needed funds at a time when the  Association  did
not want to increase the rates paid on time deposits to attract funds.

         The  following  table  sets forth the  maximum  month-end  balance  and
average balance of the Association's borrowings for the periods indicated.

                                                  Year Ended September 30,
                                           ------------------------------------
                                             1997          1996            1995
                                             ----          ----            ----
                                                     (In Thousands)
Maximum Balance:
FHLB borrowings........................   $   850      $    300        $     --
Securities sold under agreements
  to purchase..........................     1,300            --              --

Average Balance:
FHLB borrowings........................   $   273      $      6         $    --
Securities sold under agreements
   to repurchase.......................       118            --              --



                                       81

<PAGE>



         The following table sets forth the amount and rate of the Association's
borrowings at the dates indicated.

                                                     September 30,
                                           ----------------------------------
                                              1997         1996        1995
                                              ----         ----        ----
                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)
FHLB borrowings.......................... $     --      $   300        $ --
Securities sold under agreements
to repurchase............................    1,300           --          --
                                            ------    ---------         ---
   Total borrowings......................   $1,300       $  300         $--
                                            ======       ======         ===

Weighted average interest rate of
  FHLB borrowings........................       --        5.88%          --
Weighted average interest rate of
   securities sold under agreements
   to repurchase.........................    5.80%           --          --


Subsidiary Activities

         As a federally  chartered  savings and loan  association,  Gloversville
Federal is permitted by OTS  regulations to invest up to 2% of its assets in the
stock of, or loans  to,  service  corporation  subsidiaries,  and may  invest an
additional 1% of its assets in service  corporations where such additional funds
are used for  inner-city  or  community  development  purposes.  In  addition to
investments  in service  corporations,  federal  institutions  are  permitted to
invest  an  unlimited  amount  in  operating   subsidiaries  engaged  solely  in
activities  which a federal  savings  association  may  engage in  directly.  At
September 30, 1996, Gloversville Federal did not have any subsidiaries.

Competition

         Gloversville  Federal faces strong competition both in originating real
estate loans and in attracting deposits.  Competition in originating loans comes
primarily  from  commercial  banks,  credit unions,  mortgage  bankers and other
savings  institutions,  which also make loans secured by real estate  located in
the  Association's   market  area.   Gloversville  Federal  competes  for  loans
principally  on the basis of the  interest  rates and loan fees it charges,  the
types of loans  it  originates  and the  quality  of  services  it  provides  to
borrowers.

         Competition for those deposits is principally  from  commercial  banks,
credit unions,  mutual funds,  securities  firms and other savings  institutions
located in the same  communities.  The ability of the Association to attract and
retain deposits depends on its ability to provide an investment opportunity that
satisfies the requirements of investors as to rate of return,  liquidity,  risk,
convenient  locations  and other  factors.  The  Association  competes for these
deposits by offering  competitive  rates,  maintaining close ties with its local
community,  advertising and marketing programs,  convenient business hours and a
customer-oriented staff.

         The  Association  is  subject  to  competition   from  other  financial
institutions  which may have much greater  financial  and  marketing  resources.
However,   the  Association   believes  that  it  benefits  from  its  community
orientation.


                                       82

<PAGE>



Employees

         At September  30,  1997,  the  Association  had a total of 28 employees
including  2  part-time  employees.  None  of the  Association's  employees  are
represented by any collective  bargaining  agreement.  Management  considers its
employee relations to be good.

Properties

         The following table sets forth  information  concerning the main office
and the branch office of the Association at September 30, 1997. At September 30,
1997,   the   Association's   premises  had  an  aggregate  net  book  value  of
approximately $839,000.


                                       Year       Owned or     Net Book Value at
    Location                         Acquired      Leased     September 30, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 (In Thousands)
Main Office:
52 North Main Street                   1962          own             593,000
Gloversville, New York 12078

Full Service Branch:
295 Broadway                           1983          own             246,000
Saratoga Springs, New York 12866 


         The  Association  believes that its current  facilities are adequate to
meet the present and foreseeable future needs of the Association and the Holding
Company.

         The Association's  depositor and borrower customer files are maintained
in-house.  The net book  value of the data  processing  and  computer  equipment
utilized by the Association at September 30, 1997 was approximately $359,000.

Legal Proceedings

         From time to time,  Gloversville  Federal is involved as  plaintiff  or
defendant  in various  legal  proceedings  arising  in the normal  course of its
business.  While the ultimate outcome of these various legal proceedings  cannot
be predicted with certainty, it is the opinion of management that the resolution
of  these  legal  actions  should  not have a  material  effect  on the  Holding
Company's  and  Gloversville   Federal's   financial   position  or  results  of
operations.



                                       83

<PAGE>



                                   REGULATION

General

         Gloversville   Federal  is  a  federally  chartered  savings  and  loan
association,  the deposits of which are federally insured and backed by the full
faith and  credit of the United  States  Government.  Accordingly,  Gloversville
Federal is subject to broad federal  regulation  and oversight  extending to all
its operations.  Gloversville Federal is a member of the FHLB of New York and is
subject to certain  limited  regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve  System  ("Federal  Reserve  Board").  As the savings  and loan  holding
company of Gloversville  Federal, the Holding Company also is subject to federal
regulation and oversight.  The purpose of the regulation of the Holding  Company
and other  holding  companies  is to protect  subsidiary  savings  associations.
Gloversville  Federal  is a member of the  Savings  Association  Insurance  Fund
("SAIF") and the deposits of Gloversville  Federal are insured by the FDIC. As a
result,  the  FDIC  has  certain  regulatory  and  examination   authority  over
Gloversville Federal.

         Certain of these regulatory requirements and restrictions are discussed
below or elsewhere in this document.

Federal Regulation of Savings Associations

         The  OTS  has  extensive  authority  over  the  operations  of  savings
associations.  As part of this  authority,  Gloversville  Federal is required to
file periodic  reports with the OTS and is subject to periodic  examinations  by
the OTS.  The last regular OTS  examination  of  Gloversville  Federal was as of
February 1997.  Under agency  scheduling  guidelines,  it is likely that another
examination  will be initiated in the near future.  When these  examinations are
conducted by the OTS, the examiners may require  Gloversville Federal to provide
for higher general or specific loan loss reserves.  All savings associations are
subject to a semi-annual assessment,  based upon the savings association's total
assets, to fund the operations of the OTS. Gloversville Federal's OTS assessment
for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1997 was $16,000.

         The OTS also  has  extensive  enforcement  authority  over all  savings
institutions and their holding companies, including Gloversville Federal and the
Holding Company.  This enforcement  authority includes,  among other things, the
ability to assess civil money penalties,  to issue  cease-and-desist  or removal
orders and to initiate injunctive actions. In general, these enforcement actions
may be initiated for  violations of laws and  regulations  and unsafe or unsound
practices.  Other  actions or  inactions  may provide the basis for  enforcement
action,  including  misleading or untimely  reports  filed with the OTS.  Except
under certain  circumstances,  public disclosure of final enforcement actions by
the OTS is required.

         In  addition,  the  investment,  lending  and  branching  authority  of
Gloversville  Federal is prescribed  by federal laws and it is  prohibited  from
engaging in any activities not permitted by such laws. For instance,  no savings
institution may invest in  non-investment  grade corporate debt  securities.  In
addition,  the permissible level of investment by federal  associations in loans
secured by  non-residential  real property may not exceed 400% of total capital,
except with approval of the

                                       84

<PAGE>



OTS.  Federal  savings  associations  are also  generally  authorized  to branch
nationwide. Gloversville Federal is in compliance with the noted restrictions.

         Gloversville   Federal's   general   permissible   lending   limit  for
loans-to-one-borrower  is equal to the greater of $500,000 or 15% of  unimpaired
capital  and  surplus  (except  for  loans  fully  secured  by  certain  readily
marketable  collateral,  in  which  case  this  limit  is  increased  to  25% of
unimpaired capital and surplus). At September 30, 1997,  Gloversville  Federal's
lending  limit under this  restriction  was  $737,000.  Assuming the sale of the
minimum  number of shares in the  Conversion at September  30, 1997,  that limit
would be increased to $___ million.  Gloversville  Federal is in compliance with
the loans-to-one-borrower limitation.

         The OTS, as well as the other  federal  banking  agencies,  has adopted
guidelines  establishing  safety and soundness standards on such matters as loan
underwriting and  documentation,  asset quality,  earnings  standards,  internal
controls and audit  systems,  interest rate risk exposure and  compensation  and
other  employee  benefits.  Any  institution  which  fails to comply  with these
standards must submit a compliance plan. A failure to submit a plan or to comply
with an  approved  plan will  subject  the  institution  to further  enforcement
action.  The OTS and the other  federal  banking  agencies  have  also  proposed
additional guidelines on asset quality and earnings standards.  No assurance can
be given as to whether or in what form the proposed regulations will be adopted.

Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC

         Gloversville  Federal is a member of the SAIF, which is administered by
the FDIC.  Deposits  are  insured up to  applicable  limits by the FDIC and such
insurance  is  backed  by  the  full  faith  and  credit  of the  United  States
Government.  As insurer,  the FDIC  imposes  deposit  insurance  premiums and is
authorized to conduct  examinations of and to require  reporting by FDIC-insured
institutions. It also may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in
any activity the FDIC  determines  by regulation or order to pose a serious risk
to the FDIC.  The FDIC also has the  authority to initiate  enforcement  actions
against savings  associations,  after giving the OTS an opportunity to take such
action,  and may  terminate  the deposit  insurance  if it  determines  that the
institution  has  engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices  or is in an unsafe or
unsound condition.

         The FDIC's deposit insurance premiums are assessed through a risk-based
system under which all insured  depository  institutions  are placed into one of
nine  categories  and  assessed  insurance  premiums  based upon their  level of
capital and supervisory evaluation. Under the system, institutions classified as
well  capitalized  (i.e., a core capital ratio of at least 5%, a ratio of Tier 1
or core capital to  risk-weighted  assets  ("Tier 1  risk-based  capital") of at
least 6% and a risk-based  capital ratio of at least 10%) and considered healthy
pay the  lowest  premium  while  institutions  that  are  less  than  adequately
capitalized (i.e., core or Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios of less than 4% or a
risk-based  capital  ratio  of less  than  8%)  and  considered  of  substantial
supervisory concern pay the highest premium.  Risk classification of all insured
institutions will be made by the FDIC for each semi-annual assessment period.

         The FDIC is authorized to increase  assessment  rates,  on a semiannual
basis, if it determines that the reserve ratio of the SAIF will be less than the
designated  reserve ratio of 1.25% of  SAIF-insured  deposits.  In setting these
increased assessments, the FDIC must seek to restore the reserve

                                       85

<PAGE>



ratio  to that  designated  reserve  level,  or such  higher  reserve  ratio  as
established by the FDIC.  The FDIC may also impose  special  assessments on SAIF
members to repay amounts  borrowed  from the United  States  Treasury or for any
other reason deemed necessary by the FDIC.

         For the  first six  months of 1995,  the  assessment  schedule  for BIF
members and SAIF members  ranged from .23% to .31% of  deposits.  As is the case
with the SAIF, the FDIC is authorized to adjust the insurance  premium rates for
banks that are insured by the BIF of the FDIC in order to  maintain  the reserve
ratio of the BIF at  1.25%  of BIF  insured  deposits.  As a  result  of the BIF
reaching its statutory  reserve ratio the FDIC revised the premium  schedule for
BIF insured  institutions  to provide a range of .04% to .31% of  deposits.  The
revisions  became  effective in the third quarter of 1995. In addition,  the BIF
rates were further revised,  effective January 1996, to provide a range of 0% to
 .27%. The SAIF rates,  however,  were not adjusted. At the time the FDIC revised
the BIF premium schedule, it noted that, absent legislative action (as discussed
below),  the SAIF would not attain its  designated  reserve ratio until the year
2002. As a result,  SAIF insured members would continue to be generally  subject
to higher deposit insurance  premiums than BIF insured  institutions  until, all
things being equal, the SAIF attains its required reserve ratio.

         In order to eliminate this disparity and any  competitive  disadvantage
between  BIF and SAIF  member  institutions  with  respect to deposit  insurance
premiums,  legislation to  recapitalize  the SAIF was enacted in September 1996.
The legislation provided for a one-time assessment to be imposed on all deposits
assessed at the SAIF rates, as of March 31, 1995, in order to  recapitalize  the
SAIF. It also provided for the merger of the BIF and the SAIF on January 1, 1999
if  no  savings  associations  then  exist.  The  special  assessment  rate  was
established  at .657% of deposits by the FDIC and the  resulting  assessment  of
$415,000  was paid in  November  1996.  This  special  assessment  significantly
increased  non-interest expense and adversely affected the Association's results
of operations for the year ended  September 30, 1996. As a result of the special
assessment,  Gloversville  Federal's deposit  insurance  premiums was reduced to
 .03% based upon its current risk  classification and the new assessment schedule
for SAIF insured  institutions.  These  premiums are subject to change in future
periods.

         Prior  to the  enactment  of the  legislation,  a  portion  of the SAIF
assessment imposed on savings  associations was used to repay obligations issued
by a federally chartered corporation to provide financing ("FICO") for resolving
the thrift  crisis in the 1980s.  Although the FDIC has  proposed  that the SAIF
assessment be equalized with the BIF assessment  schedule,  effective October 1,
1996, SAIF-insured  institutions remain subject to a FICO assessment as a result
of this  continuing  obligation.  Although  the  legislation  also now  requires
assessments to be made on  BIF-assessable  deposits for this purpose,  effective
January 1, 1997,  that assessment was limited to 20% of the rate imposed on SAIF
assessable  deposits  until the earlier of December  31, 1999 or when no savings
association continues to exist, thereby imposing a greater burden on SAIF member
institutions such as Gloversville Federal.  Thereafter,  however, assessments on
BIF-member   institutions  will  be  made  on  the  same  basis  as  SAIF-member
institutions.  The rates  established by the FDIC to implement this  requirement
for all  FDIC-insured  institutions  are a 6.5 basis points  assessment  on SAIF
deposits  and 1.5 basis points on BIF  deposits  until BIF insured  institutions
participate fully in the assessment.


                                       86

<PAGE>



Regulatory Capital Requirements

         Federally insured savings  associations,  such as Gloversville Federal,
are  required to maintain a minimum  level of  regulatory  capital.  The OTS has
established  capital  standards,  including a tangible  capital  requirement,  a
leverage  ratio  (or  core  capital)   requirement  and  a  risk-based   capital
requirement applicable to such savings associations.  These capital requirements
must be  generally  as  stringent as the  comparable  capital  requirements  for
national  banks.  The OTS is also  authorized to impose capital  requirements in
excess of these standards on individual associations on a case-by-case basis.

         The capital  regulations  require  tangible capital of at least 1.5% of
adjusted total assets (as defined by  regulation).  Tangible  capital  generally
includes  common   stockholders'   equity  and  retained  income,   and  certain
noncumulative  perpetual  preferred stock and related income.  In addition,  all
intangible  assets,  other than a limited amount of purchased mortgage servicing
rights,  must be deducted from tangible capital for calculating  compliance with
the requirement.  At September 30, 1997,  Gloversville  Federal did not have any
intangible assets recorded as assets on its financial statements. [CONFIRM]

         The OTS regulations establish special  capitalization  requirements for
savings associations that own subsidiaries.  In determining  compliance with the
capital requirements,  all subsidiaries engaged solely in activities permissible
for national  banks or engaged in certain other  activities  solely as agent for
its customers are  "includable"  subsidiaries  that are consolidated for capital
purposes in proportion to the association's  level of ownership.  For excludable
subsidiaries the debt and equity  investments in such  subsidiaries are deducted
from assets and capital.

         At September  30, 1997,  Gloversville  Federal had tangible  capital of
$3.3 million,  or 5.4% of adjusted  total assets,  which is  approximately  $2.4
million above the minimum requirement of 1.5% of adjusted total assets in effect
on that  date.  On a pro forma  basis,  after  giving  effect to the sale of the
minimum,  midpoint and maximum  number of shares of Common Stock  offered in the
Conversion  and investment of 50% of the net proceeds in assets not excluded for
tangible capital purposes,  Gloversville Federal would have had tangible capital
equal to ____%,  ____% and ____%,  respectively,  of  adjusted  total  assets at
September 30, 1997,  which is $____  million,  $____ million and $____  million,
respectively, above the requirement.

         The capital standards also require core capital equal to at least 3% of
adjusted total assets.  Core capital generally consists of tangible capital plus
certain intangible  assets,  including a limited amount of purchased credit card
relationships.  As a result of the prompt corrective action provisions discussed
below,  however, a savings  association must maintain a core capital ratio of at
least  4%  to  be  considered  adequately  capitalized  unless  its  supervisory
condition  is such to allow it to maintain a 3% ratio.  At  September  30, 1997,
Gloversville  Federal  had no  intangibles  which were  subject to these  tests.
[CONFIRM/REVISE]

         At September 30, 1997,  Gloversville  Federal had core capital equal to
$3.3 million, or 5.4% of adjusted total assets,  which is $___ million above the
minimum  leverage  ratio  requirement  of 3% as in effect on that date. On a pro
forma  basis,  after  giving  effect to the sale of the  minimum,  midpoint  and
maximum number of shares of Common Stock offered in the Conversion and

                                       87

<PAGE>



investment  of 50% of the net proceeds in assets not excluded from core capital,
Gloversville  Federal  would  have had core  capital  equal to ____%,  ____% and
____%,  respectively,  of adjusted total assets at September 30, 1997,  which is
$____  million,  $____  million  and  $____  million,  respectively,  above  the
requirement.

          The OTS risk-based  requirement  requires savings associations to have
total capital of at least 8% of risk-weighted  assets. Total capital consists of
core capital, as defined above, and supplementary capital. Supplementary capital
consists of certain  permanent  and  maturing  capital  instruments  that do not
qualify as core capital and general  valuation loan and lease loss allowances up
to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Supplementary capital may be used
to satisfy the risk-based  requirement  only to the extent of core capital.  The
OTS is  also  authorized  to  require  a  savings  association  to  maintain  an
additional  amount of total capital to account for  concentration of credit risk
and the risk of non-traditional  activities. At September 30, 1997, Gloversville
Federal had $486,000 of allowance for loan losses that qualify as  supplementary
capital, which was less than 1.25% of risk-weighted assets.

         Certain  exclusions from capital and assets are required to be made for
the purpose of calculating  total  capital.  Such  exclusions  consist of equity
investments  (as  defined  by  regulation)  and that  portion  of land loans and
nonresidential  construction  loans in excess of an 80% loan-to-value  ratio and
reciprocal holdings of qualifying capital instruments.  Gloversville Federal had
no such exclusions from capital and assets at September 30, 1997.

         In  determining  the  amount  of  risk-weighted   assets,  all  assets,
including certain  off-balance sheet items, will be multiplied by a risk weight,
ranging from 0% to 100%,  based on the risk  inherent in the type of asset.  For
example,  the OTS has assigned a risk weight of 50% for  prudently  underwritten
permanent  one- to  four-family  first lien mortgage loans not more than 90 days
delinquent  and having a loan to value ratio of not more than 80% at origination
unless insured to such ratio by an insurer approved by the FNMA or FHLMC.

         OTS regulations  also require that every savings  association with more
than normal  interest rate risk exposure to deduct from its total  capital,  for
purposes of determining compliance with such requirement, an amount equal to 50%
of its  interest-rate  risk  exposure  multiplied  by the  present  value of its
assets. This exposure is a measure of the potential decline in the net portfolio
value of a savings  association,  greater  than 2% of the  present  value of its
assets,  based upon a  hypothetical  200 basis  point  increase  or  decrease in
interest rates (whichever results in a greater decline).  Net portfolio value is
the  present  value  of  expected  cash  flows  from  assets,   liabilities  and
off-balance  sheet  contracts.  The rule will not become effective until the OTS
evaluates the process by which savings  associations may appeal an interest rate
risk deduction determination.  It is uncertain as to when this evaluation may be
completed.  Any savings  association with less than $300 million in assets and a
total capital ratio in excess of 12% is exempt from this requirement  unless the
OTS  determines  otherwise.  Based upon its  capital  level and  assets  size at
September  30,  1997,  Gloversville  Federal is  subject to these  requirements;
however the OTS has not required implementation of this regulation.


                                       88

<PAGE>



         On September 30, 1997,  Gloversville  Federal had total capital of $3.8
million  (including  $3.3  million in core  capital and  $486,000 in  qualifying
supplementary  capital)  and  risk-weighted  assets of $37.8  million;  or total
capital of 10.0% of risk-weighted  assets. This amount was $762,000 above the 8%
requirement in effect on that date. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to
the sale of the minimum,  midpoint and maximum  number of shares of Common Stock
offered in the Conversion,  the infusion to Gloversville  Federal of ___% of the
net Conversion  proceeds and the  investment of those  proceeds to  Gloversville
Federal in 20% risk-weighted  government securities,  Gloversville Federal would
have had total capital of ___%, ___% and ____%,  respectively,  of risk-weighted
assets, which is above the current 8% requirement by $___ million, $____ million
and $____ million, respectively.

         The OTS and the FDIC are authorized  and,  under certain  circumstances
required, to take certain actions against savings associations that fail to meet
their  capital  requirements.  The OTS is  generally  required to take action to
restrict the activities of an "undercapitalized  association" (generally defined
to be  one  with  less  than  either  a 4%  core  capital  ratio,  a 4%  Tier  1
risked-based  capital  ratio  or an  8%  risk-based  capital  ratio).  Any  such
association  must  submit a  capital  restoration  plan and  until  such plan is
approved by the OTS may not increase its assets,  acquire  another  institution,
establish a branch or engage in any new  activities,  and generally may not make
capital   distributions.   The  OTS  is  authorized  to  impose  the  additional
restrictions that are applicable to significantly undercapitalized associations.

          As a condition to the approval of the capital  restoration  plan,  any
company  controlling  an  undercapitalized  association  must agree that it will
enter  into  a  limited  capital  maintenance  guarantee  with  respect  to  the
institution's achievement of its capital requirements.

         Any savings  association  that fails to comply with its capital plan or
is  "significantly  undercapitalized"  (i.e.,  Tier 1 risk-based or core capital
ratios of less than 3% or a  risk-based  capital  ratio of less than 6%) must be
made  subject  to one or more of  additional  specified  actions  and  operating
restrictions  which may cover all aspects of its operations and include a forced
merger  or  acquisition  of  the   association.   An  association  that  becomes
"critically  undercapitalized" (i.e., a tangible capital ratio of 2% or less) is
subject to further mandatory restrictions on its activities in addition to those
applicable to significantly  undercapitalized associations. In addition, the OTS
must appoint a receiver (or conservator  with the concurrence of the FDIC) for a
savings  association,  with certain limited exceptions,  within 90 days after it
becomes critically  undercapitalized.  Any undercapitalized  association is also
subject to the general enforcement  authority of the OTS and the FDIC, including
the appointment of a conservator or a receiver.

         The OTS is also generally  authorized to reclassify an association into
a lower capital category and impose the restrictions applicable to such category
if the institution is engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices or is in an unsafe
or unsound condition.

         The  imposition  by the OTS or the  FDIC of any of  these  measures  on
Gloversville  Federal  may have a  substantial  adverse  effect on  Gloversville
Federal's  operations  and  profitability  and the  value  of the  Common  Stock
purchased in the Conversion. Holding Company stockholders do not have preemptive
rights, and therefore, if the Holding Company is directed by the OTS or the FDIC
to issue  additional  shares of Common  Stock,  such  issuance may result in the
dilution in the

                                       89

<PAGE>



percentage  of  ownership  of the Holding  Company of those  persons  purchasing
shares in the Conversion.

Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions

         OTS regulations  impose various  restrictions  on savings  associations
with respect to their ability to make  distributions  of capital,  which include
dividends,  stock  redemptions  or  repurchases,   cash-out  mergers  and  other
transactions  charged to the capital  account.  OTS regulations  also prohibit a
savings  association from declaring or paying any dividends or from repurchasing
any of its stock if, as a result,  the  regulatory  capital  of the  association
would be reduced below the amount  required to be maintained for the liquidation
account established in connection with its mutual to stock conversion.  See "The
Conversion - Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors  and Borrowers of
the Association" and "- Restrictions on Repurchase of Stock."

         Generally,  savings  associations,  such as Gloversville  Federal, that
before and after the proposed distribution meet their capital requirements,  may
make capital distributions during any calendar year equal to the greater of 100%
of net income for the year-to-date plus 50% of the amount by which the lesser of
the  association's  tangible,  core or  risk-based  capital  exceeds its capital
requirement  for such  capital  component,  as measured at the  beginning of the
calendar year, or 75% of its net income for the most recent four quarter period.
However,  an association deemed to be in need of more than normal supervision by
the OTS may have its  dividend  authority  restricted  by the OTS.  Gloversville
Federal may pay dividends in accordance with this general authority.

         Savings  associations  proposing to make any capital  distribution need
only  submit  written  notice  to the OTS 30 days  prior  to such  distribution.
Savings  associations  that do not,  or would  not meet  their  current  minimum
capital requirements  following a proposed capital  distribution,  however, must
obtain OTS approval prior to making such distribution. The OTS may object to the
distribution  during that 30-day  period  notice  based on safety and  soundness
concerns. See "- Regulatory Capital Requirements."

         The OTS has proposed  regulations that would revise the current capital
distribution  restrictions.  Under the proposal a savings  association that is a
subsidiary of a holding company may make a capital  distribution  with notice to
the  OTS  provided  that it has a CAMEL  1 or 2  rating,  is not of  supervisory
concern,  and would remain adequately  capitalized (as defined in the OTS prompt
corrective  action  regulations)  following the proposed  distribution.  Savings
associations  that would remain  adequately  capitalized  following the proposed
distribution but do not meet the other noted requirements must notify the OTS 30
days prior to declaring a capital distribution. The OTS stated it will generally
regard as permissible  that amount of capital  distributions  that do not exceed
50% of the  institution's  excess  regulatory  capital  plus net  income to date
during  the  calendar  year.  A  savings  association  may  not  make a  capital
distribution  without  prior  approval  of  the  OTS  and  the  FDIC  if  it  is
undercapitalized  before,  or as a result of, such a distribution.  As under the
current  rule,  the  OTS  may  object  to a  capital  distribution  if it  would
constitute  an unsafe  or  unsound  practice.  No  assurance  may be given as to
whether or in what form the regulations may be adopted.


                                       90

<PAGE>



Liquidity

         All savings associations,  including Gloversville Federal, are required
to  maintain  an  average  daily  balance  of liquid  assets  equal to a certain
percentage of the sum of its average daily balance of net  withdrawable  deposit
accounts and  borrowings  payable in one year or less.  For a discussion of what
Gloversville Federal includes in liquid assets, see "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operations  - Liquidity  and
Capital  Resources."  This liquid asset ratio  requirement may vary from time to
time (between 4% and 10%) depending  upon economic  conditions and savings flows
of all savings associations. At the present time, the minimum liquid asset ratio
is 5%.

         Penalties may be imposed upon associations for violations of the liquid
asset ratio  requirement.  At September  30, 1997,  Gloversville  Federal was in
compliance with this requirement, with an overall liquid asset ratio of 10.3%.

Accounting

         An  OTS  policy  statement   applicable  to  all  savings  associations
clarifies  and  re-emphasizes  that  the  investment  activities  of  a  savings
association  must be in  compliance  with  approved  and  documented  investment
policies and  strategies,  and must be accounted  for in  accordance  with GAAP.
Under the policy  statement,  management must support its  classification of and
accounting   for  loans  and   securities   (i.e.,   whether   held-to-maturity,
available-for-sale  or trading)  with  appropriate  documentation.  Gloversville
Federal is in compliance with these amended rules.

         OTS regulations, which may be made more stringent than GAAP by the OTS,
require  that  transactions  be reported in a manner  that best  reflects  their
underlying  economic substance and inherent risk and that financial reports must
incorporate any other accounting regulations or orders prescribed by the OTS.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test

         All savings associations,  including Gloversville Federal, are required
to meet a qualified thrift lender ("QTL") test to avoid certain  restrictions on
their operations.  This test requires a savings association to have at least 65%
of  its  portfolio  assets  (as  defined  by  regulation)  in  qualified  thrift
investments  on a monthly  average  for nine out of every 12 months on a rolling
basis. As an alternative, the savings association may maintain 60% of its assets
specified in Section  7701(a)(19)  of the Internal  Revenue  Code.  Under either
test,  such assets  primarily  consist of residential  housing related loans and
investments. At September 30, 1997, Gloversville Federal met the test with 93.7%
of its portfolio assets in qualified  thrift  investments and has always met the
test since its effectiveness.

         Any savings association that fails to meet the QTL test must convert to
a national bank charter, unless it requalifies as a QTL and thereafter remains a
QTL. If an  association  does not  requalify  and  converts  to a national  bank
charter,  it must remain  SAIF-insured  until the FDIC permits it to transfer to
the BIF.  If such an  association  has not yet  requalified  or  converted  to a
national  bank,  its  new  investments  and  activities  are  limited  to  those
permissible for both a savings

                                       91

<PAGE>



association  and a national  bank,  and it is limited to national bank branching
rights in its home state. In addition, the association is immediately ineligible
to receive any new FHLB  borrowings  and is subject to national  bank limits for
payment of dividends.  If such association has not requalified or converted to a
national  bank  within  three  years  after the  failure,  it must divest of all
investments  and cease all  activities not  permissible  for a national bank. In
addition,  it must repay promptly any  outstanding  FHLB  borrowings,  which may
result in prepayment  penalties.  If any association  that fails the QTL test is
controlled  by a holding  company,  then within one year after the failure,  the
holding  company must register as a bank holding  company and become  subject to
all restrictions on bank holding companies. See "- Holding Company Regulation."

Community Reinvestment Act

         Under the  Community  Reinvestment  Act  ("CRA"),  every  FDIC  insured
institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with safe and
sound banking  practices to help meet the credit needs of its entire  community,
including  low and moderate  income  neighborhoods.  The CRA does not  establish
specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it
limit an institution's  discretion to develop the types of products and services
that it believes are best suited to its particular  community,  consistent  with
the CRA.  The CRA  requires  the OTS,  in  connection  with the  examination  of
Gloversville  Federal, to assess the institution's  record of meeting the credit
needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of
certain  applications,  such as a merger or the  establishment  of a branch,  by
Gloversville  Federal. An unsatisfactory rating may be used as the basis for the
denial of an application by the OTS.

         The federal banking agencies,  including the OTS, have recently revised
the CRA  regulations  and  the  methodology  for  determining  an  institution's
compliance with the CRA. Due to the heightened  attention being given to the CRA
in the past few years, Gloversville Federal may be required to devote additional
funds for investment and lending in its local  community.  Gloversville  Federal
was  examined  for CRA  compliance  in March  1995  and  received  a  rating  of
satisfactory.

Transactions with Affiliates

         Generally,   transactions   between  a  savings   association   or  its
subsidiaries  and its affiliates are required to be on terms as favorable to the
association as transactions with non-affiliates.  In addition,  certain of these
transactions,  such as loans to an affiliate,  are restricted to a percentage of
the  association's  capital.  Affiliates  of  Gloversville  Federal  include the
Holding Company and any company which is under common control with  Gloversville
Federal.  In  addition,  a  savings  association  may not lend to any  affiliate
engaged in activities not  permissible for a bank holding company or acquire the
securities of most affiliates.

         Certain  transactions with directors,  officers or controlling  persons
are also subject to conflict of interest  regulations enforced by the OTS. These
conflict of interest  regulations and other statutes also impose restrictions on
loans to such persons and their  related  interests.  Among other  things,  such
loans must be made on terms  substantially the same as for loans to unaffiliated
individuals.


                                       92

<PAGE>



Holding Company Regulation

         The Holding  Company will be a unitary savings and loan holding company
subject to  regulatory  oversight  by the OTS. As such,  the Holding  Company is
required to register and file reports with the OTS and is subject to  regulation
and examination by the OTS. In addition,  the OTS has enforcement authority over
the Holding  Company and its  non-savings  association  subsidiaries  which also
permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit  activities  that are determined to be a
serious risk to the subsidiary savings association.

         As a unitary  savings and loan  holding  company,  the Holding  Company
generally  is not  subject to  activity  restrictions.  If the  Holding  Company
acquires  control of another savings  association as a separate  subsidiary,  it
would become a multiple savings and loan holding company,  and the activities of
the Holding Company and any of its subsidiaries (other than Gloversville Federal
or any other  SAIF-insured  savings  association)  would become  subject to such
restrictions  unless  such  other  associations  each  qualify as a QTL and were
acquired in a supervisory acquisition.

         If  Gloversville  Federal fails the QTL test, the Holding  Company must
obtain the approval of the OTS prior to continuing after such failure,  directly
or  through  its other  subsidiaries,  any  business  activity  other than those
approved for multiple savings and loan holding companies or their  subsidiaries.
In addition,  within one year of such failure the Holding  Company must register
as, and will become  subject to, the  restrictions  applicable  to bank  holding
companies. The activities authorized for a bank holding company are more limited
than are the activities  authorized  for a unitary or multiple  savings and loan
holding company. See "- Qualified Thrift Lender Test."

         The Holding Company must obtain approval from the OTS before  acquiring
control of any other SAIF-insured  association.  Such acquisitions are generally
prohibited  if they  result  in a  multiple  savings  and loan  holding  company
controlling  savings  associations  in  more  than  one  state.   However,  such
interstate  acquisitions are permitted based on specific state  authorization or
in a supervisory acquisition of a failing savings association.

Federal Securities Law

         The stock of the Holding  Company is registered  with the SEC under the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act").  The Holding
Company is subject  to the  information,  proxy  solicitation,  insider  trading
restrictions and other requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

         Holding  Company  stock held by persons who are  affiliates  (generally
officers,  directors and principal  stockholders) of the Holding Company may not
be resold without  registration or unless sold in accordance with certain resale
restrictions.  If the Holding Company meets specified current public information
requirements,  each  affiliate  of the  Holding  Company  is able to sell in the
public  market,  without  registration,  a  limited  number  of  shares  in  any
three-month period.


                                       93

<PAGE>



Federal Reserve System

         The Federal  Reserve  Board  requires all  depository  institutions  to
maintain  non-interest  bearing  reserves  at  specified  levels  against  their
transaction accounts (primarily checking,  NOW and Super NOW checking accounts).
At September 30, 1997, Gloversville Federal was in compliance with these reserve
requirements.  The balances maintained to meet the reserve  requirements imposed
by the Federal Reserve Board may be used to satisfy liquidity  requirements that
may be imposed by the OTS. See "- Liquidity."

         Savings  associations are authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve
Association  "discount  window," but Federal Reserve Board  regulations  require
associations to exhaust other reasonable alternative sources of funds, including
FHLB borrowings, before borrowing from the Federal Reserve Association.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

         Gloversville  Federal is a member of the FHLB of New York, which is one
of 12 regional FHLBs,  that  administers  the home financing  credit function of
savings  associations.  Each FHLB  serves as a reserve or  central  bank for its
members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily from proceeds derived
from the sale of consolidated  obligations of the FHLB System. It makes loans to
members (i.e., advances) in accordance with policies and procedures, established
by the board of directors of the FHLB, which are subject to the oversight of the
Federal  Housing  Finance  Board.  All advances from the FHLB are required to be
fully secured by  sufficient  collateral as determined by the FHLB. In addition,
all  long-term  advances  are  required to provide  funds for  residential  home
financing.

         As a member,  Gloversville Federal is required to purchase and maintain
stock in the FHLB of New York. At September 30, 1997,  Gloversville  Federal had
$461,000 in FHLB stock,  which was in compliance with this requirement.  In past
years,  Gloversville  Federal has  received  substantial  dividends  on its FHLB
stock.  Over the past five calendar  years such dividends have averaged 8.1% and
were  6.46%  for  calendar  year  1996.  As a  result  of  their  holdings,  the
Association could borrow up to $9.2 million from the FHLB.

         Under  federal  law the FHLBs are  required  to  provide  funds for the
resolution  of  troubled  savings  associations  and to  contribute  to low- and
moderately priced housing programs through direct loans or interest subsidies on
advances targeted for community investment and low- and moderate-income  housing
projects.  These  contributions  have  affected  adversely  the  level  of  FHLB
dividends  paid and could continue to do so in the future.  These  contributions
could also have an adverse  effect on the value of FHLB stock in the  future.  A
reduction  in value  of  Gloversville  Federal's  FHLB  stock  may  result  in a
corresponding reduction in Gloversville Federal's capital.

         For the year ended December 31, 1996, dividends paid by the FHLB of New
York to Gloversville Federal totaled $22,000, which constitute a $4,000 increase
from the  amount of  dividends  received  in  calendar  year 1995.  The  $29,000
dividend  received  for the nine months  ended  September  30, 1997  reflects an
annualized rate of 8.4%, which is 30.0% greater than the rate for calendar 1996.

                                       94

<PAGE>



Federal and State Taxation

         In August 1996, legislation was enacted that repeals the reserve method
of  accounting  used by many  thrifts to  calculate  their bad debt  reserve for
federal income tax purposes.  As a result, small thrifts such as the Association
must  recapture  that  portion of the reserve that exceeds the amount that could
have been taken  under the  experience  method  for  post-1987  tax  years.  The
legislation  also requires  thrifts to account for bad debts for federal  income
tax purposes on the same basis as commercial banks for tax years beginning after
December  31,  1995.  The  recapture  will  occur over a  six-year  period,  the
commencement  of which will be delayed  until the first  taxable year  beginning
after  December 31, 1997,  provided the  institution  meets certain  residential
lending  requirements.  The  management of the Company does not believe that the
legislation will have a material impact on the Company or the Association.

         In addition to the regular income tax, corporations,  including savings
associations  such as Gloversville  Federal,  generally are subject to a minimum
tax.  An  alternative  minimum  tax is imposed  at a minimum  tax rate of 20% on
alternative minimum taxable income, which is the sum of a corporation's  regular
taxable income (with certain  adjustments)  and tax preference  items,  less any
available  exemption.  The  alternative  minimum tax is imposed to the extent it
exceeds the corporation's regular income tax and net operating losses can offset
no more than 90% of  alternative  minimum  taxable  income.  For  taxable  years
beginning  after  1986  and  before  1996,   corporations,   including   savings
associations such as Gloversville Federal, were also subject to an environmental
tax equal to 0.12% of the excess of alternative  minimum  taxable income for the
taxable  year  (determined  without  regard  to net  operating  losses  and  the
deduction for the environmental tax) over $2 million.

         To the extent earnings appropriated to a savings association's bad debt
reserves for  "qualifying  real property  loans" and deducted for federal income
tax purposes  exceed the allowable  amount of such reserves  computed  under the
experience method and to the extent of the association's  supplemental  reserves
for  losses on loans  ("Excess"),  such  Excess  may not,  without  adverse  tax
consequences,   be  utilized  for  the  payment  of  cash   dividends  or  other
distributions   to  a  shareholder   (including   distributions  on  redemption,
dissolution or  liquidation) or for any other purpose (except to absorb bad debt
losses). As of December 31, 1995, Gloversville Federal's Excess for tax purposes
totaled approximately $3.1 million.

         Gloversville  Federal files its federal and New York income tax returns
on a calendar  year basis using the accrual  method of  accounting.  The Holding
Company may file a  consolidated  federal  income tax return  with  Gloversville
Federal.

         Gloversville   Federal  was   audited  by  the  IRS  with   respect  to
consolidated  federal income tax returns in 1994, 1995 and 1996. With respect to
years examined by the IRS, all deficiencies have been satisfied.

         New York Taxation. For New York income tax purposes, the Association is
taxed at an effective rate equal to 9.0% of New York taxable  income.  For these
purposes, "New York Taxable

                                       95

<PAGE>



Income" generally means federal taxable income,  subject to certain  adjustments
(including  the addition of interest  income on state and municipal  obligations
and the partial  exclusion of interest  income on United States Treasury as well
as New York and certain of its political subdivisions obligations).

         Delaware Taxation.  As a Delaware holding company,  the Holding Company
is exempted from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file an annual
report with and pay an annual fee to the State of Delaware.  The Holding Company
is also subject to an annual franchise tax imposed by the State of Delaware.


                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers of the Holding Company and of the Association

         Directors and Executive  Officers of the Holding Company.  The Board of
Directors  of  the  Holding  Company  currently  consists  of six  members.  The
directors of the Holding Company are currently comprised of the directors of the
Association.  See "- Board of  Directors of the  Association."  Directors of the
Holding Company will serve  three-year  staggered terms so that one-third of the
directors will be elected at each annual meeting of  stockholders.  The terms of
the  current  directors  of the  Holding  Company  are  the  same as that of the
Association's  board. The Holding Company does not intend to pay directors a fee
for board service. For information  regarding stock options and restricted stock
proposed to be awarded to directors following  stockholder  ratification of such
plans, see "- Benefit Plans."

         The executive  officers of the Holding Company are elected annually and
hold office until their respective successors have been elected and qualified or
until death,  resignation  or removal by the Board of  Directors.  The following
table  sets  forth  information  regarding  executive  officers  of the  Holding
Company.  Each  executive  officer of the  Holding  Company  has held his or her
position since the incorporation of the Holding Company.


      Name                           Title
      ----                           -----

Lewis E. Kolar           President and Chief Executive Officer
Menzo D. Case            Executive Vice-President, Chief Financial Officer and
                         Secretary

         The Holding Company does not initially intend to pay executive officers
any fees in addition to fees payable to such  persons as  executive  officers of
the  Association.  For  information  regarding  compensation  of  directors  and
executive officers of the Association,  see "Management - Director Compensation"
and "- Executive  Compensation."  For  information  regarding  stock options and
restricted  stock  proposed to be awarded to directors  and  executive  officers
following  stockholder  ratification of the Holding Company's stock-based plans,
see "- Benefit Plans."


                                       96

<PAGE>



         Board of Directors of the  Association.  Prior to the  Conversion,  the
direction and control of the Association,  as a mutual savings institution,  was
vested in its Board of Directors.  Upon  conversion of the  Association to stock
form,  each of the  directors  of the  Association  will  continue to serve as a
director of the converted Association. The Board of Directors of the Association
currently  consists of six members.  Each Director of the Association has served
as such at least since  January,  1995,  except for  Priscilla J. Bell,  who was
elected in January, 1996. The directors serve three-year staggered terms so that
approximately  one-third of the directors are elected at each annual  meeting of
members.  Because the Holding Company will own all of the issued and outstanding
shares of capital stock of the Association  after the  Conversion,  directors of
the Holding Company will elect the directors of the Association.

         The  following  table  sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the
directors of the Association.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       Director     Term
     Name                  Position(s) Held With the Association            Age(1)      Since      Expires
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>                                                <C>        <C>        <C> 
Priscilla J. Bell          Director                                           48         1996       1999
Timothy E. Delaney         Director                                           35         1993       1998
Lewis E. Kolar             Director, President and Chief Executive            59         1995       1998
                           Officer
Donald I. Lee              Director and Recording Secretary                   70         1971       2000
Richard D. Ruby            Chairman of the Board                              48         1975       2000
Robert J. Sofarelli        Director                                           52         1993       1998
</TABLE>


(1)  At December 31, 1997.

         The business  experience of each director of the Holding Company and of
the Association for at least the past five years is set forth below.

         Dr.  Priscilla J. Bell.  Dr. Bell has served as the President of Fulton
Montgomery  Community  College since 1995. From 1978 to 1995, Dr. Bell worked at
the Tacoma Community College, Tacoma, Washington,  where she was Dean of Student
Services.

         Timothy E. Delaney.  Mr.  Delaney is the President and Chief  Financial
Officer of Delaney  Construction  Corporation,  a company  specializing in heavy
highway construction, which he founded in 1982.

         Lewis E. Kolar. Mr. Kolar is the President and Chief Executive  Officer
of the  Association,  a position he has held since October  1994.  Mr. Kolar has
more than 20 years of  commercial  banking  experience  including  service  as a
Senior  Vice-President  and Regional  Executive  Officer at the National  Bank &
Trust Company, Norwich, New York, from 1989 to 1994.


                                       97

<PAGE>



         Donald  I.  Lee.  Mr.  Lee is the  President  of Lee & Lee  Associates,
Saratoga  Springs,  New York,  and a partner in Lee's Deer Run Bed &  Breakfast,
Stillwater, New York.

         Richard D. Ruby.  Mr. Ruby has been the owner and  President  of Ruby &
Quiri, Inc., a home furnishings center, located in Gloversville, New York, since
1969.

         Dr. Robert J. Sofarelli.  Dr.  Sofarelli has been a veterinarian  since
1971, and is the owner of Saratoga Veterinary Hospital, Planned Pets, a Saratoga
veterinary  hospital and Paws & Claws,  a  distributor  of pet foods  located in
Wilton, New York.

         Executive  Officers  Who  Are  Not  Directors.  Each  of the  executive
officers  of the  Association  will  retain his or her  office in the  converted
Association.  Officers  are elected  annually by the Board of  Directors  of the
Association.  The business experience of the executive officers who are not also
directors is set forth below.

         Menzo D. Case,  age 34. Mr. Case is a certified  public  accountant and
has served as the  Association's  Treasurer  since  December  1993. Mr. Case was
promoted to Executive Vice President and Chief  Operating  Officer in July 1994.
Previously, Mr. Case was an accountant with KPMG Peat Marwick from 1989 to 1993.

         Michael J. Pepe, age 39. Mr. Pepe currently serves as the Association's
Vice-President  of Lending,  a position he has held since 1995.  Mr. Pepe was an
Assistant Vice-President and Commercial Loan Officer for Amsterdam Savings Bank,
FSB from 1987 until he joined the Association.

Indemnification

         The Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company provides that a
director or officer of the Holding  Company shall be  indemnified by the Holding
Company to the fullest extent  authorized by the General  Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware against all expenses,  liability and loss reasonably  incurred
or suffered by such person in  connection  with his  activities as a director or
officer or as a director  or officer of  another  company,  if the  director  or
officer held such position at the request of the Holding  Company.  Delaware law
requires  that  such  director,  officer,  employee  or  agent,  in  order to be
indemnified,  must have acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably  believed
to be not  opposed to the best  interests  of the  Holding  Company,  and,  with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding,  did not have reasonable  cause to
believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

         The Certificate of Incorporation and Delaware law also provide that the
indemnification provisions of such Certificate and the statute are not exclusive
of any other  right  which a person  seeking  indemnification  may have or later
acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws
of the  Holding  Company,  agreement,  vote  of  stockholders  or  disinterested
directors or otherwise.


                                       98

<PAGE>



         These   provisions  may  have  the  effect  of  deterring   shareholder
derivative actions,  since the Holding Company may ultimately be responsible for
expenses for both parties to the action.  A similar effect would not be expected
for third-party claims.

         In addition,  the  Certificate of  Incorporation  and Delaware law also
provide that the Holding  Company may  maintain  insurance,  at its expense,  to
protect  itself and any  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the  Holding
Company or  another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other
enterprise  against any expense,  liability or loss,  whether or not the Holding
Company has the power to indemnify such person  against such expense,  liability
or loss under the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law.  The Holding  Company may
obtain such insurance.

Meetings and Committees of Board of Directors

         The  Association.  The  Association's  Board  of  Directors  meets on a
monthly  basis.  The  Board of  Directors  met 15 times  during  the year  ended
September 30, 1997. During fiscal 1997, no director of the Association  attended
fewer than 75% of the  aggregate of the total  number of Board  meetings and the
total  number of meetings  held by the  committees  of the Board of Directors on
which he or she served.

         The Association has standing Executive,  Audit, Asset Liability,  Loan,
Investment,   Strategic   Planning,   Nomination   and  Community   Reinvestment
Committees.

         The Executive  Committee  provides  oversight of Board-related  matters
in-between regularly scheduled Board Meetings,  provides informal counsel to the
President and is available to handle emergency or time critical situations.  The
Executive Committee is comprised of Directors Richard D. Ruby, Donald I. Lee and
Timothy  Delaney.  This committee met  approximately 15 times during fiscal year
1997.

         The Audit Committee is comprised of four outside directors:  Richard D.
Ruby,  Donald I. Lee,  Priscilla  J. Bell and Timothy  Delaney.  This  Committee
oversees and reviews the  Association's  financial and internal control matters.
The  Audit  Committee  also  reviews  the  Audited  Financial  Report  with  the
Association's  outside  auditors and the Report of the Examination  with the OTS
examiners,  either  separately or with the full Board.  This  committee met four
times in fiscal 1997.

         The  Asset/Liability  Management  Committee  is composed  of  Directors
Richard D. Ruby, and Priscilla J. Bell. This committee meets quarterly to handle
the investments for the Association and the  implementation of the strategic and
business  plans as they relate to interest rate risk and  reinvestment  options.
This committee also reviewed liquidity, interest rate risk and product pricing.
This committee met four times in fiscal 1997.

         The Loan  Committee  reviews  and  approves  loans  which  require  the
committee's  approval.  This  committee  is  composed  of any  two  non-employee
directors and, met eight times in fiscal 1997.

         The  Investment  Committee  consists of  Directors  Richard D. Ruby and
Donald I. Lee.  This  committee  reviews  investments  and  assesses the current
investment portfolio. This committee did not meet in fiscal 1997.

                                       99

<PAGE>



         The Nominating Committee, composed of Directors Richard D. Ruby, Donald
I. Lee and  Priscilla  J. Bell,  meets  annually to select the  nominees for the
Board of Directors and Board Committees.

         The Community  Reinvestment  Committee consists of the entire Board and
reviews the Association's  compliance with the Community  Reinvestment Act. This
Committee met once during fiscal 1997.

         The Holding  Company.  In ________  1998, the Board of Directors of the
Holding Company established standing executive, audit and nominating Committees.
These committees did not meet during fiscal 1997.

Director Compensation

         Directors of the Association are paid a monthly fee of $950 for service
on the Board of  Directors,  and the Chairman of the Board is paid a monthly fee
of  $1,050.  These  fees  are  paid  only to Board  members,  not to  employees.
Directors do not receive any  additional  compensation  for  committee  meetings
attended.

Executive Compensation

         The following table sets forth information  concerning the compensation
accrued for services in all  capacities to  Gloversville  Federal for the fiscal
year  ended  September  30,  1997  for the  Association's  President  and  Chief
Executive Officer.  No other executive  officer's  aggregate annual compensation
(salary plus bonus) exceeded $100,000 in fiscal 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Summary Compensation Table
                                                             --------------------------
                                                                                Long Term Compensation
                                         Annual Compensation(1)                         Awards
                                     -------------------------------------  -------------------------------
                                                            Other Annual    Restricted Stock   Options/        All Other
Name and Principal Position   Year   Salary($)  Bonus($)   Compensation($)       Award ($)      SARs (#)     Compensation($)
- ---------------------------   ----   ---------  --------   ---------------       ---------      --------     ---------------
<S>                           <C>    <C>        <C>          <C>                 <C>             <C>          <C>       
Lewis E. Kolar                1997   $83,077    $8,400           --               N/A             N/A         $11,731(2)
</TABLE>

(1)  In accordance with the  transitional  provisions  applicable to the revised
     rules on executive officer and director compensation  disclosure adopted by
     the SEC, as informally interpreted by the SEC's Staff, Summary Compensation
     information  is excluded for the fiscal  years ended  December 31, 1996 and
     1995.

(2)  Consists of use of a vehicle valued at $1,441,  life insurance  payments of
     $1,998 and contributions to Mr. Kolar's 401(k) of $8,292.

Change in Control Severance Agreements

         The  Association  intends  to enter into  change in  control  severance
agreements  with Messrs.  Kolar and Case. The agreements  become  effective upon
completion of the Conversion and provide for an initial term of 24 months and 12
months, respectively. The agreements provide for extensions of one year, on each
anniversary of the effective date of the agreement, subject to a formal

                                       100

<PAGE>



performance  evaluation  performed  by  disinterested  members  of the  Board of
Directors of the Association.  The agreement  provides for termination for cause
or in certain events specified by OTS regulations.

         The agreements provide for a lump sum payment to Mr. Kolar and Mr. Case
200% and 100% of their  respective  annual base  compensation  and the continued
payment for the  remaining  term of the  contract  of life and health  insurance
coverage  maintained  by the  Association  in the event  there is a  "change  in
control" of the Association where employment terminates  involuntarily following
such change in control.  This termination payment is subject to reduction to the
extent  non-deductible for federal income tax purposes.  For the purposes of the
agreements,  a "change in control"  is defined as any event which would  require
the filing of an application  for  acquisition of control or notice of change in
control pursuant to 12 C.F.R. ss. 574.3 or 4 or any successor  regulation.  Such
events are generally triggered prior to the acquisition of control of 10% of the
Company's Common Stock.  See  "Restrictions on Acquisitions of Stock and Related
Takeover Defensive Provisions."

Benefit Plans

         General.  Gloversville  Federal Savings and Loan Association  currently
provides  insurance  benefits  to  its  employees,  including  health  and  life
insurance, subject to certain deductibles and copayments.

         Employee  Severance  Compensation  Plan.  The  Association's  Board  of
Directors  has  established  the   Gloversville   Federal   Employee   Severance
Compensation  Plan  ("Severance  Compensation  Plan") which will provide certain
employees with severance pay benefits in the event of a change in control of the
Association or the Holding Company following  Conversion.  Management  personnel
with change in control  severance  agreements are not eligible to participate in
the Severance  Compensation Plan. The purpose of the Severance Compensation Plan
is to recognize the valuable  services and  contributions  of the  Association's
employees  and the  uncertainties  relating to  continuing  employment,  reduced
employee  benefits,  management changes and relocations in the event of a change
in control. The Association  believes that the Severance  Compensation Plan will
assist it in attracting and retaining  highly  qualified  individuals and reduce
the distractions and other adverse effects on the employees'  performance in the
event of a change in  control.  The  Severance  Compensation  Plan vests in each
participant a contractual  right to the benefits such participant is entitled to
thereunder.  Under the Severance  Compensation Plan, in the event of a change in
control as defined in the Severance  Compensation  Plan,  eligible employees who
are terminated or who voluntarily  terminate  employment (for reasons  specified
under the Severance  Compensation  Plan), within one year of a change in control
will be  entitled  to receive a  severance  payment.  Payments  pursuant  to the
Severance  Compensation  Plan  are  equal to the  product  of two  weeks  Annual
Compensation  (as defined)  times the number of years of service up to a maximum
of  twelve  years in the case of  officers  or seven  years in the case of other
employees.  Such payments may tend to discourage takeover attempts by increasing
costs to be incurred  by the  Association  in the event of a takeover.  As it is
management's belief that substantially all of the Association's  employees would
be  retained in the event of a change in  control,  and that any amount  payable
under the Severance  Compensation  Plan,  therefore,  would be considerably less
than  the  total  amount  that  could  possibly  be  paid  under  the  Severance
Compensation Plan, management cannot estimate the

                                       101

<PAGE>



potential effect of the Severance  Compensation Plan. The Severance Compensation
Plan may be amended or  terminated  by the Board of Directors by a majority vote
at any time  prior to a change in control  but may not be amended or  terminated
thereafter.

         Employee Stock  Ownership Plan. The Boards of Directors of Gloversville
Federal  Savings and Loan  Association and the Holding Company have approved the
adoption of an ESOP for the benefit of employees of Gloversville Federal Savings
and Loan  Association.  The ESOP is also designed to meet the requirements of an
employee stock ownership plan as described at Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and
Section  407(d)(6) of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
amended  ("ERISA"),  and, as such,  the ESOP is  empowered to borrow in order to
finance purchases of the Common Stock.

         It is  anticipated  that the ESOP will be  funded  with a loan from the
Holding  Company  (not to exceed an amount  equal to 8% of the gross  Conversion
proceeds).  The interest  rate of the ESOP loan will be equal to the  applicable
federal  interest  rate as determined  by the Internal  Revenue  Service for the
month in which the loan is made,  as calculated  pursuant to Section  1274(d) of
the Code.

         GAAP  generally  requires  that  any  borrowing  by the  ESOP  from  an
unaffiliated  lender  be  reflected  as a  liability  in the  Holding  Company's
Financial  Statements,  whether  or not such  borrowing  is  guaranteed  by,  or
constitutes a legally binding contribution commitment of, the Holding Company or
the Association. The funds used to acquire the ESOP shares will be borrowed from
the Holding  Company.  Since the Holding Company will finance the ESOP debt, the
ESOP debt will be  eliminated  through  consolidation  and no liability  will be
reflected on the Holding Company's  financial  statements.  In addition,  shares
purchased with borrowed funds will, to the extent of the borrowings, be excluded
from stockholders'  equity,  representing unearned compensation to employees for
future  services  not  yet  performed.   Consequently,  if  the  ESOP  purchases
already-issued  shares in the open market,  the Holding  Company's  consolidated
liabilities will increase to the extent of the ESOP's borrowings,  and total and
per share  stockholders'  equity will be reduced to reflect such borrowings.  If
the  ESOP  purchases  newly  issued  shares  from  the  Holding  Company,  total
stockholders'  equity  would  neither  increase  nor  decrease,  but  per  share
stockholders'  equity and per share net  income  would  decrease  because of the
increase in the number of outstanding  shares. In either case, as the borrowings
used  to fund  ESOP  purchases  are  repaid,  total  stockholders'  equity  will
correspondingly increase.

         All employees of the  Association  are eligible to  participate  in the
ESOP  after  they  attain  age  21  and  complete  one  year  of  service.   The
Association's  contribution to the ESOP is allocated  among  participants on the
basis  of  their  relative  compensation.  Each  participant's  account  will be
credited  with cash and  shares of  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  based  upon
compensation  earned during the year with respect to which the  contribution  is
made. Contributions credited to a participant's account become fully vested upon
such  participant's  completing five years of service.  Credit will be given for
prior years of service for vesting  purposes.  ESOP participants are entitled to
receive distributions from their ESOP accounts only upon termination of service.
Distributions  will be made in cash and in whole shares of the Holding Company's
Common  Stock.  Fractional  shares will be paid in cash.  Participants  will not
incur a tax liability until a distribution is made.


                                       102

<PAGE>



         Each participating  employee is entitled to instruct the trustee of the
ESOP as to how to vote the shares  allocated to his or her account.  The trustee
will not be affiliated with the Holding Company or Gloversville  Federal Savings
and Loan Association.

         The ESOP may be  amended  by the  Board of  Directors,  except  that no
amendment may be made which would reduce the interest of any  participant in the
ESOP trust fund or divert any of the assets of the ESOP trust fund for  purposes
other than the benefit of participants or their beneficiaries.

         401(k)  Savings  Plan.  The  Association  has a  qualified,  tax-exempt
savings plan with a cash or deferred  feature  qualifying  under Section  401(k)
(the  "401(k)  Plan") of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended  (the
"Code"). All employees who have completed the service requirement,  during which
they worked at least 1,000 hours, are eligible to participate.

         Participants  are permitted to make salary  reduction  contributions to
the 401(k) Plan of up to 5% of the  participant's  annual salary up to a maximum
of $10,000 for calendar  year 1997 and the  Association  contributes  10% of the
employees   salary,   regardless  of  the  employee's   contribution.   Employee
contributions are fully and immediately vested; contributions by the Association
vest 20% the  third  year,  50% the  fourth  year,  and 100% the  fifth  year of
service.  However,  in the event of normal retirement,  permanent  disability or
death, a participant will  automatically  become 100% vested in the value of all
Association contributions and earnings thereon.

         The  Association  intends to reduce its  contribution  under the 401(k)
Plan in order to offset in part the ESOP expense.  In addition,  the 401(k) Plan
is being  amended  to permit  self-directed  investments  by  participants  into
Holding Company stock.

         Stock Option and Incentive Plan.  Among the benefits to the Association
anticipated  from the Conversion is the ability to attract and retain  personnel
through  the  prudent use of stock  options  and other  stock-related  incentive
programs. The Board of Directors of the Holding Company intends to adopt a Stock
Option and Incentive Plan (the "Stock Option Plan"),  subject to ratification by
stockholders of the Holding Company at a meeting to be held not earlier than six
months after completion of the Conversion. Under the terms of the proposed Stock
Option Plan,  stock options  covering shares  representing an aggregate of up to
10% of the shares of Common  Stock  issued in the  Conversion  may be granted to
directors,  officers and  employees of the Holding  Company or its  subsidiaries
under the Stock Option Plan.

         Options  granted under the Stock Option Plan may be either options that
qualify  under  the Code as  "incentive  stock  options"  (options  that  afford
preferable tax treatment to recipients upon compliance with certain restrictions
and that do not normally  result in tax  deductions  to the employer) or options
that do not so qualify.  The exercise  price of stock options  granted under the
Stock  Option Plan is required to be at least equal to the fair market value per
share of the stock on the date of grant. All grants are made in consideration of
past and future services  rendered to the  Association,  and in an amount deemed
necessary to encourage the continued retention of the officers and directors who
are considered  necessary for the continued success of the Association.  In this
regard,  all options  are  intended  to vest in five equal  annual  installments
commencing one year from the date of grant,  subject to the continued service of
the holder of such option.


                                       103

<PAGE>



         The  proposed  Stock  Option  Plan  provides  for the  grant  of  stock
appreciation  rights ("SARs") at any time,  whether or not the participant  then
holds  stock  options,  granting  the right to receive  the excess of the market
value of the  shares  represented  by the SARs on the  date  exercised  over the
exercise price.  SARs generally will be subject to the same terms and conditions
and exercisable to the same extent as stock options.

         Limited SARs may be granted at the time of, and must be related to, the
grant of a stock  option or SAR.  The exercise of one will reduce to that extent
the number of shares represented by the other.  Limited SARs will be exercisable
only for the 45 days following the  expiration of the tender or exchange  offer,
during  which  period  the  related  stock  option  or SAR will be  exercisable.
However,  no SAR or Limited SAR will be exercisable  by a 10% beneficial  owner,
director  or senior  officer  within six  months of the date of its  grant.  The
Holding Company has no present intention to grant any SARs or Limited SARs.

         The  proposed  Stock  Option  Plan will be  administered  by Stock Plan
Committee  of  the  Holding   Company   which  will  consist  of  at  least  two
disinterested directors. The Stock Plan Committee will select the recipients and
terms of awards made pursuant to the Stock Option Plan.  OTS  regulations  limit
the amount of shares that may be awarded  pursuant to stock-based  plans to each
individual officer, each non-employee director and all non-employee directors as
a group to 25%,  5% and 30%,  respectively,  of the total  shares  reserved  for
issuance under each such stock-based plan.

         The  Stock  Plan  Committee,   presently   consisting  of  non-employee
Directors  _______________  and  ________________,  intends to grant  options in
amounts  expressed as a percentage  of the shares issued in the  Conversion,  as
follows:  President  Kolar - 2.0%,  Officer  Case - 2.0%,  and to all  executive
officers  as a group (_  persons) - 6.6%.  In  addition,  under the terms of the
Stock Option Plan, each non-employee director of the Holding Company at the time
of stockholder  ratification  of the Stock Option Plan will be granted an option
to  purchase  shares  of Common  Stock  equal to .5% of the  shares  sold in the
Conversion.  The remaining  balance of the available  awards is unallocated  and
reserved  for future use.  All options  will expire 10 years after the date such
option was granted, which, for the option grants listed above, is expected to be
the date of  stockholder  ratification  of the Stock Option  Plan.  All proposed
option  grants to  officers  are  subject  to  modification  by the  Stock  Plan
Committee based upon its performance  evaluation of the option recipients at the
time of stockholder  ratification of the Stock Option Plan following  completion
of the Conversion.

         After  stockholder  ratification,  the Stock Option Plan will be funded
either with shares  purchased in the open market or with authorized but unissued
shares of Common Stock.  The use of authorized  but unissued  shares to fund the
Stock Option Plan could dilute the holdings of stockholders who purchased Common
Stock in the Conversion. See "Pro Forma Data." In no event will the Stock Option
Plan acquire an amount of shares,  which, in the aggregate,  represent more than
10% of the shares issued in the Conversion.

         Under SEC regulations, so long as certain criteria are met, an optionee
may be able to exercise the option at the Purchase  Price and  immediately  sell
the  underlying  shares  at the  then-current  market  price  without  incurring
short-swing profit liability. This ability to exercise and

                                       104

<PAGE>



immediately  resell,  which under the SEC  regulations  applies to stock  option
plans in general,  allows the  optionee to realize the benefit of an increase in
the market price for the stock without the market risk which would be associated
with a required  holding  period  for the stock  after  payment of the  exercise
price. Under SEC regulations,  the short-swing liability period now runs for six
months before and after the option grant. All grants are subject to ratification
of the Stock  Option  Plan by  stockholders  of the  Holding  Company  following
completion of the Conversion.

         Recognition   and  Retention  Plan.  The  Holding  Company  intends  to
establish the RRP in order to provide  employees with a proprietary  interest in
the Holding  Company in a manner  designed to  encourage  such persons to remain
with  the  Holding  Company  and the  Association.  The RRP will be  subject  to
ratification by stockholders at a meeting to be held not earlier than six months
after the  completion of the  Conversion.  The Holding  Company will  contribute
funds to the RRP to enable it to acquire in the open  market or from  authorized
but unissued  shares (with the decision  between open market or  authorized  but
unissued  shares based on the Holding  Company's  future stock price,  alternate
investment  opportunities and capital needs), following stockholder ratification
of such plan,  an amount of stock  equal to 4.0% of the  shares of Common  Stock
issued in the Conversion.

         The Stock  Plan  Committee  of the Board of  Directors  of the  Holding
Company will  administer  the proposed RRP. Under the terms of the proposed RRP,
awards  ("Awards")  can be  granted  to key  employees  in the form of shares of
Common Stock held by the RRP. Awards are  non-transferable  and  non-assignable.
OTS  regulations  limit the  amount of shares  that may be awarded  pursuant  to
stock-based plans to each individual officer, each non-employee director and all
non-employee directors as a group to 25%, 5% and 30%, respectively, of the total
shares reserved for issuance under each such stock-based plan.

         Recipients  will earn (i.e.,  become vested in), over a period of time,
the shares of Common Stock covered by the Award. Awards made pursuant to the RRP
will vest in five equal annual installments commencing one year from the date of
grant. Awards will be 100% vested upon termination of employment due to death or
disability. When shares become vested and are actually distributed in accordance
with the RRP,  but in no event prior to such time,  the  participants  will also
receive  amounts equal to any accrued  dividends  with respect  thereto.  Earned
shares are  distributed to recipients as soon as practicable  following the date
on which they are earned.

         The Stock Plan Committee  presently  intends to grant  restricted stock
awards at the Purchase Price, in amounts expressed as a percentage of the shares
sold in the Conversion,  as follows:  to President Kolar - 1.0%,  Executive Vice
President  Case - .6%,  and to all  executive  officers as a group (_ persons) -
2.4%.  Pursuant to the terms of the proposed RRP, each non-employee  director of
the Holding  Company at the time of stockholder  ratification of the RRP will be
awarded an amount of shares  equal to .1% of the shares sold in the  Conversion.
All  proposed  RRP  awards  to  officers  of  the  Association  are  subject  to
modification by the Stock Plan Committee  based upon its performance  evaluation
of the  award  recipients  at the time of  stockholder  ratification  of the RRP
following completion of the Conversion.

         After  stockholder  ratification,  the RRP will be funded  either  with
shares  purchased in the open market or with  authorized but unissued  shares of
Common Stock issued to the RRP by the Holding Company. The use of authorized but
unissued  shares to fund the RRP could dilute the holdings of  stockholders  who
had purchased Common Stock in the Conversion. In the event the

                                       105

<PAGE>



RRP  purchases  stock in the open market at prices  above the  initial  Purchase
Price,  the total RRP expense may be above that disclosed under the caption "Pro
Forma Data." In no event will the RRP acquire an amount of shares which,  in the
aggregate, represent more than 4.0% of the shares issued in the Conversion.

Certain Transactions

         The Association follows a policy of granting loans to the Association's
directors, officers and employees. The loans to executive officers and directors
are made in the ordinary course of business and on the same terms and conditions
as those of comparable  transactions  prevailing at the time, in accordance with
the  Association's  underwriting  guidelines  and do not  involve  more than the
normal risk of collectibility or present other  unfavorable  features.  Loans to
all directors and executive officers and their associates, including outstanding
balances and commitments totaled $382,000 at September 30, 1997, which was 11.6%
of the Association's retained earnings at that date.


                                       106

<PAGE>



                                 THE CONVERSION

         The Board of Directors of the Association and the OTS have approved the
Plan of  Conversion.  OTS  approval  does not  constitute  a  recommendation  or
endorsement  of the Plan of  Conversion.  Certain  terms  used in the  following
summary  of the  material  terms of the  Conversion  are  defined in the Plan of
Conversion, a copy of which may be obtained by contacting Gloversville Federal.

General

         The Board of Directors of the Association unanimously adopted the Plan,
subject to approval by the OTS and the members of the  Association.  Pursuant to
the Plan, the Association will convert from a federally chartered mutual savings
loan  and   association  to  a  federally   chartered  stock  savings  and  loan
association, with the concurrent formation of a holding company.

         The  Conversion   will  be  accomplished   through   amendment  of  the
Association's  federal  charter to authorize  capital  stock,  at which time the
Association will become a wholly owned  subsidiary of the Holding  Company.  The
Conversion will be accounted for as a pooling of interests.

         Subscription  Rights have been granted to the Eligible  Account Holders
as of September 30, 1996,  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans of the  Association and
Holding Company, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as of ___________,  1998,
Other  Members,  and  directors,  officers,  and  employees of the  Association.
Additionally,  subject to the availability of shares and market conditions at or
near the  completion  of the  Subscription  Offering,  the  Common  Stock may be
offered for sale in a Public Offering and Direct Community  Offering to selected
persons on a best-efforts  basis through Capital  Resources.  See "- Offering of
Holding Company Common Stock."  Subscriptions  for shares will be subject to the
maximum and minimum purchase limitations set forth in the Plan of Conversion.

Business Purposes

         Gloversville  Federal has several business purposes for the Conversion.
The sale of  Holding  Company  Common  Stock will have the  immediate  result of
providing the Association with additional equity capital in order to support the
expansion  of  its  existing  operations,  subject  to  market  conditions.  See
"Business."  The  sale of the  Common  Stock  is the  most  effective  means  of
increasing  the  Association's  permanent  capital and does not involve the high
interest  cost and  repayment  obligation  of  subordinated  debt.  In addition,
investment  of that  part of the net  Conversion  proceeds  paid by the  Holding
Company to the Association is expected to provide additional operating income to
further increase the Association's capital on a continuing basis.

         The  Board of  Directors  of the  Association  believes  that a holding
company  structure  could  facilitate  the  acquisition of both mutual and stock
savings  institutions  in the future as well as other  companies.  If a multiple
holding  company  structure  is utilized in a future  acquisition,  the acquired
savings  institution  would be able to operate on a more  autonomous  basis as a
wholly owned  subsidiary of the Holding Company rather than as a division of the
Association.  For example, the acquired savings institution could retain its own
directors, officers and corporate name as well as

                                       107

<PAGE>



having  representation  on the Board of Directors of the Holding Company.  As of
the date hereof, there are no plans or understandings  regarding the acquisition
of any other institutions.

         The Board of Directors of the Association  also believes that a holding
company  structure  can  facilitate  the  diversification  of the  Association's
business  activities.  While  diversification  will be  maximized  if a  unitary
holding company  structure is utilized because the types of business  activities
permitted  to a unitary  holding  company are  broader  than those of a multiple
holding company, either type of holding company may engage in a broader range of
activities than may a thrift institution directly. Currently, there are no plans
that the Holding  Company engage in any material  activities  apart from holding
the shares of the  Association and investing the remaining net proceeds from the
sale of Common Stock in the Conversion.

         The preferred stock and additional  common stock of the Holding Company
being authorized in the Conversion will be available for future acquisitions and
for issuance and sale to raise  additional  equity  capital,  generally  without
stockholder approval or ratification, but subject to market conditions. Although
the Holding Company  currently has no plans with respect to future  issuances of
equity securities, the more flexible operating structure provided by the Holding
Company and the stock form of ownership is expected to assist the Association in
competing more aggressively  with other financial  institutions in its principal
market area.

         The Conversion will structure the Association in the stock form used in
the United States by all commercial banks, most major business  corporations and
an increasing  number of savings  institutions.  The Conversion  will permit the
Association's  members to become  stockholders of the Holding  Company,  thereby
allowing  members  to own  stock in the  financial  organization  in which  they
maintain deposit accounts or with which they have a borrowing relationship. Such
ownership should encourage  stockholders to promote the Association to potential
customers, thereby further contributing to the Association's earnings potential.

         The  Association  is also expected to benefit from its  management  and
employees  owning  stock,  because  stock  ownership  is viewed as an  effective
performance  incentive and a means of  attracting,  retaining  and  compensating
personnel.

Effects  of  Conversion  to  Stock  Form  on  Depositors  and  Borrowers  of the
Association

         Voting Rights.  Deposit  account  holders will have no voting rights in
the converted  Association or the Holding Company and will therefore not be able
to elect  directors of either entity or to control their  affairs.  These rights
are  currently   accorded  to  deposit   account  holders  with  regard  to  the
Association.  Subsequent to Conversion, voting rights will be vested exclusively
in the Holding Company as the sole stockholder of the Association. Voting rights
as to the Holding  Company will be held  exclusively by its  stockholders.  Each
purchaser  of Holding  Company  Common  Stock  shall be  entitled to vote on any
matters to be considered by the Holding Company stockholders. A stockholder will
be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock owned, subject to certain
limitations  applicable  to  holders  of 10% or more of the shares of the Common
Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."


                                       108

<PAGE>



         Deposit  Accounts  and Loans.  The general  terms of the  Association's
deposit accounts,  the balances of the individual accounts and the existing FDIC
insurance  coverage  will not be affected by the  Conversion.  Furthermore,  the
Conversion will not affect the loan accounts, the balances of these accounts, or
the obligations of the borrowers under their individual contractual arrangements
with the Association.

         Tax  Effects.  The  Association  has  received an opinion  from Silver,
Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.  with regard to federal income taxation,  and an opinion
from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP with regard to New York taxation,  to the effect that
the adoption and  implementation of the Plan of Conversion set forth herein will
not be taxable for federal or New York tax  purposes to the  Association  or the
Holding Company. See "- Income Tax Consequences."

         Liquidation  Rights. The Association has no plans to liquidate,  either
before or subsequent  to the  completion of the  Conversion.  However,  if there
should  ever be a  complete  liquidation,  either  before  or after  Conversion,
deposit account holders would receive the protection of insurance by the FDIC up
to  applicable  limits.  Subject  thereto,  liquidation  rights before and after
Conversion would be as follows:

     Liquidation  Rights in  Present  Mutual  Institution.  In  addition  to the
     protection  of FDIC  insurance up to applicable  limits,  in the event of a
     complete  liquidation of the Association,  each holder of a deposit account
     in the  Association in its present mutual form would receive his or her pro
     rata  share of any assets of the  Association  remaining  after  payment of
     claims of all  creditors  (including  the claims of all  depositors  in the
     amount of the withdrawal value of their  accounts).  Such holder's pro rata
     share of such remaining  assets, if any, would be in the same proportion of
     such  assets  as the  balance  in his or  her  deposit  account  was to the
     aggregate balance in all deposit accounts in the Association at the time of
     liquidation.

     Liquidation  Rights in Proposed  Converted  Institution.  After Conversion,
     each deposit account holder, in the event of a complete  liquidation of the
     Association,  would have a claim of the same general priority as the claims
     of all other  general  creditors  of the  Association  in  addition  to the
     protection of FDIC insurance up to applicable limits. Therefore,  except as
     described  below, the deposit account holder's claim would be solely in the
     amount of the balance in his or her deposit account plus accrued  interest.
     The holder  would have no interest in the assets of the  Association  above
     that amount.

     The Plan of Conversion  provides that there shall be established,  upon the
     completion  of the  Conversion,  a special  "liquidation  account"  for the
     benefit of Eligible Account Holders (i.e., eligible depositors at September
     30,  1996)  and  Supplemental   Account  Holders  (eligible  depositors  at
     ___________,  1998) in an amount equal to the net worth of the  Association
     as of the date of its latest consolidated  statement of financial condition
     contained in the final prospectus relating to the sale of shares of Holding
     Company Common Stock in the  Conversion.  Each Eligible  Account Holder and
     Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial interest in such
     liquidation account for each deposit account held in the Association on the
     qualifying

                                       109

<PAGE>



     date. An Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder's
     interest as to each deposit  account would be in the same proportion of the
     total liquidation account as the balance in his or her account on September
     30, 1996 and ___________,  1998, respectively, was to the aggregate balance
     in all  deposit  accounts  of Eligible  Account  Holders  and  Supplemental
     Eligible  Account  Holders  on such  dates.  However,  if the amount in the
     deposit  account of an Eligible  Account  Holder or  Supplemental  Eligible
     Account Holder on any annual  closing date of the  Association is less than
     the lowest  amount in such  account on September  30, 1996 or  ___________,
     1998 and on any subsequent closing date, then the account holder's interest
     in  this  special  liquidation  account  would  be  reduced  by  an  amount
     proportionate  to any such  reduction,  and the account  holder's  interest
     would cease to exist if such deposit account were closed.

     In addition, the interest in the special liquidation account would never be
     increased  despite any  increase  in the  balance of the  account  holders'
     related accounts after Conversion, and would only decrease.

     Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account
     Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders were satisfied would be
     distributed  to  the  Holding  Company  as  the  sole  stockholder  of  the
     Association.

     No merger,  consolidation,  purchase  of bulk  assets  with  assumption  of
     deposit accounts and other liabilities, or similar transaction, whether the
     Association,  as  converted,  or another  SAIF-insured  institution  is the
     surviving institution,  is deemed to be a complete liquidation for purposes
     of distribution of the  liquidation  account and, in any such  transaction,
     the liquidation  account would be assumed to the full extent  authorized by
     regulations  of the OTS as then in  effect.  The OTS has  stated  that  the
     consummation  of a  transaction  of the  type  described  in the  preceding
     sentence in which the surviving  entity is not a  SAIF-insured  institution
     would  be  reviewed  on a  case-by-case  basis  to  determine  whether  the
     transaction   should   constitute   a  "complete   liquidation"   requiring
     distribution  of any then  remaining  balance in the  liquidation  account.
     While  the  Association   believes  that  such  a  transaction  should  not
     constitute a complete  liquidation,  there can be no assurance that the OTS
     will not adopt a contrary position.

         Common Stock. For information as to the  characteristics  of the Common
Stock  to  be  issued  under  the  Plan  of  Conversion,   see  "Dividends"  and
"Description of Capital Stock." Common Stock issued under the Plan of Conversion
cannot, and will not, be insured by the FDIC or any other governmental agency.

         The  Association  will continue,  immediately  after  completion of the
Conversion,  to provide its services to depositors and borrowers pursuant to its
existing policies and will maintain the existing management and employees of the
Association.  Other  than  for  payment  of  certain  expenses  incident  to the
Conversion,  no assets of the Association will be distributed in the Conversion.
Gloversville Federal will continue to be a member of the FHLB System,

                                       110

<PAGE>



and its deposit accounts will continue to be insured by the FDIC. The affairs of
Gloversville  Federal  will  continue to be directed  by the  existing  Board of
Directors and management.

Offering of Holding Company Common Stock

         Under the Plan of Conversion,  up to 575,000 shares of Holding  Company
Common Stock will be offered for sale, subject to certain restrictions described
below,  initially through the Offering.  Federal conversion regulations require,
with certain  exceptions,  that all shares  offered in a  conversion  be sold in
order for the conversion to become effective.

         The Subscription Offering will expire at noon,  Gloversville,  New York
time, on ______ __, 1998 (the "Subscription Expiration Date") unless extended by
the Association and the Holding Company. Depending on the availability of shares
and market  conditions at or near the completion of the  Subscription  Offering,
the Holding Company may effect a Public  Offering of shares to selected  persons
through Capital  Resources.  To order Common Stock in connection with the Public
Offering  and Direct  Community  Offering,  if any, an executed  stock order and
account  withdrawal  authorization and certification must be received by Capital
Resources prior to the  termination of the Public Offering and Direct  Community
Offering.  The date by which orders must be received in the Public Offering,  if
any,  will be set by the  Holding  Company  at the  time of such  offering.  OTS
regulations  require  that all shares to be offered  in the  Conversion  be sold
within a period ending not more than 45 days after the  Subscription  Expiration
Date (or such longer period as may be approved by the OTS) or, despite  approval
of the Plan of Conversion by members,  the  Conversion  will not be effected and
Gloversville  Federal will remain in mutual form. This period expires on _______
__, 1998,  unless  extended  with the  approval of the OTS. In addition,  if the
Offering is extended  beyond  ________ __, 1998, all  subscribers  will have the
right to modify or rescind their  subscriptions  and to have their  subscription
funds returned  promptly with interest.  In the event that the Conversion is not
effected,  all funds  submitted  and not  previously  refunded  pursuant  to the
Offering  will  be  promptly  refunded  to  subscribers  with  interest  at  the
Association's  current passbook rate and all withdrawal  authorizations  will be
terminated.

Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued

         Federal  regulations  require that the aggregate  purchase price of the
securities of a thrift  institution  sold in connection with its conversion must
be based on an appraised  aggregate market value of the institution as converted
(i.e., taking into account the expected receipt of proceeds from the sale of the
securities in the  conversion),  as determined by an independent  valuation.  RP
Financial,  which is  experienced  in the  valuation  and  appraisal of business
entities,  including thrift institutions involved in the conversion process, was
retained by the  Association  to prepare an appraisal of the estimated pro forma
market value of the Association and the Holding Company upon Conversion.

         RP  Financial  will  receive  a fee of  approximately  $12,500  for its
appraisal  in  addition to its  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred in
connection  with the  appraisal.  RP Financial  has also agreed to assist in the
preparation of the Association's business plan for a separate fee of $2,500. The
Association  has agreed to indemnify RP Financial  under  certain  circumstances
against  liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) arising out of, related
to, or based upon the Conversion.

                                       111

<PAGE>



         RP  Financial  has prepared an  appraisal  of the  estimated  pro forma
market  value  of the  Association  as  converted.  The RP  Financial  appraisal
concluded that, at ________ __, 1997, an appropriate range for the estimated pro
forma market value of the Association and the Holding Company was from a minimum
of $4.3 million to a maximum of $5.8  million  with a midpoint of $5.0  million.
Assuming  that the shares are sold at $10.00  per share in the  Conversion,  the
estimated  number of shares to be issued in the  Conversion  is  expected  to be
between  425,000 and 575,000.  The Purchase  Price of $10.00 was  determined  by
discussion among the Boards of Directors of the Association, the Holding Company
and RP Financial,  taking into account, among other factors, (i) the requirement
under OTS  regulations  that the Common  Stock be offered on a manner that would
achieve the widest distribution of shares and (ii) liquidity in the Common Stock
subsequent to the Conversion.

         The appraisal  involved a  comparative  evaluation of the operating and
financial statistics of the Association with those of other thrift institutions.
The appraisal also took into account such other factors as the market for thrift
institution stocks generally,  prevailing economic  conditions,  both nationally
and in New  York,  which  affect  the  operations  of thrift  institutions,  the
competitive  environment within which the Association operates and the effect of
the  Association  becoming a  subsidiary  of the  Holding  Company.  No detailed
individual  analysis of the separate components of the Holding Company's and the
Association's  assets and  liabilities  was  performed  in  connection  with the
evaluation.  The Plan of Conversion  requires that all of the shares  subscribed
for in the Offering be sold at the same price per share.  The Board of Directors
reviewed the appraisal, including the methodology and the appropriateness of the
assumptions  utilized by RP  Financial  and  determined  that in its opinion the
appraisal was not  unreasonable.  The Estimated  Valuation  Range may be amended
with  the  approval  of the OTS in  connection  with  changes  in the  financial
condition  or  operating   results  of  the  Association  or  market  conditions
generally.  As described  below,  an amendment to the Estimated  Valuation Range
above  $6,612,500  would not be made without a  resolicitation  of subscriptions
and/or proxies except in limited circumstances.

         If, upon  completion  of the Offering,  at least the minimum  number of
shares are  subscribed  for, RP  Financial,  after taking into  account  factors
similar to those involved in its prior appraisal, will determine its estimate of
the pro forma  market  value of the  Association  and the Holding  Company  upon
Conversion, as of the close of the Offering.

         If,  based on the estimate of RP  Financial,  the  aggregate  pro forma
market value is not within the Estimated Valuation Range, RP Financial, upon the
consent of the OTS, will  determine a new Estimated  Valuation  Range  ("Amended
Valuation Range"). If the aggregate pro forma market value of the Association as
converted and the Holding  Company has increased in the Amended  Valuation Range
to an amount that does not exceed $6,612,500 (i.e., 15% above the maximum of the
Estimated  Valuation  Range),  then the  number of  shares  to be issued  may be
increased to  accommodate  such  increase in value without a  resolicitation  of
subscriptions  and/or  proxies.  In such event the  Association  and the Holding
Company do not  intend to  resolicit  subscriptions  and/or  proxies  unless the
Association and the Holding Company then determine,  after consultation with the
OTS, that  circumstances  otherwise require such a resolicitation.  If, however,
the aggregate pro forma market value of the Holding Company and the Association,
as converted,  at that time is less than $4,250,000 or more than  $6,612,500,  a
resolicitation of subscribers and/or proxies may be made, the Plan of Conversion
may be terminated  or such other actions as the OTS may permit may be taken.  In
the

                                       112

<PAGE>



event that upon  completion of the  Offering,  the pro forma market value of the
Holding  Company and  Association,  as converted,  is below  $4,250,000 or above
$6,612,500 (15% above the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range), the Holding
Company  intends to file the revised  appraisal  with the SEC by  post-effective
amendment  to  its   Registration   Statement  on  Form  SB-2.  See  "Additional
Information."  If the Plan of  Conversion  is  terminated,  all  funds  would be
returned  promptly  with  interest  at the  rate  of the  Association's  current
passbook  rate,  and  holds on funds  authorized  for  withdrawal  from  deposit
accounts  would be  released.  If there is a  resolicitation  of  subscriptions,
subscribers   will  be  given  the   opportunity   to  cancel  or  change  their
subscriptions and to the extent subscriptions are so canceled or reduced,  funds
will be returned with interest at the  Association's  current  passbook rate and
holds on funds  authorized for withdrawal from deposit accounts will be released
or  reduced.  Stock  subscriptions  received  by the  Holding  Company  and  the
Association  may not be  withdrawn  by the  subscriber  and,  if accepted by the
Holding  Company  and the  Association,  are  final.  If the  Conversion  is not
completed  prior to  ________  __, 2000 (two years after the date of the Special
Meeting), the Plan of Conversion will automatically terminate.

         Any  increase  in the total  number  of  shares  of Common  Stock to be
offered  in the  Conversion  will  dilute a  subscriber's  percentage  ownership
interest  and will  reduce the pro forma net income and net worth on a per share
basis.  A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the  Conversion  will
increase a subscriber's  proportionate ownership interest and will increase both
pro forma net income and net worth on a per share  basis while  decreasing  that
amount on an aggregate basis.

         No sale of the  shares  will  take  place  unless,  prior  thereto,  RP
Financial confirms to the OTS that, to the best of RP Financial's  knowledge and
judgment,  nothing  of a material  nature  has  occurred  which  would  cause RP
Financial to conclude that the actual  Purchase  Price on an aggregate  basis is
incompatible  with its estimate of the  aggregate  pro forma market value of the
Holding  Company and the  Association  as converted at the time of the sale. If,
however,  the facts do not justify such a statement,  the Offering or other sale
may be canceled, a new Estimated Valuation Range set and new offering held.

         In  preparing  its  valuation  of the pro  forma  market  value  of the
Association and the Holding Company upon  Conversion,  RP Financial  relied upon
and assumed the accuracy  and  completeness  of all  financial  and  statistical
information  provided by the Association and the Holding  Company.  RP Financial
also considered information based upon other publicly available sources which it
believes are reliable. However, RP Financial does not guarantee the accuracy and
completeness of such information and did not independently  verify the financial
statements and other data provided by the Association and the Holding Company or
independently value the assets or liabilities of the Association and the Holding
Company.  The appraisal is not intended to be, and must not be interpreted as, a
recommendation  of any kind as to the  advisability  of  voting to  approve  the
Conversion or of  purchasing  shares of Common  Stock.  The appraisal  considers
Gloversville  Federal and the Holding  Company only as going concerns and should
not be considered as any  indication of the  liquidation  value of  Gloversville
Federal or the Holding Company.  Moreover, the appraisal is necessarily based on
many  factors  which change from time to time.  There can be no  assurance  that
persons who purchase  shares in the Conversion  will be able to sell such shares
at prices at or above the Purchase Price.


                                       113

<PAGE>



Subscription Offering

         In  accordance  with  OTS  regulations,  non-transferable  Subscription
Rights have been granted under the Plan of  Conversion to the following  persons
in the  following  order of priority:  (1)  Eligible  Account  Holders  (deposit
account  holders of the Association  maintaining an aggregate  balance of $50 or
more as of September 30, 1996),  (2) the Holding  Company and the  Association's
Tax-Qualified Employee Plans; provided, however, that the Tax-Qualified Employee
Plans shall have first priority Subscription Rights to the extent that the total
number of shares of Common Stock sold in the  Conversion  exceeds the maximum of
the Estimated  Valuation  Range;  (3)  Supplemental  Eligible  Accounts  Holders
(deposit account holders of the Association maintaining a balance of $50 or more
as of ___________,  1998),  (4) Other Members  (depositors of the Association at
the close of business on _______ __, 1998 and  Borrowers of the  Association  on
________ __, 198_ and _______ __, 1998,  the voting  record date for the Special
Meeting) and (5)  officers,  directors  and  employees of the  Association.  All
subscriptions  received will be subject to the  availability  of Holding Company
Common Stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior
rights in the  Subscription  Offering,  and to the maximum and minimum  purchase
limitations set forth in the Plan of Conversion.

         Category  No. 1 is  reserved  for the  Association's  Eligible  Account
Holders.  Subscription  Rights to purchase  shares under this  category  will be
allocated  among  Eligible  Account  Holders to permit  each such  depositor  to
purchase  shares in this  Category in an amount equal to the greater of $150,000
of Common Stock,  one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the total shares offered in
the Conversion,  or 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number)
obtained by multiplying  the total number of shares of Common Stock to be issued
by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying deposits of
the  Eligible  Account  Holder and the  denominator  is the total  amount of the
qualifying  deposit of the Eligible Account Holders in the Association,  in each
case on the Eligibility  Record Date. To the extent shares are oversubscribed in
this  category,  shares  shall be  allocated  first to permit  each  subscribing
Eligible  Account  Holder to purchase,  to the extent  possible,  100 shares and
thereafter among each  subscribing  Eligible Account Holder pro rata in the same
proportion that his Qualifying Deposit bears to the total Qualifying Deposits of
all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

         Category  No. 2 provides  for the  issuance of  Subscription  Rights to
Tax-Qualified Employee Plans to purchase up to 10% of the total amount of shares
of Common Stock issued in the Subscription  Offering on a second priority basis.
However,  such plans shall not, in the aggregate,  purchase more than 10% of the
Holding Company Common Stock issued.  The ESOP intends to purchase a total of 8%
of the Common Stock issued in the Conversion  under this category.  Subscription
Rights  received  pursuant to this category shall be  subordinated to all rights
received by Eligible Account Holders to purchase shares pursuant to Category No.
1;  provided,  however,  that  notwithstanding  any  provision  of the  Plan  of
Conversion to the contrary,  the  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans shall have first
priority  Subscription  Rights to the extent that the total  number of shares of
Common  Stock  sold in the  Conversion  exceeds  the  maximum  of the  Estimated
Valuation Range.


                                       114

<PAGE>



         Category No. 3 is reserved for the Association's  Supplemental Eligible
Account Holders. Subscription Rights to purchase shares under this category will
be allocated  among  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders to permit each such
depositor to purchase  shares in this Category in an amount equal to the greater
of $150,000 of Common Stock, one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the total shares
of Common Stock offered in the Conversion, or 15 times the product (rounded down
to the next whole number)  obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of
Common Stock to be issued by a fraction of which the  numerator is the amount of
the  qualifying  deposit of the  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder and the
denominator  is the total amount of the qualifying  deposit of the  Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holders  in  the  converting  Association  in  each  case  on
___________,  199_ (the "Supplemental  Eligibility Record Date"), subject to the
overall  purchase  limitation  after  satisfying the  subscriptions  of Eligible
Account  Holders  and  Tax  Qualified   Employee  Plans.  Any   non-transferable
Subscription  Rights received by an Eligible Account Holder shall reduce, to the
extent thereof,  the  subscription  rights to be distributed to such person as a
Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder. In the event of an  oversubscription  for
shares, the shares available shall be allocated first to permit each subscribing
Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder,  to the extent  possible,  to purchase a
number of shares  sufficient to make his total allocation  (including the number
of shares,  if any,  allocated in  accordance  with Category No. 1) equal to 100
shares,  and thereafter  among each  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible Account
Holder pro rata in the same proportion that his Qualifying  Deposit bears to the
total  Qualifying  Deposits of all  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

         Category No. 4 provides,  to the extent that shares are then  available
after satisfying the  subscriptions  of Eligible Account Holders,  Tax-Qualified
Employee Plans and Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders,  for the issuance of
Subscription  Rights to Other  Members to  purchase  in this  Category up to the
greater of $150,000 of Common Stock,  or one-tenth of one percent  (.10%) of the
Common Stock offered in the Conversion. In the event of an oversubscription, the
shares available shall be allocated among the subscribing Other Members pro rata
in the same  proportion that his number of votes on the Voting Record Date bears
to the total number of votes on the Voting Record Date of all subscribing  Other
Members on such date.  Such  number of votes  shall be  determined  based on the
Association's  mutual  charter  and bylaws in effect on the date of  approval by
members of this Plan of Conversion.

         Each depositor (including  individual  retirement accounts ("IRAs") and
Keogh  account  beneficiaries)  as of  __________  __,  1998 and  Borrower as of
________  __, 199_ and  _______ __, 1998 and the date of the Special  Meeting is
entitled  at the  Special  Meeting  to cast one vote for each  $100 or  fraction
thereof,  of the aggregate  withdrawal value of all of such depositor's  savings
accounts in the  Association  as of the  applicable  voting record date, up to a
maximum of 1,000 votes.  However,  no member may vote more than 1,000 votes.  In
general,  accounts  held in different  ownership  capacities  will be treated as
separate  memberships  for purposes of applying the 1,000 vote  limitation.  For
example, if two persons hold a $100,000 account in their joint names and each of
the persons  also holds a separate  account for  $100,000 in his own name,  each
person would be entitled to 1,000 votes for each separate account and they would
together be entitled to cast 1,000 votes on the basis of the joint account for a
total of 3,000 votes.

         Category  No. 5 provides  for the  issuance of  Subscription  Rights to
officers,  directors  and  employees  of the  Association,  to  purchase in this
Category up to $150,000 of the Common Stock

                                       115

<PAGE>



to the extent that shares are available after  satisfying the  subscriptions  of
eligible subscribers in preference Categories 1, 2, 3 and 4. The total number of
shares  which may be  purchased in the  conversion  under this  Category may not
exceed 24% of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock. In the event
of an  oversubscription,  the available  shares will be allocated pro rata among
all  subscribers  in this category based on the number of shares ordered by each
subscriber.

Public Offering and Direct Community Offering

         To the  extent  that  shares  remain  available  and  subject to market
conditions at or near the completion of the Subscription  Offering,  the Holding
Company may offer  shares  pursuant to the Plan to selected  persons in a Public
Offering  and/or  Direct  Community  Offering on a  best-efforts  basis  through
Capital  Resources  in such a manner as to  promote a wide  distribution  of the
Common Stock.  Any orders  received in connection  with the Public  Offering and
Direct  Community  Offerings if any,  will receive a lower  priority than orders
properly  made in the  Subscription  Offering  by  persons  properly  exercising
Subscription  Rights.  In  addition  depending  on  market  conditions,  Capital
Resources may utilize selected broker-dealers ("Selected Dealers") in connection
with the sale of shares in the Public Offering, if any. Common Stock sold in the
Public Offering and Direct Community  Offerings will be sold at $10.00 per share
and hence will be sold at the same price as all other shares in the  Conversion.
The Holding  Company and the  Association  have the right to reject  orders,  in
whole or in part,  in their sole  discretion  in the Public  Offering and Direct
Community Offering.

         No person,  together with any  associate or group of persons  acting in
concert, will be permitted to purchase more than $150,000 of Common Stock in the
Public  Offering  and  Direct  Community  Offering.  To  order  Common  Stock in
connection with the Public  Offering or Direct  Community  Offering,  if any, an
executed stock order and account withdrawal authorization and certification must
be received by Capital Resources prior to the termination of such Offering.  The
date by  which  orders  must be  received  in the  Public  Offering  and  Direct
Community  Offering  will  be  set  by  the  Holding  Company  at  the  time  of
commencement  of such offering;  provided  however,  if the Offering is extended
beyond  __________  __,  1998,  each  subscriber  will have the  opportunity  to
maintain,  modify  or  rescind  his or her  subscription.  In  such  event,  all
subscription  funds will be promptly  returned with interest to each  subscriber
unless he or she affirmatively indicates otherwise.

         Capital  Resources may enter into agreements  with Selected  Dealers to
assist in the sale of shares in the Public  Offering.  Selected Dealers may only
solicit  indications  of interest from their  customers to place orders with the
Holding  Company as of a certain date ("Order  Date") for the purchase of shares
of Conversion  Stock with the  authorization of Capital  Resources.  When and if
Capital  Resources and the Holding  Company  believe that enough  indications of
interest and orders have been received to  consummate  the  Conversion,  Capital
Resources will request,  as of the Order Date, Selected Dealers to submit orders
to purchase  shares for which they have  received  indications  of interest from
their customers.  Selected Dealers will send  confirmation of the orders to such
customers on the next business day after the Order Date. Customers who authorize
Selected  Dealers to debit their  brokerage  accounts  are  required to have the
funds for  payment in their  account on but not before the  closing  date of the
Conversion.  On the  closing  date,  Selected  Dealers  will remit  funds to the
account that the Holding  Company  established  for each Selected  Dealer.  Each
customer's  funds so  forwarded  to the  Holding  Company,  along with all other
accounts held in the same title, will

                                       116

<PAGE>



be insured up to the applicable legal limit.  After payment has been received by
the Holding  Company  from  Selected  Dealers,  funds will earn  interest at the
Association's  passbook rate until the completion of the Offering.  In the event
the Conversion is not consummated as described  above,  funds with interest will
be returned promptly to the Selected Dealers, who, in turn, will promptly credit
their customers' brokerage account.

         In the  event  the  Holding  Company  determines  to  conduct  a Public
Offering  and/or  Direct  Community  Offering,  persons to whom a prospectus  is
delivered  may  subscribe  for shares of Common Stock by  submitting a completed
stock order and account withdrawal authorization (provided by Capital Resources)
and an executed  certification along with immediately available funds (which may
be obtained by debiting a Capital Resources account) to Capital Resources by not
later than the public  offering  expiration  date (as established by the Holding
Company).  Promptly  upon receipt of available  funds,  together with a properly
executed stock order and account  withdrawal  authorization  and  certification,
Capital  Resources  will  forward  such  funds  to  Gloversville  Federal  to be
deposited in a subscription escrow account.

         If a  subscription  in the  Public  Offering  and/or  Direct  Community
Offering  is  accepted,  promptly  after the  completion  of the  Conversion,  a
certificate  for the  appropriate  amount of shares will be forwarded to Capital
Resources as nominee for the beneficial  owner. In the event that a subscription
is not accepted or the  Conversion  is not  consummated,  the  Association  will
promptly refund with interest the subscription  funds to Capital Resources which
will then return the funds to subscribers'  accounts. If the aggregate pro forma
market  value of the Company and the  Association,  as  converted,  is less than
$4,250,000  or more  than  $6,612,500,  each  subscriber  will have the right to
modify or rescind his or her subscription.

         The  opportunity  to subscribe for shares of Common Stock in the Public
Offering  and/or  Direct  Community  Offering  is  subject  to the  right of the
Association  and the Holding  Company,  in their sole  discretion,  to accept or
reject any such orders in whole or in part.

Additional Purchase Restrictions

         The Plan also provides for certain additional  limitations to be placed
upon the purchase of shares in the  Conversion.  Specifically,  no person (other
than a Tax-Qualified  Employee Plan) by himself or herself or with an associate,
and no group of persons  acting in concert,  may  subscribe for or purchase more
than $150,000 of Common Stock. For purposes of this limitation,  an associate of
a person does not include a  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plan or Non-Tax  Qualified
Employee  Plan in which the  person has a  substantial  beneficial  interest  or
serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity.  Moreover,  for purposes
of this paragraph, shares held by one or more Tax Qualified or Non-Tax Qualified
Employee  Plans  attributed  to a person  shall not be  aggregated  with  shares
purchased  directly by or otherwise  attributable to that person except for that
portion of a plan which is self-directed  by a person.  See "- Stock Pricing and
Number of Shares to be  Issued"  regarding  potential  changes  in  Subscription
Rights in the event of a  decrease  in the  number of shares to be issued in the
Conversion. Officers and directors and their associates may not purchase, in the
aggregate,  more  than  34% of the  shares  to be  sold in the  Conversion.  For
purposes of the Plan, the members of the Board of Directors are not deemed to be
acting in concert  solely by reason of their Board  membership.  For purposes of
this limitation, an associate of an officer or director does not

                                       117

<PAGE>



include a Tax-Qualified  Employee Plan. Moreover, any shares attributable to the
officers  and  directors  and  their  associates,  but  held by a  Tax-Qualified
Employee Plan (other than that portion of a plan which is  self-directed)  shall
not be included in calculating the number of shares which may be purchased under
the  limitations in this  paragraph.  Shares  purchased by employees who are not
officers or directors of the Association,  or their associates,  are not subject
to this  limitation.  The term  "associate" is used above to indicate any of the
following  relationships  with a person:  (i) any  corporation  or  organization
(other  than  the  Holding  Company  or  the  Association  or  a  majority-owned
subsidiary of the Holding  Company or the  Association)  of which a person is an
officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or
more of any class of equity  security;  (ii) any trust or other  estate in which
such  person has a  substantial  beneficial  interest or as to which such person
serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity;  and (iii) any relative or
spouse of such  person or any  relative  of such spouse who has the same home as
such  person or who is a  director  or  officer  of the  Holding  Company or the
Association or any subsidiary of the Holding Company or the Association.

         The Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Association,  in
their sole discretion, may increase the maximum purchase limitations referred to
above up to 9.99% of the total  shares to be offered in the  Offering,  provided
that  orders  for  shares  exceeding  5.0% of the  shares  being  offered in the
Offering shall not exceed, in the aggregate,  10% of the shares being offered in
the Offering or decrease the maximum  purchase  limitation to one percent of the
Common Stock offered in the Conversion.  Requests to purchase  additional shares
of  Common  Stock  under  this  provision  will be  allocated  by the  Boards of
Directors on a pro rata basis giving  priority in  accordance  with the priority
rights set forth above. Depending on market and financial conditions, the Boards
of Directors of the Holding  Company and the  Association,  with the approval of
the OTS and without  further  approval of the members,  may increase or decrease
any of the above purchase limitations.

         To the extent that shares are available, each subscriber must subscribe
for a minimum of 25 shares.  In computing  the number of shares to be allocated,
all numbers will be rounded down to the next whole number.

         Common Stock  purchased in the Conversion  will be freely  transferable
except  for  shares  purchased  by  executive  officers  and  directors  of  the
Association  or  the  Holding  Company.  See  "-  Restrictions  on  Transfer  of
Subscription Rights and Shares."

Marketing Arrangements

         Gloversville  Federal has retained Capital  Resources,  a broker-dealer
registered with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "SEC") and a member
of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), to consult
with and advise the Association  and to assist in the  distribution of shares in
the Offering on a best-efforts  basis.  Capital  Resources is  headquartered  in
Washington,  D.C.  and its phone  number is (202)  466-5685.  Among the services
Capital  Resources  will  perform are (i) training  and  educating  Gloversville
Federal employees,  who will be performing certain ministerial  functions in the
Offering,  regarding the mechanics and regulatory requirements of the stock sale
process,  (ii)  keeping  records  of orders for  shares of Common  Stock,  (iii)
targeting   Gloversville   Federal's  sales  efforts  including  preparation  of
marketing materials, (iv) assisting in the

                                       118

<PAGE>



collection  of proxies  from  Members  for use at the Special  Meeting,  and (v)
providing its registered stock  representatives  to staff the Stock  Information
Center and meeting with and assisting potential  subscribers.  For its services,
Capital Resources will receive a fee of $90,000.

         To the extent  registered  broker-dealers  are  utilized,  the  Holding
Company will pay a fee, to be negotiated,  to such Selected  Dealers,  including
any  sponsoring  dealer fees.  Fees paid to Capital  Resources  and to any other
broker-dealer  may be deemed to be underwriting  fees, and Capital Resources and
such other broker-dealers may be deemed to be underwriters.  The Holding Company
has agreed to  reimburse  Capital  Resources  for its  reasonable  out-of-pocket
expenses (not to exceed $15,000 without management approval), and its legal fees
and  expenses  (not  to  exceed  $20,000  without  management  approval)  and to
indemnify  Capital  Resources  against certain claims or liabilities,  including
certain liabilities under the Securities Act.

         In the event there is a Public Offering or Direct  Community  Offering,
procedures may be implemented to permit a purchaser to pay for his or her shares
with funds held by or deposited with Capital  Resources or a "Selected  Dealer."
See "- Public Offering and Direct Community Offering."

         Directors  and  executive  officers  of the  Holding  Company  and  the
Association may, to a limited extent,  participate in the solicitation of offers
to purchase  Common Stock.  Sales will be made from a Stock  Information  Center
located away from the publicly  accessible areas  (including  teller windows) of
the Association's  office. Other employees of the Association may participate in
the Offering in administrative capacities,  providing clerical work in effecting
a sales  transaction or answering  questions of a potential  purchaser  provided
that the content of the employee's responses is limited to information contained
in this  Prospectus or other offering  document.  Other questions of prospective
purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered  representatives
of Capital  Resources.  Such other employees have been instructed not to solicit
offers to purchase  Common  Stock or provide  advice  regarding  the purchase of
Common  Stock.  To the extent  permitted  under  applicable  law,  directors and
executive officers of the Holding Company and the Association may participate in
the  solicitation  of offers to purchase  Common  Stock,  except in the State of
Texas where only a representative of Capital Resources will be able to offer and
sell securities to Texas residents.  The Holding Company will rely on Rule 3a4-1
under the Exchange  Act and sales of Common  Stock will be conducted  within the
requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to
participate in the sale of Common Stock. No officer, director or employee of the
Holding  Company or the  Association  will be compensated in connection with his
participation by the payment of commissions or other  remuneration  based either
directly or indirectly on the transactions in the Common Stock.

         A conversion center will be established at the Association's office, in
an area separated from the Association's banking operations. No sales activities
will be conducted in the public areas of the Association's  offices, but persons
will be able to obtain a Prospectus and sales  information  at such places,  and
employees will inform  prospective  purchasers to direct their  questions to the
conversion center and will provide such persons with the telephone number of the
conversion  center.  Completed stock orders will be accepted at such places, and
will be promptly forwarded to the conversion center for processing.


                                       119

<PAGE>



         The Association and the Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to
comply  with the  securities  laws of all states in the  United  States in which
persons  entitled to subscribe for shares,  pursuant to the Plan of  Conversion,
reside.  However, no shares will be offered or sold under the Plan of Conversion
to any such  person  who (1)  resides in a foreign  country or (2)  resides in a
state of the United States in which a small number of persons otherwise eligible
to subscribe for shares under the Plan of  Conversion  reside or as to which the
Association  and  the  Holding  Company   determine  that  compliance  with  the
securities  law of such  state  would be  impracticable  for  reasons of cost or
otherwise,  including, but not limited to, a requirement that the Association or
the Holding Company or any of their officers,  directors or employees  register,
under the securities laws of such state, as a broker, dealer, salesmen or agent.
No payments will be made in lieu of the granting of  Subscription  Rights to any
such person.

Method of Payment for Subscriptions

         To purchase shares in the Subscription Offering, an executed order form
and certification  form with the required payment for each share subscribed for,
or with appropriate  authorization for withdrawal from the Association's deposit
account  (which may be given by completing the  appropriate  blanks in the order
form), must be received by the Association by noon, Gloversville, New York time,
on ________  __,  1998.  Order forms which are not  received by such time or are
executed  defectively  or are  received  without  full  payment (or  appropriate
withdrawal instructions) are not required to be accepted.

         To order Common Stock in  connection  with the Public  Offering  and/or
Direct  Community  Offering,  if  any,  an  executed  stock  order  and  account
withdrawal authorization and certification must be received by Capital Resources
prior to the  termination  of such  offering.  The date by which  orders must be
received in the Public Offering and Direct Community Offering will be set by the
Holding Company at the time of commencement of such offerings,  if any; provided
however,  if the Offering is extended  beyond ________ __, 1998, each subscriber
will  have  the   opportunity  to  maintain,   modify  or  rescind  his  or  her
subscription.  In such event, all subscription  funds will be promptly  returned
with  interest  to each  subscriber  unless  he or she  affirmatively  indicates
otherwise.  In  addition,  the  Holding  Company  and  the  Association  are not
obligated to accept orders submitted on photocopies or facsimile order forms.

         The  Holding  Company  and the  Association  have the right to waive or
permit the  correction of incomplete or improperly  executed  forms,  but do not
represent that they will do so. Once  received,  an executed order form or stock
order and  account  withdrawal  authorization  may not be  modified,  amended or
rescinded without the consent of the Holding Company and the Association  unless
the Conversion has not been completed by _________ __, 1998.

         Payment for subscriptions in the Subscription Offering, may be made (i)
in cash if delivered in person at the office of the  Association,  (ii) by check
or money order or (iii) by  authorization  of withdrawal  from deposit  accounts
maintained with the Association. Interest will be paid on payments made by cash,
check,  bank draft or money order,  whether or not the Conversion is complete or
terminated,  at the Association's current passbook rate from the date payment is
received until the completion or  termination of the  Conversion.  If payment is
made by  authorization  of withdrawal  from deposit or time accounts,  the funds
authorized to be withdrawn from such account

                                       120

<PAGE>



will continue to accrue  interest at the contractual  rates until  completion or
termination of the  Conversion.  Such funds will be unavailable to the depositor
until completion or termination of the Conversion.

         If a subscriber  authorizes  the  Association to withdraw the amount of
the Purchase Price from his certificate  account,  the Association will do so as
of the effective date of Conversion.  The Association  will waive any applicable
penalties for early  withdrawal from time accounts at  Gloversville  Federal for
the  purpose  of  purchasing  Common  Stock.  If  the  remaining  balance  in  a
certificate  account is reduced below the applicable minimum balance requirement
at the time that the funds actually are transferred under the authorization, the
rate paid on the remaining  balance of the certificate will earn interest at the
then-current passbook rate.

         Owners of self-directed  IRAs may under certain  circumstances  use the
assets of such IRAs to purchase shares of Common Stock in the Offering, provided
that such IRAs are  self-directed  and are not  maintained  at the  Association.
Persons  with  IRAs  maintained  at the  Association  must have  their  accounts
transferred  to an  unaffiliated  institution  or broker to  purchase  shares of
Common Stock in the  Offering.  In  addition,  the  provisions  of the ERISA and
Internal Revenue Service  regulations  require that officers,  directors and 10%
stockholders who use  self-directed IRA funds to purchase shares of Common Stock
in the Offering make such purchases for the exclusive benefit of the IRAs.

         If the ESOP  subscribes  for shares during the  Subscription  Offering,
such plan will not be required to pay for the shares  subscribed for at the time
it subscribes,  but rather,  may pay for such shares of Common Stock  subscribed
for the Purchase Price upon consummation of the Conversion,  provided that there
is in force from the time of its subscription until such time, a loan commitment
to lend to the ESOP, at such time,  the aggregate  Purchase  Price of the shares
for which it subscribed.

         For  information  regarding the submission of orders in connection with
the Public Offering and Direct  Community  Offering,  see "- Public Offering and
Direct Community Offering."

         All refunds and any interest due will be paid after  completion  of the
Conversion.  Certificates  representing shares of Common Stock purchased will be
mailed to  purchasers  at the last  address  of such  persons  appearing  on the
records of the  Association,  or to such other  address as may be  specified  in
properly completed order forms, as soon as practicable following consummation of
the  sale  of  all  shares  of  Common  Stock.  Any  certificates   returned  as
undeliverable will be disposed of in accordance with applicable law.

         To ensure that each  purchaser  receives a prospectus at least 48 hours
prior to the Expiration  Date in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8 under the Exchange
Act, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to such date or
hand  delivered  any later than two days prior to such  date.  Execution  of the
order form will  confirm  receipt or delivery in  accordance  with Rule  15c2-8.
Order forms will only be distributed  with a prospectus.  The  Association  will
accept for  processing  only orders  submitted on original  order forms with the
form of  certification.  Photocopies  or  facsimile  copies  of  order  forms or
certifications  will not be accepted.  Payment by cash, check, money order, bank
draft or debit  authorization  to an existing  account at the  Association  must
accompany the order form. No wire transfers will be accepted.

                                       121

<PAGE>



         In order to ensure that Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible
Account  Holders and Other  Members are  properly  identified  as to their stock
purchase priorities, depositors as of the Eligibility Record Date (September 30,
1996),  Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date  (___________,  1998)  and/or the
Voting  Record Date (_______ __, 1997) must list all accounts on the stock order
form giving all names on each account and the account number
as of the applicable record date.

         In addition to the foregoing,  if shares are offered  through  Selected
Dealers, a purchaser may pay for his shares with funds held by or deposited with
a Selected  Dealer.  If an order form is executed and  forwarded to the Selected
Dealer or if the  Selected  Dealer is  authorized  to execute  the order form on
behalf of a purchaser, the Selected Dealer is required to forward the order form
and funds to the  Association  for deposit in a segregated  account on or before
noon of the business day following receipt of the order form or execution of the
order form by the Selected Dealer.  Alternatively,  Selected Dealers may solicit
indications of interest from their  customers who indicated an interest and seek
their confirmation as to their intent to purchase. Those indicating an intent to
purchase shall forward executed order forms and certifications to their Selected
Dealer or  authorize  the Selected  Dealer to execute  such forms.  The Selected
Dealer will  acknowledge  receipt of the order to its customer in writing on the
following  business  day and will  debit  such  customer's  account on the third
business day after the customer has confirmed his intent to purchase (the "debit
date") and on or before noon of the next  business day  following the debit date
will send order forms and funds to the  Association  for deposit in a segregated
account.  If such alternative  procedure is employed,  purchasers' funds are not
required to be in their accounts with Selected Dealers until the debit date.

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

         Prior  to  the  completion  of  the  Conversion,   the  OTS  conversion
regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible
Account Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans,  Supplemental  Eligible Account
Holders, Other Members and employees,  officers and directors, from transferring
or  entering  into any  agreement  or  understanding  to  transfer  the legal or
beneficial  ownership of the  subscription  rights  issued under the Plan or the
shares of Common  Stock to be issued  upon their  exercise.  Such  rights may be
executed  only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his  account.
Each person exercising such subscription rights will be required to certify that
he is purchasing  shares solely for his own account and that he has no agreement
or  understanding  regarding  the  sale  or  transfer  of such  shares.  The OTS
regulations  also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of
an offer or  intent to make an offer to  purchase  such  subscription  rights or
shares of Common Stock prior to the completion of the Conversion.

         The  Association  and the Holding  Company may pursue any and all legal
and  equitable  remedies  in the event  they  become  aware of the  transfer  of
subscription  rights  and will not honor  orders  known by them to  involve  the
transfer of such rights.

         Except as to directors and executive  officers of the  Association  and
the Holding  Company,  the shares of Common Stock sold in the Conversion will be
freely transferable.  Shares purchased by directors, executive officers or their
associates  in the  Conversion  shall be subject to the  restrictions  that said
shares shall not be sold during the period of one year following the date of

                                       122

<PAGE>



purchase,  except  in the event of the  death of the  stockholder.  Accordingly,
stock  certificates  issued  by the  Holding  Company  to  directors,  executive
officers and their associates shall bear a legend giving  appropriate  notice of
such restriction and, in addition,  the Association and the Holding Company will
give  appropriate  instructions  to the transfer agent for the Common Stock with
respect to the applicable  restriction  upon transfer of any restricted  shares.
Any shares issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise,
to holders of restricted  stock,  shall be subject to the same restrictions that
may apply to such  restricted  stock.  Holding  Company stock (like the stock of
most  companies)  is  subject  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act.
Accordingly,  Holding  Company  stock may be offered and sold only in compliance
with  registration  requirements  or pursuant to an  applicable  exemption  from
registration.

         Holding Company stock received in the Conversion by persons who are not
"affiliates" of the Holding Company may be resold without  registration.  Shares
received by affiliates of the Holding Company (primarily the directors, officers
and principal stockholders of the Holding Company) will be subject to the resale
restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which are discussed below.

         Rule 144 generally  requires that there be publicly  available  certain
information concerning the Holding Company, and that sales thereunder be made in
routine  brokerage  transactions or through a market maker. If the conditions of
Rule 144 are  satisfied,  each  affiliate (or group of persons acting in concert
with one or more  affiliates) is entitled to sell in the public market,  without
registration,  in any  three-month  period,  a number of shares  which  does not
exceed  the  greater of (i) 1% of the  number of  outstanding  shares of Holding
Company  stock,  or (ii) if the  stock is  admitted  to  trading  on a  national
securities  exchange or reported  through the  automated  quotation  system of a
registered securities bank, the average weekly reported volume of trading during
the four weeks preceding the sale.

Participation by the Board and Executive Officers

         The  directors  and  executive  officers of  Gloversville  Federal have
indicated their intention to purchase in the Conversion an aggregate of $385,500
of Common Stock, equal to .90%, .77%, .67% or .58% of the number of shares to be
issued in the  Offering,  at the  minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and 15% above the
maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range, respectively. The following table sets
forth information  regarding  Subscription Rights to Common Stock intended to be
exercised by each of the  directors  of the  Association,  including  members of
their  immediate  family and their  IRAs,  and by all  directors  and  executive
officers as a group.  The following table assumes that 5.0 million  shares,  the
midpoint of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range,  of Common Stock are issued at the
Purchase Price of $10.00 per share and that sufficient  shares will be available
to satisfy the subscriptions  indicated. The table does not include shares to be
purchased  through the ESOP (8.0% of shares issued in the Conversion) or awarded
under  the  proposed  RRP (an  amount  of shares  which  may be  acquired  after
stockholder  ratification  of such plan equal to 4.0% of the shares  sold in the
Conversion)  or proposed  Stock  Option  Plan (an amount of shares  which may be
issued after stockholder  ratification of such plan equal to 10.0% of the shares
sold in the Conversion).



                                       123

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       Number
                                                                       Aggregate      of Shares     Percent of
                                                                       Purchase       at $10.00     Shares at
     Name                              Title                             Price        per Share(1)   Midpoint 
     ----                              -----                             -----        ------------   -------- 
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>             <C>            <C> 
Priscilla J. Bell                   Director                            $10,000         1,000          .02%
Timothy E. Delaney                  Director                            100,000        10,000          .20
Lewis E. Kolar                      Director, President and Chief
                                    Executive Officer                    75,000         7,500          .15
Donald I. Lee                       Director and Secretary               50,000         5,000          .10
Richard D. Ruby                     Chairman of the Board               100,000        10,000          .20
Robert J. Sofarelli                 Director                             20,000         2,000          .04
All other executive officers
   as a group                                                            30,500         3,050          .07
All directors and executive
officers as a group (8 persons)                                         385,500        38,550          .77
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Does not include  subscriptions  by the ESOP, or options which are intended
     to be granted  under the  proposed  Stock Option Plan or  restricted  stock
     awards which are intended to be granted under the proposed RRP,  subject to
     stockholder ratification of such plans.


Risk of Delayed Offering

         The completion of the sale of all  unsubscribed  shares in the Offering
will be dependent,  in part, upon the Association's operating results and market
conditions at the time of the Offering. Under the Plan of Conversion, all shares
offered in the Conversion must be sold within a period ending 24 months from the
date of the Special  Meeting.  While the  Association  and the  Holding  Company
anticipate  completing the sale of shares offered in the Conversion  within this
period, if the Board of Directors of the Association and the Holding Company are
of the opinion  that  economic  conditions  generally or the market for publicly
traded thrift  institution  stocks make  undesirable a sale of the Common Stock,
then the Offering may be delayed until such conditions improve.

         A  material  delay in the  completion  of the sale of all  unsubscribed
shares in the Public Offering or otherwise may result in a significant  increase
in  the  costs  of  completing  the  Conversion.   Significant  changes  in  the
Association's  operations and financial condition, the aggregate market value of
the shares to be issued in the  Conversion  and general  market  conditions  may
occur during such material delay. In the event the Conversion is not consummated
within  24  months  after  the  date of the  Special  Meeting  of  Members,  the
Association  would  charge  accrued  Conversion  costs  to then  current  period
operations.

Approval, Interpretation, Amendment and Termination

         All  interpretations  of  the  Plan  of  Conversion,  as  well  as  the
completeness and validity of order forms and stock order and account  withdrawal
authorizations, will be made by the Association and the Holding Company and will
be final, subject to the authority of the OTS and the requirements of applicable
law. The Plan of Conversion  provides that, if deemed  necessary or desirable by
the

                                       124

<PAGE>



Boards of  Directors of the  Association  and the Holding  Company,  the Plan of
Conversion  may be  substantively  amended  by the  Boards of  Directors  of the
Association  and the Holding  Company,  as a result of comments from  regulatory
authorities  or otherwise,  at any time with the  concurrence of the OTS and the
SEC. In the event the Plan of Conversion is substantially  amended, other than a
change in the maximum  purchase  limits set forth  herein,  the Holding  Company
intends to notify  subscribers  of the change and to refund  subscription  funds
with interest unless subscribers  affirmatively  elect to increase,  decrease or
maintain their subscriptions.  The Plan of Conversion will terminate if the sale
of all shares is not  completed  within 24 months  after the date of the Special
Meeting of Members.  The Plan of  Conversion  may be terminated by the Boards of
Directors of the Holding Company and the Association with the concurrence of the
OTS, at any time. A specific  resolution  approved by a  two-thirds  vote of the
Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Association would be required
to terminate the Plan of Conversion prior to the end of such 24-month period.

Restrictions on Repurchase of Stock

         For a period of three years following  Conversion,  the Holding Company
may not  repurchase  any shares of its capital  stock,  except in the case of an
offer to  repurchase on a pro rata basis made to all holders of capital stock of
the Holding  Company.  Any such offer shall be subject to the prior  approval of
the OTS.  Furthermore,  the Holding  Company may not repurchase any of its stock
(i) if the  result  thereof  would be to reduce  the  regulatory  capital of the
Association  below  the  amount  required  for  the  liquidation  account  to be
established  pursuant to OTS  regulations and (ii) except in compliance with the
requirements of the OTS' capital distribution rule.

         The above  limitations  are subject to the OTS  conversion  rules which
generally  provide that the Holding  Company may  repurchase  its capital  stock
provided (i) no  repurchases  occur  within one year  following  the  Conversion
(subject to certain  exceptions),  (ii) repurchases  during the second and third
year after conversion are part of an open market stock  repurchase  program that
does  not  allow  for a  repurchase  of more  than 5% of the  Holding  Company's
outstanding  capital stock during a 12- month period,  (iii) the  repurchases do
not  cause the  Association  to become  undercapitalized,  and (iv) the  Holding
Company provides notice to the OTS at lease 10 days prior to the commencement of
a  repurchase  program  and the OTS  does not  object  to such  regulations.  In
addition,  the above limitations do not preclude repurchases of capital stock by
the Holding Company in the event applicable federal  regulatory  limitations are
subsequently liberalized.

Income Tax Consequences

         Consummation  of the  Conversion  is expressly  conditioned  upon prior
receipt  by the  Association  of either a ruling  from the IRS or an  opinion of
Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to federal taxation, and an opinion
of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP with respect to New York  taxation,  to the effect that
consummation of the Conversion will not be taxable to the converted  Association
or the Holding  Company.  The full text of the Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P.
opinion, the RP Financial Letter (hereinafter defined) and the KPMG Peat Marwick
LLP opinion,  which opinions are summarized  herein,  were filed with the SEC as
exhibits to the  Holding  Company's  Registration  Statement  on Form SB-2.  See
"Additional Information."


                                       125

<PAGE>



         An opinion  which is  summarized  below has been  received from Silver,
Freedman  &  Taff,  L.L.P.  with  respect  to  the  proposed  Conversion  of the
Association to the stock form. The Silver,  Freedman Taff, L.L.P. opinion states
that  (i)  the  Conversion  will  qualify  as  a  reorganization  under  Section
368(a)(1)(F)  of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and no gain or
loss will be  recognized  to the  Association  in either its mutual  form or its
stock form by reason of the  proposed  Conversion,  (ii) no gain or loss will be
recognized  to the  Association  in its stock form upon the receipt of money and
other  property,  if  any,  from  the  Holding  Company  for  the  stock  of the
Association;  and no gain or loss will be recognized to the Holding Company upon
the receipt of money for Common Stock of the Holding  Company;  (iii) the assets
of the  Association  in either  its  mutual or its stock form will have the same
basis before and after the Conversion;  (iv) the holding period of the assets of
the  Association  in its stock form will  include  the period  during  which the
assets were held by the Association in its mutual form prior to Conversion;  (v)
gain, if any, will be realized by the  depositors  of the  Association  upon the
constructive   issuance  to  them  of  withdrawable   deposit  accounts  of  the
Association in its stock form,  nontransferable  subscription rights to purchase
Holding Company Common Stock and/or  interests in the  Liquidation  Account (any
such gain will be  recognized by such  depositors,  but only in an amount not in
excess of the fair  market  value of the  subscription  rights  and  Liquidation
Account  interests  received);  (vi) the basis of the account  holder's  savings
accounts in the  Association  after the Conversion will be the same as the basis
of his or her savings accounts in the Association prior to the Conversion; (vii)
the basis of each  account  holder's  interest  in the  Liquidation  Account  is
assumed to be zero;  (viii) based on the RP  Financial  Letter,  as  hereinafter
defined,  the basis of the  subscription  rights will be zero; (ix) the basis of
the Holding Company Common Stock to its stockholders  will be the purchase price
thereof;  (x) a  stockholder's  holding period for Holding  Company Common Stock
acquired through the exercise of subscription  rights shall begin on the date on
which the  subscription  rights are  exercised  and the  holding  period for the
Conversion  Stock  purchased in the Offering will commence on the date following
the date on which such stock is  purchased;  (xi) the  Association  in its stock
form will  succeed to and take into  account the earnings and profits or deficit
in earnings and profits, of the Association,  in its mutual form, as of the date
of Conversion; (xii) the Association, immediately after Conversion, will succeed
to and take into account the bad debt reserve  accounts of the  Association,  in
mutual form, and the bad debt reserves will have the same character in the hands
of the Association after Conversion as if no Conversion had occurred; and (xiii)
the creation of the Liquidation Account will have no effect on the Association's
taxable  income,  deductions  or addition to reserve for bad debts either in its
mutual or stock form.

         The opinion from Silver,  Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. is based, among other
things,  on certain  assumptions,  including the  assumptions  that the exercise
price of the  Subscription  Rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock will
be approximately equal to the fair market value of that stock at the time of the
completion of the proposed Conversion.  With respect to the Subscription Rights,
the  Association  will  receive a letter from RP  Financial  (the "RP  Financial
Letter")  which,   based  on  certain   assumptions,   will  conclude  that  the
Subscription  Rights to be received by Eligible  Account  Holders,  Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders and other eligible subscribers do not have any economic
value at the time of  distribution  or at the time the  Subscription  Rights are
exercised, whether or not a Public Offering takes place.

         The  Association  has also  received  an opinion of Silver,  Freedman &
Taff, L.L.P. to the effect that, based in part on the RP Financial  Letter:  (i)
no taxable income will be realized by depositors

                                       126

<PAGE>



as a result of the exercise of non-transferable  Subscription Rights to purchase
shares of Holding  Company  Common Stock at fair market  value;  (ii) no taxable
income will be recognized by borrowers, directors, officers and employees of the
Association on the receipt or exercise of Subscription Rights to purchase shares
of Holding  Company  Common  Stock at fair  market  value;  and (iii) no taxable
income will be realized by the Association or Holding Company on the issuance of
Subscription  Rights to  eligible  subscribers  to  purchase  shares of  Holding
Company Common Stock at fair market value.

         Notwithstanding the RP Financial Letter, if the Subscription Rights are
subsequently  found to have a fair market value and are deemed a distribution of
property,  it is Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P.'s opinion that gain or income
will be recognized by various recipients of the Subscription  Rights (in certain
cases,  whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Association  and/or the
Holding Company may be taxable on the distribution of the Subscription Rights.

         With  respect to New York  taxation,  the  Association  has received an
opinion  from  KPMG  Peat  Marwick  LLP to the  effect  that  the New  York  tax
consequences  to the  Association,  in its  mutual or stock  form,  the  Holding
Company,  eligible  account  holders,  parties  receiving  Subscription  Rights,
parties  purchasing  conversion  stock,  and other parties  participating in the
Conversion  will be the same as the federal  income tax  consequences  described
above.

         Unlike a private  letter  ruling,  the  opinions of Silver,  Freedman &
Taff, L.L.P. and KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, as well as the RP Financial Letter, have
no binding  effect or official  status,  and no assurance  can be given that the
conclusions  reached in any of those  opinions  would be sustained by a court if
contested by the IRS or the Delaware or New York tax authorities.

                    RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITIONS OF STOCK AND
                      RELATED TAKEOVER DEFENSIVE PROVISIONS

         Although  the Boards of Directors  of the  Association  and the Holding
Company are not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain  control of the
Holding Company after  Conversion,  the Board of Directors,  as discussed below,
believe that it is  appropriate  to include  certain  provisions  as part of the
Holding  Company's  certificate of incorporation to protect the interests of the
Holding Company and its stockholders from takeovers which the Board of Directors
of the Holding  Company  might  conclude  are not in the best  interests  of the
Association, the Holding Company or the Holding Company's stockholders.

         The following discussion is a general summary of material provisions of
the Holding Company's  certificate of incorporation and bylaws and certain other
regulatory provisions which may be deemed to have an "anti-takeover" effect. The
following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and,
with respect to provisions  contained in the Holding  Company's  certificate  of
incorporation  and bylaws  and the  Association's  proposed  stock  charter  and
bylaws,  reference should be made in each case to the document in question, each
of which is part of the Association's  Conversion Application filed with the OTS
and the  Holding  Company's  Registration  Statement  filed  with the  SEC.  See
"Additional Information."


                                       127

<PAGE>



Provisions of the Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

         Directors.  Certain provisions of the Holding Company's  certificate of
incorporation and bylaws will impede changes in majority control of the Board of
Directors.  The Holding Company's certificate of incorporation provides that the
Board of  Directors of the Holding  Company will be divided into three  classes,
with directors in each class elected for three-year  staggered  terms except for
the initial directors.  Thus,  assuming a Board of six directors,  it would take
two annual  elections to replace a majority of the Holding  Company's Board. The
Holding  Company's  certificate of incorporation  also provides that the size of
the Board of Directors may be increased or decreased  only by a majority vote of
the whole Board or by a vote of 80% of the shares eligible to be voted at a duly
constituted meeting of stockholders called for such purpose. The bylaws also pro
vide that any vacancy  occurring in the Board of Directors,  including a vacancy
created  by an  increase  in the  number of  directors,  shall be filled for the
remainder of the  unexpired  term by a majority  vote of the  directors  then in
office.  Finally, the bylaws impose certain notice and information  requirements
in connection  with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to
the Board of Directors or the proposal by  stockholders  of business to be acted
upon at an annual meeting of stockholders.

         The certificate of  incorporation  provides that a director may only be
removed for cause by the affirmative vote of 80% of the shares eligible to vote.

         Restrictions   on  Call  of  Special   Meetings.   The  certificate  of
incorporation  of the  Holding  Company  provides  that  a  special  meeting  of
stockholders  may be  called  only  pursuant  to a  resolution  of the  Board of
Directors and for only such business as directed by the Board.  Stockholders are
not authorized to call a special meeting.

         Absence of Cumulative  Voting.  The Holding  Company's  certificate  of
incorporation  does not provide for cumulative  voting rights in the election of
directors.

         Authorization  of Preferred  Stock. The certificate of incorporation of
the Holding Company  authorizes  100,000 shares of serial preferred stock,  $.01
par value.  The Holding Company is authorized to issue preferred stock from time
to time in one or more series  subject to applicable  provisions of law, and the
Board of Directors is authorized to fix the  designations,  powers,  preferences
and relative  participating,  optional and other special  rights of such shares,
including  voting  rights  (which could be multiple or as a separate  class) and
conversion  rights.  In the event of a proposed  merger,  tender  offer or other
attempt to gain control of the Holding  Company that the Board of Directors does
not approve,  it might be possible  for the Board of Directors to authorize  the
issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and  preferences  that would
impede the completion of such a transaction.  An effect of the possible issuance
of preferred stock,  therefore,  may be to deter a future takeover attempt.  The
Board of Directors  has no present plans or  understandings  for the issuance of
any preferred  stock and does not intend to issue any preferred  stock except on
terms which the Board deems to be in the best  interests of the Holding  Company
and its stockholders.

         Limitation on Voting Rights.  The certificate of  incorporation  of the
Holding  Company  provides  that in no  event  shall  any  record  owner  of any
outstanding Common Stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by
a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the

                                       128

<PAGE>



then outstanding shares of Common Stock (the "Limit"),  be entitled or permitted
to any  vote  in  respect  of the  shares  held in  excess  of the  Limit.  This
limitation would not inhibit any person from soliciting (or voting) proxies from
other  beneficial  owners for more than 10% of the Common  Stock or from  voting
such proxies. Beneficial ownership is to be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of
the General Rules and Regulations of the Exchange Act, and in any event includes
shares  beneficially  owned by any  affiliate of such person,  shares which such
person or his affiliates (as defined in the certificate of  incorporation)  have
the right to acquire  upon the  exercise  of  conversion  rights or options  and
shares as to which such person and his  affiliates  have or share  investment or
voting  power but shall not  include  shares  beneficially  owned by  directors,
officers and employees of the Association or the Holding Company. This provision
will be enforced by the Board of Directors to limit the voting rights of persons
beneficially  owning  more than 10% of the stock and thus could be utilized in a
proxy  contest or other  solicitation  to defeat a proposal that is desired by a
majority of the stockholders.

         Procedures for Certain  Business  Combinations.  The Holding  Company's
certificate  of  incorporation   requires  that  certain  business  combinations
(including transactions initiated by management) between the Holding Company (or
any majority-owned  subsidiary thereof) and a 10% or more stockholder either (i)
be approved by at least 80% of the total number of  outstanding  voting  shares,
voting as a single class, of the Holding Company, (ii) be approved by two-thirds
of the continuing  Board of Directors  (i.e.,  persons  serving prior to the 10%
stockholder  becoming such) or (iii) involve  consideration  per share generally
equal to that paid by such 10% stockholder when it acquired its block of stock.

         It should be noted  that,  since the Board and  executive  officers  (8
persons) intend to purchase  approximately $385,500 of the shares offered in the
Conversion and may control the voting of additional  shares through the ESOP and
proposed  RRP and Stock  Option Plan,  the Board and  management  may be able to
block the approval of  combinations  requiring an 80% vote even where a majority
of the stockholders vote to approve such combinations.

         Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. Amendments to the
Holding Company's  certificate of incorporation  must be approved by the Holding
Company's Board of Directors and also by a majority of the outstanding shares of
the Holding Company's voting stock, provided, however, that approval by at least
80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required for certain provisions
(i.e.,  provisions relating to number,  classification,  election and removal of
directors;  amendment of bylaws; call of special stockholder meetings; offers to
acquire  and  acquisitions  of control;  director  liability;  certain  business
combinations; power of indemnification; and amendments to provisions relating to
the foregoing in the certificate of incorporation).

         The bylaws may be amended by a majority  vote of the Board of Directors
or the affirmative  vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted
at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders.

         Purpose  and  Takeover  Defensive  Effects  of  the  Holding  Company's
Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws.  The  Board  of  Directors  of  the
Association  believes that the provisions  described  above are prudent and will
reduce the Holding Company's vulnerability to takeover

                                       129

<PAGE>



attempts and certain other  transactions which have not been negotiated with and
approved  by its Board of  Directors.  These  provisions  will also  assist  the
Association in the orderly deployment of the conversion proceeds into productive
assets during the initial  period after the  Conversion.  The Board of Directors
believes these provisions are in the best interest of the Association and of the
Holding Company and its stockholders. In the judgment of the Board of Directors,
the Holding  Company's  Board will be in the best position to determine the true
value of the Holding  Company and to negotiate more  effectively for what may be
in the best interests of its stockholders.  Ac cordingly, the Board of Directors
believes  that  it is in the  best  interests  of the  Holding  Company  and its
stockholders  to encourage  potential  acquirors to negotiate  directly with the
Board of  Directors  of the  Holding  Company  and that  these  provisions  will
encourage such negotiations and discourage hostile takeover attempts. It is also
the view of the Board of Directors that these  provisions  should not discourage
persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at prices reflective of the
true value of the  Holding  Company  and which is in the best  interests  of all
stockholders.

         Attempts  to  take  over  financial   institutions  and  their  holding
companies have recently become increasingly common. Takeover attempts which have
not been  negotiated  with and  approved  by the Board of  Directors  present to
stockholders  the risk of a takeover on terms which may be less  favorable  than
might otherwise be available.  A transaction which is negotiated and approved by
the  Board of  Directors,  on the  other  hand,  can be  carefully  planned  and
undertaken at an opportune time in order to obtain maximum value for the Holding
Company and its stockholders,  with due  consideration  given to matters such as
the management and business of the acquiring  corporation and maximum  strategic
development of the Holding Company's assets.

         An unsolicited takeover proposal can seriously disrupt the business and
management of a corporation and cause it great expense.  Although a tender offer
or  other  takeover  attempt  may be made at a price  substantially  above  then
current market  prices,  such offers are sometimes made for less than all of the
outstanding  shares  of a  target  company.  As a  result,  stockholders  may be
presented with the alternative of partially  liquidating  their  investment at a
time that may be disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise
which is under different  management and whose  objectives may not be similar to
those of the remaining  stockholders.  The concentration of control, which could
result from a tender  offer or other  takeover  attempt,  could also deprive the
Holding Company's  remaining  stockholders of the benefits of certain protective
provisions of the Exchange Act, if the number of beneficial  owners becomes less
than the 300 required for Exchange Act registration.

         Despite the belief of the Association and the Holding Company as to the
benefits  to  stock  holders  of  these  provisions  of  the  Holding  Company's
certificate  of  incorporation  and bylaws,  these  provisions may also have the
effect of discouraging a future takeover  attempt which would not be approved by
the Holding  Company's Board,  but pursuant to which  stockholders may receive a
substantial  premium for their  shares over then  current  market  prices.  As a
result,  stockholders  who might desire to participate in such a transaction may
not have any opportunity to do so. Such provi sions will also render the removal
of the Holding  Company's  Board of Directors and of management  more difficult.
The Board will enforce the voting limitation  provisions of the charter in proxy
solicitations and accordingly could utilize these provisions to defeat proposals
that are favored by a majority of the  stockholders.  The Boards of Directors of
the  Association  and the Holding  Company,  however,  have  concluded  that the
potential benefits outweigh the possible disadvantages.

                                       130

<PAGE>



         Pursuant to  applicable  law,  at any annual or special  meeting of its
stockholders  after the  Conversion,  the Holding  Company may adopt  additional
charter provisions regarding the acquisition of its equity securities that would
be permitted to a Delaware corporation.  The Holding Company and the Association
do not presently  intend to propose the adoption of further  restrictions on the
acquisition of the Holding Company's equity securities.

Other Restrictions on Acquisitions of Stock

         Delaware  Anti-Takeover  Statute.  The Delaware General Corporation Law
(the "DGCL")  provides that buyers who acquire more than 15% of the  outstanding
stock of a Delaware  corporation,  such as the Holding  Company,  are prohibited
from completing a hostile takeover of such corporation for three years. However,
the  takeover  can be  completed  if (i)  the  buyer,  while  acquiring  the 15%
interest,  acquires at least 85% of the corporation's outstanding stock (the 85%
requirement  excludes shares held by directors who are also officers and certain
shares held under employee stock plans), or (ii) the takeover is approved by the
target  corporation's  board  of  directors  and  two-thirds  of the  shares  of
outstanding stock of the corporation (excluding shares held by the bidder).

         However,  these  provisions  of the  DGCL  do  not  apply  to  Delaware
corporations with less than 2,000 stockholders or which do not have voting stock
listed on a national exchange or listed for quotation with a registered national
securities  association.   Gloversville  Federal  may  exempt  itself  from  the
requirements  of the statute by  adopting an  amendment  to its  Certificate  of
Incorporation  or Bylaws electing not to be governed by this  provision.  At the
present  time,  the  Board of  Directors  does not  intend to  propose  any such
amendment.

         Federal Regulation.  A federal regulation prohibits any person prior to
the completion of a conversion from transferring, or entering into any agreement
or  understanding  to  transfer,  the  legal  or  beneficial  ownership  of  the
subscription  rights issued under a plan of conversion or the stock to be issued
upon their  exercise.  This  regulation  also  prohibits any person prior to the
completion of a conversion from offering,  or making an announcement of an offer
or intent to make an offer, to purchase such  subscription  rights or stock. For
three years following conversion,  this regulation prohibits any person, without
the prior  approval of the OTS, from acquiring or making an offer to acquire (if
the offer is opposed by the savings  association)  more than 10% of the stock of
any converted  savings  institution if such person is, or after  consummation of
such acquisition  would be, the beneficial owner of more than 10% of such stock.
In the event that any person, directly or indirectly,  violates this regulation,
the  securities  beneficially  owned by such  person in excess of 10% may not be
counted as shares entitled to vote and may not be voted by any person or counted
as  voting  shares  in  connection  with  any  matter  submitted  to a  vote  of
stockholders.   Like  the  charter  provisions  outlined  above,  these  federal
regulations can make a change in control more difficult,  even if desired by the
holders  of the  majority  of the shares of the  stock.  The Board of  Directors
reserves the right to ask the OTS or other  federal  regulators to enforce these
restrictions  against persons seeking to obtain control of the Holding  Company,
whether in a proxy  solicitation  or otherwise.  The policy of the Board is that
these legal restrictions must be observed in every case,  including instances in
which an acquisition of control of the Holding  Company is favored by a majority
of the stockholders.


                                       131

<PAGE>



         Federal law provides that no company, "directly or indirectly or acting
in concert with one or more  persons,  or through one or more  subsidiaries,  or
through  one  or  more   transactions,"  may  acquire  "control"  of  a  savings
association  at any time  without the prior  approval  of the OTS. In  addition,
federal  regulations  require  that,  prior to  obtaining  control  of a savings
association,  a person, other than a company, must give 60 days' prior notice to
the OTS and have received no OTS objection to such  acquisition of control.  Any
company that acquires such control becomes a "savings and loan holding  company"
subject  to  registration,  examination  and  regulation  as a savings  and loan
holding  company.  Under  federal  law (as well as the  regulations  referred to
below) the term "savings  association"  includes  state and federally  chartered
SAIF-insured  institutions and federally  chartered savings banks whose accounts
are insured by the FDIC's BIF and holding companies thereof.

         Control,  as defined  under  federal law, in general  means  ownership,
control  of or holding  irrevocable  proxies  representing  more than 25% of any
class of voting stock,  control in any manner of the election of a majority of a
savings association's directors, or a determination by the OTS that the acquiror
has the power to direct,  or directly or  indirectly  to exercise a  controlling
influence  over, the management or policies of the  institution.  Acquisition of
more than 10% of any  class of a  savings  association's  voting  stock,  if the
acquiror also is subject to any one of eight  "control  factors,"  constitutes a
rebuttable  determination  of control  under the OTS  regulations.  Such control
factors  include the  acquiror  being one of the two largest  stockholders.  The
determination  of control may be rebutted by submission to the OTS, prior to the
acquisition of stock or the occurrence of any other circumstances giving rise to
such  determination,  of a statement setting forth facts and circumstances which
would support a finding that no control  relationship  will exist and containing
certain  undertakings.  The OTS  regulations  provide  that persons or companies
which  acquire  beneficial  ownership  exceeding  10% or more of any  class of a
savings  association's  stock  must file with the OTS a  certification  that the
holder is not in control of such  institution,  is not  subject to a  rebuttable
determination  of  control  and will  take no  action  which  would  result in a
determination or rebuttable  determination of control without prior notice to or
approval of the OTS, as applicable.


                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Holding Company Capital Stock

         The 1,300,000 shares of capital stock authorized by the Holding Company
certificate  of  incorporation  are  divided  into two  classes,  consisting  of
1,200,000  shares of Common Stock (par value $.01 per share) and 100,000  shares
of serial  preferred  stock (par  value $.01 per  share).  The  Holding  Company
currently  expects to issue  between  425,000  and  575,000  shares  (subject to
increase to 661,250) of Common Stock in the  Conversion  and no shares of serial
preferred  stock.  The aggregate par value of the issued shares will  constitute
the capital account of the Holding Company on a consolidated basis. Upon payment
of the  Purchase  Price,  all  shares  issued  in the  Conversion  will  be duly
authorized,  fully paid and nonassessable.  The balance of the purchase price of
Common Stock, less expenses of Conversion,  will be reflected as paid-in capital
on a consolidated basis. See "Capitalization."

         Each share of the Common Stock will have the same  relative  rights and
will be identical in all respects with each other share of the Common Stock. The
Common Stock of the Holding

                                       132

<PAGE>



Company will  represent  non-withdrawable  capital,  will not be of an insurable
type and will not be insured by the FDIC.

         Under  Delaware  law,  the  holders  of the Common  Stock will  possess
exclusive voting power in the Holding Company. Each stockholder will be entitled
to one vote for each  share  held on all  matters  voted  upon by  stockholders,
subject to the limitation discussed under "Restrictions on Acquisitions of Stock
and Related Takeover Defensive  Provisions - Provisions of the Holding Company's
Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws - Limitation on Voting Rights." If the
Holding Company issues preferred stock subsequent to the Conversion,  holders of
the preferred stock may also possess voting powers.

         Liquidation  or   Dissolution.   In  the  event  of  any   liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Association,  the Holding Company,  as the sole
holder of the  Association's  capital stock would be entitled to receive,  after
payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Association
(including  all  deposit  accounts  and  accrued  interest  thereon)  and  after
distribution of the balance in the special  liquidation  account to Eligible and
Supplemental  Account  Holders,  all  assets of the  Association  available  for
distribution.  In the event of  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding up of the
Holding  Company,  the holders of its Common Stock would be entitled to receive,
after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities,  all of
the  assets  of  the  Holding  Company  available  for  distribution.  See  "The
Conversion - Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors  and Borrowers of
the Association." If preferred stock is issued subsequent to the Conversion, the
holders  thereof  may have a priority  over the  holders of Common  Stock in the
event of liquidation or dissolution.

         No Preemptive Rights.  Holders of the Common Stock will not be entitled
to preemptive rights with respect to any shares which may be issued.  The Common
Stock will not be  subject  to call for  redemption,  and,  upon  receipt by the
Holding  Company of the full purchase price  therefor,  each share of the Common
Stock will be fully paid and nonassessable.

         Preferred  Stock.  After  Conversion,  the  Board of  Directors  of the
Holding Company will be authorized to issue preferred stock in series and to fix
and  state  the  voting   powers,   designations,   preferences   and  relative,
participating,  optional  or other  special  rights  of the  shares of each such
series and the qualifications,  limitations and restrictions thereof.  Preferred
stock may rank  prior to the Common  Stock as to  dividend  rights,  liquidation
preferences, or both, and may have full or limited voting rights. The holders of
preferred  stock will be  entitled to vote as a separate  class or series  under
certain circumstances,  regardless of any other voting rights which such holders
may have.

         Except as discussed above, the Holding Company has no present plans for
the  issuance of the  additional  authorized  shares of Common  Stock or for the
issuance of any shares of preferred  stock.  In the future,  the  authorized but
unissued and  unreserved  shares of Common  Stock will be available  for general
corporate  purposes,  including  but not limited to  possible  issuance as stock
dividends  or stock  splits,  in future  mergers or  acquisitions,  under a cash
dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan, in a future underwritten or other
public  offering,  or under a stock based  employee  plan.  The  authorized  but
unissued  shares of preferred  stock will similarly be available for issuance in
future mergers or  acquisitions,  in a future  underwritten  public  offering or
private placement or for other general corporate  purposes.  Except as described
herein or as otherwise

                                       133

<PAGE>



required to approve the transaction in which the additional authorized shares of
common  stock or  authorized  shares of  preferred  stock  would be  issued,  no
stockholder  approval  will  be  required  for the  issuance  of  these  shares.
Accordingly,  the Board of Directors of the Holding Company, without stockholder
approval,  can issue  preferred  stock with voting and  conversion  rights which
could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of Common Stock.

         Restrictions  on  Acquisitions.  See  "Restrictions  on Acquisitions of
Stock and Related  Takeover  Defensive  Provisions" for a description of certain
provisions of the Holding  Company's  certificate  of  incorporation  and bylaws
which  may  affect  the  ability  of  the  Holding  Company's   stockholders  to
participate in certain  transactions  relating to acquisitions of control of the
Holding Company.

         Dividends.  The Holding  Company's  Board of  Directors  may consider a
policy of paying cash  dividends on the Common Stock in the future.  No decision
has been made,  however,  as to the amount or timing of such dividends,  if any.
The declaration and payment of dividends are subject to, among other things, the
Holding  Company's then current and projected  consolidated  operating  results,
financial  condition,  regulatory  restrictions,  future  growth plans and other
factors the Board deems relevant.  Therefore, no assurance can be given that any
dividends will be declared.

         The  ability  of the  Holding  Company  to pay  cash  dividends  to its
stockholders will be dependent,  in part, upon the ability of the Association to
pay  dividends  to the  Holding  Company.  OTS  regulations  do not  permit  the
Association to declare or pay a cash dividend on its stock or repurchase  shares
of its stock if the effect thereof would be to cause its  regulatory  capital to
be reduced  below the amount  required  for the  liquidation  account or to meet
applicable  regulatory  capital  requirements.  See "Regulation - Limitations on
Dividends  and  Other  Capital  Distributions"  for  information  regarding  OTS
regulations  governing the Association's ability to pay dividends to the Holding
Company.

         Delaware law generally  limits  dividends of the Holding  Company to an
amount  equal to the excess of its net assets  over its  paid-in  capital or, if
there is no such excess,  to its net  earnings  for the current and  immediately
preceding fiscal year. In addition,  as the Holding Company does not anticipate,
for the immediate  future,  engaging in  activities  other than (i) investing in
cash,  short-term  securities  and  investment  and  mortgage-backed  securities
similar to those  invested in by the  Association  and (ii) holding the stock of
Gloversville  Federal,  the Holding  Company's  ability to pay dividends will be
limited,  in part, by the Association's  ability to pay dividends,  as set forth
above.

         Earnings  appropriated to the Association's  "Excess" bad debt reserves
and deducted for federal income tax purposes  cannot be used by the  Association
to pay cash dividends to the Holding Company  without adverse tax  consequences.
See "Regulation - Federal and State Taxation."


                              LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS

         The  legality  of  the  Common   Stock  and  the  federal   income  tax
consequences of the Conversion will be passed upon for  Gloversville  Federal by
the firm of Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P. (a limited  liability  partnership
including  professional  corporations),  7th Floor,  East  Tower,  1100 New York
Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20005. Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. has

                                       134

<PAGE>



consented  to the  references  herein to its  opinions.  The New York income tax
consequences  of the  Conversion  will be passed upon by KPMG Peat  Marwick LLP.
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP has consented to references herein to its opinion. Capital
Resources has been represented in the Conversion by Serchuk & Zelermyer, LLP, 81
Main Street, White Plains, New York.


                                     EXPERTS

         The financial  statements of  Gloversville  Federal as of September 30,
1997 and 1996 and for each of the years in the three year period ended September
30, 1997  appearing  in this  Prospectus  have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick
LLP,  independent  certified  public  accountants,  as set forth in their report
thereon  appearing  elsewhere  herein,  and is included  in  reliance  upon such
report,  given upon the  authority  of such firm as experts  in  accounting  and
auditing.

         RP Financial has  consented to the  inclusion  herein of the summary of
its letter to the Association  setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro
forma market value of the Holding  Company and the  Association as converted and
to the reference to its opinion that  subscription  rights  received by Eligible
Account  Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders  and other  eligible
subscribers do not have any economic value.


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         The  Holding  Company has filed with the SEC a  Registration  Statement
under the  Securities  Act with respect to the Common Stock offered  hereby.  As
permitted by the rules and  regulations  of the SEC,  this  Prospectus  does not
contain all the information set forth in the  Registration  Statement.  However,
the  prospectus  does contain a  description  of the material  provisions of the
documents contained therein.  Such information can be examined without charge at
the public  reference  facilities  of the SEC located at 450 Fifth  Street,  NW,
Washington,  DC 20549,  and copies of such material can be obtained from the SEC
at prescribed  rates. In addition,  the SEC maintains a Web site. The address of
the SEC's Web site is  "http://www.sec.gov."  The statements contained herein as
to the  contents of any  contract or other  document  filed as an exhibit to the
Registration  Statement  are, of  necessity,  brief  descriptions  thereof which
describe only the material provisions of such documents;  each such statement is
qualified by reference to such contract or document.

         The  Association  has filed an Application  for Conversion with the OTS
with respect to the  Conversion.  Pursuant to the rules and  regulations  of the
OTS, this Prospectus omits certain  information  contained in that  Application.
The  Application  may be examined at the  principal  offices of the OTS,  1700 G
Street, NW, Washington,  DC 20552 and at the Chicago District Office of the OTS,
Suite 1300, 200 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606, without charge.

         In connection  with the  Conversion,  the Holding Company will register
the Common Stock with the SEC under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and, upon
such registration,  the Holding Company and the holders of its Common Stock will
become  subject to the proxy  solicitation  rules,  reporting  requirements  and
restrictions  on stock  purchases and sales by  directors,  officers and greater
than 10%  stockholders,  the annual and  periodic  reporting  and certain  other
requirements of the

                                       135

<PAGE>



Exchange Act.  Under the Plan, the Holding  Company has undertaken  that it will
not terminate such  registration  for a period of at least three years following
the Conversion.

         A copy of the  Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws of the Holding
Company are available without charge from the Association.



                                       136

<PAGE>

                          GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS
                              AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                              Financial Statements

                      As of September 30, 1997 and 1996 and
                     for the years in the three-year period
                            ended September 30, 1997


                   (With Independent Auditors' Report Thereon)




<PAGE>


                     [LETTERHEAD FOR KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP]




                          Independent Auditors' Report


The Board of Directors
Gloversville Federal Savings and
  Loan Association
Gloversville, New York


We  have  audited  the  accompanying   statements  of  financial   condition  of
Gloversville  Federal  Savings  and Loan  Association  (the  Association)  as of
September 30, 1997 and 1996, and the related  statements of operations,  changes
in equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three  year  period  ended
September 30, 1997.  These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the
Association's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial  position of Gloversville  Federal Savings
and Loan  Association  as of September 30, 1997 and 1996, and the results of its
operations  and its cash  flows for each of the years in the three  year  period
ended  September  30, 1997 in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

                                        /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


December 12, 1997



<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                        Statements of Financial Condition


                                                           September 30,
                                                  ------------------------------
          Assets                                       1997              1996
                                                       ----              ----
Cash and due from banks ......................    $  1,922,386        1,098,081
Interest bearing time deposits ...............            --            100,000
                                                  ------------     ------------
    Total cash and cash equivalents ..........       1,922,386        1,198,081

Securities available for sale ................       7,017,111        7,438,982
Net loans receivable .........................      49,526,290       49,636,131
Accrued interest receivable ..................         332,122          329,991
Other real estate owned ......................         312,892           69,548
Premises and equipment, net ..................       1,538,364        1,793,739
Prepaid expenses and other assets ............         372,642          539,608
                                                  ------------     ------------
    Total assets .............................    $ 61,021,807       61,006,080
                                                  ============     ============

        Liabilities and Equity

Liabilities:
 Deposits:
    Demand and N.O.W. accounts ...............       5,147,684        5,174,015
    Savings and money market accounts ........      22,954,408       23,531,620
    Time deposit accounts ....................      28,014,594       27,010,165
                                                  ------------     ------------
    Total deposits ...........................      56,116,686       55,715,800

 Accrued expenses and other liabilities ......         325,152        1,200,324
 Borrowings ..................................       1,300,000          300,000
                                                  ------------     ------------
    Total liabilities ........................      57,741,838       57,216,124
                                                  ------------     ------------

Commitments and contingent liabilities
 (note 10)

Equity:
  Retained earnings ..........................       3,301,370        3,884,148
  Net unrealized loss on securities
   available for sale, net of taxes ..........         (21,401)         (94,192)
                                                  ------------     ------------
    Total equity .............................       3,279,969        3,789,956
                                                  ------------     ------------
    Total liabilities and equity .............    $ 61,021,807       61,006,080
                                                  ============     ============


See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                       2

<PAGE>

                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                            Statements of Operations

                               For the Years Ended
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       September 30,
                                           ---------------------------------------
                                                1997         1996           1995
                                                ----         ----           ----
Interest and dividend income:
<S>                                        <C>             <C>           <C>      
 Interest and fees on loans .............  $ 4,409,006     4,131,580     3,928,591
 Securities available for sale ..........      458,932       466,898       398,455
 Securities held to maturity ............         --            --         302,124
 Interest bearing deposits ..............       36,714       134,345       186,839
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------
  Total interest and dividend income ....    4,904,652     4,732,823     4,816,009
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------

Interest expense:
 N.O.W. accounts ........................       64,841        69,251        84,852
 Savings and money market accounts ......      837,803       679,589       645,219
 Time deposit accounts ..................    1,522,058     1,667,030     1,796,706
 Borrowings .............................       21,777           178          --
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------
  Total interest expense ................    2,446,479     2,416,048     2,526,777
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------

  Net interest income ...................    2,458,173     2,316,775     2,289,232

Provision for loan losses ...............      792,266       714,276       128,876
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------
  Net interest income after provision
   for loan losses ......................    1,665,907     1,602,499     2,160,356
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------

Other income:
 Fees and service charges ...............      140,309       118,499        96,130
 Net (loss) gain on sale or writedown
  of premises and equipment .............         --         (15,322)       86,379
 Net gain on sale of securities available
  for sale ..............................         --            --         204,285
 Other ..................................       14,810         6,091         4,957
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------
 Total other income .....................      155,119       109,268       391,751
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------

Other expenses:
 Compensation and employee benefits .....      892,434       826,360       868,163
 Occupancy expenses .....................      224,598       212,054       156,802
 Federal deposit insurance premiums .....       56,665       130,387       143,696
 Special one-time FDIC assessment .......         --         414,835          --
 Advertising expenses ...................      110,796       140,291        92,152
 Directors' fees and expenses ...........      102,912        76,298        41,861
 Equipment and data processing expenses .      319,110       310,218       282,206
 Other real estate expenses .............       73,030        27,039       126,719
 Other operating expenses ...............      539,251       832,815       486,759
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------
  Total other expenses ..................    2,318,796     2,970,297     2,198,358
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------

(Loss) income before income tax
 (benefit) expense ......................     (497,770)   (1,258,530)      353,749

Income tax expense (benefit) ............       85,008      (222,324)      102,443
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------
  Net (loss) income .....................  $  (582,778)   (1,036,206)      251,306
                                           ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                       3

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                         Statements of Changes in Equity

             For the Years Ended September 30, 1997, 1996, and 1995


                                                     Net unrealized
                                                      gain(loss) on
                                                        securities
                                        Retained         available       Total
                                        earnings         for sale       equity
                                        --------         --------       ------
Balance at October 1, 1994 ........   $ 4,669,048         35,609      4,704,657
Net income for 1995 ...............       251,306           --          251,306
Change in valuation allowance
 for securities available for
 sale, net of income taxes ........          --         (101,943)      (101,943)
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------

Balance at September 30, 1995 .....     4,920,354        (66,334)     4,854,020
Net loss for 1996 .................    (1,036,206)          --       (1,036,206)
Change in valuation allowance
 for securities available for
 sale, net of income taxes ........          --          (27,858)       (27,858)
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------

Balance at September 30, 1996 .....     3,884,148        (94,192)     3,789,956
Net loss for 1997 .................      (582,778)          --         (582,778)
Change in valuation allowance
 for securities available for
 sale, net of income taxes ........          --           72,791         72,791
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------

Balance at September 30, 1997 .....   $ 3,301,370        (21,401)     3,279,969
                                      ===========    ===========    ===========


See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                       4


<PAGE>

                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                            Statements of Cash Flows

                               For the Years Ended

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         September 30,
                                             --------------------------------------
                                                 1997         1996           1995
                                                 ----         ----           ----
Cash flows from operating activities:
<S>                                         <C>            <C>              <C>    
 Net (loss) income .......................  $  (582,778)   (1,036,206)      251,306
 Adjustments to reconcile net (loss)
   income to net cash (used in)
   provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation expense ...................      291,086       227,646       179,412
  Provision for loan losses ..............      792,266       714,276       128,876
  Deferred tax expense (benefit) .........      125,000       (55,651)       85,676
  Writedown of other real estate owned ...       33,032        24,300        88,100
  Net gain on sale of other real estate
   owned .................................      (38,881)      (76,847)      (18,093)
  Net loss (gain) on sale or writedown
   of premises and equipment .............         --          15,322       (86,379)
  Net gain on sale of securities
   available for sale ....................         --            --        (204,285)
  (Increase) decrease in accrued interest
   receivable ............................       (2,131)       49,528        10,984
  (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses
   and other assets ......................      (12,947)       (4,536)     (362,379)
  (Decrease) increase in accrued expenses
   and other liabilities .................     (875,172)      846,553       163,908
                                            -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total adjustments ....................      312,253     1,740,591       (14,180)

    Net cash (used in) provided by
      operating activities ...............     (270,525)      704,385       237,126
                                            -----------   -----------   -----------

Cash flows from investing activities:
 Purchase of securities available for sale         --      (4,601,592)  (10,490,471)
 Proceeds from sale of securities
   available for sale ....................         --            --      13,636,976
 Proceeds from principal repayment of
   securities available for sale .........      549,575       430,569        56,339
 Proceeds from maturity and redemption
   of securities available for sale ......         --       3,700,000     1,500,000
 Purchase of securities held to maturity .         --            --        (500,000)
 Proceeds from maturity and redemption
   of securities held to maturity ........         --       2,500,000     1,590,000
 Net increase in loans receivable ........   (1,193,317)   (2,409,148)   (2,903,669)
 Proceeds from sale of other real estate
   owned .................................      273,397       462,684       262,348
 Capital expenditures ....................      (35,711)     (920,326)     (287,053)
 Net proceeds from sale of premises and
   equipment .............................         --            --         407,552
                                            -----------   -----------   -----------
   Net cash (used in) provided by
     investing activities ................     (406,056)     (837,813)    3,272,022
                                            -----------   -----------   -----------

Cash flows financing activities:
 Net increase (decrease) in deposits .....      400,886    (2,149,816)   (6,837,041)
 Net increase in borrowings ..............    1,000,000       300,000          --
                                            -----------   -----------   -----------
   Net cash provided by (used in)
     financing activities ................    1,400,886    (1,849,816)   (6,837,041)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and
   cash equivalents ......................      724,305    (1,983,244)   (3,327,893)
Cash and cash equivalents at
   beginning of year .....................    1,198,081     3,181,325     6,509,218
                                            -----------   -----------   -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end
   of year ...............................  $ 1,922,386     1,198,081     3,181,325
                                            ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       5

<PAGE>



                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                       Statements of Cash Flows, Continued

                               For the Years Ended


                                                     September 30,
                                           -------------------------------------
                                              1997         1996          1995
                                              ----         ----          ----
Additional disclosures relative
   to cash flows:

 Interest paid ..........................  $ 2,446,479   2,416,048    2,526,955
                                           ===========  ==========   ==========

 (Refunds Received) Taxes paid ..........  $  (165,891)    (83,587)     330,699
                                           ===========  ==========   ==========

Supplemental schedule of non-cash
   investing and financing activities:
 Transfers from loans to other real
   estate owned .........................  $   510,892     297,909      180,577
                                           ===========  ==========   ==========

 Securities held to maturity transferred
   to securities available for sale under
   the provisions of the FASBis Special
   Report ...............................  $      --     2,000,000         --
                                           ===========  ==========   ==========

 Change in net unrealized loss on
   securities available for sale,
   net of $54,913, ($21,015) and
   ($76,904) tax effect at
   September 30, 1997, 1996 and
   1995, respectively ...................  $    72,791     (27,858)    (101,943)
                                           ===========  ==========   ==========


See accompanying notes to financial statements.


                                        6


<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1997 and 1996


(1) Significant Accounting Policies

     The accounting and reporting  policies of Gloversville  Federal Savings and
     Loan Association (the Association)  conform,  in all material respects,  to
     generally accepted accounting principles and to general practice within the
     thrift industry.  The following is a description of the more significant of
     those  policies which the  Association  follows in preparing and presenting
     its financial statements.

     (a) Basis of Presentation

          The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity with generally
          accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
          and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and
          liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
          date of the financial  statements and the reported amounts of revenues
          and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ
          from those estimates.

          A substantial  portion of the Association's  loans are secured by real
          estate in the Upstate New York area,  primarily in Fulton,  Montgomery
          and Saratoga  counties.  In  addition,  the other real estate owned is
          located  in  the  same  market   area.   Accordingly,   the   ultimate
          collectibility  of a  substantial  portion of the  Association's  loan
          portfolio and the recovery of the carrying amount of other real estate
          owned are susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.

          The  determination  of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation
          of  real  estate   acquired  in  connection   with   foreclosures   in
          satisfaction  of  loans  are  based  on  material  estimates  that are
          susceptible to change based on such factors as economic  conditions in
          the market area serviced by the Association,  financial  conditions of
          individual borrowers,  and changes in underlying collateral values. In
          connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses and
          the  valuation  of  other  real  estate  owned,   management   obtains
          independent appraisals for significant properties.

          Management  believes  that  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  and the
          valuation of other real estate owned are  adequate.  While  management
          uses available information to recognize losses on loans and other real
          estate  owned,  future  additions  to  valuation   allowances  may  be
          necessary based on changes in economic conditions, particularly in the
          Association's  market area. In addition,  various regulatory agencies,
          as an integral part of their examination process,  periodically review
          the  Association's  allowance  for loan  losses and other real  estate
          owned.   Such  agencies  may  require  the  Association  to  recognize
          additions to the allowances based on their judgments about information
          available  to them at the time of their  examination  which may not be
          currently available to management.

     (b) Cash and Cash Equivalents

          For purposes of reporting cash flows,  the  Association  considers all
          cash and due from bank  balances  and interest  bearing time  deposits
          with  maturities  of  less  than  three  months  to be cash  and  cash
          equivalents.


                                       7

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(1), Continued

     (c) Securities

          The  Association  accounts  for  securities  in  accordance  with  the
          provisions of Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No.
          115,   "Accounting   for  Certain   Investments  in  Debt  and  Equity
          Securities".  SFAS No. 115 requires  classification of securities into
          three  categories:  trading,  available for sale, or held to maturity.
          The Association  classifies its debt  securities,  including  mortgage
          backed  securities,  as either available for sale or held to maturity,
          as the Association does not hold any securities for trading  purposes.
          Held to maturity  securities  are those debt  securities for which the
          Association  has the  positive  intent  and the  ability to hold until
          maturity.  All other  securities are classified as available for sale.
          As of September 30, 1997 and 1996 all  securities  were  classified as
          available for sale.

          Available  for sale  securities  are  recorded at fair value.  Held to
          maturity  securities are recorded at amortized cost,  adjusted for the
          amortization  of  premiums  and  accretion  of  discounts.  Unrealized
          holding gains and losses,  net of the related tax effect, on available
          for sale  securities  are excluded from earnings and are reported as a
          separate component of equity until realized. Federal Home Loan Bank of
          New York  stock,  a  non-marketable  equity  security,  is included in
          securities  available  for  sale at cost  since  there  is no  readily
          available fair value. This investment is required for membership.

          A  decline  in the  fair  value of any  available  for sale or held to
          maturity  security  below cost that is deemed other than  temporary is
          charged to  earnings,  resulting  in the  establishment  of a new cost
          basis for the security.

          Interest  income  includes  interest  earned on the securities and the
          amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.  Amortization and
          accretion is recorded using a method that approximates the level-yield
          method.  Realized gains or losses on securities sold are recognized on
          the trade date using the specific identification method.

     (d) Reclassification of Investment Securities

          In November  1995,  the staff of the  Financial  Accounting  Standards
          Board  released  a  Special  Report,  iA  Guide to  Implementation  of
          Statement 115 on Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity
          Securities.i  The Special  Report  contained a unique  provision  that
          allowed  entities  to, as of one date  between  November  15, 1995 and
          December 31, 1995, reassess the appropriateness of the classifications
          of  all  securities  held  at  that  time.  In  conjunction  with  the
          provisions  of the  Special  Report,  dated  December  31,  1995,  the
          Association   transferred   securities   with  an  amortized  cost  of
          $2,000,000 and an estimated fair value of $1,985,000  from  securities
          held to maturity to securities available for sale.


                                       8

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(1), Continued

     (e) Loans Receivable

          Loans  are  carried  at the  principal  amount  outstanding  less  net
          deferred  loan  fees and the  allowance  for loan  losses.  Loan  fees
          received and certain direct loan origination  costs are deferred,  and
          the net fee or cost is  amortized  into  income so as to provide for a
          level-yield  of  interest on the  underlying  loans.  Amortization  of
          related  net  deferred  fees is  suspended  when a loan is  placed  on
          nonaccrual status.

          Interest  on  loans is  recognized  on an  accrual  basis.  Loans  are
          generally  placed on  nonaccrual  status  when  principal  or interest
          becomes 90 days or more past due or sooner if  management  believes it
          is prudent to do so. Unpaid interest previously recognized is reversed
          when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status.  Loans generally remain on
          nonaccrual  status until past due principal and interest  payments are
          brought  current  through cash  collections or when, in the opinion of
          management,  the loans are  estimated  to be fully  collectible  as to
          principal and interest.

          An  allowance  for loan  losses is  established  through  a  provision
          charged to  operations.  Losses on loans are charged to the  allowance
          for  loan  losses  when all or a  portion  of a loan is  deemed  to be
          uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited
          to the allowance when realized.  Management's  periodic  evaluation of
          the  adequacy of the  allowance  for loan losses  considers  known and
          inherent risks in the portfolio,  adverse  situations which may affect
          the  borrowers'  ability  to  repay,  estimated  value  of  underlying
          collateral,  results of reviews  performed on specific  problem loans,
          and current and prospective  economic  conditions in the Association's
          lending area.

          Impaired loans are identified and measured in accordance with SFAS No.
          114,  iAccounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loani, and SFAS No.
          118,   iAccounting  by  Creditors  for  Impairment  of  a  Loan-Income
          Recognition and Disclosures.i These Statements  prescribe  recognition
          criteria for loan  impairment,  and  measurement  methods for impaired
          loans  and  loans   whose   terms  are   modified   in   troubled-debt
          restructurings  subsequent  to the adoption of these  Statements.  The
          adoption  of  these  Statements  on  October  1,  1995  did not have a
          material effect on the Associationis financial statements.

     (f) Other Real Estate Owned

          Other real estate  owned is recorded at the lower of cost  (defined as
          fair  value  at  initial  foreclosure)  or  fair  value  of the  asset
          acquired,  less estimated  costs to dispose of the property.  Costs of
          developing  and  improving  such  properties  are  capitalized,  where
          appropriate.  Subsequent  declines  in the value of other real  estate
          owned and expenses relating to holding such real estate are charged to
          operations as incurred.  Other real estate owned consists primarily of
          residential properties

     (g) Premises and Equipment

          Premises  and   equipment   are  carried  at  cost  less   accumulated
          depreciation.  Depreciation  is computed on the  straight-line  method
          over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.

                                       9

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(1), Continued

     (h) Income Taxes

          The Association  accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No.
          109,  "Accounting  for Income  Taxes".  Under the asset and  liability
          method of SFAS 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized
          for the future tax  consequences  attributable to differences  between
          the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets and
          liabilities  and their  respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets are
          recognized  subject to  management's  judgment  that those assets will
          more likely than not be realized.  A valuation allowance is recognized
          if, based on an analysis of available  evidence,  management  believes
          that all or a portion of  deferred  tax assets  will not be  realized.
          Adjustments  to increase  or  decrease  the  valuation  allowance  are
          charged or credited, respectively, to income tax expense. Deferred tax
          assets and  liabilities  are measured using enacted tax rates expected
          to apply to  taxable  income  in the  years in which  those  temporary
          differences  are expected to be  recovered  or settled.  The effect on
          deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  of a change  in tax  rates is
          recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

     (i) Financial Instruments

          In the  normal  course  of  business,  the  Association  is a party to
          certain  financial  instruments with  off-balance-sheet  risk, such as
          commitments  to extend  credit,  unused  lines of credit,  and standby
          letters  of  credit.  The  Association's  policy  is  to  record  such
          instruments when funded.

     (j) Transfers of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities

          In June 1996, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
          125,  "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial  Assets and
          Extinguishments  of  Liabilities,"   which  provides   accounting  and
          reporting  standards for  transfers and servicing of financial  assets
          and extinguishments of liabilities based on consistent  application of
          a   financial-components   approach   that  focuses  on  control.   It
          distinguishes  transfers  of  financial  assets  that are  sales  from
          transfers that are secured  borrowings.  SFAS No. 125 is effective for
          transfers and  servicing of financial  assets and  extinguishments  of
          liabilities occurring after December 31, 1996. Certain aspects of SFAS
          No. 125 were amended by SFAS No. 127 "Deferral of the  Effective  Date
          of Certain Provisions of FASB Statement No. 125." The adoption of SFAS
          No.  125,  as  amended,   did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the
          Association's financial statements.

     (k) Reclassification

          Amounts in the prior periods'  financial  statements are  reclassified
          whenever necessary to conform with the current periodis presentation.


                                       10

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(1), Continued

     (l) Recent Accounting Pronouncement

          In  June  1997,  the  Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
          Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  "SFAS No.  130",
          "Reporting   Comprehensive   Income".   SFAS  No.  130   states   that
          comprehensive  income  includes  the  reported net income of a company
          adjusted for items that are currently  accounted for as direct entries
          to  equity,  such  as the  mark to  market  adjustment  on  securities
          available  for  sale,  foreign  currency  items  and  minimum  pension
          liability  adjustments.  This  statement is effective for fiscal years
          beginning  after December 15, 1997.  Management  does not believe that
          the  impact  of  adopting  this  Statement  will  be  material  to the
          Association's financial statements.


(2) Securities Available for Sale

     The amortized cost, gross  unrealized gains and losses,  and estimated fair
     values of securities  available for sale at September 30, 1997 and 1996 are
     summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           September 30, 1997
                                           ------------------------------------------------
                                                          Gross         Gross    Estimated
                                            Amortized   Unrealized    Unrealized    Fair
                                              Cost         Gains        Losses      Value
                                              ----         -----        ------      -----
Debt securities:
<S>                                         <C>              <C>        <C>       <C>      
U.S. Government agency obligations .......  $2,998,160       1,867      (6,020)   2,994,007
Mortgage backed securities ...............   3,595,397      14,059     (47,452)   3,562,004
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------   ----------
       Total debt securities .............   6,593,557      15,926     (53,472)   6,556,011
Non-marketable equity securities:
Stock in FHLB ............................     461,100        --          --        461,100
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------   ----------
       Total securities available for sale  $7,054,657      15,926     (53,472)   7,017,111
                                            ==========  ==========  ==========   ==========



                                                           September 30, 1996
                                            -------------------------------------------------
                                                           Gross        Gross       Estimated
                                            Amortized    Unrealized   Unrealized       Fair
                                               Cost        Gains        Losses        Value
                                               ----        -----        ------        -----
Debt securities:
U.S. Government agency obligations .......  $2,998,160       --        (64,726)    2,933,434
Mortgage backed securities ...............   4,144,972       --       (100,524)    4,044,448
                                            ----------   ----------  ----------   ----------
       Total debt securities .............   7,143,132       --       (165,250)    6,977,882
Non-marketable equity securities:
Stock in FHLB ............................     461,100       --           --         461,100
                                            ----------   ----------   ---------   ----------
       Total securities available for sale  $7,604,232       --        (165,250)   7,438,982
                                            ==========   ==========   =========   ==========
</TABLE>


     At September 30, 1997 and 1996,  mortgage  backed  securities  consisted of
     Federal  Home  Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  (FHLMC)  and  Federal  National
     Mortgage Association (FNMA) securities.

                                       11

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(2), Continued

     The following sets forth  information with regard to remaining  contractual
     maturities of debt  securities  available for sale as of September 30, 1997
     (mortgage  backed  securities are included  based on the final  contractual
     maturity date):

                                                                       Estimated
                                                   Amortized             Fair
                                                      Cost               Value
                                                      ----               -----
Within one year ..........................         $  693,867            671,834
From one to five years ...................          2,997,587          2,971,146
From five to ten years ...................               --                 --
After ten years ..........................          2,902,103          2,913,031
                                                   ----------         ----------
                                                   $6,593,557          6,556,011
                                                   ==========         ==========

     Actual  maturities may differ from contractual  maturities  because issuers
     may have the right to call or prepay  obligations  with or without  call or
     prepayment penalties.

     There were no  security  sales for the years ended  September  30, 1997 and
     1996. Proceeds from the sale of securities  available for sale for the year
     ended  September  30,  1995  totaled  $13,720,234.  Gross  gains and losses
     realized on the sale of  securities  available  for sale for the year ended
     September 30, 1995 were $410,762 and $206,477, respectively.


(3) Net Loans Receivable

     Net loans  receivable  at  September  30, 1997 and 1996 are  summarized  as
     follows:

                                                        1997           1996
                                                        ----           ----
Loans secured by real estate:
     Residential one-to-four family ..............  $ 36,890,541     40,262,375
     Multi-family and commercial .................     7,949,702      4,635,401
     Residential one-to-four family construction .       539,284        937,994
                                                    ------------   ------------
         Total loans secured by real estate ......    45,379,527     45,835,770
                                                    ------------   ------------
Other loans:
     Commercial business .........................     1,421,581      1,229,279
     Home equity .................................     3,379,775      2,868,795
     Other consumer ..............................     1,111,559      1,154,440
                                                    ------------   ------------
         Total other loans .......................     5,912,915      5,252,514
                                                    ------------   ------------
         Gross loans receivable ..................    51,292,442     51,088,284

Less:
     Net deferred loan fees ......................      (153,171)      (201,543)
     Allowance for loan losses ...................    (1,612,981)    (1,250,610)
                                                    ------------   ------------
         Net loans receivable ....................  $ 49,526,290     49,636,131
                                                    ============   ============

                                       12

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(3), Continued

     Activity in the  allowance for loan losses is summarized as follows for the
     years ended September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995:

                                             1997          1996          1995
                                             ----          ----          ----
Balance at beginning of year .........  $ 1,250,610       779,417       856,480
Charge-offs ..........................     (466,182)     (254,364)     (209,660)
Recoveries ...........................       36,287        11,281         3,721
Provision charged to operations ......      792,266       714,276       128,876
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------
Balance at end of year ...............  $ 1,612,981     1,250,610       779,417
                                        ===========   ===========   ===========

     Non-performing loans consist of loans on nonaccrual status at September 30,
     1997 and 1996 amounting to $3,792,873 and $2,212,425,  respectively.  There
     were no loans past due as to principal or interest greater than 90 days and
     still accruing  interest or accruing loans in a trouble debt  restructuring
     as of September 30, 1997 or 1996. Included in nonaccrual loans at September
     30, 1997 are  approximately  $1.6 million of loans  restructured in trouble
     debt  restructurings.  At  September  30,  1996,  a number  of  substandard
     classified residential loans were past due as to property taxes on property
     collateralizing  the loans.  The total amount of the related past due taxes
     on these  substandard  loans was  approximately  $318,000 at September  30,
     1996.

     During  1997,  certain  loans  with past due  property  taxes  were  either
     rewritten to provide the borrowers  with amounts  necessary to pay past due
     property taxes or the loans were restructured in trouble debt restructuring
     (but  generally  at market  rates) to provide the  borrowers  with  amounts
     necessary to pay past due property  taxes.  Loans rewritten or restructured
     due to past due property  taxes at September  30, 1997 totaled $1.1 million
     and $1.6 million, respectively.

     Interest  income which would have been recorded under the original terms of
     nonaccrual  loans for the years ended September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995 was
     approximately  $343,000,  $230,000  and  $241,000,  respectively.  Interest
     income  recognized  on nonaccrual  loans for the years ended  September 30,
     1997, 1996 and 1995 was approximately, $304,000, $84,000 and $54,000. There
     are no commitments to extend further credit on nonaccrual loans.

     Under SFAS No. 114, a loan (generally  commercial-type loans) is considered
     impaired  when it is probable that the borrower will be unable to repay the
     loan according to the original  contractual  terms of the loan agreement or
     when  a  loan  (of  any  loan  type)  is  restructured  in a  trouble  debt
     restructuring.  The allowance for loan losses  related to impaired loans is
     based on discounted cash flows using the loanis initial effective  interest
     rate or the fair value of the collateral  for loans where  repayment of the
     loan  is  expected  to be  provided  solely  by the  underlying  collateral
     (collateral dependent loans).

     As of September 30, 1997, there were no commercial-type loans on nonaccrual
     status or  classified  as  impaired.  At  September  30,  1997,  there were
     approximately   $1.6  million  in  consumer  loan  related   troubled  debt
     restructurings which are considered to be impaired.  Approximately $334,700
     of the allowance for loan losses has been allocated to these impaired loans
     at September  30, 1997.  As of September  30, 1997,  there were no impaired
     loans  which  did not have an  allowance  for  loan  losses  determined  in
     accordance with SFAS No. 114. The average  recorded  investment in impaired
     loans during the year ended September 30, 1997 was approximately  $799,000.
     For the year ended  September  30, 1997,  the  Association  has  recognized
     interest income of approximately  $153,000 on impaired loans. There were no
     impaired loans at September 30, 1996.

                                       13

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(3), Continued

     The Association's  lending  activities are conducted  principally in Fulton
     and Saratoga  Counties of New York State.  The  Association  grants  single
     family  and  multi-family   residential  loans,   commercial  real  estate,
     commercial  business  loans,  and a variety of consumer loans. In addition,
     the Association  grants loans for the  construction  of residential  homes,
     multi-family properties, and for commercial development. Most loans granted
     by the  Association  are secured by related  real  estate.  The ability and
     willingness  of borrowers to honor their  repayment  commitments  generally
     depends on the level of overall  economic  activity  within the  borrowers'
     geographic areas and real estate values.

     Certain  directors and executive  officers of the Association have had loan
     transactions  with the  Association  in the ordinary  course of business on
     substantially the same terms,  including interest rates and collateral,  as
     comparable  loans made to others.  Total loans to directors  and  executive
     officers  amounted to approximately  $381,000 and $406,000 at September 30,
     1997 and 1996, respectively.  During the year ended September 30, 1997, new
     loans of approximately $9,000 were made to directors or executive officers,
     and repayments totaled approximately $34,000.


(4) Accrued Interest Receivable

     A summary of accrued interest  receivable at September 30, 1997 and 1996 is
     as follows:

                                                          1997            1996
                                                          ----            ----
Loans ..........................................        $271,986         272,944
Securities available for sale ..................          60,136          57,047
                                                        --------        --------
  Total ........................................        $332,122         329,991
                                                        ========        ========


(5) Premises and Equipment

     Premises and  equipment at September  30, 1997 and 1996 are  summarized  by
     major classifications as follows: 1997 1996

                                                       1997              1996
                                                       ----              ----
Land .......................................      $   140,215           140,215
Buildings ..................................        1,278,156         1,276,656
Furniture and fixtures .....................        1,124,289         1,098,750
                                                  -----------       -----------
    Total ..................................        2,542,660         2,515,621
Less accumulated depreciation ..............       (1,004,296)         (721,882)
                                                  -----------       -----------
    Premises and equipment, net ............      $ 1,538,364         1,793,739
                                                  ===========       ===========

     Amounts  charged to non-interest  expense for  depreciation of premises and
     equipment  amounted to $291,086,  $227,646  and $179,412 in 1997,  1996 and
     1995, respectively.

                                       14

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(6) Deposits

     Deposit  account  balances at September 30, 1997 and 1996 are summarized as
     follows:

                                                         1997            1996
                                                         ----            ----
Demand accounts (non-interest bearing) .........     $ 1,021,123         835,929
                                                     -----------     -----------
N.O.W. accounts (1.75%) ........................       4,126,561       4,338,086
                                                     -----------     -----------
Passbook and statement savings
  accounts (up to 4.00%) .......................      12,004,406      13,139,454
Money market accounts (up to 4.88%) ............      10,950,002      10,392,166
                                                     -----------     -----------
                                                      22,954,408      23,531,620
                                                     -----------     -----------
Time deposit accounts:
         Under - 4.00% .........................           2,624              10
          4.00 - 4.99% .........................       3,993,984      11,356,698
          5.00 - 5.99% .........................      21,942,237      11,101,230
          6.00 - 6.99% .........................       2,045,965       4,524,833
          7.00 and over ........................          29,784          27,394
                                                     -----------     -----------
                                                      28,014,594      27,010,165
                                                     -----------     -----------
                                                     $56,116,686      55,715,800
                                                     ===========     ===========

     At  September  30,  1997 and 1996,  the  aggregate  amount of time  deposit
     accounts  with a balance  equal to or in excess of $100,000 was  $2,492,469
     and $2,239,057, respectively. At September 30, 1997 and 1996, the aggregate
     amount of escrow deposits was not significant,  and are included in savings
     and money market accounts.

     Contractual  maturities of time deposit  accounts at September 30, 1997 are
     as follows:

 Years ending September 30,
            1998                $23,295,264
            1999                  3,260,840
            2000                  1,030,752
            Thereafter              427,738
                                -----------
                                $28,014,594
                                ===========

     Certain  executive  officers and directors of the  Association,  as well as
     certain  affiliates of these officers and directors,  were customers of and
     had  deposit  balances  with the  Association  in the  ordinary  course  of
     business.  The aggregate of such deposits was approximately  $681,000 as of
     September 30, 1997.


(7) Borrowings

     The Association had approximately $9.2 million of available lines of credit
     with the FHLB as of September 30, 1997 and 1996.  Substantially  all of the
     assets of the Association  have been pledged as collateral  related to this
     line of credit.

                                       15

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(7), Continued

     Information concerning FHLB borrowings in 1997 and 1996 follows:

                                                           1997          1996
                                                           ----          ----
Amount outstanding at September 30 .................     $   --         300,000
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end ........      850,000       300,000
Average amount outstanding .........................      272,726         6,027
Weighted average interest rate:
     For the year ..................................         5.56%         5.56%
     As of year end ................................         --            5.88%

     Information  concerning  securities sold under  agreements to repurchase in
     1997 and 1996 follows:

                                                          1997            1996
                                                          ----            ----
Amount outstanding at September 30, ................    $1,300,000         --
Maximum outstanding at any month end ...............     1,300,000         --
Average amount outstanding .........................       118,274         --
Weighted average interest rate:
     For the year ..................................          5.78%        --
     As of year end ................................          5.80%        --

     Securities underlying the repurchase agreements remain under the control of
     the Association.  Repurchase  agreements are typically entered into for one
     to three day periods.


(8) Income Taxes

     The  components  of the income tax  expense  (benefit)  for the years ended
     September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995 are as follows:

                                              1997          1996          1995
                                              ----          ----          ----
Current tax (benefit) expense:
     Federal ..........................    $ (40,248)     (166,929)       16,511
     State ............................          256           256           256
Deferred tax (benefit) expense ........      125,000       (55,651)       85,676
                                           ---------     ---------     ---------
                                           $  85,008      (222,324)      102,443
                                           =========     =========     =========

     The actual tax expense  (benefit)  for the years ended  September 30, 1997,
     1996 and 1995 differs  from  expected  tax expense  (benefit),  computed by
     applying  the Federal  corporate  tax rate of 34% to income  (loss)  before
     taxes as follows:

                                             1997          1996          1995
                                             ----          ----          ----
Expected tax expense (benefit) .......    $(169,242)     (427,900)      120,275
Change in valuation allowance
 for deferred tax asset ..............      273,510       248,426          --
New York State tax ...................      (22,107)      (45,443)          256
Other items ..........................        2,847         2,593       (18,088)
                                          ---------     ---------     ---------
                                          $  85,008      (222,324)      102,443
                                          =========     =========     =========

                                       16

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(8), Continued

     The  tax  effects  of   temporary   differences   that  give  rise  to  the
     Association's deferred tax assets and liabilities at September 30, 1997 and
     1996 are presented below:

                                                           1997           1996
                                                           ----           ----
Deferred tax assets:
     Differences in reporting the provision
       for loan losses and the tax bad debt
       deduction ...................................    $ 628,792       461,788
     Deferred net loan origination fees ............       61,268        80,617
     Differences in reporting accrued expenses .....       73,393        81,200
     Other .........................................       14,010         2,120
                                                        ---------     ---------
         Total gross deferred tax assets ...........      777,463       625,725
         Valuation allowance .......................     (625,052)     (351,542)
                                                        ---------     ---------
         Deferred tax assets, net of valuation
           allowance ...............................      152,411       274,183
                                                        ---------     ---------
Deferred tax liabilities:
     Depreciation ..................................       (9,540)       (4,902)
     Net effect of other real estate
       owned transactions ..........................      (22,871)      (24,281)
                                                        ---------     ---------
         Total gross deferred tax liabilities ......      (32,411)      (29,183)
                                                        ---------     ---------
         Net deferred tax asset at
           end of year .............................      120,000       245,000
        Net deferred tax asset at
           beginning of year .......................      245,000       189,349
                                                        ---------     ---------
         Deferred tax expense (benefit)
           for the year ............................    $ 125,000       (55,651)
                                                        =========     =========

     In addition to the deferred tax assets described above, the Association had
     a deferred tax asset of $16,145 and $71,058 at September 30, 1997 and 1996,
     respectively,  related to the net unrealized  loss on securities  available
     for sale.

     In  assessing  whether  deferred  tax assets  will more  likely than not be
     realized,  management considers the historical level of taxable income, the
     time period over which the temporary  differences  are expected to reverse,
     as  well  as  estimates  of  future  taxable  income.  As a  result  of the
     Association  experiencing a second year of significant losses before taxes,
     continued  economic  weakness in the Association's  market area,  including
     declining real estate values collateralizing much of the Association's loan
     portfolio,  reduced  expectations  of earnings in the future,  as well as a
     reduction in the amount of  historical  taxes  available  for  carryback in
     1997,  the  Association  increased the deferred tax valuation  allowance in
     1997 by $273,510 to $625,052.  As of September  30, 1997,  the net deferred
     tax asset is  considered to be more likely then not  realizable  based upon
     the historical level of taxable income  available for carryback,  amounting
     to approximately $50 thousand,  the reversal of temporary taxable items and
     reliance on future taxable income amounting to approximately $175 thousand.
     As a result of the 1996 loss before taxes of  approximately  $1.3  million,
     and the significant  reduction in the amount of historical  taxes available
     for carryback, the Association increased the valuation allowance in 1996 by
     $248,426 to $351,542.  As of September 30, 1996, the net deferred tax asset
     is considered to be more likely than not  realizable  based upon the amount
     of  historical  taxable  income  available  for  carryback,   amounting  to
     approximately  $90  thousand,  the reversal of temporary  taxable items and
     reliance  on  future  taxable  income,   amounting  to  approximately  $380
     thousand.


                                       17

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued





(8), Continued

     As a thrift  institution,  the Association is subject to special provisions
     in the Federal and New York State tax laws  regarding its allowable tax bad
     debt  deductions  and  related  tax bad  debt  reserves.  These  deductions
     historically have been determined using methods based on loss experience or
     a percentage of taxable income.  Tax bad debt reserves are maintained equal
     to the excess of allowable deductions over actual bad debt losses and other
     reserve  reductions.  These reserves consist of a defined base-year amount,
     plus additional  amounts  ("excess  reserves")  accumulated  after the base
     year. SFAS No. 109 requires  recognition of deferred tax  liabilities  with
     respect to such excess  reserves,  as well as any portion of the  base-year
     amount  which is  expected  to  become  taxable  (or  "recaptured")  in the
     foreseeable future.

     Certain amendments to the Federal and New York State tax laws regarding bad
     debt  deductions  were  enacted  in  July  and  August  1996.  The  Federal
     amendments  include  elimination of the percentage of taxable income method
     for tax years  beginning  after  December 31,  1995,  and  imposition  of a
     requirement   to  recapture   into   taxable   income  (over  a  period  of
     approximately  six years) the bad debt  reserves in excess of the base-year
     amounts.  The  Association  previously  established,  and will  continue to
     maintain,  a deferred tax  liability  with  respect to such excess  Federal
     reserves. The New York State amendments redesignate the Association's state
     bad debt  reserves at December  31, 1995 as the  base-year  amount and also
     provide for future additions to the base-year  reserve using the percentage
     of taxable income method.

     In accordance  with SFAS No. 109,  deferred tax  liabilities  have not been
     recognized with respect to the Federal and state  base-year  reserves since
     the Association  does not expect that these reserves will become taxable in
     the  foreseeable  future.  At  September  30,  1997,  the Federal base year
     reserve was approximately  $1.3 million and the state base-year reserve was
     not  significant.  Under New York State tax law,  as  amended,  events that
     would result in taxation of the state  reserves  include the failure of the
     Association to maintain a specified  qualifying  assets ratio or meet other
     thrift definition tests for tax purposes. The unrecognized tax liability at
     September  30,  1997 with  respect to the  Federal  base-year  reserve  was
     approximately $440 thousand.


(9) Employee Benefits

     Effective   January  1,  1995,  the   Association   established  a  defined
     contribution  plan (ithe Plani) that is intended to qualify  under  section
     401(k) of the Internal  Revenue Code. The Plan covers all employees with at
     least six months of service.  The  Associationis  contributions to the Plan
     are  discretionary  and  determined  annually  by the  Board of  Directors.
     Employee  contributions are voluntary.  Employees vest immediately in their
     own  contributions,  and vest in the Associationis  contributions  based on
     years of service.  For the years ended  September 30, 1997,  1996 and 1995,
     the  Associationis  contributions to the Plan were  approximately  $57,219,
     $45,070 and $38,023, respectively.

     Effective December 31, 1994, the Association terminated its defined benefit
     pension plan. As of that date all participants in the plan were immediately
     vested.  Subsequent to termination date, no additional benefit  obligations
     accrued  to  the  plan  participants.   In  order  to  settle  the  benefit
     obligations to plan  participants,  assets were liquidated and distributed.
     The plan's  termination  resulted  in a  settlement  loss of  approximately
     $64,000 which is included in compensation and employee benefits in the year
     ended September 30, 1995.

                                       18

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued





(10) Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

     (a)  Legal Proceedings

          The  Association  is,  from  time to  time,  be a  defendant  in legal
          proceedings  relating  to the  conduct  of its  business.  In the best
          judgment of management, the financial position of the Association will
          not be  affected  materially  by the  outcome  of  any  pending  legal
          proceedings.

     (b)  Off-Balance Sheet Financing and Concentrations of Credit

          The  Association  is a party to  certain  financial  instruments  with
          off-balance  sheet risk in the normal  course of  business to meet the
          financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include
          the Association's commitments to extend credit and commercial lines of
          credit. Financial instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of
          credit risk in excess of the amount  recognized  on the  statements of
          financial condition. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect
          the extent of involvement the Association has in particular classes of
          financial instruments.

          The   Association's   exposure   to  credit   loss  in  the  event  of
          nonperformance  by the other party to the commitments to extend credit
          is  represented   by  the   contractual   notional   amount  of  those
          instruments.  The Association  uses the same credit policies in making
          commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

          Commitments  to extend  credit  may be  written  on a fixed rate basis
          exposing the  Association to interest rate risk given the  possibility
          that market rates may change between  commitment and actual  extension
          of credit.

          Unless otherwise noted, the Association does not require collateral or
          other security to support off-balance-sheet financial instruments with
          credit risk.

          Commitments  to extend credit are  agreements to lend to a customer as
          long as there is no  violation  of any  condition  established  in the
          contract.  Commitments  generally have fixed expiration dates or other
          termination  clauses and may require  payment of a fee.  Since many of
          the commitments are expected to expire without being fully drawn upon,
          the total commitment amounts do not necessarily  represent future cash
          requirements.    The    Association    evaluates    each    customer's
          creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral, if
          any, required by the Association upon the extension of credit is based
          on   management's   credit   evaluation  of  the  customer.   Mortgage
          commitments are secured by a first lien on real estate.  Collateral on
          extensions  of credit for  commercial  loans  varies  but may  include
          property,   plant  and  equipment,  and  income  producing  commercial
          property.


                                       19

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(10), Continued

          Contract  amounts of financial  instruments  that represent the future
          extension  of credit as of  September  30,  1997 and 1996 at fixed and
          variable interest rates are as follows:

                                                              1997
                                                              ----
                                                  Fixed     Variable     Total
                                                  -----     --------     -----
Financial  instruments  whose contract
  amounts  represent  credit risk:
    Residential (one-to-four-family) .......  $  387,400        --       387,400
    Multi-family and commercial ............        --     1,008,939   1,008,939
    Construction ...........................     306,260       3,006     309,266
    Commercial business ....................        --       375,604     375,604
    Home equity ............................        --       942,202     942,202
    Other consumer .........................     114,527        --       114,527
                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
                                              $  808,187   2,329,751   3,137,938
                                              ==========  ==========  ==========


                                                             1996
                                                             ----
                                                 Fixed     Variable      Total
                                                 -----     --------      -----
Financial  instruments  whose contract
  amounts  represent  credit risk:
    Residential (one-to-four-family) .......  $  194,928      43,000     237,928
    Multi-family and commercial ............        --     1,561,000   1,561,000
    Construction ...........................      98,800        --        98,800
    Commercial business ....................        --       122,000     122,000
    Home equity ............................        --     1,591,000   1,591,000
    Other consumer .........................     131,500        --       131,500
                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
                                              $  425,228   3,317,000   3,742,228
                                              ==========  ==========  ==========

          The range of interest on fixed rate  commitments was 7.625% to 10.250%
          at September  30, 1997 and 7.90% to 9.25% at September  30, 1996.  The
          range of interest on adjustable  rate  commitments was 7.00% to 11.00%
          at  September  30,  1997 and 7.00% to 10.25% at  September  30,  1996,
          respectively.

          At September  30,  1997,  the Bank was required to maintain a $500,000
          compensating   balance  with  a  correspondent  bank.  There  were  no
          compensating balance requirements at September 30, 1996.

     (c)  Interest Rate Risk

          The principal  assets of the  Association  are  long-term,  fixed rate
          first  mortgage  loans which have been  primarily  funded by deposits.
          Accordingly, increases in interest rates paid on deposit accounts will
          have an adverse effect on the Association's  overall interest margins.
          In response to this  situation,  the  Association  has begun  programs
          offering  one year  adjustable  rate  mortgages,  three  to five  year
          adjustable rate multi-family and commercial loans, commercial business
          loans, home equity loans, and variable rate line of credit accounts to
          loan  customers in order to more closely  match the pricing of earning
          assets with their sources of funds on a prospective basis.


                                       20

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


     (11) Savings Association Insurance Fund - Special Assessment

          On September 30, 1996,  the Deposit  Insurance  Funds Act of 1996 (the
          Act) was enacted  into law.  The Act  included,  among  other  things,
          provisions to  recapitalize  the Savings  Association  Insurance  Fund
          (SAIF) through a special assessment, as well as provisions calling for
          a future merger of the SAIF with the Bank Insurance Fund.

          As a result of the Act,  SAIF members  were  required to pay a special
          assessment to recapitalize  the SAIF based on insured deposits held on
          March  31,  1995.  The  amount  of  the  special  SAIF  assessment  as
          determined  by  the  FDIC  was  65.7  basis  points.  Based  upon  the
          Associationis   insured  deposits  on  March  31,  1995,  the  special
          assessment amounted to $414,835.


     (12) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

          SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments"
          requires  that the  Association  disclose  estimated  fair  values for
          certain  financial  instruments.  SFAS No. 107  defines  fair value of
          financial  instruments as the amount at which the instrument  could be
          exchanged in a current  transaction between willing parties other than
          in a forced or liquidation sale.

          Fair value  estimates are made at a specific  point in time,  based on
          relevant  market  information  and  information  about  the  financial
          instrument.  These  estimates  do not  reflect any premium or discount
          that could result from offering for sale at one time the Association's
          entire  holdings  of a  particular  financial  instrument.  Because no
          market exists for a significant portion of the Association's financial
          instruments,  fair value  estimates  are based on judgments  regarding
          future  expected net cash flows,  current  economic  conditions,  risk
          characteristics of various financial  instruments,  and other factors.
          These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and
          matters of  significant  judgment and  therefore  cannot be determined
          with precision.  Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the
          estimates.

          Fair value  estimates are based on existing on-and  off-balance  sheet
          financial  instruments  without  attempting  to estimate  the value of
          anticipated  future  business and the value of assets and  liabilities
          that are not considered financial instruments.  Significant assets and
          liabilities  that are not considered  financial  assets or liabilities
          include the deferred tax asset and bank  premises  and  equipment.  In
          addition,  the tax  ramifications  related to the  realization  of the
          unrealized  gains and  losses  can have a  significant  effect on fair
          value  estimates and have not been considered in the estimates of fair
          value under SFAS No. 107.

          In  addition  there are  intangible  assets that SFAS No. 107 does not
          recognize,  such as the value of "core  deposits,"  the  Association's
          branch network and other items generally referred to as "goodwill."

          Securities Available for Sale
          -----------------------------

          Securities  available  for sale are  financial  instruments  which are
          usually  traded in broad  markets.  Fair  values  are  based  upon bid
          quotations  received  from either  quotation  services  or  securities
          dealers.  The  estimated  fair value of stock in the Federal Home Loan
          Bank of New York is  assumed to be its cost given the lack of a public
          market available for this investment.

                                       21

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(12), Continued

          Loans
          -----

          Fair  values  are  estimated  for  portfolios  of loans  with  similar
          financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as single
          family loans,  consumer loans and commercial loans. Each loan category
          is further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and
          by performing and nonperforming categories.

          The fair value of  performing  loans,  is  calculated  by  discounting
          scheduled cash flows through the estimated  maturity  using  estimated
          market  discount  rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk
          inherent  in the  loan.  The  estimate  of  maturity  is  based on the
          contractual  term of the loans to maturity  taking into  consideration
          certain prepayment assumptions.

          Fair value for significant non-performing loans may be based on recent
          external appraisals or discounting of cash flows. Estimated cash flows
          are discounted using a rate commensurate with the risk associated with
          the estimated  cash flows.  Assumptions  regarding  credit risk,  cash
          flows, and discount rates are judgmentally  determined using available
          market information and specific borrower information.

          Deposit Liabilities
          -------------------

          Under  SFAS  No.  107,  the  fair  value of  deposits  with no  stated
          maturity,  such  as  non-interest  bearing  demand  deposit,   savings
          accounts, NOW accounts,  and money market accounts,  must be stated at
          the amount  payable on demand as of September  30, 1997 and 1996.  The
          fair  value  of time  deposits  is based  on the  discounted  value of
          contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates
          currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

          Other Items
          -----------

          The  following  items are  considered  to have a fair  value  equal to
          carrying  value due to the nature of the financial  instrument and the
          period  within  which it will be settled:  cash and cash  equivalents,
          accrued interest receivable, accrued interest payable, and borrowings.

                                       22

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(12), Continued

          Table of Financial Instruments
          ------------------------------

          The carrying values and estimated fair values of financial instruments
          as of September 30, 1997 and 1996 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       September 30, 1997         September 30, 1996
                                    ------------------------   -----------------------
                                                  Estimated                  Estimated
                                       Carrying     Fair        Carrying       Fair
                                        Value       Value         Value        Value
                                        -----       -----         -----        -----
Financial assets:
<S>                                 <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>      
     Cash and cash equivalents ...  $ 1,922,386    1,922,386    1,198,081    1,198,081
     Securities available for sale    7,017,111    7,017,111    7,438,982    7,438,982
     Net Loans ...................   49,526,290   49,959,626   49,636,131   50,137,989
     Accrued interest receivable .      332,122      332,122      329,991      329,991

Financial liabilities:
     Deposits:
         Demand, savings,
          money market, and
          NOW accounts ...........   28,102,092   28,102,092   28,705,635   28,705,635
         Time deposits ...........   28,014,594   28,014,594   27,010,165   27,010,165
     Borrowings ..................    1,300,000    1,300,000      300,000      300,000
</TABLE>

          Commitments to Extend Credit
          ----------------------------

          The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated  using the
          fees currently charged to enter into similar  agreements,  taking into
          account the remaining  terms of the  agreements and the present credit
          worthiness  of the  counterparties.  For fixed rate loan  commitments,
          fair value also  considers the  difference  between  current levels of
          interest rates and the committed rates.  Fees, such as these are not a
          major  part of the  Association's  business  and in the  Association's
          business  territory are not a "normal business  practice."  Therefore,
          based upon the above facts the  Association  believes  that book value
          equals fair value and the amounts are not significant.

                                       23

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


     (13) Regulatory Capital Requirements

          OTS  capital  regulations  require  savings  institutions  to maintain
          minimum levels of regulatory capital.  Under the regulations in effect
          at  September  30,  1997 and 1996,  the  Association  was  required to
          maintain a minimum  ratio of tangible  capital to  tangible  assets of
          1.5%;  a minimum  leverage  ratio of core  (Tier I)  capital  to total
          adjusted tangible assets of 3.0%; and a minimum ratio of total capital
          (core capital and  supplementary  capital) to risk weighted  assets of
          8.0%, of which 4.0% must be core (Tier I) capital.

          Under its prompt corrective action regulations, the OTS is required to
          take   certain   supervisory   actions   (and  may   take   additional
          discretionary   actions)   with   respect   to   an   undercapitalized
          institution.  Such actions could have a direct  material  effect on an
          institution's  financial  statements.   The  regulations  establish  a
          framework for the  classification  of savings  institutions  into five
          categories:   well   capitalized,    adequately   capitalized,   under
          capitalized,  significantly  under  capitalized,  and critically under
          capitalized.  Generally an institution is considered well  capitalized
          if it has a core  (Tier I) capital  ratio of at least  5.0%  (based on
          average total assets);  a core (Tier I) risk based capital ratio of at
          least 6.0%; and a total risk based capital ratio of at least 10.0%.

          The   foregoing   capital   ratios  are  based  in  part  on  specific
          quantitative  measures of assets,  liabilities and certain off-balance
          sheet  items as  calculated  under  regulatory  accounting  practices.
          Capital  amounts and  classifications  are also subject to qualitative
          judgments by the OTS about capital  components,  risk  weightings  and
          other factors.

          Management  believes  that,  as of  September  30, 1997 and 1996,  the
          Association  meets all capital  adequacy  requirements  to which it is
          subject.  Further,  the most recent OTS  notification  categorized the
          Association  as  a  well-capitalized   institution  under  the  prompt
          corrective action regulations. There have been no conditions or events
          since that  notification  that  management  believes  have changed the
          Association's capital classification.

          The following is a summary of the Association's actual capital amounts
          and  ratios as of  September  30,  1997 and 1996  compared  to the OTS
          minimum capital  adequacy  requirements  and the OTS  requirements for
          classification as a well-capitalized institution.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         September 30, 1997
                                           -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           Minimum
                                                                           Capital         For Classification
                                                       Actual              Adequacy        as Well Capitalized
                                                       ------              --------        -------------------
                                               Amount       Ratio            Ratio               Ratio
                                               ------       -----            -----               -----
<S>                                         <C>              <C>             <C>           <C>
Tangible capital ........................   $3,301,370       5.41%           1.50%
Core (Tier I) capital ...................    3,301,370       5.41%           3.00%                5.00%
Core (Tier I) risk-based capital ........    3,301,370       8.48%           6.00%
Total risk-based capital ................    3,787,762      10.01%           8.00%               10.00%
</TABLE>

                                       24

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(13), Continued

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           September 30, 1996
                                            -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Minimum
                                                                             Capital        For Classification
                                                       Actual               Adequacy        as Well Capitalized
                                                       ------               --------        -------------------
                                               Amount        Ratio            Ratio                 Ratio
                                               ------        -----            -----                 -----
<S>                                         <C>              <C>              <C>           <C>
Tangible capital ........................   $3,827,023       6.26%            1.50%
Core (Tier I) capital ...................    3,827,023       6.26%            3.00%                 5.00%
Core (Tier I) risk-based capital ........    3,827,023      10.26%            6.00%
Total risk-based capital ................    4,293,161      11.73%            8.00%                10.00%
</TABLE>


          The OTS may reduce an  institution's  regulatory  capital for interest
          rate risk  exposure (as  determined  by the OTS) if the  institution's
          risk-based  capital  ratio is less than 12% and the OTS  notifies  the
          institution of such  reduction.  The Association has not been notified
          by the OTS of any  reduction  to its  regulatory  capital for interest
          rate risk exposure.


     (14) Adoption of Plan of Conversion

          On November  19,  1997,  the Board of  Directors  of the  Association,
          subject to  regulatory  approval  and  approval  by the members of the
          Association,  unanimously adopted a Plan of Conversion to convert from
          a federally  chartered  mutual  savings bank to a federally  chartered
          stock savings bank with the concurrent formation of a holding company.
          The  transaction is expected to be accomplished  through  amendment of
          the  Association's  federal  charter  and  the  sale  of  the  holding
          company's  common  stock in an amount  equal to the pro  forma  market
          value of the  Association  after giving  effect to the  conversion.  A
          subscription  offering of the sale of the  Association's  common stock
          will be offered  initially to the  Association's  depositors,  then to
          other   members  and   directors,   officers  and   employees  of  the
          Association.  Any shares of the Association's common stock not sold in
          the  subscription  offering  will be offered  for sale to the  general
          public in the Association's market area.

          At the  time of the  conversion,  the  Association  will  establish  a
          liquidation  account  in an amount  equal to its total net worth as of
          the  date  of  the  latest  balance  sheet   appearing  in  the  final
          prospectus. The liquidation account will be maintained for the benefit
          of eligible  depositors who continue to maintain their accounts at the
          Association  after the  conversion.  The  liquidation  account will be
          reduced  annually to the extent that eligible  depositors have reduced
          their qualifying  deposits.  Subsequent  increases will not restore an
          eligible account holder's interest in the liquidation  account. In the
          event of a  complete  liquidation,  each  eligible  depositor  will be
          entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation  account in an
          amount  proportionate to the current adjusted  qualifying balances for
          accounts then held. The  Association  may not pay dividends that would
          reduce  stockholders'  equity below the required  liquidation  account
          balance.

                                       25

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued



(14), Continued

          Under Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) regulations, limitations have
          been imposed on all "capital  distributions" by savings  institutions,
          including cash  dividends.  The regulation  establishes a three-tiered
          system of  restrictions,  with the  greatest  flexibility  afforded to
          thrifts   which  are  both   well-capitalized   and  given   favorable
          qualitative  examination  ratings by the OTS.  For  example,  a thrift
          which is given  one of the two  highest  examination  ratings  and has
          "capital" (as defined) equal to its fully phased-in regulatory capital
          requirements  could, after prior notice but without the prior approval
          of the OTS, make capital  distributions  in any year that would reduce
          by  one-half  the  amount  of its  capital  which  exceeds  its  fully
          phased-in  capital  requirement,  as adjusted to reflect net income to
          date during the year. Other thrifts would be subject to more stringent
          procedural and substantive  requirements,  the most restrictive  being
          prior OTS approval of any capital distribution.

          Conversion  costs will be deferred and  deducted  from the proceeds of
          the shares sold in the conversion. If the conversion is not completed,
          all costs  will be  charged  to  expense.  No  conversion  costs  were
          incurred as of September 30, 1997.

                                       26






<PAGE>
        No person has been  authorized  to give any  information  or to make any
representation other than as contained in this Prospectus in connection with the
offering  made  hereby,  and,  if given  or  made,  such  other  information  or
representation  must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Holding
Company or the Association. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell
or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any
person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized
or in which the person making such offer or  solicitation is not qualified to do
so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful  to make such offer or  solicitation
in such  jurisdiction.  Neither  the  delivery of this  Prospectus  nor any sale
hereunder shall under any  circumstances  create any implication  that there has
been no change in the affairs of the Holding  Company or the  Association  since
any of the dates as of which  information is furnished  herein or since the date
hereof.

                                 --------------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                           Page
                                                           ----
Prospectus Summary........................................
Selected Financial Information............................
Recent Financial Data.....................................
Risk Factors..............................................
Adirondack Financial Services Bancorp, Inc................
Gloversville Federal......................................
Use of Proceeds...........................................
Dividends.................................................
Market for Common Stock...................................
Pro Forma Data............................................
Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Analysis.....................
Capitalization............................................
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
   Condition and Results of Operations....................
Business .................................................
Regulation................................................
Management ...............................................
The Conversion............................................
Restrictions on Acquisitions of Stock and Related
   Takeover Defensive Provisions..........................
Description of Capital Stock..............................
Legal and Tax Matters.....................................
Experts...................................................
Additional Information....................................
Index to Financial Statements.............................

     Until the later of  ________,  1998 or 25 days  after  commencement  of the
offering of Common Stock, all dealers  effecting  transactions in the registered
securities,  whether or not participating in this distribution,  may be required
to deliver a  prospectus.  This is in addition to the  obligation  of dealers to
deliver a  prospectus  when  acting as  underwriters  and with  respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions.


                                   5,750,000


                  ADIRONDACK FINANCIAL SERVICES BANCORP, INC.
(Proposed Holding Company for Gloversville Federal Savings and Loan Association)


                                  COMMON STOCK

                                   ----------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                   ----------

                            CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC.


                              _____________, 1997

<PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers
- ---------------------------------------------------

     Article  Eleventh of the Holding  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation
provides for  indemnification  of directors and officers of the Holding  Company
against any and all liabilities,  judgments,  fines and reasonable  settlements,
costs,  expenses  and  attorneys'  fees  incurred in any actual,  threatened  or
potential proceeding,  except to the extent that such indemnification is limited
by  Delaware  law and such law cannot be varied by  contract  or bylaw.  Article
Eleventh  also  provides for the  authority to purchase  insurance  with respect
thereto.

     Section  145 of the  General  Corporation  Law of  the  State  of  Delaware
authorizes a  corporation's  Board of Directors to grant indemnity under certain
circumstances  to directors and  officers,  when made, or threatened to be made,
parties to certain  proceedings  by reason of such status with the  corporation,
against judgments,  fines, settlements and expenses,  including attorneys' fees.
In addition, under certain circumstances such persons may be indemnified against
expenses  actually and  reasonably  incurred in defense of a proceeding by or on
behalf  of  the  corporation.   Similarly,   the   corporation,   under  certain
circumstances,  is  authorized  to  indemnify  directors  and  officers of other
corporations  or  enterprises  who are  serving  as such at the  request  of the
corporation,  when such persons are made, or  threatened to be made,  parties to
certain  proceedings  by  reason  of  such  status,  against  judgments,  fines,
settlements  and  expenses,   including   attorneys'  fees;  and  under  certain
circumstances,  such persons may be indemnified  against  expenses  actually and
reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of a proceeding
by or in the right of such other corporation or enterprise.  Indemnification  is
permitted  where such person (i) was acting in good faith;  (ii) was acting in a
manner he reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best  interests of
the corporation or other corporation or enterprise,  as appropriate;  (iii) with
respect to a criminal proceeding, has no reasonable cause to believe his conduct
was unlawful; and (iv) was not adjudged to be liable to the corporation or other
corporation  or enterprise  (unless the court where the  proceeding  was brought
determines that such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity).

     Unless  ordered by a court,  indemnification  may be made only  following a
determination that such  indemnification is permissible because the person being
indemnified has met the requisite standard of conduct. Such determination may be
made (i) by the Board of Directors of the Holding  Company by a majority vote of
a quorum consisting of directors not at the time parties to such proceeding;  or
(ii) if such a quorum  cannot be  obtained  or the  quorum so  directs,  then by
independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or (iii) by the stockholders.

     Section 145 also permits  expenses  incurred by  directors  and officers in
defending a  proceeding  to be paid by the  corporation  in advance of the final
disposition  of such  proceedings  upon the  receipt  of an  undertaking  by the
director or officer to repay such amount if it is ultimately  determined that he
is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation against such expenses.

                                      II-1

<PAGE>

Item 25.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
- -----------------------------------------------------

     Set forth below is an estimate  of the amount of fees and  expenses  (other
than  underwriting  discounts and commissions) to be incurred in connection with
the issuance of the shares.

SEC registration fee..................................................   $ 1,951
NASD fee..............................................................     1,100
OTS filing fees.......................................................     8,400
Counsel fees and expenses.............................................    75,000
Accounting fees and expenses..........................................   165,000
Appraisal and business plan fees and expenses.........................    16,000
Conversion agent fees and expenses....................................    12,000
Marketing agent's expenses............................................    15,000
Marketing agent's fee.................................................    90,000
Marketing agent's counsel fees and expenses...........................    20,000
Printing, postage and mailing.........................................    60,000
Blue sky fees and expenses............................................    14,000
Other expenses........................................................    30,000
                                                                        --------
     TOTAL............................................................  $508,451
                                                                        ========
- ---------
(1)  Based on maximum of Estimated  Valuation  Range and  assumptions  set forth
     under "Pro Forma Data" in the Prospectus.

Item 26.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
- -------------------------------------------------

     The Registrant is newly  incorporated,  solely for the purpose of acting as
the holding company of First Security  Federal Savings Bank pursuant to the Plan
of Conversion  (filed as Exhibit 2 herein),  and no sales of its securities have
occurred to date, other than the sale of one share of the Registrant's  stock to
its  incorporator for the purpose of qualifying the Registrant to do business in
Illinois.

                                      II-2

<PAGE>

Item 27.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
- ----------------------------------------------------

(a)  Exhibits:

     1.1  Letter  Agreement  regarding  marketing and  consulting  services with
          Capital Resources, Inc.*
     1.2  Form of Agency Agreement*
     2    Plan of Conversion
     3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company
     3.2  Bylaws of the Holding Company
     3.3  Charter of First Security Federal Savings Bank in stock form
     3.4  Bylaws of First Security Federal Savings Bank in stock form
     4    Form of Stock Certificate of the Holding Company
     5    Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to legality of
          stock
     8.1  Opinion of Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P.  with  respect to Federal
          income tax consequences of the Conversion
     8.2  Opinion of KPMG Peat  Marwick LLP with  respect to New York income tax
          consequences of the Conversion*
     8.3  RP  Financial,  LC.  Letter with respect to estimated pro forma market
          value and Subscription Rights
    10.1  Form of Proposed Stock Option and Incentive Plan
    10.2  Form of Proposed Recognition and Retention Plan
    10.3  Form of Change-In-Control Severance Agreement with Lewis E. Kolar
    10.4  Form of Change-In-Control Severance Agreement with Menzo D. Case
    10.5  Employee Stock Ownership Plan*
    21    Subsidiaries
    23.1  Consent of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.
    23.2  Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
    23.3  Consent of RP Financial, LC.
    24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
    99.1  Appraisal*
    99.2  Proxy  Statement  and form of proxy to be  furnished  to  Gloversville
          Federal Savings and Loan Association account holders
    99.3  Stock Order Form and Order Form Instructions*
    99.4  Question and Answer Brochure*
    99.5  Advertising, Training and Community Informational Meeting Materials*
- ---------
* To be filed by amendment.

                                      II-3

<PAGE>

Item 28.  Undertakings
- ----------------------

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

     (i)  To file,  during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
          post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement;

     (i)  To  include  any  Prospectus  required  by  Section  10(a)(3)  of  the
          Securities Act of 1933;

    (ii)  To reflect in the  Prospectus  any facts or events  arising  after the
          effective  date of the  Registration  Statement  (or the  most  recent
          post-effective  amendment  thereof)  which,  individually  or  in  the
          aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
          in the Registration Statement; and

   (iii)  To  include  any  material  information  with  respect  to the plan of
          distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or
          any material change to such information in the Registration Statement.

     (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933,  each  such  post-effective  amendment  shall be deemed to be a new
Registration  Statement  relating to the  securities  offered  therein,  and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

     (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective  amendment any
of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the
offering.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such  indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling  person of the Registrant in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and it will be governed by the final adjudication
of such issue.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

     (1) For purposes of determining  any liability  under the Securities Act of
1933, the information  omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
Registration  Statement  in reliance  upon Rule 430A and  contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant

                                      II-4

<PAGE>

to Rule  424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the  Securities Act shall be deemed to
be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

     (2) For the purpose of determining  any liability  under the Securities Act
of 1933, each post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
be deemed to be a new Registration  Statement relating to the securities offered
therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-5

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

     In accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  of filing on form SB-2 and  authorized  this  registration
statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by the  undersigned,  in the  City  of
Gloversville, State of New York on January 2, 1998.


                                     ADIRONDACK FINANCIAL SERVICES BANCORP, INC.


                                     By:  /s/ Lewis E. Kolar
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Lewis E. Kolar, President,
                                            Chief Executive Officer and Director
                                          (Duly Authorized Representative)

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person whose  signature  appears
below   constitutes   and  appoints   Lewis  E.  Kolar,   his  true  and  lawful
attorney-in-fact  and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution,
for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any
and all amendments  (including  post-effective  amendments) to this Registration
Statement,  and to file the  same,  with all  exhibits  thereto,  and all  other
documents in connection therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done,  as
fully to all  intents  and  purposes  as he might or could do in person,  hereby
ratifying and confirming all said  attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitutes
or substitute may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.


/s/ Lewis E. Kolar                        /s/ Priscilla J. Bell
- --------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
Lewis E. Kolar                            Priscilla J. Bell
President, Chief Executive Officer and    Director
   Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: January 2, 1998                     Date: January 2, 1998
      --------------------------------          --------------------------------


/s/ Timothy E. Delaney                    /s/ Richard D. Ruby
- --------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
Timothy E. Delaney                        Richard D. Ruby
Director                                  Chairman of the Board

Date: January 2, 1998                     Date: January 2, 1998
      --------------------------------          --------------------------------

                                      II-6

<PAGE>

/s/ Donald I. Lee                         /s/ Robert J. Sofarelli
- --------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
Donald I. Lee                             Robert J. Sofarelli
Recording Secretary and Director          Director

Date: January 2, 1998                     Date: January 2, 1998
      --------------------------------          --------------------------------


/s/Menzo D. Case
- --------------------------------------
Menzo D. Case
Executive Vice-President, Chief Operating
   Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Date: January 2, 1998                 
      --------------------------------


                                      II-7

<PAGE>

     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 2, 1998

                                                       Registration No. 333-
================================================================================




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington, DC 20549


                                 -------------


                                 EXHIBITS TO THE

                                    FORM S-1

                                      UNDER

                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


                                 -------------


                   ADIRONDACK FINANCIAL SERVICES BANCORP, INC.

                              52 North Main Street
                        Gloversville, New York 12078-3084




================================================================================

<PAGE>

Exhibits:
- ---------

     1.1  Letter  Agreement  regarding  marketing and  consulting  services with
          Capital Resources, Inc.*
     1.2  Form of Agency Agreement*
     2    Plan of Conversion
     3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company
     3.2  Bylaws of the Holding Company
     3.3  Charter of First Security Federal Savings Bank in stock form
     3.4  Bylaws of First Security Federal Savings Bank in stock form
     4    Form of Stock Certificate of the Holding Company
     5    Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to legality of
          stock
     8.1  Opinion of Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P.  with  respect to Federal
          income tax consequences of the Conversion
     8.2  Opinion of KPMG Peat  Marwick LLP with  respect to New York income tax
          consequences of the Conversion*
     8.3  RP  Financial,  LC.  Letter with respect to estimated pro forma market
          value and Subscription Rights
    10.1  Form of Proposed Stock Option and Incentive Plan
    10.2  Form of Proposed Recognition and Retention Plan
    10.3  Form of Change-In-Control Severance Agreement with Lewis E. Kolar
    10.4  Form of Change-In-Control Severance Agreement with Menzo D. Case
    10.5  Employee Stock Ownership Plan*
    21    Subsidiaries
    23.1  Consent of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.
    23.2  Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
    23.3  Consent of RP Financial, LC.
    24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
    99.1  Appraisal*
    99.2  Proxy  Statement  and form of proxy to be  furnished  to  Gloversville
          Federal Savings and Loan Association account holders
    99.3  Stock Order Form and Order Form Instructions*
    99.4  Question and Answer Brochure*
    99.5  Advertising, Training and Community Informational Meeting Materials*
- ---------
* To be filed by amendment.



                 Gloversville Federal Savings & Loan Association
                             Gloversville, New York

                               PLAN OF CONVERSION
                    From Mutual to Stock Form of Organization


         I. GENERAL

         On November 19, 1997,  the Board of Directors of  Gloversville  Federal
Savings & Loan Association (the "Bank") adopted a Plan of Conversion whereby the
Bank  would  convert  from a  mutual  savings  institution  to a  stock  savings
institution.  The  Plan  includes,  as part of the  conversion,  the  concurrent
formation of a holding  company,  to be named in the future.  The Plan  provides
that non-transferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion
Stock  will be offered  first to  Eligible  Account  Holders of record as of the
Eligibility Record Date, then to the Bank's  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans, then
to  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders  of record  as of the  Supplemental
Eligibility Record Date, then to Other Members, and then to directors,  officers
and  employees.  Concurrently  with, at any time during,  or promptly  after the
Subscription  Offering,  and on a  lowest  priority  basis,  an  opportunity  to
subscribe may also be offered to the general public in a Direct Community and/or
Public Offering. The price of the Holding Company Conversion Stock will be based
upon an  independent  appraisal of the Bank and will reflect its  estimated  pro
forma market value, as converted.  It is the desire of the Board of Directors of
the Bank to attract new capital to the Bank in order to  increase  its  capital,
support  future  savings  growth and increase the amount of funds  available for
residential and other mortgage  lending.  The Converted Bank is also expected to
benefit from its management and other personnel  having a stock ownership in its
business,  since stock ownership is viewed as an effective performance incentive
and a means of  attracting,  retaining  and  compensating  management  and other
personnel.  No change will be made in the Board of Directors or  management as a
result of the Conversion.

         II. DEFINITIONS

         Acting in Concert:  The term  "acting in  concert"  shall have the same
meaning given it in ss.574.2(c) of the Rules and Regulations of the OTS.

         Actual Subscription Price: The price per share,  determined as provided
in Section V of the Plan, at which Holding Company Conversion Stock will be sold
in the Subscription Offering.

         Affiliate:  An  "affiliate"  of,  or  a  Person  "affiliated"  with,  a
specified Person, is a Person that directly,  or indirectly  through one or more
intermediaries,  controls,  or is controlled by or is under common control with,
the Person specified.

         Associate:  The term  "associate," when used to indicate a relationship
with any  Person,  means (i) any  corporation  or  organization  (other than the
Holding Company, the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company)
of which such Person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the
beneficial owner of ten percent or more of any class of equity securities,  (ii)
any trust or other  estate in which  such  Person has a  substantial  beneficial
interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar  fiduciary
capacity, and (iii) any relative or spouse of

                                        1

<PAGE>



such  Person,  or any  relative  of such  spouse,  who has the same home as such
Person or who is a director or officer of the Holding Company or the Bank or any
subsidiary of the Holding Company; provided,  however, that any Tax-Qualified or
Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plan shall not be deemed to be an  associate of any
director or officer of the Holding  Company or the Bank, to the extent  provided
in Section V hereof.

         Bank:  Gloversville  Federal  Savings & Loan  Association or such other
name as the institution may adopt.

         Conversion:  Change of the Bank's  charter and bylaws to federal  stock
charter and bylaws;  sale by the Holding Company of Holding  Company  Conversion
Stock;  and issuance  and sale by the  Converted  Bank of Converted  Bank Common
Stock to the Holding Company, all as provided for in the Plan.

         Converted  Bank:  The federally  chartered  stock  savings  institution
resulting from the Conversion of the Bank in accordance with the Plan.

         Deposit Account:  Any withdrawable or repurchasable  account or deposit
in the Bank including Savings Accounts and demand accounts.

         Direct  Community  Offering:  The offering to the general public of any
unsubscribed shares which may be effected as provided in Section V hereof.

         Eligibility Record Date: The close of business on September 30, 1996.

         Eligible Account Holder: Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit in the
Bank on the Eligibility Record Date.

         Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         Holding Company:  A corporation which upon completion of the Conversion
will own all of the outstanding common stock of the Converted Bank, and the name
of which will be selected in the future.

         Holding Company  Conversion  Stock:  Shares of common stock,  par value
$.01 per share,  to be issued and sold by the  Holding  Company as a part of the
Conversion;  provided,  however,  that for purposes of calculating  Subscription
Rights and maximum purchase limitations under the Plan, references to the number
of shares of  Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock  shall  refer to the number of
shares offered in the Subscription Offering.

         Local Community:  The geographic area encompassing  Fulton,  Montgomery
and Saratoga Counties, New York.

         Market  Maker:  A dealer  (i.e.,  any Person who  engages  directly  or
indirectly  as agent,  broker or principal in the business of offering,  buying,
selling, or otherwise dealing or trading in securities

                                        2

<PAGE>



issued by another  Person)  who,  with  respect to a  particular  security,  (i)
regularly  publishes  bona  fide,  competitive  bid and  offer  quotations  in a
recognized   inter-dealer   quotation   system;  or  (ii)  furnishes  bona  fide
competitive bid and offer  quotations on request;  and (iii) is ready,  willing,
and able to effect  transactions  in reasonable  quantities at his quoted prices
with other brokers or dealers.

         Maximum  Subscription  Price:  The price per share of  Holding  Company
Conversion  Stock  to be  paid  initially  by  subscribers  in the  Subscription
Offering.

         Member:  Any Person or entity  that  qualifies  as a member of the Bank
pursuant to its charter and bylaws.

         Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee Plan:  Any defined  benefit plan or defined
contribution plan of the Bank or the Holding Company,  such as an employee stock
ownership plan, stock bonus plan,  profit-sharing plan or other plan, which with
its related trust does not meet the requirements to be "qualified" under Section
401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

         OTS: Office of Thrift Supervision,  Department of the Treasury, and its
successors.

         Officer:  An  executive  officer  of the  Holding  Company or the Bank,
including  the  Chairman of the Board,  President,  Executive  Vice  Presidents,
Senior Vice Presidents in charge of principal business functions,  Secretary and
Treasurer.

         Order Forms: Forms to be used in the Subscription  Offering to exercise
Subscription Rights.

         Other  Members:  Members  of the  Bank,  other  than  Eligible  Account
Holders,  Tax-Qualified Employee Plans or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders,
as of the Voting Record Date.

         Person: An individual, a corporation, a partnership,  an association, a
joint-stock company, a trust, any unincorporated  organization,  or a government
or political subdivision thereof.

         Plan:  This Plan of  Conversion  of the Bank,  including  any amendment
approved as provided in this Plan.

         Public  Offering:  The  offering  for sale to  selected  members of the
general public of any shares of Holding Company  Conversion Stock not subscribed
for in the Subscription Offering or the Direct Community Offering, if any.

         Public  Offering Price:  The price per share at which any  unsubscribed
shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock are initially offered for sale in the
Public Offering.

         Qualifying  Deposit:  The  aggregate  balance  of $50 or  more  of each
Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder as of the Eligibility  Record Date
or of a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder as of the Supplemental  Eligibility
Record Date.

         SAIF: Savings Association Insurance Fund.

                                        3

<PAGE>



         Savings  Account:  The term "Savings  Account"  means any  withdrawable
account in the Bank except a demand account.

         SEC:  Securities and Exchange Commission.

         Special Meeting:  The Special Meeting of Members called for the purpose
of considering and voting upon the Plan of Conversion.

         Subscription  Offering:  The  offering  of  shares of  Holding  Company
Conversion  Stock for  subscription  and  purchase  pursuant to Section V of the
Plan.

         Subscription Rights: Non-transferable,  non-negotiable, personal rights
of  the  Bank's  Eligible   Account  Holders,   Tax-Qualified   Employee  Plans,
Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,  Other Members, and directors,  Officers
and employees to subscribe for shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock in the
Subscription Offering.

         Supplemental  Eligibility  Record  Date:  The last day of the  calendar
quarter preceding approval of the Plan by the OTS.

         Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder:  Any person holding a Qualifying
Deposit in the Bank (other than an officer or director and their  associates) on
the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.

         Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans:  Any  defined  benefit  plan or defined
contribution plan of the Bank or the Holding Company,  such as an employee stock
ownership plan, stock bonus plan,  profit-sharing plan or other plan, which with
its related trust meets the requirements to be "qualified"  under Section 401 of
the Internal Revenue Code.

         Voting  Record  Date:  The  date  set  by the  Board  of  Directors  in
accordance with federal  regulations for determining Members eligible to vote at
the Special Meeting.

         III. STEPS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF PLAN OF CONVERSION TO THE MEMBERS FOR
              APPROVAL

         Prior  to  submission  of the Plan of  Conversion  to its  Members  for
approval,  the Bank must receive from the OTS  approval of the  Application  for
Approval of Conversion to convert to the federal stock form of organization. The
following steps must be taken prior to such regulatory approval:

     A.   The  Board of  Directors  shall  adopt  the  Plan by not  less  than a
          two-thirds vote.

     B.   The Bank shall  notify  its  Members  of the  adoption  of the Plan by
          publishing a statement in a newspaper having a general  circulation in
          each community in which the Bank maintains an office.


                                        4

<PAGE>



     C.   Copies of the Plan  adopted  by the Board of  Directors  shall be made
          available for inspection at each office of the Bank.

     D.   The Bank will promptly cause an Application for Approval of Conversion
          on Form AC to be prepared  and filed with the OTS, an  Application  on
          Form H-(e)1 (or other  applicable  form) to be prepared and filed with
          the OTS and a  Registration  Statement  on Form S-1 to be prepared and
          filed with the SEC.

     E.   Upon  receipt of notice  from the OTS to do so, the Bank shall  notify
          its  Members  that  it has  filed  the  Application  for  Approval  of
          Conversion by posting  notice in each of its offices and by publishing
          notice in a newspaper having general  circulation in each community in
          which the Bank maintains an office.

         IV. CONVERSION PROCEDURE

         Following  approval  of the  application  by the OTS,  the Plan will be
submitted  to a vote of the  Members  at the  Special  Meeting.  If the  Plan is
approved by Members  holding a majority of the total number of votes entitled to
be cast at the Special  Meeting,  the Bank will take all other  necessary  steps
pursuant  to  applicable  laws and  regulations  to convert  to a federal  stock
savings  institution as part of a concurrent  holding company formation pursuant
to the terms of the Plan.

         The Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock will be offered for sale in the
Subscription  Offering at the  Maximum  Subscription  Price to Eligible  Account
Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans,  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders,
Other Members and  directors,  Officers and  employees of the Bank,  prior to or
within  45 days  after the date of the  Special  Meeting.  The Bank may,  either
concurrently  with,  at any time  during,  or  promptly  after the  Subscription
Offering,  also  offer  the  Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock  to and  accept
subscriptions  from other Persons in a Direct  Community and/or Public Offering;
provided that the Bank's Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans,
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, Other Members and directors, Officers and
employees  shall have the  priority  rights to  subscribe  for  Holding  Company
Conversion  Stock set forth in  Section V of this  Plan.  However,  the  Holding
Company and the Bank may delay commencing the Subscription  Offering beyond such
45-day period in the event there exist  unforeseen  material  adverse  market or
financial  conditions.  If the  Subscription  Offering  commences  prior  to the
Special Meeting,  subscriptions  will be accepted subject to the approval of the
Plan at the Special Meeting.

         The period for the Subscription  Offering and Direct Community Offering
and/or  Public  Offering  will be not less  than 20 days  nor more  than 45 days
unless extended by the Bank. If for any reason all of the Conversion  shares are
not  sold in the  Subscription  Offering  and  Direct  Community  and/or  Public
Offering, the Holding Company and the Bank will use their best efforts to obtain
other purchasers,  subject to OTS approval. Completion of the sale of all shares
of Holding Company  Conversion Stock not sold in the  Subscription  Offering and
Direct  Community  and/or  Public  Offering  is  required  within 45 days  after
termination of the  Subscription  Offering,  subject to extension of such 45-day
period by the  Holding  Company and the Bank with the  approval of the OTS.  The
Holding  Company and the Bank may jointly  seek one or more  extensions  of such
45-day

                                        5

<PAGE>



period if  necessary  to  complete  the sale of all  shares of  Holding  Company
Conversion  Stock.  In connection  with such  extensions,  subscribers and other
purchasers   will  be  permitted  to   increase,   decrease  or  rescind   their
subscriptions  or purchase orders to the extent required by the OTS in approving
the  extensions.  Completion  of the  sale  of all  shares  of  Holding  Company
Conversion  Stock is  required  within 24 months  after the date of the  Special
Meeting.

         V. STOCK OFFERING

     A.   Total Number of Shares and Purchase Price of Conversion Stock

          The total number of shares of Holding Company  Conversion  Stock to be
          issued and sold in the  Conversion  will be determined  jointly by the
          Boards of Directors  of the Holding  Company and the Bank prior to the
          commencement of the  Subscription  Offering,  subject to adjustment if
          necessitated by market or financial  conditions  prior to consummation
          of the  Conversion.  The total  number of  shares of  Holding  Company
          Conversion  Stock shall also be subject to increase in connection with
          any oversubscriptions in the Subscription Offering or Direct Community
          and/or Public Offering.

          The aggregate price for which all shares of Holding Company Conversion
          Stock will be issued will be based on an independent  appraisal of the
          estimated  total pro forma market value of the Holding Company and the
          Converted  Bank.  Such appraisal shall be performed in accordance with
          OTS guidelines and will be updated as appropriate under or required by
          applicable regulations.

          The appraisal  will be made by an  independent  investment  banking or
          financial   consulting   firm   experienced  in  the  area  of  thrift
          institution  appraisals.  The  appraisal  will  include,  among  other
          things,  an analysis of the historical and pro forma operating results
          and net worth of the  Converted  Bank and a comparison  of the Holding
          Company,  the Converted Bank and the Conversion  Stock with comparable
          thrift   institutions  and  holding  companies  and  their  respective
          outstanding capital stocks.

          Based upon the independent  appraisal,  the Boards of Directors of the
          Holding Company and the Bank will jointly fix the Maximum Subscription
          Price.

          The  Actual  Subscription  Price  for each  share of  Holding  Company
          Conversion   Stock  will  be  determined  by  dividing  the  estimated
          appraised  aggregate pro forma market value of the Holding Company and
          the Converted Bank, based on the independent appraisal as updated upon
          completion of the Subscription  Offering and Direct Community Offering
          and/or  Public  Offering,  if any, or other sale of all of the Holding
          Company  Conversion  Stock,  by the total  number of shares of Holding
          Company  Conversion Stock to be issued and sold by the Holding Company
          upon  Conversion.  Such appraisal will then be expressed in terms of a
          specific aggregate dollar amount rather than as a range.

                                        6

<PAGE>



     B.   Subscription Rights

          Non-transferable Subscription Rights to purchase shares will be issued
          without payment therefor to Eligible  Account  Holders,  Tax-Qualified
          Employee Plans,  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders,  Other Members
          and directors, Officers and employees of the Bank as set forth below.

          1.   Preference Category No. 1: Eligible Account Holders

               Each  Eligible  Account  Holder  shall  receive  non-transferable
               Subscription  Rights to subscribe  for shares of Holding  Company
               Conversion  Stock in an amount  equal to the greater of $150,000,
               or  one-tenth  of one  percent  (.10%) of the total  offering  of
               shares,  or 15 times the product  (rounded down to the next whole
               number)  obtained by  multiplying  the total  number of shares of
               common stock to be issued by a fraction of which the numerator is
               the  amount of the  qualifying  deposit of the  Eligible  Account
               Holder  and the  denominator  is the total  amount of  qualifying
               deposits of all Eligible  Account  Holders in the converting Bank
               in each case on the Eligibility Record Date.

               If sufficient shares are not available, shares shall be allocated
               first to  permit  each  subscribing  Eligible  Account  Holder to
               purchase to the extent  possible 100 shares and thereafter  among
               each  subscribing  Eligible  Account  Holder pro rata in the same
               proportion  that  his  Qualifying  Deposit  bears  to  the  total
               Qualifying  Deposits of all subscribing  Eligible Account Holders
               whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

               Non-transferable  Subscription Rights to purchase Holding Company
               Conversion  Stock  received by directors and Officers of the Bank
               and their  Associates,  based on their increased  deposits in the
               Bank in the one-year  period  preceding  the  Eligibility  Record
               Date, shall be subordinated to all other subscriptions  involving
               the exercise of non-transferable  Subscription Rights of Eligible
               Account Holders.

          2.   Preference Category No. 2: Tax-Qualified Employee Plans

               Each  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plan shall be  entitled to receive
               non-transferable Subscription Rights to purchase up to 10% of the
               shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock,  provided that singly
               or in the  aggregate  such plans (other than that portion of such
               plans which is self-directed) shall not purchase more than 10% of
               the shares of the Holding Company Conversion Stock.  Subscription
               Rights  received  pursuant to this Category shall be subordinated
               to all rights  received by Eligible  Account  Holders to purchase
               shares  pursuant  to  Category  No. 1;  provided,  however,  that
               notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary,
               the  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans  shall have a first  priority
               Subscription  Right to the extent that the total number of shares
               of  Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock  sold  in the  Conversion
               exceeds  the maximum of the  appraisal  range as set forth in the
               subscription prospectus.

                                       7

<PAGE>

          3.   Preference Category No. 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders

               Each   Supplemental   Eligible   Account   Holder  shall  receive
               non-transferable  Subscription  Rights to subscribe for shares of
               Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock  in an  amount  equal  to the
               greater of $150,000,  or  one-tenth of one percent  (.10%) of the
               total offering of shares,  or 15 times the product  (rounded down
               to the next  whole  number)  obtained  by  multiplying  the total
               number of shares of common  stock to be issued by a  fraction  of
               which the  numerator is the amount of the  qualifying  deposit of
               the  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is
               the  total  amount of  qualifying  deposits  of all  Supplemental
               Eligible  Account  Holders in the converting Bank in each case on
               the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.

               Subscription  Rights received  pursuant to this category shall be
               subordinated  to all  Subscription  Rights  received  by Eligible
               Account  Holders and  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans  pursuant to
               Category Nos. 1 and 2 above.

               Any  non-transferable  Subscription  Rights  to  purchase  shares
               received  by  an  Eligible  Account  Holder  in  accordance  with
               Category   No.  1  shall   reduce  to  the  extent   thereof  the
               Subscription  Rights to be distributed to such person pursuant to
               this Category.

               In  the  event  of  an  oversubscription  for  shares  under  the
               provisions of this  subparagraph,  the shares  available shall be
               allocated first to permit each subscribing  Supplemental Eligible
               Account Holder,  to the extent possible,  to purchase a number of
               shares  sufficient to make his total  allocation  (including  the
               number of shares,  if any,  allocated in accordance with Category
               No. 1) equal to 100 shares, and thereafter among each subscribing
               Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder  pro  rata  in  the  same
               proportion  that  his  Qualifying  Deposit  bears  to  the  total
               Qualifying  Deposits  of all  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible
               Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

                                        8

<PAGE>



          4.   Preference Category No. 4: Other Members

               Each Other Member  shall  receive  non-transferable  Subscription
               Rights to  subscribe  for  shares of Holding  Company  Conversion
               Stock remaining after satisfying the  subscriptions  provided for
               under  Category Nos. 1 through 3 above,  subject to the following
               conditions:

               a.   Each Other  Member  shall be  entitled to  subscribe  for an
                    amount  of  shares  equal to the  greater  of  $150,000,  or
                    one-tenth  of one  percent  (.10%) of the total  offering of
                    shares of common stock in the Conversion, to the extent that
                    Holding Company Conversion Stock is available.

               b.   In the event of an  oversubscription  for  shares  under the
                    provisions of this subparagraph,  the shares available shall
                    be allocated among the subscribing Other Members pro rata in
                    the same  proportion  that his number of votes on the Voting
                    Record Date bears to the total number of votes on the Voting
                    Record Date of all  subscribing  Other Members on such date.
                    Such number of votes shall be determined based on the Bank's
                    mutual  charter and bylaws in effect on the date of approval
                    by members of this Plan of Conversion.

          5.   Preference Category No. 5: Directors, Officers and Employees

               Each director, Officer and employee of the Bank as of the date of
               the commencement of the  Subscription  Offering shall be entitled
               to  receive  non-transferable  Subscription  Rights  to  purchase
               shares of the Holding Company Conversion Stock to the extent that
               shares  are  available  after  satisfying   subscriptions   under
               Category  Nos.  1  through  4  above.  The  shares  which  may be
               purchased  under  this  Category  are  subject  to the  following
               conditions:

               a.   The total number of shares which may be purchased under this
                    Category  may not  exceed  24% of the  number  of  shares of
                    Holding Company Conversion Stock.

               b.   The maximum  amount of shares which may be  purchased  under
                    this  Category by any Person is $150,000 of Holding  Company
                    Conversion  Stock. In the event of an  oversubscription  for
                    shares under the provisions of this subparagraph, the shares
                    available  shall be allocated pro rata among all subscribers
                    in this Category.



                                        9

<PAGE>



     C.   Public Offering and Direct Community Offering

          1.   Any shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock not subscribed for
               in the Subscription  Offering may be offered for sale in a Direct
               Community  Offering.   This  will  involve  an  offering  of  all
               unsubscribed  shares  directly  to  the  general  public  with  a
               preference  to  those  natural  persons  residing  in  the  Local
               Community.  The Direct Community Offering, if any, shall be for a
               period  of not less  than 20 days nor  more  than 45 days  unless
               extended by the Holding  Company and the Bank, and shall commence
               concurrently  with,  during or  promptly  after the  Subscription
               Offering. The purchase price per share to the general public in a
               Direct  Community  Offering  shall  be the  same  as  the  Actual
               Subscription  Price.  The Holding Company and the Bank may use an
               investment  banking firm or firms on a best efforts basis to sell
               the unsubscribed  shares in the Subscription and Direct Community
               Offering.  The Holding  Company and the Bank may pay a commission
               or other fee to such  investment  banking firm or firms as to the
               shares sold by such firm or firms in the  Subscription and Direct
               Community  Offering and may also reimburse such firm or firms for
               expenses  incurred  in  connection  with the  sale.  The  Holding
               Company  Conversion  Stock will be offered and sold in the Direct
               Community Offering, in accordance with OTS regulations,  so as to
               achieve the widest distribution of the Holding Company Conversion
               Stock. No person, by himself or herself,  or with an Associate or
               group of Persons acting in concert, may subscribe for or purchase
               more than  $150,000 of Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock in the
               Direct Community Offering.

               In the event of an  oversubscription  for  shares  in the  Direct
               Community Offering, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares
               remain  available)  first  to cover  orders  of  natural  persons
               residing in the Local Community,  then to cover the orders of any
               other  person  subscribing  for  shares in the  Direct  Community
               Offering so that each such person may receive 1,000  shares,  and
               thereafter,  on a pro  rata  basis to such  persons  based on the
               amount of their respective subscriptions.

               The Bank and the Holding Company,  in their sole discretion,  may
               reject  subscriptions,  in whole or in  part,  received  from any
               Person under this Section V.C. Further,  the Bank and the Holding
               Company may, in their sole  discretion,  elect to forego a Direct
               Community  Offering  and  instead  effect  a Public  Offering  as
               described below.

          2.   Any shares of Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock not sold in the
               Subscription  Offering and the Direct Community Offering, if any,
               may be sold to  selected  members  of the  general  public in the
               Public Offering. The Public Offering shall be completed within 45
               days after the termination of the Subscription  Offering,  unless
               such period is  extended  as  provided in Section IV hereof.  The
               Holding Company and the Bank may, in their sole

                                       10

<PAGE>



               discretion,  reject  in  whole  or  in  part,  any  subscriptions
               received  in the  Public  Offering.  No  person,  by  himself  or
               herself,  or with an  Associate  or group of  persons  acting  in
               concert,  may purchase more than $150,000 of shares in the Public
               Offering and/or Direct Community Offering.

          3.   If for any reason a Public  Offering  of  unsubscribed  shares of
               Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock  cannot be  effected  and any
               shares  remain  unsold  after the  Subscription  Offering and the
               Direct Community Offering, if any, the Boards of Directors of the
               Holding Company and the Bank will seek to make other arrangements
               for the sale of the  remaining  shares.  Such other  arrangements
               will be subject to the approval of the OTS and to compliance with
               applicable securities laws.

     D.   Additional  Limitations  Upon  Purchases of Shares of Holding  Company
          Conversion Stock

          The following additional limitations shall be imposed on all purchases
          of Holding Company Conversion Stock in the Conversion:

          1.   No Person,  by himself or herself,  or with an Associate or group
               of Persons  acting in concert,  may  subscribe for or purchase in
               the Conversion a number of shares of Holding  Company  Conversion
               Stock which  exceeds an amount of shares equal to  $150,000.  For
               purposes of this  paragraph,  an  Associate  of a Person does not
               include a  Tax-Qualified  or Non-Tax  Qualified  Employee Plan in
               which the person has a substantial  beneficial interest or serves
               as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary  capacity.  Moreover,  for
               purposes  of  this   paragraph,   shares  held  by  one  or  more
               Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax Qualified Employee Plans attributed to a
               Person shall not be aggregated with shares purchased  directly by
               or otherwise attributable to that Person.

          2.   Directors and Officers and their  Associates  may not purchase in
               all categories in the Conversion an aggregate of more than 34% of
               the  Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock.  For  purposes  of this
               paragraph,  an  Associate  of  a  Person  does  not  include  any
               Tax-Qualified Employee Plan. Moreover, any shares attributable to
               the Officers and directors and their Associates,  but held by one
               or more  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans  shall not be included in
               calculating the number of shares which may be purchased under the
               limitation in this paragraph.

          3.   The minimum number of shares of Holding Company  Conversion Stock
               that may be  purchased  by any  Person  in the  Conversion  is 25
               shares, provided sufficient shares are available.

          4.   The Boards of Directors of the Holding  Company and the Bank may,
               in  their  sole   discretion,   increase  the  maximum   purchase
               limitation referred to in

                                       11

<PAGE>



               subparagraph  1.  herein up to 9.99%,  provided  that  orders for
               shares exceeding 5% of the shares being offered in the Conversion
               shall not  exceed,  in the  aggregate,  10% of the  shares  being
               offered in the Conversion. Requests to purchase additional shares
               of Holding Company  Conversion Stock under this provision will be
               allocated  by the Boards of  Directors on a pro rata basis giving
               priority in accordance with the priority rights set forth in this
               Section V.

         Depending upon market and financial conditions, the Boards of Directors
of the Holding  Company and the Bank,  with the  approval of the OTS and without
further  approval of the  Members,  may  increase  or decrease  any of the above
purchase limitations.

         For  purposes of this Section V, the  directors of the Holding  Company
and the Bank shall not be deemed to be  Associates  or a group acting in concert
solely as a result of their serving in such capacities.

         Each Person  purchasing  Conversion  Stock in the  Conversion  shall be
deemed to confirm that such purchase  does not conflict with the above  purchase
limitations.

     E.   Restrictions and Other  Characteristics  of Holding Company Conversion
          Stock Being Sold

          1.   Transferability.  Holding Company  Conversion  Stock purchased by
               Persons other than directors and Officers of the Holding  Company
               or the Bank  will be  transferable  without  restriction.  Shares
               purchased by directors or Officers shall not be sold or otherwise
               disposed  of for  value for a period of one year from the date of
               Conversion,  except  for  any  disposition  of  such  shares  (i)
               following the death of the original purchaser,  or (ii) resulting
               from  an  exchange  of  securities  in a  merger  or  acquisition
               approved by the applicable regulatory authorities.  Any transfers
               that  could  result  in a change  of  control  of the Bank or the
               Holding Company or result in the ownership by any Person or group
               acting in  concert of more than 10% of any class of the Bank's or
               the Holding  Company's equity securities are subject to the prior
               approval of the OTS.

               The   certificates   representing   shares  of  Holding   Company
               Conversion  Stock issued to directors  and Officers  shall bear a
               legend giving  appropriate  notice of the one-year holding period
               restriction.  Appropriate  instructions  shall  be  given  to the
               transfer  agent for such  stock with  respect  to the  applicable
               restrictions  relating to the transfer of restricted  stock.  Any
               shares of common stock of the Holding Company subsequently issued
               as a stock dividend,  stock split, or otherwise,  with respect to
               any such restricted  stock,  shall be subject to the same holding
               period  restrictions  for Holding  Company or Bank  directors and
               Officers as may be then applicable to such restricted stock.


                                       12

<PAGE>



               No director or Officer of the Holding  Company or of the Bank, or
               Associate  of such a director  or  Officer,  shall  purchase  any
               outstanding  shares of capital stock of the Holding Company for a
               period of three years following the Conversion  without the prior
               written  approval of the OTS,  except  through a broker or dealer
               registered  with  the  SEC  or  in  a  "negotiated   transaction"
               involving more than one percent of the then-outstanding shares of
               common stock of the Holding  Company.  As used  herein,  the term
               "negotiated   transaction"  means  a  transaction  in  which  the
               securities are offered and the terms and arrangements relating to
               any sale are arrived at through direct communications between the
               seller or any Person  acting on its behalf and the  purchaser  or
               his    investment    representative.    The   term    "investment
               representative"  shall  mean a  professional  investment  advisor
               acting as agent for the purchaser and  independent  of the seller
               and not  acting on behalf of the  seller in  connection  with the
               transaction.

          2.   Repurchase and Dividend Rights. Except as permitted by applicable
               regulations,  for a period of three years  following  Conversion,
               the Converted Bank shall not repurchase any shares of its capital
               stock, except in the case of an offer to repurchase on a pro rata
               basis made to all holders of capital stock of the Converted Bank.
               A  repurchase  of  qualifying  shares of a director  shall not be
               deemed to be a repurchase for purposes of this Section V.E.2.

               Present  regulations also provide that the Converted Bank may not
               declare or pay a cash dividend on or repurchase  any of its stock
               (i) if the  result  thereof  would be to  reduce  the  regulatory
               capital of the Converted  Bank below the amount  required for the
               liquidation  account to be  established  pursuant to Section XIII
               hereof,  and (ii)  except  in  compliance  with  requirements  of
               Section 563.134 of the Rules and Regulations of the OTS.

               The above limitations are subject to Section 563b.3 (g)(3) of the
               Rules and Regulations of the OTS, which  generally  provides that
               the Converted  Bank may repurchase its capital stock provided (i)
               no repurchases occur within one year following  conversion,  (ii)
               repurchases during the second and third year after conversion are
               part of an open market  stock  repurchase  program  that does not
               allow for a repurchase of more than 5% of the Bank's  outstanding
               capital stock during a twelve-month  period without OTS approval,
               (iii)   the   repurchases   do  not  cause  the  Bank  to  become
               undercapitalized, and (iv) the Bank provides notice to the OTS at
               least 10 days prior to the  commencement of a repurchase  program
               and the OTS does not object.  In addition,  the above limitations
               shall not  preclude  payments  of  dividends  or  repurchases  of
               capital  stock  by the  Converted  Bank in the  event  applicable
               federal  regulatory  limitations are liberalized or waived by the
               OTS subsequent to OTS approval of the Plan.


                                       13

<PAGE>



          3.   Voting Rights. After Conversion, holders of deposit accounts will
               not  have  voting  rights  in the  Bank or the  Holding  Company.
               Exclusive  voting  rights  as to the Bank  will be  vested in the
               Holding  Company,  as the sole  stockholder  of the Bank.  Voting
               rights as to the Holding Company will be held  exclusively by its
               stockholders.

     F.   Exercise of Subscription Rights; Order Forms

          1.   If  the  Subscription   Offering  occurs  concurrently  with  the
               solicitation of proxies for the Special Meeting, the subscription
               prospectus  and Order Form may be sent to each  Eligible  Account
               Holder,   Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plan,   Supplemental  Eligible
               Account Holder, Other Member, and director,  Officer and employee
               at their last known  address as shown on the records of the Bank.
               However, the Bank may, and if the Subscription Offering commences
               after the Special Meeting the Bank shall,  furnish a subscription
               prospectus  and Order  Form  only to  Eligible  Account  Holders,
               Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans,   Supplemental  Eligible  Account
               Holders, Other Members, and directors, Officers and employees who
               have  returned  to the  Bank by a  specified  date  prior  to the
               commencement  of the  Subscription  Offering a post card or other
               written  communication  requesting a subscription  prospectus and
               Order Form. In such event,  the Bank shall provide a postage-paid
               post card for this purpose and make appropriate disclosure in its
               proxy  statement for the  solicitation  of proxies to be voted at
               the  Special  Meeting  and/or  letter  sent in lieu of the  proxy
               statement  to those  Eligible  Account  Holders,  Tax-  Qualified
               Employee Plans or Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders who are
               not Members on the Voting Record Date.

          2.   Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by a subscription
               prospectus  describing the Holding Company and the Converted Bank
               and the shares of Holding Company  Conversion Stock being offered
               for subscription and containing all other information required by
               the  OTS or the  SEC or  necessary  to  enable  Persons  to  make
               informed  investment  decisions regarding the purchase of Holding
               Company Conversion Stock.

          3.   The  Order  Forms  (or  accompanying  instructions)  used for the
               Subscription  Offering  will  contain,  among other  things,  the
               following:

               (i)  A clear and  intelligible  explanation  of the  Subscription
                    Rights granted under the Plan to Eligible  Account  Holders,
                    Tax-Qualified Employee Plans,  Supplemental Eligible Account
                    Holders,   Other  Members,   and  directors,   Officers  and
                    employees;

               (ii) A  specified  expiration  date by which  Order Forms must be
                    returned  to  and  actually  received  by  the  Bank  or its
                    representative  for  purposes  of  exercising   Subscription
                    Rights,

                                       14

<PAGE>



                    which  date  will be not less  than 20 days  after the Order
                    Forms are mailed by the Bank;

               (iii)The  Maximum  Subscription  Price to be paid for each  share
                    subscribed for when the Order Form is returned;

               (iv) A statement  that 25 shares is the minimum  number of shares
                    of Holding Company  Conversion  Stock that may be subscribed
                    for under the Plan;

               (v)  A  specifically  designated  blank space for  indicating the
                    number of shares being subscribed for;

               (vi) A set of detailed  instructions  as to how to  complete  the
                    Order  Form  including  a  statement  as  to  the  available
                    alternative   methods  of  payment  for  the  shares   being
                    subscribed for;

               (vii)Specifically  designated blank spaces for dating and signing
                    the Order Form;

               (viii) An  acknowledgment  that the  subscriber  has received the
                    subscription prospectus;

               (ix) A  statement  of the  consequences  of failing  to  properly
                    complete  and return the Order  Form,  including a statement
                    that the  Subscription  Rights will expire on the expiration
                    date specified on the Order Form unless such expiration date
                    is extended by the  Holding  Company and the Bank,  and that
                    the Subscription  Rights may be exercised only by delivering
                    the Order Form, properly completed and executed, to the Bank
                    or its representative by the expiration date,  together with
                    required payment of the Maximum  Subscription  Price for all
                    shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock subscribed for;

               (x)  A    statement    that   the    Subscription    Rights   are
                    non-transferable  and that all  shares  of  Holding  Company
                    Conversion   Stock   subscribed   for   upon   exercise   of
                    Subscription  Rights  must be  purchased  on  behalf  of the
                    Person  exercising  the  Subscription  Rights  for  his  own
                    account; and

               (xi) A  statement  that,   after  receipt  by  the  Bank  or  its
                    representative,   a   subscription   may  not  be  modified,
                    withdrawn or canceled without the consent of the Bank.

     G.   Method of Payment

                                       15

<PAGE>



          Payment for all shares of Holding Company  Conversion Stock subscribed
          for,  computed on the basis of the Maximum  Subscription  Price,  must
          accompany all completed  Order Forms.  Payment may be made in cash (if
          presented in Person),  by check,  or, if the  subscriber has a Deposit
          Account  in  the  Bank  (including  a  certificate  of  deposit),  the
          subscriber may authorize the Bank to charge the subscriber's account.

          If a subscriber  authorizes the Bank to charge his or her account, the
          funds  will  continue  to  earn  interest,  but may not be used by the
          subscriber until all Holding Company Conversion Stock has been sold or
          the Plan of Conversion is terminated,  whichever is earlier.  The Bank
          will allow  subscribers to purchase  shares by withdrawing  funds from
          certificate  accounts  without  the  assessment  of  early  withdrawal
          penalties  with  the  exception  of  prepaid  interest  in the form of
          promotional  gifts. In the case of early  withdrawal of only a portion
          of such  account,  the  certificate  evidencing  such account shall be
          canceled  if the  remaining  balance  of the  account is less than the
          applicable minimum balance  requirement,  in which event the remaining
          balance will earn  interest at the passbook  rate.  This waiver of the
          early  withdrawal  penalty is applicable  only to withdrawals  made in
          connection with the purchase of Holding Company Conversion Stock under
          the Plan of  Conversion.  Interest will also be paid, at not less than
          the  then-current  passbook rate, on all orders paid in cash, by check
          or money order,  from the date payment is received until  consummation
          of the Conversion. Payments made in cash, by check or money order will
          be  placed  by the  Bank in an  escrow  or other  account  established
          specifically for this purpose.

          In the event of an  unfilled  amount of any  subscription  order,  the
          Converted  Bank  will  make  an   appropriate   refund  or  cancel  an
          appropriate  portion of the related  withdrawal  authorization,  after
          consummation of the Conversion,  including any difference  between the
          Maximum  Subscription Price and the Actual  Subscription Price (unless
          subscribers  are  afforded the right to apply such  difference  to the
          purchase of additional whole shares). If for any reason the Conversion
          is not consummated, purchasers will have refunded to them all payments
          made and all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled in the case of
          subscription payments authorized from accounts at the Bank.

          If any  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans or  Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee
          Plans  subscribe for shares  during the  Subscription  Offering,  such
          plans will not be required to pay for the shares subscribed for at the
          time they  subscribe,  but may pay for such shares of Holding  Company
          Conversion Stock  subscribed for upon  consummation of the Conversion.
          In the event that, after the completion of the Subscription  Offering,
          the amount of shares to be issued is  increased  above the  maximum of
          the appraisal range included in the Prospectus,  the Tax Qualified and
          Non-Tax  Qualified  Employee Plans shall be entitled to increase their
          subscriptions by a percentage equal to the percentage  increase in the
          amount of shares to be issued above the maximum of the appraisal range
          provided  that such  subscriptions  shall  continue  to be  subject to
          applicable purchase limits and stock allocation procedures.

                                       16

<PAGE>



     H.   Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Forms; Insufficient Payment

          The Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank shall have
          the  absolute  right,  in their sole  discretion,  to reject any Order
          Form,  including but not limited to, any Order Forms which (i) are not
          delivered or are returned by the United States Postal  Service (or the
          addressee  cannot be located);  (ii) are not received back by the Bank
          or its  representative,  or are received  after the  termination  date
          specified thereon;  (iii) are defectively completed or executed;  (iv)
          are not  accompanied by the total  required  payment for the shares of
          Holding Company  Conversion  Stock  subscribed for (including cases in
          which the subscribers'  Deposit  Accounts or certificate  accounts are
          insufficient  to cover  the  authorized  withdrawal  for the  required
          payment);  or (v) are  submitted  by or on  behalf  of a Person  whose
          representations the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the
          Bank believe to be false or who they otherwise  believe,  either alone
          or  acting  in  concert  with  others,   is   violating,   evading  or
          circumventing,  or intends to violate, evade or circumvent,  the terms
          and conditions of this Plan. In such event, the Subscription Rights of
          the Person to whom such rights have been  granted  will not be honored
          and will be  treated  as though  such  Person  failed  to  return  the
          completed  Order Form within the time period  specified  therein.  The
          Bank may, but will not be required to, waive any irregularity relating
          to any Order Form or require  submission  of corrected  Order Forms or
          the remittance of full payment for  subscribed  shares by such date as
          the Bank may specify.  The  interpretation  of the Holding Company and
          the Bank of the terms and  conditions  of this Plan and of the  proper
          completion  of the Order Form will be final,  subject to the authority
          of the OTS.

     I.   Member in Non-Qualified States or in Foreign Countries

          The  Holding  Company  and the Bank will make  reasonable  efforts  to
          comply with the securities  laws of all states in the United States in
          which  Persons  entitled to subscribe for Holding  Company  Conversion
          Stock pursuant to the Plan reside.  However, no shares will be offered
          or sold  under  the  Plan of  Conversion  to any such  Person  who (1)
          resides in a foreign  country or (2)  resides in a state of the United
          States  in which a small  number  of  Persons  otherwise  eligible  to
          subscribe  for  shares  under the Plan of  Conversion  reside or as to
          which the Holding  Company and the Bank determine that compliance with
          the securities laws of such state would be  impracticable  for reasons
          of cost or  otherwise,  including,  but not limited to, a  requirement
          that  the  Holding  Company  or the  Bank  or any of  their  officers,
          directors or employees  register,  under the  securities  laws of such
          state,  as a broker,  dealer,  salesman or agent.  No payments will be
          made  in lieu of the  granting  of  Subscription  Rights  to any  such
          Person.

         VI. FEDERAL STOCK CHARTER AND BYLAWS

     A.   As part of the Conversion, the Bank will take all appropriate steps to
          amend  its  charter  to read  in the  form of  federal  stock  savings
          institution charter as prescribed

                                       17

<PAGE>



          by the OTS. The name of the Bank,  as  converted,  will not change.  A
          copy of the proposed stock charter is available upon request. By their
          approval of the Plan, the Members of the Bank will thereby approve and
          adopt such charter.

     B.   The Bank will also take appropriate  steps to amend its bylaws to read
          in the  form  prescribed  by  the  OTS  for a  federal  stock  savings
          institution.  A copy of the proposed federal stock bylaws is available
          upon request.

     C.   The effective date of the adoption of the Bank's federal stock charter
          and bylaws  shall be the date of the  issuance and sale of the Holding
          Company Conversion Stock as specified by the OTS.

         VII. HOLDING COMPANY CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

         A copy of the  proposed  certificate  of  incorporation  of the Holding
Company will be made available from the Bank upon request.

         VIII. DIRECTORS OF THE CONVERTED BANK

         Each Person  serving as a member of the Board of  Directors of the Bank
at the time of the Conversion will thereupon  become a director of the Converted
Bank.

         IX. STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN AND RECOGNITION AND RETENTION PLAN

         In order to provide an incentive for directors,  Officers and employees
of the Holding Company and its  subsidiaries  (including the Bank), the Board of
Directors  of the  Holding  Company  intends to adopt,  subject  to  shareholder
approval, a stock option and incentive plan and a recognition and retention plan
as soon as permitted by applicable regulation.

         X. CONTRIBUTIONS TO TAX-QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE PLANS

         The Converted Bank and the Holding Company may in their discretion make
scheduled  contributions to any Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans, provided that any
such  contributions  which are for the acquisition of Holding Company Conversion
Stock, or the repayment of debt incurred for such an  acquisition,  do not cause
the Converted Bank to fail to meet its regulatory capital requirements.

         XI. SECURITIES REGISTRATION AND MARKET MAKING

         Promptly  following the  Conversion,  the Holding Company will register
its stock with the SEC  pursuant to the  Exchange  Act. In  connection  with the
registration,  the Holding  Company will undertake not to deregister such stock,
without the approval of the OTS, for a period of three years thereafter.


                                       18

<PAGE>



         The Holding  Company shall use its best efforts to encourage and assist
two or more  market  makers to  establish  and  maintain a market for its common
stock promptly following Conversion.  The Holding Company will also use its best
efforts to cause its common  stock to be quoted on the National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  Automated  Quotations  System  or to be  listed on a
national or regional securities exchange.

         XII. STATUS OF SAVINGS ACCOUNTS AND LOANS SUBSEQUENT TO CONVERSION

         Each  Deposit  Account  holder  shall  retain,   without   payment,   a
withdrawable  Deposit Account or Accounts in the Converted Bank, equal in amount
to the  withdrawable  value of such account holder's Deposit Account or Accounts
prior to  Conversion.  All Deposit  Accounts  will continue to be insured by the
SAIF up to the applicable limits of insurance coverage,  and shall be subject to
the same terms and conditions  (except as to voting and  liquidation  rights) as
such Deposit Account in the Bank at the time of the Conversion.  All loans shall
retain the same status after Conversion as these loans had prior to Conversion.

         XIII. LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT

         For purposes of granting to Eligible  Account Holders and  Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holders  who  continue to  maintain  Deposit  Accounts at the
Converted  Bank a  priority  in  the  event  of a  complete  liquidation  of the
Converted Bank, the Converted Bank will, at the time of Conversion,  establish a
liquidation  account in an amount equal to the net worth of the Bank as shown on
its latest  statement of  financial  condition  contained in the final  offering
circular used in connection with the Conversion. The creation and maintenance of
the  liquidation  account will not operate to restrict the use or application of
any of the regulatory capital accounts of the Converted Bank; provided, however,
that such regulatory capital accounts will not be voluntarily  reduced below the
required dollar amount of the liquidation account.  Each Eligible Account Holder
and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder shall,  with respect to the Deposit
Account held, have a related  inchoate  interest in a portion of the liquidation
account balance ("subaccount balance").

         The initial subaccount balance of a Deposit Account held by an Eligible
Account Holder and/or  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder shall be determined
by multiplying the opening  balance in the liquidation  account by a fraction of
which the  numerator  is the amount of the  Qualifying  Deposit  in the  Deposit
Account on the  Eligibility  Record  Date  and/or the  Supplemental  Eligibility
Record Date and the  denominator is the total amount of the Qualifying  Deposits
of all Eligible  Account Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders on
such record dates in the Bank. For Deposit  Accounts in existence at both dates,
separate subaccounts shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits
in such Deposit Accounts on such record dates. Such initial  subaccount  balance
shall not be  increased,  and it shall be  subject  to  downward  adjustment  as
provided below.

         If the deposit  balance in any Deposit  Account of an Eligible  Account
Holder or Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder at the close of business on any
annual closing date subsequent to the record date is less than the lesser of (i)
the deposit balance in such Deposit Account at the close of business

                                       19

<PAGE>



on any other annual closing date  subsequent to the  Eligibility  Record Date or
the  Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date or (ii) the amount of the Qualifying
Deposit in such Deposit Account on the  Eligibility  Record Date or Supplemental
Eligibility  Record Date, the  subaccount  balance shall be reduced in an amount
proportionate  to the  reduction  in such  deposit  balance.  In the  event of a
downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased,
notwithstanding  any  increase  in the deposit  balance of the  related  Deposit
Account.  If all  funds in such  Deposit  Account  are  withdrawn,  the  related
subaccount balance shall be reduced to zero.

         In the event of a  complete  liquidation  of the Bank (and only in such
event),  each Eligible Account Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder
shall be entitled to receive a  liquidation  distribution  from the  liquidation
account in the  amount of the  then-current  adjusted  subaccount  balances  for
Deposit  Accounts then held before any liquidation  distribution  may be made to
stockholders. No merger, consolidation, bulk purchase of assets with assumptions
of Deposit Accounts and other liabilities,  or similar transactions with another
institution  the accounts of which are insured by the SAIF,  shall be considered
to be a complete  liquidation.  In such  transactions,  the liquidation  account
shall be assumed by the surviving institution.

         XIV. RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF CONVERTED BANK

         Regulations  of the OTS limit  acquisitions,  and  offers  to  acquire,
direct  or  indirect  beneficial  ownership  of more than 10% of any class of an
equity  security of the  Converted  Bank or the Holding  Company.  In  addition,
consistent  with the  regulations  of the OTS, the charter of the Converted Bank
shall  provide  that for a period  of five  years  following  completion  of the
Conversion:  (i) no Person  (i.e.,  no  individual,  group  acting  in  concert,
corporation,   partnership,   association,   joint  stock  company,   trust,  or
unincorporated  organization or similar company,  syndicate,  or any other group
formed for the purpose of  acquiring,  holding or disposing of  securities of an
insured  institution)  shall directly or indirectly  offer to acquire or acquire
beneficial  ownership  of  more  than  10% of any  class  of the  Bank's  equity
securities.  Shares  beneficially  owned in violation of this charter  provision
shall not be  counted as shares  entitled  to vote and shall not be voted by any
Person or counted as voting  shares in connection  with any matter  submitted to
the  shareholders  for a vote. This  limitation  shall not apply to any offer to
acquire or  acquisition  of beneficial  ownership of more than 10% of the common
stock of the Bank by a corporation  whose ownership is or will be  substantially
the same as the ownership of the Bank, provided that the offer or acquisition is
made more than one year following the date of completion of the Conversion; (ii)
shareholders  shall not be  permitted to cumulate  their votes for  elections of
directors; and (iii) special meetings of the shareholders relating to changes in
control  or  amendment  of the  charter  may  only be  called  by the  Board  of
Directors.

         XV. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

         If necessary or desirable, the Plan may be amended at any time prior to
submission of the Plan and proxy  materials to the Members by a two-thirds  vote
of the respective Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank. After
submission  of the Plan and  proxy  materials  to the  Members,  the Plan may be
amended  by a  two-thirds  vote of the  respective  Boards of  Directors  of the
Holding  Company and the Bank only with the concurrence of the OTS. In the event
that the Bank  determines  that for tax  purposes or otherwise it is in the best
interest of the Bank to convert

                                       20

<PAGE>


from a federal  mutual to a federal  stock  institution  without the  concurrent
formation of a holding company, the Plan may be substantively  amended, with OTS
approval,  in  such  respects  as the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Bank  deems
appropriate to reflect such change from a holding company conversion to a direct
conversion.  In the event the Plan is so amended,  common stock of the Bank will
be substituted  for Holding Company  Conversion  Stock in the  Subscription  and
Direct  Community  and/or  Public  Offerings,  if any, and  subscribers  will be
resolicited  as  described  in  Section V  hereof.  Any  amendments  to the Plan
(including  amendments  to reflect the  elimination  of the  concurrent  holding
company  formation)  made after approval by the Members with the  concurrence of
the OTS shall not necessitate  further  approval by the Members unless otherwise
required.

         The Plan may be terminated by a two-thirds  vote of the Bank's Board of
Directors at any time prior to the Special  Meeting of Members,  and at any time
following  such  Special  Meeting  with  the  concurrence  of  the  OTS.  In its
discretion,  the Board of Directors of the Bank may modify or terminate the Plan
upon the order or with the approval of the OTS and without  further  approval by
Members.  The Plan shall terminate if the sale of all shares of Conversion Stock
is not completed within 24 months of the date of the Special Meeting. A specific
resolution  approved  by a  majority  of the Board of  Directors  of the Bank is
required  in order for the Bank to  terminate  the Plan prior to the end of such
24-month period.

         XVI. EXPENSES OF THE CONVERSION

         The Holding Company and the Bank shall use their best efforts to assure
that  expenses  incurred  by them in  connection  with the  Conversion  shall be
reasonable.

         XVII. TAX RULING

         Consummation  of the  Conversion  is expressly  conditioned  upon prior
receipt of either a ruling of the United States  Internal  Revenue Service or an
opinion of tax counsel with respect to federal taxation,  and either a ruling of
the New York  taxation  authorities  or an opinion  of tax  counsel or other tax
advisor with respect to New York taxation,  to the effect that  consummation  of
the transactions  contemplated herein will not be taxable to the Holding Company
or the Bank.

         XVIII. EXTENSION OF CREDIT FOR PURCHASE OF STOCK

         The Bank may not knowingly loan funds or otherwise extend credit to any
Person to purchase in the Conversion shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock.


                                       21


                                                                     Exhibit 3.1

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                   ADIRONDACK FINANCIAL SERVICES BANCORP, INC.


         FIRST:  The name of the  Corporation is Adirondack  Financial  Services
Bancorp, Inc. (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "Corporation").

         SECOND:  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the
State of Delaware is Corporation  Trust Center,  1209 Orange Street, in the City
of Wilmington,  County of New Castle.  The name of the registered  agent at that
address is The Corporation Trust Company.

         THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General  Corporation
Law of Delaware.

         FOURTH:

                    A. The total  number of shares of all classes of stock which
               the Corporation  shall have the authority to issue is one million
               three hundred thousand (1,300,000) consisting of:

                         1. one hundred  thousand  (100,000) shares of preferred
                    stock,  par value one cent ($.01) per share (the  "Preferred
                    Stock"); and

                         2. one million two hundred thousand  (1,200,000) shares
                    of common  stock,  par value one cent  ($.01) per share (the
                    "Common Stock").

                    B. The Board of  Directors is hereby  expressly  authorized,
               subject to any limitations  prescribed by law, to provide for the
               issuance  of the  shares of  Preferred  Stock in  series,  and by
               filing a certificate  pursuant to the applicable law of the State
               of Delaware (such certificate being hereinafter  referred to as a
               "Preferred  Stock  Designation"),  to establish from time to time
               the number of shares to be included in each such  series,  and to
               fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares
               of each  such  series  and  any  qualifications,  limitations  or
               restrictions  thereof.  The  number of  authorized  shares of the
               Preferred  Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the
               number of shares  thereof then  outstanding)  by the  affirmative
               vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock,  without a
               vote of the  holders  of the  Preferred  Stock,  or of any series
               thereof,  unless a vote of any such holders is required  pursuant
               to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation.

                    C.  1.   Notwithstanding   any  other   provision   of  this
               Certificate of Incorporation,  in no event shall any record owner
               of any  outstanding  Common  Stock which is  beneficially  owned,
               directly  or  indirectly,  by a person who, as of any record date
               for the  determination  of  stockholders  entitled to vote on any
               matter,   beneficially   owns   in   excess   of   10%   of   the
               then-outstanding   shares  of  Common  Stock  (the  "Limit"),  be
               entitled,  or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held
               in excess of the Limit. The number of votes which may be cast

                                        1

<PAGE>



               by any record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect
               of Common Stock  beneficially  owned by such person owning shares
               in  excess  of the  Limit  shall be a number  equal to the  total
               number of votes which a single  record  owner of all Common Stock
               owned by such person would be entitled to cast,  multiplied  by a
               fraction,  the numerator of which is the number of shares of such
               class or series  beneficially  owned by such  person and owned of
               record by such record owner and the  denominator  of which is the
               total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such
               person owning shares in excess of the Limit.

                    2. The following  definitions  shall apply to this Section C
               of this Article FOURTH:

                         (a) An "affiliate"  of a specified  person shall mean a
                    person  that  directly,  or  indirectly  through one or more
                    intermediaries,  controls,  or is controlled by, or is under
                    common control with, the person specified.

                         (b) "Beneficial ownership" shall be determined pursuant
                    to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
                    Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (or any  successor  rule or
                    statutory  provision),  or,  if said  Rule  13d-3  shall  be
                    rescinded and there shall be no successor  rule or statutory
                    provision thereto,  pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect
                    on December 1, 1997; provided, however, that a person shall,
                    in any event,  also be deemed the "beneficial  owner" of any
                    Common Stock:

                              (1) which  such  person  or any of its  affiliates
                        beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

                              (2) which such person or any of its affiliates has
                        (i)  the  right  to  acquire   (whether  such  right  is
                        exercisable  immediately  or only  after the  passage of
                        time),   pursuant  to  any  agreement,   arrangement  or
                        understanding  (but  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  the
                        beneficial  owner of any voting  shares solely by reason
                        of an agreement,  contract,  or other  arrangement  with
                        this  Corporation  to effect  any  transaction  which is
                        described in any one or more of the clauses of Section A
                        of Article  EIGHTH) or upon the  exercise of  conversion
                        rights,   exchange  rights,   warrants,  or  options  or
                        otherwise,  or (ii) sole or shared  voting or investment
                        power with respect  thereto  pursuant to any  agreement,
                        arrangement,  understanding,  relationship  or otherwise
                        (but shall not be deemed to be the  beneficial  owner of
                        any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable  proxy
                        granted  for  a  particular   meeting  of  stockholders,
                        pursuant  to a public  solicitation  of proxies for such
                        meeting,  with  respect to shares of which  neither such
                        person nor any such  affiliate is  otherwise  deemed the
                        beneficial owner); or

                              (3)  which are  beneficially  owned,  directly  or
                        indirectly,  by any other  person  with which such first
                        mentioned  person  or any of its  affiliates  acts  as a
                        partnership,  limited  partnership,  syndicate  or other
                        group   pursuant  to  any   agreement,   arrangement  or
                        understanding  for the  purpose of  acquiring,  holding,
                        voting or  disposing  of any shares of capital  stock of
                        this Corporation;

                                        2

<PAGE>



               and provided further, however, that (1) no director or officer of
               this  Corporation  (or any  affiliate  of any  such  director  or
               officer) shall,  solely by reason of any or all of such directors
               or officers  acting in their  capacities as such, be deemed,  for
               any  purposes  hereof,  to  beneficially  own  any  Common  Stock
               beneficially  owned by any other such director or officer (or any
               affiliate thereof),  and (2) neither any employee stock ownership
               or similar plan of this  Corporation  or any  subsidiary  of this
               Corporation   nor  any  trustee  with  respect  thereto  (or  any
               affiliate  of such  trustee)  shall,  solely  by  reason  of such
               capacity of such trustee,  be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to
               beneficially  own any Common Stock held under any such plan.  For
               purposes of  computing  the  percentage  beneficial  ownership of
               Common  Stock of a person,  the  outstanding  Common  Stock shall
               include shares deemed owned by such person through application of
               this  subsection  but shall not  include any other  Common  Stock
               which  may  be  issuable  by  this  Corporation  pursuant  to any
               agreement,  or upon  exercise of conversion  rights,  warrants or
               options,  or otherwise.  For all other purposes,  the outstanding
               Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and
               shall not include any Common  Stock which may be issuable by this
               Corporation  pursuant to any  agreement,  or upon the exercise of
               conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

                         (c)  A  "person"  shall  mean  any  individual,   firm,
                    corporation, or other entity.

                         (d) The  Board of  Directors  shall  have the  power to
                    construe  and apply the  provisions  of this  section and to
                    make all determinations  necessary or desirable to implement
                    such  provisions,  including but not limited to matters with
                    respect  to  (1)  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
                    beneficially owned by any person, (2) whether a person is an
                    affiliate of another, (3) whether a person has an agreement,
                    arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters
                    referred to in the definition of beneficial  ownership,  (4)
                    the  application  of  any  other   definition  or  operative
                    provision  of this  Section to the given  facts,  or (5) any
                    other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this
                    Section.

         3. The Board of  Directors  shall  have the  right to  demand  that any
person who is reasonably  believed to beneficially own Common Stock in excess of
the Limit (or holds of record Common Stock  beneficially  owned by any person in
excess of the Limit) (a "Holder in Excess") supply the Corporation with complete
information as to (a) the record  owner(s) of all shares  beneficially  owned by
such  Holder  in  Excess,  and (b) any  other  factual  matter  relating  to the
applicability  or effect of this section as may  reasonably be requested of such
Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive
from any Holder in Excess  reimbursement  for all expenses incurred by the Board
in  connection  with  its   investigation   of  any  matters   relating  to  the
applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess,  to the extent
such  investigation is deemed  appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result
of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation  with the information
described in the previous sentence.


                                        3

<PAGE>



         4. Except as otherwise  provided by law or  expressly  provided in this
Section  C, the  presence,  in person or by proxy,  of the  holders of record of
shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast
one-third of the votes (after giving effect,  if required,  to the provisions of
this  Section)  entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of
the  Corporation  entitled to vote shall  constitute a quorum at all meetings of
the stockholders,  and every reference in this Certificate of Incorporation to a
majority  or other  proportion  of capital  stock (or the holders  thereof)  for
purposes  of  determining   any  quorum   requirement  or  any  requirement  for
stockholder  consent or  approval  shall be deemed to refer to such  majority or
other  proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast
in respect of such capital stock.

         5. Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board
of  Directors,  pursuant to this  Section in good faith and on the basis of such
information  and assistance as was then  reasonably  available for such purpose,
shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.

         6. In the event any  provision  (or portion  thereof) of this Section C
shall be found to be invalid,  prohibited or unenforceable  for any reason,  the
remaining  provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section shall remain in full
force and effect,  and shall be  construed  as if such  invalid,  prohibited  or
unenforceable  provision  had  been  stricken  herefrom  or  otherwise  rendered
inapplicable,  it being the intent of this Corporation and its stockholders that
each such remaining  provision (or portion thereof) of this Section C remain, to
the fullest  extent  permitted  by law,  applicable  and  enforceable  as to all
stockholders,  including  stockholders owning an amount of stock over the Limit,
notwithstanding any such finding.

         FIFTH: The following  provisions are inserted for the management of the
business  and the  conduct of the  affairs of the  Corporation,  and for further
definition,  limitation and regulation of the powers of the  Corporation  and of
its directors and stockholders:

               A. The business and affairs of the  Corporation  shall be managed
          by or under the  direction of the Board of  Directors.  In addition to
          the powers and authority  expressly  conferred upon them by Statute or
          by  this   Certificate  of   Incorporation   or  the  By-laws  of  the
          Corporation,  the directors are hereby  empowered to exercise all such
          powers and do all such acts and things as may be  exercised or done by
          the Corporation.

               B.  The  directors  of the  Corporation  need not be  elected  by
          written ballot unless the By-laws so provide.

               C.  Subject  to the  rights of  holders of any class or series of
          Preferred  Stock,  any action required or permitted to be taken by the
          stockholders  of the  Corporation  must be  effected  at a duly called
          annual or special  meeting of  stockholders of the Corporation and may
          not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

               D.  Subject  to the  rights of  holders of any class or series of
          Preferred  Stock,  special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation
          may be called only by the Board of Directors

                                        4

<PAGE>



          pursuant to a resolution  adopted by a majority of the total number of
          directors which the Corporation  would have if there were no vacancies
          on the Board of Directors (the "Whole Board").

               E.  Stockholders  shall not be permitted to cumulate  their votes
          for the election of directors.

         SIXTH:

               A. The  number  of  directors  shall be fixed  from  time to time
          exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted
          by a majority of the Whole Board. The directors,  other than those who
          may be  elected  by the  holders  of any class or series of  Preferred
          Stock, shall be divided into three classes,  as nearly equal in number
          as reasonably possible,  with the term of office of the first class to
          expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of  stockholders,
          the term of office of the second class to expire at the  conclusion of
          the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of
          office of the third  class to expire at the  conclusion  of the annual
          meeting of stockholders  two years  thereafter,  with each director to
          hold office  until his or her  successor  shall have been duly elected
          and qualified.  At each annual meeting of stockholders  following such
          initial  classification  and  election,  directors  elected to succeed
          those  directors  whose  terms  expire  shall be elected for a term of
          office  to  expire  at  the  third   succeeding   annual   meeting  of
          stockholders  after their election,  with each director to hold office
          until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

               B.  Subject  to the  rights  of the  holders  of  any  series  of
          Preferred  Stock  then   outstanding,   newly  created   directorships
          resulting from any increase in the  authorized  number of directors or
          any  vacancies  in  the  Board  of  Directors  resulting  from  death,
          resignation,  retirement,  disqualification,  removal  from  office or
          other  cause may be filled  only by a majority  vote of the  directors
          then in office,  though less than a quorum,  and  directors  so chosen
          shall  hold  office  for a term  expiring  at the  annual  meeting  of
          stockholders  at which the term of  office of the class to which  they
          have been elected expires,  and until such director's  successor shall
          have been duly  elected  and  qualified.  No decrease in the number of
          directors  constituting  the Board of Directors shall shorten the term
          of any incumbent director.

               C. Advance notice of stockholder  nominations for the election of
          directors  and of  business to be brought by  stockholders  before any
          meeting of the  stockholders of the Corporation  shall be given in the
          manner provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

               D.  Subject  to the  rights  of the  holders  of  any  series  of
          Preferred Stock then outstanding,  any directors,  or the entire Board
          of  Directors,  may be removed  from office at any time,  but only for
          cause and only by the affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80%
          of the voting power of all of the  then-outstanding  shares of capital
          stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of
          directors  (after giving effect to the provisions of Article FOURTH of
          this Certificate of Incorporation), voting together as a single class.


                                        5

<PAGE>



         SEVENTH:  The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend
or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation.  Any adoption,  amendment or repeal of
the  By-laws of the  Corporation  by the Board of  Directors  shall  require the
approval  of a majority of the Whole  Board.  The  stockholders  shall also have
power to adopt,  amend or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation.  In addition to
any vote of the  holders  of any class or  series  of stock of this  Corporation
required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of
the holders of at least 80% of the voting  power of all of the  then-outstanding
shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors  (after giving effect to the  provisions of Article FOURTH
hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or
repeal any provisions of the By-laws of the Corporation.

         EIGHTH:

               A. In addition to any  affirmative  vote  required by law or this
          Certificate  of  Incorporation,  and  except  as  otherwise  expressly
          provided in this Section:

                           1. any merger or  consolidation of the Corporation or
         any  Subsidiary  (as  hereinafter  defined)  with  (a)  any  Interested
         Stockholder  (as  hereinafter  defined)  or (b) any  other  corporation
         (whether or not itself an  Interested  Stockholder)  which is, or after
         such merger or  consolidation  would be, an Affiliate  (as  hereinafter
         defined) of an Interested Stockholder; or

                           2.  any  sale,  lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,
         transfer  or other  disposition  (in one  transaction  or a  series  of
         transactions) to or with any Interested  Stockholder,  or any Affiliate
         of any Interested Stockholder,  of any assets of the Corporation or any
         Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as hereafter defined)
         equaling  or  exceeding  25% or  more  of the  combined  assets  of the
         Corporation and its Subsidiaries; or

                           3. the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any
         Subsidiary  (in one  transaction  or a series of  transactions)  of any
         securities  of the  Corporation  or any  Subsidiary  to any  Interested
         Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested  Stockholder in exchange
         for cash,  securities  or other  property  (or a  combination  thereof)
         having an aggregate  Fair Market Value equaling or exceeding 25% of the
         combined assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries except pursuant
         to an  employee  benefit  plan  of the  Corporation  or any  Subsidiary
         thereof; or

                           4.  the  adoption  of any  plan or  proposal  for the
         liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation  proposed by or on behalf
         of any  Interested  Stockholder  or  any  Affiliate  of any  Interested
         Stockholder; or

                           5. any reclassification of securities  (including any
         reverse stock split), or  recapitalization  of the Corporation,  or any
         merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries
         or any  other  transaction  (whether  or not with or into or  otherwise
         involving an Interested  Stockholder) which has the effect, directly or
         indirectly,

                                        6

<PAGE>



         of increasing the proportionate  share of the outstanding shares of any
         class of equity or  convertible  securities of the  Corporation  or any
         Subsidiary  which is directly  or  indirectly  owned by any  Interested
         Stockholder  or  any  Affiliate  of  any   Interested   Stockholder  (a
         "Disproportionate  Transaction");   provided,  however,  that  no  such
         transaction  shall be  deemed  a  Disproportionate  Transaction  if the
         increase in the proportionate  ownership of the Interested  Stockholder
         or  Affiliate  as a result of such  transaction  is no greater than the
         increase experienced by the other stockholders generally;

shall require the affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting
power of the  then-outstanding  shares of stock of the  Corporation  entitled to
vote in the election of directors  (the "Voting  Stock"),  voting  together as a
single class. Such affirmative vote shall be required  notwithstanding  the fact
that no vote may be required,  or that a lesser percentage may be specified,  by
law or by any other  provisions  of this  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or any
Preferred  Stock  Designation or in any agreement  with any national  securities
exchange or quotation system or otherwise.

         The term  "Business  Combination"  as used in this Article EIGHTH shall
mean any  transaction  which is referred to in any one or more of  paragraphs  1
through 5 of Section A of this Article EIGHTH.

               B. The  provisions of Section A of this Article  EIGHTH shall not
          be  applicable  to  any  particular  Business  Combination,  and  such
          Business  Combination  shall require only the affirmative  vote of the
          majority of the outstanding  shares of capital stock entitled to vote,
          or  such  vote  as is  required  by  law  or by  this  Certificate  of
          Incorporation,  if, in the case of any Business  Combination that does
          not  involve  any cash or other  consideration  being  received by the
          stockholders   of  the   Corporation   solely  in  their  capacity  as
          stockholders  of  the  Corporation,  the  condition  specified  in the
          following  paragraph  1 is met or, in the case of any  other  Business
          Combination,  all  of  the  conditions  specified  in  either  of  the
          following paragraphs 1 and 2 are met:

                           1. The Business  Combination shall have been approved
         by a majority of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined).

                           2. All of the  following  conditions  shall have been
         met:

                                    (a) The aggregate amount of the cash and the
                  Fair Market  Value as of the date of the  consummation  of the
                  Business  Combination of  consideration  other than cash to be
                  received  per share by the  holders  of  Common  Stock in such
                  Business  Combination shall at least be equal to the higher of
                  the following:

                                            (1) (if  applicable) the Highest Per
                           Share Price,  including  any  brokerage  commissions,
                           transfer taxes and soliciting  dealers' fees, paid by
                           the  Interested  Stockholder or any of its Affiliates
                           for any  shares of Common  Stock  acquired  by it (i)
                           within the two-year period  immediately  prior to the
                           first  public  announcement  of the  proposal  of the
                           Business

                                        7

<PAGE>



                           Combination (the "Announcement Date"), or (ii) in the
                           transaction   in  which  it  became   an   Interested
                           Stockholder, whichever is higher.

                                            (2) the Fair Market  Value per share
                           of Common  Stock on the  Announcement  Date or on the
                           date on which the  Interested  Stockholder  became an
                           Interested  Stockholder (such latter date is referred
                           to in  this  Article  EIGHTH  as  the  "Determination
                           Date"), whichever is higher.

                                    (b) The aggregate amount of the cash and the
                  Fair Market  Value as of the date of the  consummation  of the
                  Business  Combination of  consideration  other than cash to be
                  received  per  share by  holders  of  shares  of any  class of
                  outstanding  Voting  Stock other than Common Stock shall be at
                  least equal to the highest of the following (it being intended
                  that  the  requirements  of this  subparagraph  (b)  shall  be
                  required  to be met  with  respect  to  every  such  class  of
                  outstanding  Voting  Stock,  whether  or  not  the  Interested
                  Stockholder has previously acquired any shares of a particular
                  class of Voting Stock):

                                            (1) (if  applicable) the Highest Per
                           Share Price (as hereinafter  defined),  including any
                           brokerage commissions,  transfer taxes and soliciting
                           dealers' fees, paid by the Interested Stockholder for
                           any shares of such class of Voting Stock  acquired by
                           it (i) within the two-year period  immediately  prior
                           to the Announcement  Date, or (ii) in the transaction
                           in  which  it  became  an   Interested   Stockholder,
                           whichever is higher;

                                            (2)  (if   applicable)  the  highest
                           preferential amount per share to which the holders of
                           shares of such class of Voting  Stock are entitled in
                           the   event   of   any   voluntary   or   involuntary
                           liquidation,   dissolution   or  winding  up  of  the
                           Corporation; and

                                            (3) the Fair Market  Value per share
                           of such  class of  Voting  Stock on the  Announcement
                           Date  or on  the  Determination  Date,  whichever  is
                           higher.

                                    (c)  The  consideration  to be  received  by
                  holders of a  particular  class of  outstanding  Voting  Stock
                  (including  Common Stock) shall be in cash or in the same form
                  as the Interested  Stockholder  has previously paid for shares
                  of such class of Voting Stock.  If the Interested  Stockholder
                  has paid for shares of any class of Voting  Stock with varying
                  forms  of  consideration,  the  form  of  consideration  to be
                  received  per share by  holders  of  shares  of such  class of
                  Voting  Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire
                  the  largest  number of shares of such  class of Voting  Stock
                  previously acquired by the Interested  Stockholder.  The price
                  determined  in  accordance  with  Section B.2 of this  Article
                  EIGHTH shall be subject

                                        8

<PAGE>



                  to appropriate  adjustment in the event of any stock dividend,
                  stock split, combination of shares or similar event.

                                    (d) After such  Interested  Stockholder  has
                  become an Interested Stockholder and prior to the consummation
                  of such  Business  Combination;  (i) except as  approved  by a
                  majority of the Disinterested Directors, there shall have been
                  no failure to declare and pay at the regular date therefor any
                  full quarterly  dividends  (whether or not  cumulative) on any
                  outstanding  stock having  preference over the Common Stock as
                  to dividends or liquidation; (ii) there shall have been (X) no
                  reduction in the annual rate of  dividends  paid on the Common
                  Stock (except as necessary to reflect any  subdivision  of the
                  Common  Stock),  except  as  approved  by a  majority  of  the
                  Disinterested  Directors,  and (Y) an  increase in such annual
                  rate of dividends as necessary to reflect any reclassification
                  (including   any  reverse  stock   split),   recapitalization,
                  reorganization or any similar transaction which has the effect
                  of reducing the number of outstanding  shares of Common Stock,
                  unless the failure to so increase such annual rate is approved
                  by a  majority  of  the  Disinterested  Directors;  and  (iii)
                  neither such Interested  Stockholder nor any of its Affiliates
                  shall  have  become  the  beneficial  owner of any  additional
                  shares of Voting Stock except as part of the transaction which
                  results in such Interested  Stockholder becoming an Interested
                  Stockholder.

                                    (e) After such  Interested  Stockholder  has
                  become an Interested Stockholder,  such Interested Stockholder
                  shall not have  received the benefit,  directly or  indirectly
                  (except  proportionately  as a  stockholder),  of  any  loans,
                  advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or
                  any tax  credits  or  other  tax  advantages  provided  by the
                  Corporation,  whether in anticipation of or in connection with
                  such Business Combination or otherwise.

                                    (f)  A  proxy   or   information   statement
                  describing  the proposed  Business  Combination  and complying
                  with the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934
                  and the rules and  regulations  thereunder  (or any subsequent
                  provisions  replacing such Act, rules or regulations) shall be
                  mailed to  stockholders  of the  Corporation  at least 30 days
                  prior  to  the  consummation  of  such  Business   Combination
                  (whether  or  not  such  proxy  or  information  statement  is
                  required  to be  mailed  pursuant  to such  Act or  subsequent
                  provisions).

                  C. For the purposes of this Article EIGHTH:

                           1. A "Person"  shall include an  individual,  a group
         acting in concert,  a corporation,  a partnership,  an  association,  a
         joint   venture,   a  pool,  a  joint  stock  company,   a  trust,   an
         unincorporated  organization  or similar  company,  a syndicate  or any
         other group formed for the purpose of  acquiring,  holding or disposing
         of securities.

                           2.  "Interested  Stockholder"  shall  mean any Person
         (other  than the  Corporation  or any  holding  company  or  Subsidiary
         thereof) who or which:

                                        9

<PAGE>



                                    (a) is the  beneficial  owner,  directly  or
                  indirectly,  of  more  than  10% of the  voting  power  of the
                  outstanding Voting Stock; or

                                    (b) is an Affiliate of the  Corporation  and
                  at any time within the two-year  period  immediately  prior to
                  the date in question  was the  beneficial  owner,  directly or
                  indirectly,  of  10%  or  more  of  the  voting  power  of the
                  then-outstanding Voting Stock; or

                                    (c)  is  an  assignee  of or  has  otherwise
                  succeeded to any shares of Voting Stock which were at any time
                  within the two-year  period  immediately  prior to the date in
                  question beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder,  if
                  such  assignment  or  succession  shall have  occurred  in the
                  course  of  a  transaction  or  series  of  transactions   not
                  involving  a  public   offering  within  the  meaning  of  the
                  Securities Act of 1933.

         3. A Person shall be a "beneficial owner" of any Voting Stock:

                                    (a)  which   such   Person  or  any  of  its
                  Affiliates or Associates (as hereinafter defined) beneficially
                  owns,  directly or indirectly within the meaning of Rule 13d-3
                  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as in effect on
                  December 1, 1997; or

                                    (b)  which   such   Person  or  any  of  its
                  Affiliates or Associates has (i) the right to acquire (whether
                  such  right  is  exercisable  immediately  or only  after  the
                  passage of time),  pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement or
                  understanding  or upon  the  exercise  of  conversion  rights,
                  exchange rights,  warrants or options,  or otherwise,  or (ii)
                  the right to vote pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement  or
                  understanding  (but neither such Person nor any such Affiliate
                  or Associate shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any
                  shares of Voting Stock  solely by reason of a revocable  proxy
                  granted for a particular meeting of stockholders,  pursuant to
                  a public  solicitation  of proxies for such meeting,  and with
                  respect  to which  shares  neither  such  Person  nor any such
                  Affiliate  or Associate  is  otherwise  deemed the  beneficial
                  owner); or

                                    (c) which are beneficially  owned,  directly
                  or  indirectly  within the  meaning  of Rule  13d-3  under the
                  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as in effect on December 1,
                  1997, by any other Person with which such Person or any of its
                  Affiliates or Associates  has any  agreement,  arrangement  or
                  understanding for the purposes of acquiring,  holding,  voting
                  (other than solely by reason of a revocable proxy as described
                  in  Subparagraph  (b) of this  Paragraph 3) or in disposing of
                  any shares of Voting Stock;

         provided, however, that, in the case of any employee stock ownership or
         similar  plan of the  Corporation  or of any  Subsidiary  in which  the
         beneficiaries  thereof  possess  the right to vote any shares of Voting
         Stock held by such plan, no such plan nor any trustee with

                                       10

<PAGE>



         respect  thereto (nor any Affiliate of such trustee),  solely by reason
         of such  capacity of such  trustee,  shall be deemed,  for any purposes
         hereof,  to beneficially  own any shares of Voting Stock held under any
         such plan.

                           4. For the purpose of determining whether a Person is
         an  Interested  Stockholder  pursuant  to Section  C.2.,  the number of
         shares of Voting Stock deemed to be  outstanding  shall include  shares
         deemed  owned  through  application  of this Section C.3. but shall not
         include any other shares of Voting Stock which may be issuable pursuant
         to any  agreement,  arrangement or  understanding,  or upon exercise of
         conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

                           5.   "Affiliate"  and  "Associate"   shall  have  the
         respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General
         Rules and Regulations under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as in
         effect on December 1, 1997

                           6.  "Subsidiary"  means  any  corporation  of which a
         majority  of any  class  of  equity  security  is  owned,  directly  or
         indirectly,  by  the  Corporation;  provided,  however,  that  for  the
         purposes of the definition of Interested  Stockholder set forth in this
         Section C.2.,  the term  "Subsidiary"  shall mean only a corporation of
         which a majority of each class of equity security is owned, directly or
         indirectly, by the Corporation.

                           7.  "Disinterested  Director" means any member of the
         Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Interested  Stockholder
         and was a member of the Board of  Directors  prior to the time that the
         Interested  Stockholder  became  an  Interested  Stockholder,  and  any
         director who is  thereafter  chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of
         Directors or who is elected and who, in either event,  is  unaffiliated
         with the  Interested  Stockholder,  and in  connection  with his or her
         initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election
         by  a  majority  of  Disinterested  Directors  then  on  the  Board  of
         Directors.

                           8.  "Fair  Market  Value"  means:  (a) in the case of
         stock,  the highest  closing sales price of the stock during the 30-day
         period  immediately  preceding  the date in question of a share of such
         stock of the Nasdaq System or any system then in use, or, if such stock
         is admitted to trading on a principal United States securities exchange
         registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Fair Market Value
         shall be the  highest  sale price  reported  during  the 30-day  period
         preceding  the  date  in  question,  or,  if  no  such  quotations  are
         available,  the Fair Market Value on the date in question of a share of
         such stock as  determined  by the Board of Directors in good faith,  in
         each case with  respect to any class of stock,  appropriately  adjusted
         for  any  dividend  or  distribution  in  shares  of such  stock  or in
         combination or  reclassification  of  outstanding  shares of such stock
         into a smaller  number of shares of such stock,  and (b) in the case of
         property  other  than  cash or  stock,  the Fair  Market  Value of such
         property  on the  date  in  question  as  determined  by the  Board  of
         Directors in good faith.


                                       11

<PAGE>



                           9.  Reference  to "Highest  Per Share Price" shall in
         each case with  respect to any class of stock  reflect  an  appropriate
         adjustment for any dividend or  distribution in shares of such stock or
         any stock split or reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock
         into a greater  number of shares of such  stock or any  combination  or
         reclassification  of  outstanding  shares of such  stock into a smaller
         number of shares of such stock.

                           10. In the event of any Business Combination in which
         the Corporation survives,  the phrase "consideration other than cash to
         be  received"  as used in Sections  B.2.(a) and B.2.(b) of this Article
         EIGHTH  shall  include the shares of Common  Stock and/or the shares of
         any other class of outstanding  Voting Stock retained by the holders of
         such shares.

                  D.  A  majority  of  the   Disinterested   Directors   of  the
Corporation  shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this
Article  EIGHTH,  on the basis of  information  known to them  after  reasonable
inquiry,  (a) whether a person is an Interested  Stockholder;  (b) the number of
shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any person; (c) whether a person is
an Affiliate  or Associate of another;  and (d) whether the assets which are the
subject of any Business  Combination  have, or the  consideration to be received
for the issuance or transfer of securities by the  Corporation or any Subsidiary
in any  Business  Combination  has an aggregate  Fair Market  Value  equaling or
exceeding 25% of the combined assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries.  A
majority  of the  Disinterested  Directors  shall  have  the  further  power  to
interpret all of the terms and provisions of this Article EIGHTH.

                  E. Nothing contained in this Article EIGHTH shall be construed
to relieve any Interested  Stockholder from any fiduciary  obligation imposed by
law.

                  F. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of
Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote
or no vote,  but in  addition  to any  affirmative  vote of the  holders  of any
particular class or series of the Voting Stock required by law, this Certificate
of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock Designation, the affirmative vote of the
holders  of at least  80% of the  voting  power  of all of the  then-outstanding
shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required
to alter, amend or repeal this Article EIGHTH.

         NINTH: The Board of Directors of the  Corporation,  when evaluating any
offer of another  Person (as  defined  in Article  EIGHTH  hereof) to (A) make a
tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the  Corporation,  (B) merge
or  consolidate  the  Corporation  with  another  corporation  or  entity or (C)
purchase or otherwise  acquire all or  substantially  all of the  properties and
assets of the Corporation,  may, in connection with the exercise of its judgment
in  determining  what  is in the  best  interest  of  the  Corporation  and  its
stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, without
limitation,  the social and economic  effect of  acceptance of such offer on the
Corporation's  present  and  future  customers  and  employees  and those of its
Subsidiaries (as defined in Article EIGHTH hereof);  on the communities in which
the Corporation and its Subsidiaries  operate or are located;  on the ability of
the Corporation to fulfill its corporate

                                       12

<PAGE>



objectives as a financial  institution holding company and on the ability of its
subsidiary  financial  institution  to fulfill  the  objectives  of a  federally
insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.

         TENTH:

                  A. Except as set forth in Section B of this Article TENTH,  in
addition  to any  affirmative  vote  of  stockholders  required  by law or  this
Certificate  of  Incorporation,   any  direct  or  indirect  purchase  or  other
acquisition by the Corporation of any Equity  Security (as hereinafter  defined)
of any class from any Interested  Person (as hereinafter  defined) shall require
the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80% of the Voting Stock of the
Corporation that is not  beneficially  owned (for purposes of this Article TENTH
beneficial  ownership  shall be determined in accordance  with Section C.2(b) of
Article FOURTH hereof) by such  Interested  Person,  voting together as a single
class. Such affirmative vote shall be required  notwithstanding the fact that no
vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be specified, by law or by
any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock
Designation  or in any  agreement  with  any  national  securities  exchange  or
quotation system, or otherwise. Certain defined terms used in this Article TENTH
are as set forth in Section C below.

                  B. The provisions of Section A of this Article TENTH shall not
be applicable with respect to:

                           1. any purchase or other  acquisition  of  securities
         made as part of a tender  or  exchange  offer by the  Corporation  or a
         Subsidiary (which term, as used in this Article TENTH, is as defined in
         the first  clause of  Section  C.6 of  Article  EIGHTH  hereof)  of the
         Corporation  to purchase  securities of the same class made on the same
         terms  to all  holders  of  such  securities  and  complying  with  the
         applicable  requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the
         rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provision replacing
         such Act, rules or regulations);

                           2. any purchase or  acquisition  made  pursuant to an
         open  market  purchase  program  approved by a majority of the Board of
         Directors,  including a majority of the Disinterested  Directors (which
         term, as used in this Article  TENTH,  is as defined in Article  EIGHTH
         hereof); or

                           3. any purchase or acquisition which is approved by a
         majority  of the  Board  of  Directors,  including  a  majority  of the
         Disinterested  Directors,  and which is made at no more than the Market
         Price (as  hereinafter  defined),  on the date  that the  understanding
         between  the  Corporation  and the  Interested  Person is reached  with
         respect to such  purchase  (whether  or not such  purchase is made or a
         written agreement  relating to such purchase is executed on such date),
         of shares of the class of Equity Security to be purchased.

                  C. For the purposes of this Article TENTH:


                                       13

<PAGE>



                           1. The term  Interested  Person shall mean any Person
         (other than the Corporation,  Subsidiaries of the Corporation, pension,
         profit  sharing,  employee stock  ownership or other  employee  benefit
         plans of the Corporation and its  Subsidiaries,  entities  organized or
         established by the Corporation or any of its  Subsidiaries  pursuant to
         the terms of such plans and  trustees and  fiduciaries  with respect to
         any such plan acting in such  capacity)  that is the direct or indirect
         beneficial  owner of 5% or more of the Voting Stock of the Corporation,
         and any Affiliate or Associate of any such person.

                           2. The  Market  Price of  shares of a class of Equity
         Security on any day shall mean the highest sale price of shares of such
         class of Equity  Security on such day, or, if that day is not a trading
         day, on the trading day immediately preceding such day, on the national
         securities  exchange or the Nasdaq  System or any other  system then in
         use on which such class of Equity Security is traded.

                           3. The term Equity  Security  shall mean any security
         described in Section  3(a)(11) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
         as in effect  on  December  1,  1997,  which is  traded  on a  national
         securities  exchange or the Nasdaq  System or any other  system then in
         use.

                           4. For purposes of this Article TENTH, all references
         to the term Interested  Stockholder in the definition of  Disinterested
         Director shall be deemed to refer to the term Interested Person.

         ELEVENTH:

                  A. Each person who was or is made a party or is  threatened to
be made a party to or is otherwise  involved in any action,  suit or proceeding,
whether  civil,  criminal,   administrative  or  investigative   (hereinafter  a
"proceeding"),  by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director  or an
officer  of  the  Corporation  or is or  was  serving  at  the  request  of  the
Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation,  including, without
limitation,  any Subsidiary (as defined in Article EIGHTH herein),  partnership,
joint venture,  trust or other enterprise,  including service with respect to an
employee benefit plan (hereinafter an  "indemnitee"),  whether the basis of such
proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or
in any  other  capacity  while  serving  as a  director  or  officer,  shall  be
indemnified  and  held  harmless  by  the  Corporation  to  the  fullest  extent
authorized by the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, as the same exists or may
hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent
that such amendment  permits the Corporation to provide broader  indemnification
rights  than  such  law  permitted  the  Corporation  to  provide  prior to such
amendment),  against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees,
judgments,   fines,  ERISA  excise  taxes  or  penalties  and  amounts  paid  in
settlement)  reasonably  incurred or suffered by such  indemnitee  in connection
therewith;  provided, however, that, except as provided in Section C hereof with
respect to  proceedings to enforce rights to  indemnification,  the  Corporation
shall  indemnify any such  indemnitee in connection  with a proceeding  (or part
thereof)  initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof)
was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

                                       14

<PAGE>



                  B. The right to indemnification conferred in Section A of this
Article  shall  include  the right to be paid by the  Corporation  the  expenses
incurred in defending any such  proceeding  in advance of its final  disposition
(hereinafter  an  "advancement of expenses");  provided,  however,  that, if the
Delaware General  Corporation Law requires,  an advancement of expenses incurred
by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any
other  capacity  in  which  service  was  or is  rendered  by  such  indemnitee,
including,  without  limitation,  service to an employee  benefit plan) shall be
made only upon delivery to the  Corporation  of an undertaking  (hereinafter  an
"undertaking"),  by or on behalf of such  indemnitee,  to repay all  amounts  so
advanced if it shall  ultimately be determined by final  judicial  decision from
which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a "final  adjudication"),
that such  indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified  for such expenses under
this Section or otherwise.  The rights to indemnification and to the advancement
of  expenses  conferred  in Sections A and B of this  Article  shall be contract
rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a
director or officer and shall  inure to the benefit of the  indemnitee's  heirs,
executors and administrators.

                  C. If a claim under Section A or B of this Article is not paid
in full by the  Corporation  within  60 days  after a  written  claim  has  been
received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of
expenses,  in which case the applicable  period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee
may at any time  thereafter  bring suit against the  Corporation  to recover the
unpaid amount of the claim.  If successful in whole or in part in any such suit,
or in a suit brought by the  Corporation  to recover an  advancement of expenses
pursuant to the terms of an undertaking,  the indemnitee  shall also be entitled
to be paid the expense of  prosecuting  or defending  such suit. In (1) any suit
brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to  indemnification  hereunder (but
not in a suit brought by the  indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of
expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (2) in any suit by the  Corporation to
recover an advancement of expenses  pursuant to the terms of an undertaking  the
Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication
that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set
forth in the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law.  Neither  the  failure of the
Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its
stockholders)  to have made a  determination  prior to the  commencement of such
suit that  indemnification  of the  indemnitee  is  proper in the  circumstances
because the indemnitee  has met the applicable  standard of conduct set forth in
the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,  nor an  actual  determination  by the
Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its
stockholders)  that the  indemnitee  has not met  such  applicable  standard  of
conduct,  shall  create  a  presumption  that  the  indemnitee  has  not met the
applicable  standard  of conduct  or, in the case of such a suit  brought by the
indemnitee,  be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to
enforce a right to indemnification  or to an advancement of expenses  hereunder,
or by the  Corporation  to recover an  advancement  of expenses  pursuant to the
terms of an  undertaking,  the  burden of  proving  that the  indemnitee  is not
entitled to be  indemnified,  or to such  advancement  of  expenses,  under this
Article or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

                  D. The rights to  indemnification  and to the  advancement  of
expenses  conferred  in this  Article  shall not be exclusive of any other right
which any person may have or hereafter

                                       15

<PAGE>



acquire  under any statute,  the  Corporation's  Certificate  of  Incorporation,
By-laws,   agreement,   vote  of  stockholders  or  Disinterested  Directors  or
otherwise.

                  E. The Corporation may maintain insurance,  at its expense, to
protect itself and any director,  officer,  employee or agent of the Corporation
or another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other enterprise
against any expense,  liability or loss,  whether or not the  Corporation  would
have the power to indemnify such person against such expense,  liability or loss
under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

                  F. The Corporation may, to the extent  authorized from time to
time  by a  majority  vote  of the  disinterested  directors,  grant  rights  to
indemnification  and to the  advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of
the  Corporation  to the fullest  extent of the  provisions of this Article with
respect to the  indemnification  and  advancement  of expenses of directors  and
officers of the Corporation.

         TWELFTH:  A director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable
to the  Corporation  or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  for breach of
fiduciary  duty as a director,  except for  liability  (A) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders,  (B) for acts
or omissions  not in good faith or which  involve  intentional  misconduct  or a
knowing  violation  of  law,  (C)  under  Section  174 of the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Law, or (D) for any transaction  from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit.  If the Delaware General Corporation Law is hereafter
amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of directors,  then
the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to
the fullest  extent  permitted by the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, as so
amended.

         Any  repeal  or  modification   of  the  foregoing   paragraph  by  the
stockholders  of the  Corporation  shall  not  adversely  affect  any  right  or
protection of a director of the Corporation  existing at the time of such repeal
or modification.

         THIRTEENTH:  The Corporation  reserves the right to amend or repeal any
provision   contained  in  this  Certificate  of  Incorporation  in  the  manner
prescribed  by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights  conferred  upon
stockholders are granted subject to this reservation;  provided,  however, that,
notwithstanding  any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or any
provision of law which might  otherwise  permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in
addition  to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this
Corporation  required  by law  or by  this  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  the
affirmative  vote of the  holders of at least 80% of the voting  power of all of
the then-outstanding  shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to
vote  generally  in the  election  of  directors  (after  giving  effect  to the
provisions  of Article  FOURTH),  voting  together as a single  class,  shall be
required to amend or repeal this Article THIRTEENTH,  Sections B or C of Article
FOURTH,  Sections C or D of  Article  FIFTH,  Article  SIXTH,  Article  SEVENTH,
Article EIGHTH, Article TENTH or Article ELEVENTH.

                                       16

<PAGE>




         FOURTEENTH:  The name and mailing address of the sole  incorporator are
as follows:



      NAME                                  MAILING ADDRESS
      ----                                  ---------------
  Lewis E. Kolar               Gloversville Federal Savings and Loan Association
                               52 North Main Street
                               Gloversville, New York 12078-3084




                                       17

<PAGE>



         I, THE UNDERSIGNED,  being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming
a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware,  do make, file and record
this Certificate of  Incorporation,  do certify that the facts herein stated are
true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 23rd day of December 1997.




                                              /s/ Lewis E. Kolar
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Lewis E. Kolar, Sole Incorporator


                                       18



                                                                     Exhibit 3.2


                   ADIRONDACK FINANCIAL SERVICES BANCORP, INC.

                                     BY-LAWS


                                    ARTICLE I

                                  STOCKHOLDERS


Section 1. Annual Meeting.

         An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors to
succeed those whose terms expire and for the  transaction of such other business
as may properly  come before the meeting,  shall be held at such place,  on such
date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix.

Section 2. Special Meetings.

         Subject  to the  rights  of the  holders  of any  class  or  series  of
preferred  stock of the  Corporation,  special  meetings of  stockholders of the
Corporation  may be  called  only  by  the  Board  of  Directors  pursuant  to a
resolution  adopted by a majority  of the total  number of  directors  which the
Corporation  would have if there  were no  vacancies  on the Board of  Directors
(hereinafter the "Whole Board").

Section 3. Notice of Meetings.

         Written  notice of the place,  date,  and time of all  meetings  of the
stockholders  shall be given, not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the
date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at
such meeting,  except as otherwise  provided herein or required by law (meaning,
here and  hereinafter,  as required  from time to time by the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation).

         When a meeting is adjourned  to another  place,  date or time,  written
notice need not be given of the  adjourned  meeting if the place,  date and time
thereof  are  announced  at the  meeting  at which  the  adjournment  is  taken;
provided,  however,  that if the date of any  adjourned  meeting is more than 30
days after the date for which the meeting was  originally  noticed,  or if a new
record date is fixed for the  adjourned  meeting,  written  notice of the place,
date and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At
any  adjourned  meeting,  any business may be  transacted  which might have been
transacted at the original meeting.

Section 4. Quorum.

         At any meeting of the  stockholders,  the holders of at least one-third
of all of the shares of the stock  entitled to vote at the  meeting,  present in
person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except
to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law. Where
a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares



<PAGE>


of such class or  classes,  present  in person or  represented  by proxy,  shall
constitute  a quorum  entitled to take action with  respect to that vote on that
matter.

         If a quorum  shall  fail to attend any  meeting,  the  chairman  of the
meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who
are present,  in person or by proxy,  may adjourn the meeting to another  place,
date or time.

         If a notice of any adjourned special meeting of stockholders is sent to
all  stockholders  entitled to vote  thereat,  stating that it will be held with
those present  constituting a quorum,  then except as otherwise required by law,
those  present at such  adjourned  meeting  shall  constitute a quorum,  and all
matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting.

Section 5. Organization.

         Such person as the Board of Directors  may have  designated  or, in the
absence of such a person,  the  President of the  Corporation  or, in his or her
absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares
entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any
meeting of the stockholders  and act as chairman of the meeting.  In the absence
of the Secretary of the Corporation,  the secretary of the meeting shall be such
person as the chairman appoints.

Section 6. Conduct of Business.

          (a) The chairman of any meeting of  stockholders  shall  determine the
     order  of  business  and  the  procedure  at the  meeting,  including  such
     regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to
     him or her in order.

          (b) At any annual  meeting  of the  stockholders,  only such  business
     shall be conducted as shall have been brought  before the meeting (i) by or
     at the  direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any  stockholder  of
     the  Corporation  who is  entitled  to vote with  respect  thereto  and who
     complies with the notice  procedures  set forth in this Section  6(b).  For
     business to be properly  brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder,
     the  stockholder  must have given timely  notice  thereof in writing to the
     Secretary of the Corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be
     delivered or mailed to and received at the principal  executive  offices of
     the  Corporation  not less  than 60 days  prior to the  anniversary  of the
     preceding year's annual meeting; provided,  however, that in the event that
     the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 20 days, or delayed
     by more than 60 days from such anniversary  date, notice by the stockholder
     to be timely must be so  delivered  not later than the close of business on
     the later of the 60th day  prior to such  annual  meeting  or the tenth day
     following  the day on which  notice of the date of the annual  meeting  was
     mailed or public  announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. A
     stockholder's  notice to the  Secretary  shall set forth as to each  matter
     such  stockholder  proposes to bring before the annual  meeting (i) a brief
     description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting
     and the reasons for conducting  such business at the annual  meeting,  (ii)
     the name and address,  as they appear on the  Corporation's  books,  of the
     stockholder  who  proposed  such  business,  (iii) the class and  number of
     shares of the Corporation's capital stock that are

                                        2

<PAGE>



     beneficially  owned by such  stockholder and (iv) any material  interest of
     such  stockholder  in such  business.  Notwithstanding  anything  in  these
     By-laws to the contrary,  no business  shall be brought before or conducted
     at an annual  meeting  except in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this
     Section 6(b). The officer of the Corporation or other person presiding over
     the annual meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to
     the meeting that  business was not properly  brought  before the meeting in
     accordance  with the  provisions  of this  Section  6(b) and,  if he or she
     should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such
     business so determined to be not properly  brought before the meeting shall
     not be transacted.

         At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be
conducted as shall have been brought  before the meeting by or at the  direction
of the Board of Directors.

          (c) Only persons who are nominated in accordance  with the  procedures
     set forth in these  By-laws  shall be eligible for  election as  directors.
     Nominations  of  persons  for  election  to the Board of  Directors  of the
     Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are
     to be elected only (i) by or at the  direction of the Board of Directors or
     (ii)  by any  stockholder  of the  Corporation  entitled  to  vote  for the
     election  of  directors  at  the  meeting  who  complies  with  the  notice
     procedures  set forth in this Section 6(c).  Such  nominations,  other than
     those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors,  shall be made
     by timely  notice in writing to the  Secretary  of the  Corporation.  To be
     timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received
     at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 30 days
     prior to the date of the meeting; provided, however, that in the event that
     less than 40 days'  notice of the date of the  meeting  is given or made to
     stockholders,  notice by the  stockholder  to be timely must be so received
     not later than the close of business on the tenth day  following the day on
     which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed. Such stockholder's
     notice shall set forth (x) as to each person whom such stockholder proposes
     to nominate  for election or  re-election  as a director,  all  information
     relating to such person that is required to be disclosed  in  solicitations
     of proxies for election of  directors,  or is otherwise  required,  in each
     case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
     as amended  (including such person's  written consent to being named in the
     proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected);  and
     (y) as to the stockholder giving the notice:  (A) the name and address,  as
     they appear on the  Corporation's  books,  of such  stockholder and (B) the
     class and  number of shares of the  Corporation's  capital  stock  that are
     beneficially  owned by such  stockholder.  At the  request  of the Board of
     Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a
     director shall furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation that information
     required  to be set forth in a  stockholder's  notice of  nomination  which
     pertains to the  nominee.  No person  shall be eligible  for  election as a
     director  of the  Corporation  unless  nominated  in  accordance  with  the
     provisions of this Section 6(c).  The officer of the  Corporation  or other
     person  presiding at the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant,  determine
     that a nomination was not made in accordance  with such  provisions and, if
     he or she should so  determine,  he or she shall so declare to the  meeting
     and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.


                                        3

<PAGE>

Section 7. Proxies and Voting.

         At any meeting of the stockholders,  every stockholder entitled to vote
may vote in person or by proxy  authorized  by an  instrument  in writing (or as
otherwise  permitted  under  applicable  law)  by the  stockholder  or his  duly
authorized  attorney-in-fact  filed in accordance with the procedure established
for the meeting. Proxies solicited on behalf of the management shall be voted as
directed by the stockholder or in the absence of such  direction,  as determined
by a majority of the Board of  Directors.  No proxy shall be valid after  eleven
months  from  the  date of its  execution  except  for a proxy  coupled  with an
interest.

         Each stockholder  shall have one vote for every share of stock entitled
to vote  which  is  registered  in his or her  name on the  record  date for the
meeting,   except  as  otherwise  provided  herein  or  in  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation of the Corporation or as required by law.

         All voting,  including on the election of directors but excepting where
otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided,  however, that upon
demand therefore by a stockholder  entitled to vote or his or her proxy, a stock
vote shall be taken.  Every  stock vote shall be taken by ballot,  each of which
shall  state  the  name of the  stockholder  or  proxy  voting  and  such  other
information as may be required under the procedure  established for the meeting.
Every  vote  taken by ballot  shall be counted  by an  inspector  or  inspectors
appointed by the chairman of the meeting.

         All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and
except  as  otherwise  required  by law or as  provided  in the  Certificate  of
Incorporation,  all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes
cast.

Section 8. Stock List.

         The  officer  who  has  charge  of  the  stock  transfer  books  of the
Corporation  shall  prepare  and  make,  in the  time  and  manner  required  by
applicable law, a list of stockholders entitled to vote and shall make such list
available for such purposes,  at such places,  at such times and to such persons
as  required  by  applicable  law.  The stock  transfer  books shall be the only
evidence as to the  identity of the  stockholders  entitled to examine the stock
transfer books or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.

         Subject  to the  rights  of the  holders  of any  class  or  series  of
preferred stock of the Corporation, any action required or permitted to be taken
by the  stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual
or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by
any consent in writing by such stockholders.


                                        4

<PAGE>

Section 10. Inspectors of Election

         The  Board  of   Directors   shall,   in  advance  of  any  meeting  of
stockholders,  appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election,  to act at
the meeting or any  adjournment  thereof and make a written report  thereof,  in
accordance with applicable law.


                                   ARTICLE II

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

         The  business  and  affairs of the  Corporation  shall be managed by or
under the direction of the Board of Directors.  The number of directors shall be
as provided  for in the  Certificate  of  Incorporation.  The Board of Directors
shall  annually  elect a Chairman  of the Board and a  President  from among its
members and shall designate,  when present,  either the Chairman of the Board or
the President to preside at its meetings.

         The  directors,  other than those who may be elected by the  holders of
any class or series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes,  as
nearly equal in number as  reasonably  possible,  with the term of office of the
first  class  to  expire  at the  conclusion  of the  first  annual  meeting  of
stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the conclusion
of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office
of the  third  class to  expire  at the  conclusion  of the  annual  meeting  of
stockholders two years  thereafter,  with each director to hold office until his
or her  successor  shall have been duly  elected and  qualified.  At each annual
meeting of  stockholders,  commencing with the first annual  meeting,  directors
elected to succeed  those  directors  whose terms  expire shall be elected for a
term of office to expire at the third succeeding  annual meeting of stockholders
after  their  election,  with  each  director  to hold  office  until his or her
successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 2. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

         Subject  to the  rights  of the  holders  of any  class  or  series  of
preferred stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any
increase in the authorized  number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of
Directors  resulting  from  death,  resignation,  retirement,  disqualification,
removal from office or other cause may be filled only by a majority  vote of the
directors  then in office,  though less than a quorum,  and  directors so chosen
shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of  stockholders  at
which the term of office of the class to which they have been  elected  expires,
and until such director's  successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
No decrease in the number of authorized  directors  constituting the Board shall
shorten the term of any incumbent director.


                                        5

<PAGE>


Section 3. Regular Meetings.

         Regular  meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place
or places,  on such date or dates,  and at such time or times as shall have been
established  by the Board of Directors and  publicized  among all  directors.  A
notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

Section 4. Special Meetings.

         Special  meetings of the Board of Directors  may be called by one-third
(1/3) of the directors  then in office  (rounded up to the nearest whole number)
or by the President and shall be held at such place,  on such date,  and at such
time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each
such special meeting shall be given to each director by whom it is not waived by
mailing  written  notice  not less than  five  days  before  the  meeting  or by
telegraphing or telexing or by facsimile  transmission of the same not less than
24 hours before the meeting.  Unless otherwise  indicated in the notice thereof,
any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section 5. Quorum.

         At any meeting of the Board of Directors,  a majority of the authorized
number of directors then  constituting  the Board shall  constitute a quorum for
all purposes.  If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those
present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further
notice or waiver thereof.

Section 6. Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

         Members of the Board of  Directors,  or of any committee  thereof,  may
participate  in a meeting  of such  Board or  committee  by means of  conference
telephone  or similar  communications  equipment  by means of which all  persons
participating  in the meeting can hear each other and such  participation  shall
constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 7. Conduct of Business.

         At any meeting of the Board of Directors,  business shall be transacted
in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time  determine,  and all
matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors  present,
except as otherwise  provided  herein or required by law. Action may be taken by
the Board of Directors  without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto
in  writing,  and the  writing  or  writings  are  filed  with  the  minutes  of
proceedings of the Board of Directors.

Section 8. Powers.

         The Board of  Directors  may,  except  as  otherwise  required  by law,
exercise  all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or
done by the  Corporation,  including,  without  limiting the  generality  of the
foregoing, the unqualified power:


                                        6

<PAGE>


               (i) To declare  dividends  from time to time in  accordance  with
          law;

               (ii) To purchase or  otherwise  acquire any  property,  rights or
          privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

               (iii) To authorize  the creation,  making and  issuance,  in such
          form as it may  determine,  of  written  obligations  of  every  kind,
          negotiable  or  non-negotiable,  secured or  unsecured,  and to do all
          things necessary in connection therewith;

               (iv) To remove  any  officer of the  Corporation  with or without
          cause,  and from time to time to devolve  the powers and duties of any
          officer upon any other person for the time being;

               (v) To confer  upon any officer of the  Corporation  the power to
          appoint,  remove  and  suspend  subordinate  officers,  employees  and
          agents;

               (vi) To  adopt  from  time  to time  such  stock,  option,  stock
          purchase,  bonus or other compensation plans for directors,  officers,
          employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may
          determine;

               (vii) To adopt from time to time such insurance,  retirement, and
          other benefit plans for directors,  officers,  employees and agents of
          the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and,

               (viii) To adopt from time to time  regulations,  not inconsistent
          with these By-laws,  for the management of the Corporation's  business
          and affairs.

Section 9. Compensation of Directors.

         Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of
Directors,  fixed fees and other  compensation  for their services as directors,
including,  without  limitation,  their services as members of committees of the
Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                   COMMITTEES

Section 1. Committees of the Board of Directors.

         The  Board  of  Directors,  by a vote of a  majority  of the  Board  of
Directors,  may from time to time designate  committees of the Board,  with such
lawfully  delegable  powers and duties as it  thereby  confers,  to serve at the
pleasure of the Board and shall,  for those  committees and any others  provided
for  herein,  elect a director or  directors  to serve as the member or members,
designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace
any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any committee
so designated  may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors to
declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance

                                        7

<PAGE>



of stock or to adopt a certificate  of ownership and merger  pursuant to Section
253 of the Delaware  General  Corporation Law if the resolution which designated
the committee or a  supplemental  resolution of the Board of Directors  shall so
provide.  In the absence or  disqualification of any member of any committee and
any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee
present at the meeting and not  disqualified  from voting,  whether or not he or
she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of
the Board of  Directors  to act at the  meeting  in the  place of the  absent or
disqualified member.

Section 2. Conduct of Business.

         Each  committee  may  determine  the  procedural  rules for meeting and
conducting  its  business  and  shall  act in  accordance  therewith,  except as
otherwise  provided herein or required by law. Adequate  provision shall be made
for notice to members of all  meetings;  one-third  (1/3) of the  members  shall
constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in
which event one member  shall  constitute  a quorum;  and all  matters  shall be
determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any
committee  without a meeting if all members  thereof consent thereto in writing,
and the writing or writings  are filed with the  minutes of the  proceedings  of
such committee.

Section 3. Nominating Committee.

         The Board of Directors may appoint a Nominating Committee of the Board,
consisting of not less than three  members,  one of which shall be the President
if,  and only so long as,  the  President  remains  in office as a member of the
Board of Directors.  The Nominating Committee shall have authority (i) to review
any  nominations for election to the Board of Directors made by a stockholder of
the  Corporation  pursuant to Section  6(c)(ii) of Article I of these By-laws in
order to  determine  compliance  with such By-law and (ii) to  recommend  to the
Whole Board  nominees for  election to the Board of  Directors to replace  those
directors whose terms expire at the annual meeting of stockholders next ensuing.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    OFFICERS

Section 1. Generally.

          (a) The Board of  Directors  as soon as may be  practicable  after the
     annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a President,  a Secretary and a
     Treasurer  and from time to time may choose  such other  officers as it may
     deem proper.  The President  shall be chosen from among the directors.  Any
     number of offices may be held by the same person.


                                        8

<PAGE>


          (b) The term of office of all officers  shall be until the next annual
     election of officers and until their respective  successors are chosen, but
     any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative  vote
     of a majority of the authorized  number of directors then  constituting the
     Board of Directors.

          (c) All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such
     powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject
     to the specific  provisions  of this Article IV. Such  officers  shall also
     have such  powers and duties as from time to time may be  conferred  by the
     Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.

Section 2. President.

         The President shall be the chief executive  officer and, subject to the
control of the Board of Directors,  shall have general power over the management
and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation's  business
and general  supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs.  The
President  shall see that all orders and  resolutions  of the Board of Directors
and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.

         Each meeting of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors shall be
presided  over by such officer as has been  designated by the Board of Directors
or, in his or her  absence,  by such officer or other person as is chosen at the
meeting.  The  Secretary or, in his or her absence,  the General  Counsel of the
Corporation or such officer as has been designated by the Board of Directors or,
in his or her  absence,  such officer or other person as is chosen by the person
presiding, shall act as secretary of each such meeting.

Section 3. Vice President.

         The Vice President or Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform the duties
of the President in the  President's  absence or during his or her disability to
act. In addition,  the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and exercise the
powers usually incident to their respective offices and/or such other duties and
powers  as may be  properly  assigned  to them from time to time by the Board of
Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

Section 4. Secretary.

         The  Secretary  or  an  Assistant  Secretary  shall  issue  notices  of
meetings,  shall  keep  their  minutes,  shall  have  charge of the seal and the
corporate books,  shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers
as are usually  incident to such offices  and/or such other duties and powers as
are properly  assigned  thereto by the Board of  Directors,  the Chairman of the
Board or the President.


                                        9

<PAGE>



Section 5. Treasurer.

         The  Treasurer  shall have charge of all monies and  securities  of the
Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation
which has a treasurer or financial  officer appointed by the Board of Directors,
and shall keep regular books of account.  The funds of the Corporation  shall be
deposited in the name of the  Corporation  by the  Treasurer  with such banks or
trust  companies or other  entities as the Board of Directors  from time to time
shall  designate.  The Treasurer shall sign or countersign  such  instruments as
require his or her  signature,  shall  perform all such duties and have all such
powers as are  usually  incident to such  office  and/or  such other  duties and
powers as are  properly  assigned to him or her by the Board of  Directors,  the
Chairman  of the  Board or the  President,  and may be  required  to give  bond,
payable by the Corporation,  for the faithful  performance of his duties in such
sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Assistant Secretaries and Other Officers.

         The Board of Directors  may appoint one or more  assistant  secretaries
and one or more  assistants  to the  Treasurer,  or one  appointee  to both such
positions,  which  officers shall have such powers and shall perform such duties
as are  provided in these  By-laws or as may be assigned to them by the Board of
Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

Section 7. Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

         Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors,  the President, or
any officer of the Corporation authorized by the President,  shall have power to
vote and otherwise act on behalf of the  Corporation,  in person or by proxy, at
any meeting of  stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of
any  other  corporation  in  which  this  Corporation  may hold  securities  and
otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this  Corporation  may
possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other Corporation.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                      STOCK

Section 1. Certificates of Stock.

         Each  stockholder  shall be entitled to a certificate  signed by, or in
the name of the Corporation  by, the President or a Vice  President,  and by the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer,
certifying  the  number  of  shares  owned  by  him  or  her.  Any or all of the
signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.


                                       10

<PAGE>



Section 2. Transfers of Stock.

         Transfers  of stock shall be made only upon the  transfer  books of the
Corporation  kept  at  an  office  of  the  Corporation  or by  transfer  agents
designated to transfer  shares of the stock of the  Corporation.  Except where a
certificate  is  issued  in  accordance  with  Section  4 of  Article V of these
By-laws,  an outstanding  certificate for the number of shares involved shall be
surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefore.

Section 3. Record Date.

         In order that the Corporation may determine the  stockholders  entitled
to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or to receive payment of
any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any
rights in respect of any  change,  conversion  or  exchange  of stock or for the
purpose of any other  lawful  action,  the Board of  Directors  may fix a record
date,  which  record  date shall not  precede  the date on which the  resolution
fixing the record date is adopted  and which  record date shall not be more than
60 nor less than ten days  before the date of any meeting of  stockholders,  nor
more  than 60 days  prior  to the time for such  other  action  as  hereinbefore
described;  provided,  however,  that if no record date is fixed by the Board of
Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or
to vote at a meeting of  stockholders  shall be at the close of  business on the
day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived,  at
the close of business on the day next  preceding the day on which the meeting is
held,  and,  for  determining  stockholders  entitled to receive  payment of any
dividend or other  distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise any rights
of change,  conversion or exchange of stock or for any other purpose, the record
date  shall  be at the  close  of  business  on the day on  which  the  Board of
Directors adopts a resolution relating thereto.

         A  determination  of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the
adjourned meeting.

Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

         In the event of the loss,  theft or destruction  of any  certificate of
stock,  another may be issued in its place  pursuant to such  regulations as the
Board  of  Directors  may  establish  concerning  proof of such  loss,  theft or
destruction  and  concerning  the  giving  of a  satisfactory  bond or  bonds of
indemnity.

Section 5. Regulations.

         The issue,  transfer,  conversion and  registration  of certificates of
stock shall be governed by such other  regulations as the Board of Directors may
establish.



                                       11

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                     NOTICES

Section 1. Notices.

         Except as otherwise  specifically  provided  herein or required by law,
all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee
or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be  effectively  given by
hand delivery to the recipient  thereof,  by depositing such notice in the mail,
postage  paid,  by sending  such  notice by prepaid  telegram  or mailgram or by
sending such notice by facsimile machine or other electronic  transmission.  Any
such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder,  director, officer, employee
or agent at his or her last known  address  as the same  appears on the books of
the  Corporation.  The time when such notice is received,  if hand  delivered or
dispatched,  if  delivered  through  the mail,  by  telegram  or  mailgram or by
facsimile  machine or other  electronic  transmission,  shall be the time of the
giving of the notice.

Section 2. Waivers.

         A written  waiver of any  notice,  signed by a  stockholder,  director,
officer,  employee or agent,  whether  before or after the time of the event for
which notice is to be given,  shall be deemed  equivalent to the notice required
to be given to such stockholder,  director,  officer, employee or agent. Neither
the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 1. Facsimile Signatures.

         In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere
specifically authorized in these By-laws, facsimile signatures of any officer or
officers of the  Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board
of Directors or a committee thereof.

Section 2. Corporate Seal.

         The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name
of the Corporation,  which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary.  If and
when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of
the seal may be kept and used by the  Treasurer or by an Assistant  Secretary or
Assistant Treasurer.


                                       12

<PAGE>


Section 3. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

         Each director,  each member of any committee designated by the Board of
Directors,  and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his
or her  duties,  be fully  protected  in relying in good faith upon the books of
account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions,
reports or  statements  presented to the  Corporation  by any of its officers or
employees,  or  committees  of the Board of Directors so  designated,  or by any
other person as to matters  which such director or committee  member  reasonably
believes are within such other person's  professional  or expert  competence and
who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 4. Fiscal Year.

         The fiscal  year of the  Corporation  shall be as fixed by the Board of
Directors.

Section 5. Time Periods.

         In applying any provision of these  By-laws which  requires that an act
be done or not be done a  specified  number of days prior to an event or that an
act be done  during a period of a  specified  number of days  prior to an event,
calendar  days shall be used,  the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded
and the day of the event shall be included.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   AMENDMENTS

         The By-laws of the Corporation  may be adopted,  amended or repealed as
provided  in  Article  SEVENTH  of  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the
Corporation.






                                       13





                                                                     Exhibit 3.3


                                   Charter of

                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION


         SECTION 1. Corporate  title.  The full  corporate  title of the bank is
Gloversville Federal Savings and Loan Association.

         SECTION 2. Office.  The home office of the bank shall be located in the
City of Gloversville, County of Fulton, in the state of New York.

         SECTION 3. Duration. The duration of the bank is perpetual.

         SECTION 4. Purpose and Powers. The purpose of the bank is to pursue any
or all of the lawful  objectives of a federal bank chartered  under section 5 of
the Home  Owners'  Loan Act and to exercise  all of the  express,  implied,  and
incidental  powers  conferred  thereby  and by all acts  amendatory  thereof and
supplemental thereto,  subject to the Constitution and laws of the United States
as they are now in effect,  or as they may hereafter be amended,  and subject to
all lawful and applicable rules, regulations, and orders of the Office of Thrift
Supervision ("Office").

         SECTION 5. Capital Stock.  The total number of shares of all classes of
the capital stock which the bank has the authority to issue is one million three
hundred  thousand   (1,300,000)  of  which  one  million  two  hundred  thousand
(1,200,000)  shall be common stock of par value of $.01 per share,  and of which
one hundred thousand (100,000) shall be serial preferred stock of par value $.01
per share. The shares may be issued from time to time as authorized by the board
of  directors  without  further  approval of  stockholders,  except as otherwise
provided in this  Section 5 or to the extent  that such  approval is required by
governing law, rule or  regulation.  The  consideration  for the issuance of the
shares  shall be paid in full before  their  issuance and shall not be less than
the par value.  Neither  promissory  notes nor future services shall  constitute
payment  or  part  payment  for  the  issuance  of  shares  of  the  bank.   The
consideration for the shares shall be cash,  tangible or intangible property (to
the extent direct  investment in such property would be permitted to the savings
bank), labor, or services actually performed for the bank, or any combination of
the foregoing.  In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction,  the value of
such property,  labor,  or services,  as determined by the board of directors of
the bank, shall be conclusive.  Upon payment of such consideration,  such shares
shall be  deemed  to be fully  paid  and  nonassessable.  In the case of a stock
dividend,  that part of the surplus of the bank which is  transferred  to stated
capital  upon the issuance of shares as a share  dividend  shall be deemed to be
the consideration for their issuance.

         Except for shares  issuable in  connection  with the  conversion of the
bank from the  mutual to the stock  form of  organization,  no shares of capital
stock (including shares issuable upon conversion, exchange, or exercise of other
securities) shall be issued, directly or indirectly, to officers,  directors, or
controlling  persons of the bank other than as part of a general public offering
or as qualifying  shares to a director,  unless their issuance or the plan under
which they


<PAGE>


would be issued has been  approved by a majority of the total votes  eligible to
be cast at a legal meeting.

         Nothing contained in this Section 5 (or in any  supplementary  sections
hereto)  shall  entitle the  holders of any class or series of capital  stock to
vote as a separate class or series,  or to more than one vote per share,  except
as to the cumulation of votes for the election of directors: Provided, That this
restriction on voting separately by class or series shall not apply:

          (i)  To any provision  which would  authorize the holders of preferred
               stock,  voting as a class or series, to elect some members of the
               board of directors, less than a majority thereof, in the event of
               default  in the  payment of  dividends  on any class or series of
               preferred stock;

          (ii) To any  provision  which would  require the holders of  preferred
               stock,  voting as a class or  series,  to  approve  the merger or
               consolidation  of the bank with another  corporation or the sale,
               lease,  or  conveyance  (other  than by  mortgage  or  pledge) of
               properties   or  business  in  exchange  for   securities   of  a
               corporation  other  than  the  bank  if the  preferred  stock  is
               exchanged  for  securities of such other  corporation:  Provided,
               That no  provision  may require such  approval  for  transactions
               undertaken  with the  assistance  or pursuant to the direction of
               the Office; or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

         (iii) To any amendment which would adversely  change the specific terms
               of any  class or  series  of  capital  stock as set forth in this
               Section 5 (or in any supplementary  sections  hereto),  including
               any  amendment  which would create or enlarge any class or series
               ranking  prior  thereto in rights and  preferences.  An amendment
               which  increases the number of authorized  shares of any class or
               series of capital stock,  or substitutes  the surviving bank in a
               merger or consolidation  for the bank, shall not be considered to
               be such an adverse change.

         A  description  of the  different  classes  and  series (if any) of the
bank's  capital  stock and a statement  of the  designations,  and the  relative
rights, preferences,  and limitations of the shares of each class and series (if
any) of capital stock are as follows:

         A.  Common  Stock.  Except  as  provided  in this  Section 5 (or in any
supplementary   sections   thereto)  the  holders  of  the  common  stock  shall
exclusively  possess all voting  power.  Each  holder of shares of common  stock
shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such  holder,  except as to
the cumulation of votes for the election of directors.

         Whenever  there  shall have been paid,  or  declared  and set aside for
payment,  to the holders of the outstanding  shares of any class of stock having
preference over the common stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount
of dividends and of sinking fund, retirement fund, or other retirement payments,
if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the

                                        2

<PAGE>



common stock, then dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any class or
series of stock  entitled to  participate  therewith as to dividends  out of any
assets legally available for the payment of dividends.

         In the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution,  or  winding  up of the
bank, the holders of the common stock (and the holders of any class or series of
stock  entitled to  participate  with the common  stock in the  distribution  of
assets) shall be entitled to receive, in cash or in kind, the assets of the bank
available for distribution remaining after: (i) Payment or provision for payment
of the  bank's  debts and  liabilities;  (ii)  distributions  or  provision  for
distributions in settlement of its liquidation  account; and (iii) distributions
or  provisions  for  distributions  to  holders  of any class or series of stock
having  preference  over the common stock in the  liquidation,  dissolution,  or
winding up of the bank.  Each share of common stock shall have the same relative
rights as and be identical  in all respects  with all the other shares of common
stock.

         B. Preferred Stock.  The bank may provide in supplementary  sections to
its  charter  for one or  more  classes  of  preferred  stock,  which  shall  be
separately identified. The shares of any class may be divided into and issued in
series,  with each series separately  designated so as to distinguish the shares
thereof  from the  shares of all other  series  and  classes.  The terms of each
series shall be set forth in a supplementary  section to the charter. All shares
of the same class shall be identical except as to the following  relative rights
and preferences, as to which there may be variations between different series:

          (a)  The  distinctive  serial  designation  and the  number  of shares
               constituting such series;

          (b)  The  dividend  rate or the amount of  dividends to be paid on the
               shares of such series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and,
               if so, from which date(s), the payment date(s) for dividends, and
               the  participating or other special rights,  if any, with respect
               to dividends;

          (c)  The voting  powers,  full or  limited,  if any, of shares of such
               series;

          (d)  Whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable and, if so,
               the  price(s) at which,  and the terms and  conditions  on which,
               such shares may be redeemed;

          (e)  The amount(s) payable upon the shares of such series in the event
               of voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution, or winding
               up of the bank;

          (f)  Whether  the  shares  of such  series  shall be  entitled  to the
               benefit  of a sinking  or  retirement  fund to be  applied to the
               purchase or  redemption of such shares,  and if so entitled,  the
               amount of such fund and the manner of its application,  including
               the  price(s) at which such  shares may be redeemed or  purchased
               through the application of such fund;


                                        3

<PAGE>



          (g)  Whether the shares of such series shall be  convertible  into, or
               exchangeable  for,  shares of any other class or classes of stock
               of the bank and, if so, the conversion  price(s),  or the rate(s)
               of exchange,  and the adjustments  thereof, if any, at which such
               conversion  or  exchange  may be made,  and any  other  terms and
               conditions of such conversion or exchange;

          (h)  The price or other  consideration  for  which the  shares of such
               series shall be issued; and

          (i)  Whether the shares of such series which are redeemed or converted
               shall have the status of authorized but unissued shares of serial
               preferred stock and whether such shares may be reissued as shares
               of the same or any other series of serial preferred stock.

         Each share of each series of serial preferred stock shall have the same
relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of
the same series.

         The board of directors shall have authority to divide,  by the adoption
of supplementary charter sections,  any authorized class of preferred stock into
series,  and, within the limitations set forth in this section and the remainder
of this charter,  fix and determine the relative  rights and  preferences of the
shares of any series so established.

         Prior to the issuance of any preferred  shares of a series  established
by a supplementary  charter section adopted by the board of directors,  the bank
shall file with the  Secretary to the Office a dated copy of that  supplementary
section of this charter  established  and  designating the series and fixing and
determining the relative rights and preferences thereof.

         SECTION 6. Preemptive Rights.  Holders of the capital stock of the bank
shall not be entitled  to  preemptive  rights with  respect to any shares of the
bank which may be issued.

         SECTION 7.  Liquidation  Account.  Pursuant to the  requirements of the
Office's regulations (12 C.F.R. Part 563b) the bank shall establish and maintain
a  liquidation  account  for the benefit of its  savings  account  holders as of
December 31, 1993 ("eligible savers") and March 31, 1995 ("supplemental eligible
savers").  In the event of a complete  liquidation  of the bank, it shall comply
with  such  regulations  with  respect  to the  amount  and  the  priorities  on
liquidation of each eligible saver's and supplemental  eligible saver's inchoate
interest in the  liquidation  account,  to the extent it is still in  existence:
Provided,  That an eligible saver's and  supplemental  eligible saver's inchoate
interest in the  liquidation  account shall not entitle such  eligible  saver or
supplemental  eligible  saver to any  voting  rights at  meetings  of the bank's
stockholders.

         SECTION   8.   Certain   Provisions    Applicable   for   Five   Years.
Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in the  bank's  charter  or  bylaws to the
contrary, for a period of five years from the date

                                        4

<PAGE>



of  completion  of the  conversion  of the bank from mutual to stock  form,  the
following provisions shall apply:

         A.  Beneficial  Ownership  Limitation.  No  person  shall  directly  or
indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10%
of any class of an equity security of the bank. This limitation  shall not apply
to a transaction in which the bank forms a holding company without change in the
respective  beneficial  ownership  interests  of  its  stockholders  other  than
pursuant to the exercise of any dissenter and appraisal rights,  the purchase of
shares by underwriters in connection with a public offering,  or the purchase of
shares by a  tax-qualified  employee stock benefit plan which is exempt from the
approval requirements under Section 574.3(c)(1)(vi) of the Office's regulations.

         In the event  shares are  acquired in  violation of this Section 8, all
shares  beneficially  owned by any  person in excess of 10% shall be  considered
"excess  shares"  and shall not be counted as shares  entitled to vote and shall
not be voted by any person or counted as voting  shares in  connection  with any
matters submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

         For purposes of this Section 8, the following definitions apply:

         (1) The  term  "person"  includes  an  individual,  a group  acting  in
concert, a corporation,  a partnership,  a bank, a joint stock company, a trust,
an  unincorporated  organization  or similar  company,  a syndicate or any other
group  formed for the purpose of  acquiring,  holding or disposing of the equity
securities of the bank.

         (2) The term "offer" includes every offer to buy or otherwise  acquire,
solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for
tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value.

         (3) The term  "acquire"  includes  every type of  acquisition,  whether
effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise.

         (4) The term "acting in concert" means (a) knowing  participation  in a
joint activity or conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not
pursuant to an express  agreement,  or (b) a combination or pooling of voting or
other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose  pursuant to
any  contract,  understanding,  relationship,  agreement or other  arrangements,
whether written or otherwise.

         B. Cumulative Voting Limitation. Stockholders shall not be permitted to
cumulate their votes for election of directors.

         C. Call for Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders relating
to changes in control of the bank or  amendments  to its charter shall be called
only upon direction of the board of directors.

                                        5

<PAGE>



         SECTION 9. Directors.  The bank shall be under the direction of a board
of  directors.  The  authorized  number of  directors,  as stated in the  bank's
bylaws, shall not be fewer than five nor more than fifteen except when a greater
number is approved by the Director of the Office.

         SECTION 10.  Amendment of charter.  Except as provided in Section 5, no
amendment,  addition,  alteration,  change,  or repeal of this charter  shall be
made,  unless such is first proposed by the board of directors of the bank, then
preliminarily  approved by the Office, which preliminary approval may be granted
by the Office pursuant to regulations specifying preapproved charter amendments,
and  thereafter  approved by the  stockholders  by a majority of the total votes
eligible to be cast at a legal  meeting.  Any amendment,  addition,  alteration,
change,  or repeal so acted upon shall be effective  upon filing with the Office
in accordance with regulatory procedures or on such other date as the Office may
specify in its preliminary approval.

                                        6

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION




ATTEST: _________________________________      By: _____________________________
        Menzo D. Case                              Lewis Kolar
        Secretary                                  President and Chief Executive
                                                   Officer



                            DIRECTOR OF THE OFFICE OF
                               THRIFT SUPERVISION



ATTEST: _________________________________      By: _____________________________
        Secretary of the Office of Thrift          Director of the Office of
        Supervision                                Thrift Supervision





Declared effective this ____ day of ____________.1998




                                        7





                                                                     Exhibit 3.4

                                    BYLAWS OF

                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   HOME OFFICE

      The home office of the bank shall be in the City of Gloversville, in
the County of Fulton, in the State of New York.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                  SHAREHOLDERS

         Section  1. Place of  Meetings.  All annual  and  special  meetings  of
shareholders shall be held at the home office of the bank or at such other place
in the state in which the principal  place of business of the bank is located as
the board of directors may determine.

         Section 2. Annual  Meeting.  A meeting of  shareholders of the bank for
the election of directors and for the  transaction  of any other business of the
bank shall be held  annually  within 120 days after the end of the bank's fiscal
year on the third  Wednesday of each January,  if not a legal holiday,  and if a
legal holiday,  then on the next day following which is not a legal holiday,  at
2:00 p.m.,  or at such other date and time  within  such  120-day  period as the
board of directors may determine.

         Section 3. Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of the shareholders for
any purpose or purposes,  unless otherwise  prescribed by the regulations of the
Office  of  Thrift  Supervision  ("Office"),  may be  called  at any time by the
chairman of the board,  the  president or a majority of the board of  directors,
and  shall be  called  by the  chairman  of the  board,  the  president,  or the
secretary upon the written  request of the holders of not less than one-tenth of
all of the  outstanding  capital  stock  of the  bank  entitled  to  vote at the
meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting
and shall be delivered to the home office of the bank  addressed to the chairman
of the board, the president, or the secretary.

         Section 4. Conduct of Meetings.  Annual and special  meetings  shall be
conducted in accordance with the most current edition of Robert's Rules of Order
unless  otherwise  prescribed by regulations of the Office or these bylaws.  The
board of directors  shall  designate,  when present,  either the chairman of the
board or president to preside at such meetings.

         Section 5. Notice of Meetings.  Written notice  stating the place,  day
and hour of the meeting and the purpose(s) for which the meeting is called shall
be  delivered  not fewer  than 10 nor more than 50 days  before  the date of the
meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the chairman of
the board, the president, or the secretary, or the directors calling the

                                        1

<PAGE>



meeting,  to each  shareholder  of record  entitled to vote at such meeting.  If
mailed,  such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail,
addressed to the  shareholder at the address as it appears on the stock transfer
books or records of the bank as of the record  date pre  scribed in Section 6 of
this Article II with postage prepaid.  When any  shareholders'  meeting,  either
annual or special,  is adjourned  for 30 days or more,  notice of the  adjourned
meeting  shall be given as in the case of an original  meeting.  It shall not be
necessary to give any notice of the time and place of any meeting  adjourned for
less than 30 days or of the business to be transacted at the meeting, other than
an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.

         Section  6.  Fixing of Record  Date.  For the  purpose  of  determining
shareholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or
any adjournment, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or
in order to make a determination  of shareholders  for any other proper purpose,
the board of  directors  shall fix in advance a date as the record  date for any
such determination of shareholders. Such date in any case shall be not more than
60 days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders,  not fewer than 10 days prior
to the date on which the  particular  action,  requiring such  determination  of
shareholders,  is to be taken. When a determination of shareholders  entitled to
vote at any meeting of  shareholders  has been made as provided in this section,
such determination shall apply to any adjournment.

         Section 7. Voting  Lists.  At least 20 days before each  meeting of the
shareholders, the officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for
shares of the bank shall make a complete  list of the  shareholders  entitled to
vote at such meeting,  or any adjournment,  arranged in alphabetical order, with
the  address and the number of shares  held by each.  This list of  shareholders
shall be kept on file at the home  office  of the bank and shall be  subject  to
inspection  by any  shareholder  at any time during usual  business  hours for a
period of 20 days prior to such  meeting.  Such list shall also be produced  and
kept  open at the time  and  place  of the  meeting  and  shall  be  subject  to
inspection  by any  shareholder  during  the  entire  time of the  meeting.  The
original  stock  transfer  book shall  constitute  prima  facie  evidence of the
shareholders  entitled to examine such list or transfer  books or to vote at any
meeting of  shareholders.  In lieu of making the shareholder  list available for
inspection by shareholders as provided in the preceding para graph, the board of
directors may elect to follow the procedures  prescribed in Section  552.6(d) of
the Office's regulations as now or hereafter in effect.

         Section 8.  Quorum.  A majority of the  outstanding  shares of the bank
entitled to vote,  represented in person or by proxy,  shall constitute a quorum
at a meeting of shareholders.  If less than a majority of the outstanding shares
is represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn
the meeting from time to time without further notice.  At such adjourned meeting
at  which a  quorum  shall  be  present  or  represented,  any  business  may be
transacted  which  might  have been  transacted  at the  meeting  as  originally
notified.  The shareholders  present at a duly organized meeting may continue to
transact business until  adjournment,  notwithstanding  the withdrawal of enough
shareholders to constitute less than a quorum.


                                        2

<PAGE>



         Section 9. Proxies. At all meetings of shareholders,  a shareholder may
vote by proxy  executed  in  writing  by the  shareholder  or by his or her duly
authorized attorney in fact. Proxies solicited on behalf of the management shall
be voted as directed by the shareholder or, in the absence of such direction, as
determined by a majority of the board of directors. No proxy shall be valid more
than eleven  months from the date of its  execution  except for a proxy  coupled
with an interest.

         Section 10. Voting of Shares in the Name of Two or More  Persons.  When
ownership  stands in the name of two or more persons,  in the absence of written
directions to the bank to the contrary,  at any meeting of the  shareholders  of
the bank any one or more of such  shareholders  may cast, in person or by proxy,
all votes to which such  ownership is entitled.  In the event an attempt is made
to cast  conflicting  votes,  in person or by proxy,  by the several  persons in
whose names shares of stock stand,  the vote or votes to which those persons are
entitled shall be cast as directed by a majority of those holding such stock and
present in person or by proxy at such  meeting,  but no votes  shall be cast for
such stock if a majority cannot agree.

         Section 11. Voting of Shares by Certain Holders. Shares standing in the
name of another corporation may be voted by any officer,  agent, or proxy as the
bylaws of such corporation may prescribe,  or, in the absence of such provision,
as the board of directors of such  corporation may determine.  Shares held by an
administrator,  executor,  guardian,  or conservator may be voted by him or her,
either in person or by proxy,  without a transfer of such shares into his or her
name.  Shares  standing  in the  name of a  trustee  may be voted by him or her,
either in person or by proxy,  but no trustee  shall be  entitled to vote shares
held by him or her  without  a  transfer  of such  shares  into his or her name.
Shares  standing in the name of a receiver  may be voted by such  receiver,  and
shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such  receiver
without the transfer  into his or her name if authority to do so is contained in
an  appropriate  order of the  court or other  public  authority  by which  such
receiver was appointed.

         A  shareholder  whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such
shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee,  and
thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

         Neither  treasury  shares of its own stock  held by the bank nor shares
held by another  corporation,  if a majority of the shares  entitled to vote for
the election of directors of such other  corporation are held by the bank, shall
be  voted  at any  meeting  or  counted  in  determining  the  total  number  of
outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.

         Section 12. Cumulative Voting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter
of the bank,  every  shareholder  entitled to vote at an election for  directors
shall have the right to vote, in person or by proxy,  the number of shares owned
by the  shareholder for as many persons as there are directors to be elected and
for whose election the shareholder has a right to vote, or to cumulate the votes
by giving one  candidate  as many votes as the  number of such  directors  to be
elected

                                        3

<PAGE>



multiplied by the number of shares shall equal or by distributing  such votes on
the same principle among any number of candidates.

         Section  13.  Inspectors  of  Election.  In advance  of any  meeting of
shareholders,  the board of directors may appoint any person other than nominees
for office as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any  adjournment.
The  number of  inspectors  shall be either one or three.  Any such  appointment
shall not be  altered at the  meeting.  If  inspectors  of  election  are not so
appointed,  the chairman of the board or the president may, or on the request of
not fewer than 10 percent of the votes  represented at the meeting  shall,  make
such  appointment at the meeting.  If appointed at the meeting,  the majority of
the votes  present shall  determine  whether one or three  inspectors  are to be
appointed. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or
refuses  to act,  the  vacancy  may be  filled  by  appointment  by the board of
directors  in advance of the  meeting or at the  meeting by the  chairman of the
board or the president.

         Unless otherwise prescribed by regulations of the Office, the duties of
such inspectors  shall include:  determining the number of shares and the voting
power of each share, the shares repre sented at the meeting,  the existence of a
quorum, and the authenticity,  validity and effect of proxies:  receiving votes,
ballots,  or consents;  hearing and  determining all challenges and questions in
any way arising in connection  with the rights to vote;  counting and tabulating
all votes or consents; determining the result; and such acts as may be proper to
conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

         Section 14. Nominating Committee. The board of directors shall act as a
nominating  committee  for  selecting  the  management  nominees for election as
directors.  Except in the case of a nominee substituted as a result of the death
or other  incapacity of a management  nominee,  the nominating  committee  shall
deliver written  nominations to the secretary at least 20 days prior to the date
of the annual  meeting.  Upon delivery,  such  nominations  shall be posted in a
conspicuous  place in each  office of the bank.  No  nominations  for  directors
except those made by the nominating  committee shall be voted upon at the annual
meeting  unless  other  nominations  by  shareholders  are made in  writing  and
delivered  to the  secretary of the bank at least five days prior to the date of
the  annual  meeting.  Upon  delivery,  such  nominations  shall be  posted in a
conspicuous  place in each office of the bank.  Ballots bearing the names of all
the persons nominated by the nominating  committee and by shareholders  shall be
provided for use at the annual  meeting.  However,  if the nominating  committee
shall  fail or  refuse  to act at least 20 days  prior  to the  annual  meeting,
nominations  for directors may be made at the annual meeting by any  shareholder
entitled to vote and shall be voted upon.

         Section 15. New Business.  At an annual  meeting of  shareholders  only
such new business  shall be conducted,  and only such  proposals  shall be acted
upon,  as shall  have been  properly  brought  before the  meeting.  For any new
business  proposed  by  management  to be  properly  brought  before  the annual
meeting,  such new business shall be approved by the board of directors,  either
directly  or  through  its  approval  of proxy  solicitation  materials  related
thereto, and shall be stated in writing and filed with the secretary of the bank
at least 20 days before the date of the

                                        4

<PAGE>



annual  meeting,  and all  business  so  stated,  proposed  and  filed  shall be
considered at the annual meeting. Any shareholder may make any other proposal at
the annual  meeting and the same may be  discussed  and  considered,  but unless
properly brought before the meeting such proposal shall not be acted upon at the
meeting.  For a proposal to be properly  brought  before an annual  meeting by a
shareholder, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to
the  secretary  of the  bank.  To be  timely,  a  shareholder's  notice  must be
delivered to or received at the  principal  executive  offices of the bank,  not
less than 20 days prior to the  meeting;  provided,  however,  that in the event
that  less  than  30  days  notice  of the  date  of the  meeting  is  given  to
shareholders  (which  notice  shall be  accompanied  by a proxy  or  information
statement  which  describes each matter proposed by the board of directors to be
acted upon at the meeting),  notice by the  shareholder  to be timely must be so
received not later than the close of business on the 10th day  following the day
on  which  such  notice  of the  date  of  the  annual  meeting  was  mailed.  A
shareholder's  notice to the  secretary  shall set forth as to each  matter  the
shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (a) a brief description
of the proposal  desired to be brought before the annual  meeting;  (b) the name
and address of the  shareholder  proposing  such  business and (c) the class and
number  of shares  of the bank  which  are  owned of record by the  shareholder.
Notwithstanding  anything in the bylaws to the  contrary,  no business  shall be
conducted at an annual  meeting  except in accordance  with the  procedures  set
forth in this Section 15.

         Section 16. Informal Action by Shareholders.  Any action required to be
taken at a meeting of shareholders,  or any other action which may be taken at a
meeting of  shareholders,  may be taken without a meeting if consent in writing,
setting  forth the  action so taken,  shall be given by all of the  shareholders
entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter.


                                   ARTICLE III

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

      Section 1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the bank shall
be under the direction of its board of directors.  The board of directors  shall
annually  elect a chairman of the board and a  president  from among its members
and shall  designate,  when  present,  either the  chairman  of the board or the
president to preside at its meetings.

         Section 2. Number and Term. The board of directors shall consist of six
members  and shall be divided  into three  classes as nearly  equal in number as
possible.  The  members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years
and until their successors are elected and qualified.
One class shall be elected by ballot annually.

         Section  3.  Regular  Meetings.  A  regular  meeting  of the  board  of
directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw immediately  after,
and at the same  place as,  the annual  meeting  of  shareholders.  The board of
directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place,

                                        5

<PAGE>



within  the bank's  normal  lending  territory,  for the  holding of  additional
regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

         Section  4.  Qualification.  Each  director  shall at all  times be the
beneficial owner of not less than 100 shares of capital stock of the bank unless
the bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company.

         Section 5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors
may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board,  the president,
or one-third of the directors.  The persons  authorized to call special meetings
of the board of directors,  may fix any place,  within the bank's normal lending
territory,  as the place for holding  any special  meeting of the board of direc
tors called by such persons.

         Members of the board of directors may  participate in special  meetings
by means of conference  telephone or similar  communications  equipment by which
all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation
shall constitute presence in person but shall not constitute  attendance for the
purpose of compensation pursuant to Section 12 of this Article.

         Section 6. Notice. Written notice of any special meeting shall be given
to each director at least two days prior thereto when delivered personally or by
telegram  or at least  five days prior  thereto  when  delivered  by mail at the
address at which the director is most likely to be reached. Such notice shall be
deemed to be delivered  when  deposited in the mail so  addressed,  with postage
prepaid  if  mailed  or  when  delivered  to the  telegraph  company  if sent by
telegram.  Any director may waive notice of any meeting by a writing  filed with
the  secretary.  The  attendance of a director at a meeting  shall  constitute a
waiver of notice of such meeting,  except where a director attends a meeting for
the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business  because the
meeting  is  not  lawfully  called  or  convened.  Neither  the  business  to be
transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the board of directors need be
specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

         Section 7.  Quorum.  A majority  of the  number of  directors  fixed by
Section 2 of this Article III shall  constitute a quorum for the  transaction of
business  at any  meeting  of the  board of  directors;  but if less  than  such
majority  is present  at a meeting,  a majority  of the  directors  present  may
adjourn the meeting from time to time.  Notice of any adjourned meeting shall be
given in the same manner as prescribed by Section 6 of this Article III.

         Section 8. Manner of Acting.  The act of the majority of the  directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present  shall be the act of the board
of directors,  unless a greater number is prescribed by regulation of the Office
or by these bylaws.

         Section 9. Action Without a Meeting.  Any action  required or permitted
to be taken by the  board of  directors  at a  meeting  may be taken  without  a
meeting if a consent in  writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,  shall be
signed by all of the directors.

                                        6

<PAGE>



         Section 10. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by sending
a written notice of such resignation to the home office of the bank addressed to
the chairman of the board or the president.  Unless  otherwise  specified,  such
resignation  shall take effect upon  receipt by the chairman of the board or the
president.  More than three  consecutive  absences from regular  meetings of the
board of  directors,  unless  excused by  resolution  of the board of directors,
shall automatically constitute a resignation, effective when such resignation is
accepted by the board of directors.

         Section 11. Vacancies.  Any vacancy occurring on the board of directors
may be filled by the affirmative  vote of a majority of the remaining  directors
although  less than a quorum of the board of  directors.  A director  elected to
fill a vacancy shall be elected to serve until the next election of directors by
the shareholders.  Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the
number of directors  may be filled by election by the board of  directors  for a
term of office  continuing  only until the next  election  of  directors  by the
shareholders.

         Section  12.  Compensation.  Directors,  as such,  may receive a stated
salary for their services. By resolution of the board of directors, a reasonable
fixed sum, and  reasonable  expenses of  attendance,  if any, may be allowed for
actual  attendance at each regular or special meeting of the board of directors.
Members  of  either   standing  or  special   committees  may  be  allowed  such
compensation  for  actual  attendance  at  committee  meetings  as the  board of
directors may determine.

         Section  13.  Presumption  of  Assent.  A  director  of the bank who is
present  at a meeting  of the  board of  directors  at which  action on any bank
matter is taken shall be presumed to have  assented to the action  taken  unless
his or her dissent or abstention  shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting
or unless he or she shall file a written  dissent to such action with the person
acting as the secretary of the meeting before the  adjournment  thereof or shall
forward such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the bank within five
days after the date a copy of the minutes of the meeting is received. Such right
to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

         Section 14. Removal of Directors.  At a meeting of shareholders  called
expressly for that  purpose,  any director may be removed for cause by a vote of
the holders of a majority of the shares then  entitled to vote at an election of
directors.  If less  than  the  entire  board  is to be  removed,  no one of the
directors  may be  removed  if the  votes  cast  against  the  removal  would be
sufficient to elect a director if then cumulatively  voted at an election of the
class of directors of which such director is a part. Whenever the holders of the
shares  of any  class  are  entitled  to  elect  one or  more  directors  by the
provisions of the charter or supplemental  sections  thereto,  the provisions of
this section  shall apply,  in respect to the removal of a director or directors
so elected,  to the vote of the holders of the outstanding  shares of that class
and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole.


                                        7

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IV

                         EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

      Section 1. Appointment. The board of directors, by resolution adopted
by a majority of the full board,  may designate the chief executive  officer and
two or more of the other  directors to  constitute an executive  committee.  The
designation  of any committee  pursuant to this Article IV and the delegation of
authority shall not operate to relieve the board of directors,  or any director,
of any responsibility imposed by law or regulation.

         Section  2.  Authority.  The  executive  committee,  when the  board of
directors is not in session, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of
the board of directors  except to the ex tent, if any, that such authority shall
be limited by the resolution appointing the executive committee; and except also
that the  executive  committee  shall  not have the  authority  of the  board of
directors with reference to: the declaration of dividends;  the amendment of the
charter or bylaws of the bank, or  recommending  to the  shareholders  a plan of
merger,  consolidation,  or conversion; the sale, lease, or other disposition of
all or  substantially  all of the property and assets of the bank otherwise than
in the usual and regular course of its business; a voluntary  dissolution of the
bank; a revocation of any of the foregoing;  or the approval of a transaction in
which any member of the executive  committee,  directly or  indirectly,  has any
material beneficial interest.

         Section  3.  Tenure.  Subject  to the  provisions  of Section 8 of this
Article IV, each member of the executive  committee  shall hold office until the
next  regular  annual  meeting of the board of  directors  following  his or her
designation  and until a successor is  designated  as a member of the  executive
committee.

         Section 4. Meetings. Regular meetings of the executive committee may be
held without notice at such times and places as the executive  committee may fix
from time to time by resolution. Special meetings of the executive committee may
be called by any member  thereof upon not less than one day's notice stating the
place,  date, and hour of the meeting,  which notice may be written or oral. Any
member of the executive  committee may waive notice of any meeting and no notice
of any meeting  need be given to any member  thereof who attends in person.  The
notice of a  meeting  of the  executive  committee  need not state the  business
proposed to be transacted at the meeting.

         Section 5. Quorum. A majority of the members of the executive committee
shall  constitute  a quorum  for the  transaction  of  business  at any  meeting
thereof,  and  action  of the  executive  committee  must be  authorized  by the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the  members  present at a meeting at which a
quorum is present.

         Section 6. Action Without a Meeting.  Any action  required or permitted
to be taken by the  executive  committee  at a  meeting  may be taken  without a
meeting if a consent in  writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,  shall be
signed by all of the members of the executive committee.

                                        8

<PAGE>



         Section 7.  Vacancies.  Any vacancy in the  executive  committee may be
filled by a resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors.

         Section  8.  Resignations  and  Removal.  Any  member of the  executive
committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by resolution adopted
by a  majority  of the full  board of  directors.  Any  member of the  executive
committee may resign from the executive  committee at any time by giving written
notice to the president or secretary of the bank.  Unless  otherwise  specified,
such  resignation  shall take effect upon its receipt;  the  acceptance  of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

         Section 9. Procedure.  The executive  committee shall elect a presiding
officer from its members and may fix its own rules of procedure  which shall not
be  inconsistent  with  these  bylaws.  It shall  keep  regular  minutes  of its
proceedings and report the same to the board of directors for its information at
the meeting held next after the proceedings shall have occurred.

         Section 10. Other Committees.  The board of directors may by resolution
establish an audit,  loan or other  committee  composed of directors as they may
determine to be necessary or appropriate  for the conduct of the business of the
bank and may prescribe the duties, constitution and procedures thereof.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                    OFFICERS

         Section 1.  Positions.  The  officers of the bank shall be a president,
one or more vice presidents,  a secretary and a chief financial officer, each of
whom shall be elected by the board of directors. The Board of Directors may also
designate the Chairman of the Board as an officer.  The  president  shall be the
chief executive officer,  unless the board of directors  designates the chairman
of the board as chief  executive  officer.  The president shall be a director of
the bank. The offices of the secretary and chief  financial  officer may be held
by the same person and a vice  president may also be either the secretary or the
chief financial  officer.  The board of directors may designate one or more vice
presidents as executive  vice president or senior vice  president.  The board of
directors may also elect or authorize the  appointment of such other officers as
the business of the bank may require. The officers shall have such authority and
perform such duties as the board of directors may from time to time authorize or
determine.  In the  absence of action by the board of  directors,  the  officers
shall  have such  powers  and duties as  generally  pertain to their  respective
offices.

         Section 2. Election and Term of Office.  The officers of the bank shall
be elected  annually at the first  meeting of the board of directors  held after
each annual meeting of the shareholders. If the election of officers is not held
at such  meeting,  such election  shall be held as soon  thereafter as possible.
Each officer shall hold office until a successor has been duly elected

                                        9

<PAGE>



and  qualified  or until the  officer's  death,  resignation,  or removal in the
manner hereinafter provided.  Election or appointment of an officer, employee or
agent shall not of itself create contractual  rights. The board of directors may
authorize  the bank to enter into an  employment  contract  with any  officer in
accordance with regulations of the Office; but no such contract shall impair the
right of the board of directors to remove any officer at any time in  accordance
with Section 3 of this Article V.

         Section  3.  Removal.  Any  officer  may be  removed  by the  board  of
directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the bank will be served
thereby,  but such removal,  other than for cause, shall be without prejudice to
the contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed.

         Section  4.  Vacancies.  A  vacancy  in any  office  because  of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification,  or otherwise may be filled by the board
of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

         Section 5.  Remuneration.  The  remuneration  of the officers  shall be
fixed from time to time by the board of directors.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                      CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

         Section 1.  Contracts.  To the extent  permitted by  regulations of the
Office,  and except as  otherwise  prescribed  by these  bylaws with  respect to
certificates  for shares,  the board of di rectors may  authorize  any  officer,
employee, or agent of the bank to enter into any contract or execute and deliver
any  instrument in the name of and on behalf of the bank.  Such authority may be
general or confined to specific instances.

         Section 2. Loans.  No loans shall be  contracted  on behalf of the bank
and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by
the board of  directors.  Such  authority may be general or confined to specific
instances.

         Section 3. Checks,  Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for
the payment of money,  notes or other  evidences of  indebtedness  issued in the
name of the bank shall be signed by one or more officers, employees or agents of
the bank in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the board of
directors.

         Section 4. Deposits. All funds of the bank not otherwise employed shall
be deposited from time to time to the credit of the bank in any duly  authorized
depositories as the board of directors may select.



                                       10

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VII

                   CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

         Section 1. Certificates for Shares. Certificates representing shares of
capital  stock of the bank shall be in such form as shall be  determined  by the
board of directors and approved by the Office. Such certificates shall be signed
by the chief executive officer or by any other officer of the bank authorized by
the board of directors, attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary, and
sealed with the corporate  seal or a facsimile  thereof.  The signatures of such
officers upon a certificate  may be  facsimiles if the  certificate  is manually
signed on behalf of a transfer  agent or a registrar  other than the bank itself
or one of its employees.  Each  certificate for shares of capital stock shall be
consecutively  numbered  or  otherwise  identified.  The name and address of the
person to whom the  shares  are  issued,  with the  number of shares and date of
issue,  shall  be  entered  on  the  stock  transfer  books  of  the  bank.  All
certificates  surrendered to the bank for transfer shall be cancelled and no new
certificate  shall be issued until the former  certificate  for a like number of
shares  has been  surrendered  or  cancelled,  except  that in case of a lost or
destroyed  certificate,  a new  certificate  may be issued  upon such  terms and
indemnity to the bank as the board of directors may prescribe.

         Section 2.  Transfer of Shares.  Transfer of shares of capital stock of
the bank  shall be made only on its stock  transfer  books.  Authority  for such
transfer  shall be given  only by the  holder  of  record or by his or her legal
representative,  who shall furnish proper evidence of such authority,  or by his
or her attorney  authorized by a duly executed  power of attorney and filed with
the bank. Such transfer shall be made only on surrender for  cancellation of the
certificate  for such shares.  The person in whose name shares of capital  stock
stand on the  books of the bank  shall be deemed by the bank to be the owner for
all purposes.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                            FISCAL YEAR; ANNUAL AUDIT

         The fiscal year of the bank shall end on the last day of  September  of
each year.  The bank  shall be  subject to an annual  audit as of the end of its
fiscal year by independent  public  accountants  appointed by and responsible to
the board of directors.  The appointment of such accountants shall be subject to
annual ratification by the shareholders.



                                       11

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                    DIVIDENDS

         Subject  to the terms of the bank's  charter  and the  regulations  and
orders of the Office,  the board of directors  may, from time to time,  declare,
and the bank may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares of capital stock.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                 CORPORATE SEAL

         The board of  directors  shall  provide a bank seal which  shall be two
concentric  circles  between  which  shall be the name of the bank.  The year of
incorporation or an emblem may appear in the center.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   AMENDMENTS

         These bylaws may be amended in a manner consistent with the regulations
of the Office at any time by a majority of the full board of  directors  or by a
majority of the votes cast by the shareholders of the bank at any legal meeting.

                                       12


                                                                       Exhibit 4

NUMBER 002
                                  COMMON STOCK

                                                           CUSIP No. ___________


                   ADIRONDACK FINANCIAL SERVICES BANCORP, INC.
              INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE


This Certifies that


is the owner of

FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE OF

ADIRONDACK  FINANCIAL  SERVICES BANCORP,  INC. (the  "Corporation"),  a Delaware
corporation. The shares represented by this certificate are transferable only on
the stock transfer books of the  Corporation by the holder of record hereof,  or
by his duly authorized attorney or legal  representative,  upon the surrender of
this  certificate  properly  endorsed.  This  certificate  is  not  valid  until
countersigned and registered by the Corporation's  transfer agent and registrar.
This  security  is not a deposit  or  account  and is not  federally  insured or
guaranteed.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Corporation has caused this certificate to be
executed by the  facsimile  signatures of its duly  authorized  officers and has
caused a facsimile of its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed.


         DATED____________________________



- ----------------------------------           -----------------------------------
Menzo D. Case, Corporate Secretary           Lewis E. Kolar, President and Chief
                                                Executive Officer

                                     [Seal]
Countersigned and Registered

- ----------------------------
Transfer Agent and Registrar


<PAGE>

                   ADIRONDACK FINANCIAL SERVICES BANCORP, INC.

         The shares  represented by this  certificate  are issued subject to all
the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Corporation
as from  time to time  amended  (copies  of which  are on file at the  principal
executive offices of the Corporation).

         The  Corporation's   certificate  of  incorporation  provides  that  no
"person" (as defined in the  certificate  of  incorporation)  who  "beneficially
owns" (as defined in the certificate of  incorporation)  in excess of 10% of the
outstanding  shares of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote any shares held
in excess of such limit.  This  provision of the  certificate  of  incorporation
shall  not  apply to an  acquisition  of  securities  of the  Corporation  by an
employee stock purchase plan or other employee  benefit plan of the  Corporation
or any of its subsidiaries.

         The  Corporation's   certificate  of  incorporation   also  includes  a
provision the general effect of which is to require the affirmative  vote of the
holders of 80% of the  outstanding  voting shares of the  Corporation to approve
certain "business combinations" (as defined in the certificate of incorporation)
between  the  Corporation  and a  stockholder  owning  in  excess  of 10% of the
outstanding shares of the Corporation.  However,  only the affirmative vote of a
majority of the outstanding  shares or such vote as is otherwise required by law
(rather  than  the 80%  voting  requirement)  is  applicable  to the  particular
transaction if it is approved by a majority of the "disinterested directors" (as
defined in the certificate of incorporation) or, alternatively,  the transaction
satisfies certain minimum price and procedural  requirements.  The Corporation's
certificate  of  incorporation  also  contains a provision  which  requires  the
affirmative vote of holders of at least 80% of the outstanding  voting shares of
the Corporation which are not beneficially owned by the "interested  person" (as
defined in the certificate of  incorporation)  to approve the direct or indirect
purchase or other  acquisition by the  Corporation of any "equity  security" (as
defined in the certificate of incorporation) from such interested person.

         The  Corporation  will  furnish to any  stockholder  upon  request  and
without charge a full  statement of the powers,  designations,  preferences  and
relative  participating,  optional or other  special  rights of each  authorized
class  of  stock  or  series  thereof  and the  qualifications,  limitations  or
restrictions of such preferences and/or rights, to the extent that the same have
been fixed, and of the authority of the board of directors to designate the same
with respect to other series.  Such request may be made to the Corporation or to
its transfer agent and registrar.

         The following  abbreviations,  when used in the inscription on the face
of this certificate,  shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common               
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entirety         
JT TEN  - as joint tenants with right of     
           survivorship and not as tenants   
           in common.                        
                                             
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT________Custodian________                 
                  (Cust)           (Minor)                
Under Uniform Gift to Minors Act -  ____________      
                                     (State)  
UNIF TRANS MIN ACT________Custodian_______ 
                  (Cust)           (Minor)      
Under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act -_________                
                                        (State)        

     Additional abbreviations may also be used though not inthe above list.

   For Value Received,___________________hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
- ------------------------------
- ------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

_______________________Shares   of  Common  Stock   represented  by  the  within
certificate,    and   do   hereby    irrevocably    constitute    and    appoint
_______________Attorney  to transfer  the said shares on the books of the within
named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated___________         _______________________________________________________
                 NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS  ASSIGNMENT MUST  CORRESPOND WITH
                         THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN
                         EVERY  PARTICULAR,  WITHOUT  ALTERATION OR  ENLARGEMENT
                         OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.



                                                                       Exhibit 5

                                 January 2, 1998




The Board of Directors
Adirondack Financial Services Bancorp, Inc.
52 North Main Street
Gloversville, New York 12078-3084

          Re:  Registration   Statement   Under  the   Securities  Act  of  1933

Gentlemen:

         This opinion is rendered in connection with the Registration  Statement
to be filed on Form SB-2 with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  under the
Securities  Act of 1933  relating  to the  661,250  shares  of  Common  Stock of
Adirondack Financial Services Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company"),  par value $.01 per
share,  to  be  issued.  As  counsel,   we  have  reviewed  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  of the  Company  and  such  other  documents  as we  have  deemed
appropriate for the purpose of this opinion. We are rendering this opinion as of
the time the Registration Statement referred to above becomes effective.

         Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the shares of Common
Stock of the Company covered by the aforesaid  Registration Statement will, when
sold, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock of
the Company.


                                    Very truly yours,

                                    /S/ SILVER FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.

                                    SILVER FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.




                                                                     Exhibit 8.3

                         [RP Financial, LC. Letterhead]



                                December 12, 1997


Board of Directors
Gloversville Federal Savings and Loan Association
52 North Main Street
Gloversville, New York 12078-3084

         Re:      Plan of Conversion: Subscription Rights

Gentlemen:

         All  capitalized  terms not  otherwise  defined in this letter have the
meanings  given such terms int he Plan of  Conversion  and  Reorganization  (the
"Plan of conversion")  adopted by the Board of Directors of Gloversville Federal
Savings and Loan  Association  ("Gloversville  Federal"  or the  "Association").
Pursuant  to  the  Plan  of  conversion,  Gloversville  Federal  will  become  a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Adirondack  Financial Services Bancorp (the "Holding
Company"),  a Delaware  Corporation.  Simultaneously,  the Holding  Company will
issue shares of common stock.

         We  understand   that  in  accordance  with  the  Plan  of  Conversion,
Subscription  Rights to purchase  shares of Common Stock in the Holding  Company
are to be issued to: (1) Eligible  Account Holders;  (2) Tax Qualified  Employee
Plans; (3) Other Members; and (4) employees officers and directors. Based solely
upon our  observation  that the  Subscription  Rights will be  available to such
parties  without cost, will be legally  non-transferable  and of short duration,
and will afford such  parties the right only to purchase  shares of Common Stock
at the same  price  as will be paid by  members  of the  general  public  in the
Community  Offering,  but without  undertaking any independent  investigation of
state or federal  law or the  position  of the  Internal  Revenue  Service  with
respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:

          (1)  the Subscription Rights will have no ascertainable  market value;
               and,

          (2)  the price at which the  Subscription  Rights are exercisable will
               not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares
               upon issuance.

         Changes  in  the  local  and  national  economy,  the  legislative  and
regulatory  environment,  the stock market,  interest rates,  and other external
forces (such as natural  disasters or  significant  world events) may occur from
time to time, often with great  unpredictability  and may materially  impact the
value  of  thrift  stock  as a  whole  or the  Holding  Company's  value  alone.
Accordingly,  no assurance  can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of
Common  Stock in the  conversion  will  thereafter  be able to buy or sell  such
shares at the same price paid in the Subscription Offering.


                                             Very truly yours,

                                             RP FINANCIAL, LC.

                                             /S/ James P. Hennessey
                                             James P. Hennessey
                                             Senior Vice President



                                                                    Exhibit 10.1



                   ADIRONDACK FINANCIAL SERVICES BANCORP, INC.

                      1997 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN


      1. Plan  Purpose.  The  purpose  of the Plan is to promote  the  long-term
interests  of the  Corporation  and its  stockholders  by  providing a means for
attracting  and retaining  directors,  advisory  directors,  directors  emeriti,
officers and employees of the  Corporation  and its  Affiliates.  It is intended
that  designated  Options  granted  pursuant to the  provisions  of this Plan to
persons  employed by the Corporation or its Affiliates will qualify as Incentive
Stock  Options.  Options  granted  to  persons  who  are not  employees  will be
Non-Qualified Stock Options.

      2.  Definitions.  The following definitions are applicable to the Plan:

      "Affiliate" - means any "parent  corporation" or "subsidiary  corporation"
of the  Corporation,  as such  terms are  defined  in  Section  424(e)  and (f),
respectively, of the Code.

      "Bank" - means  Gloversville  Federal  Savings & Loan  Association and any
successor entity.

      "Award" - means the grant of an Incentive  Stock Option,  a  Non-Qualified
Stock Option, a Stock Appreciation  Right, a Limited Stock Appreciation Right or
any combination thereof, as provided in the Plan.

      "Code" - means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      "Committee" - means the Committee referred to in Section 3 hereof.

      "Continuous   Service"  -  means  the  absence  of  any   interruption  or
termination  of service as a director,  advisory  director,  director  emeritus,
officer or employee of the  Corporation  or an Affiliate,  except that when used
with respect to any Options or Rights which at the time of exercise are intended
to be  Incentive  Stock  Options,  continuous  service  means the absence of any
interruption  or termination of service as an employee of the  Corporation or an
Affiliate.  Service  shall  not be  considered  interrupted  in the case of sick
leave,  military leave or any other leave of absence approved by the Corporation
or in the case of transfers  between  payroll  locations of the  Corporation  or
between the Corporation,  its parent,  its  subsidiaries or its successor.  With
respect to any advisory director or director emeritus,  continuous service shall
mean availability to perform such functions as may be required of such persons.

      "Corporation"  - means  Adirondack  Financial  Services  Bancorp,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation.

      "Employee" - means any person,  including  an officer or director,  who is
employed by the Corporation or any Affiliate.

      "ERISA" - means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

      "Exercise Price" - means (i) in the case of an Option, the price per Share
at which the Shares  subject to such Option may be  purchased  upon  exercise of
such Option and (ii) in the case of a Right, the price per Share (other than the
Market  Value per Share on the date of exercise and the Offer Price per Share as
defined in Section 10 hereof) which, upon grant, the Committee  determines shall
be utilized in  calculating  the aggregate  value which a  Participant  shall be
entitled to receive  pursuant  to  Sections 9, 10 or 12 hereof upon  exercise of
such Right.

      "Incentive  Stock Option" - means an option to purchase  Shares granted by
the Committee  pursuant to Section 6 hereof which is subject to the  limitations
and  restrictions  of Section 8 hereof and is intended to qualify  under Section
422(b) of the Code.

      "Limited Stock Appreciation Right" - means a stock appreciation right with
respect to Shares granted by the Committee pursuant to Sections 6 and 10 hereof.


<PAGE>

      "Market  Value" - means the average of the high and low quoted sales price
on the date in question  (or, if there is no reported  sale on such date, on the
last  preceding  date on which any  reported  sale  occurred)  of a Share on the
Composite  Tape for the New York Stock  Exchange-Listed  Stocks,  or, if on such
date the  Shares  are not quoted on the  Composite  Tape,  on the New York Stock
Exchange,  or, if the  Shares  are not  listed or  admitted  to  trading on such
Exchange,  on the principal United States securities  exchange  registered under
the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 on which the Shares are listed or admitted
to trading,  or, if the Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any such
exchange,  the mean between the closing high bid and low asked  quotations  with
respect to a Share on such date on the NASDAQ System, or any similar system then
in use, or, if no such  quotations are available,  the fair market value on such
date of a Share as the Committee shall determine.

      "Non-Employee  Director"  - means a director  who a) is not  currently  an
officer or  employee  of the  Corporation;  b) is not a former  employee  of the
Corporation who receives compensation for prior services (other than from a tax-
qualified  retirement  plan); c) has not been an officer of the Corporation;  d)
does not receive remuneration from the Corporation in any capacity other than as
a director;  and e) does not possess an interest in any other transactions or is
not engaged in a business  relationship  for which  disclosure would be required
under Item 404(a) or (b) of Regulation S-K.

      "Non-Qualified  Stock Option" - means an option to purchase Shares granted
by the  Committee  pursuant to Section 6 hereof which is not intended to qualify
under Section 422(b) of the Code.

      "Option"  - means an  Incentive  Stock  Option  or a  Non-Qualified  Stock
Option.

      "Participant" - means any director,  advisory director, director emeritus,
officer or employee of the  Corporation  or any Affiliate who is selected by the
Committee to receive an Award or who is granted an Award  pursuant to Section 19
hereof.

      "Plan"  -  means  the  1997  Stock  Option  and  Incentive   Plan  of  the
Corporation.

      "Related" - means (i) in the case of a Right,  a Right which is granted in
connection with, and to the extent exercisable, in whole or in part, in lieu of,
an Option or  another  Right and (ii) in the case of an Option,  an Option  with
respect to which and to the extent a Right is exercisable,  in whole or in part,
in lieu thereof has been granted.

      "Right" - means a Limited Stock Appreciation Right or a Stock Appreciation
Right.

      "Shares" - means the shares of common stock of the Corporation.

      "Stock Appreciation Right" - means a stock appreciation right with respect
to Shares granted by the Committee pursuant to Sections 6 and 9 hereof.

      "Ten Percent  Beneficial  Owner" - means the beneficial owner of more than
ten  percent  of any class of the  Corporation's  equity  securities  registered
pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

      3.  Administration.   The  Plan  shall  be  administered  by  a  Committee
consisting  of two or  more  members,  each  of  whom  shall  be a  Non-Employee
Director.  The  members  of the  Committee  shall be  appointed  by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation. Except as limited by the express provisions of the
Plan,  the  Committee  shall have sole and complete  authority  and  discretion,
subject to Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations,  to (i) select Participants
and grant Awards;  (ii) determine the number of Shares to be subject to types of
Awards generally,  as well as to individual Awards granted under the Plan; (iii)
determine the terms and conditions  upon which Awards shall be granted under the
Plan;  (iv) prescribe the form and terms of instruments  evidencing such grants;
and (v) establish from time to time  regulations for the  administration  of the
Plan,  interpret  the Plan,  and make all  determinations  deemed  necessary  or
advisable for the administration of the Plan.


                                        2

<PAGE>



      A majority of the Committee shall  constitute a quorum,  and the acts of a
majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present,  or
acts approved in writing by a majority of the Committee without a meeting, shall
be acts of the Committee.

      4.  Participation in Committee Awards.  The Committee may select from time
to time  Participants  in the Plan  from  those  directors  (including  advisory
directors and directors  emeriti),  officers and employees of the Corporation or
its  Affiliates  who, in the opinion of the  Committee,  have the  capacity  for
contributing to the successful performance of the Corporation or its Affiliates.

      5. Shares  Subject to Plan.  Subject to  adjustment  by the  operation  of
Section 11 hereof, the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Awards may
be  made  under  the  Plan  is 10% of the  total  Shares  issued  in the  Bank's
conversion  to the capital  stock form.  The Shares with respect to which Awards
may be made  under  the Plan may be either  authorized  and  unissued  shares or
issued shares  heretofore or hereafter  reacquired and held as treasury  shares.
Shares which are subject to Related Rights and Related  Options shall be counted
only once in  determining  whether the maximum  number of Shares with respect to
which Awards may be granted under the Plan has been exceeded. An Award shall not
be  considered  to have been made  under the Plan with  respect to any Option or
Right which terminates and new Awards may be granted under the Plan with respect
to the number of Shares as to which such termination has occurred.

      6. General Terms and Conditions of Options and Rights. The Committee shall
have full and complete  authority  and  discretion,  subject to Office of Thrift
Supervision  Regulations  and except as expressly  limited by the Plan, to grant
Options and/or Rights and to provide the terms and conditions (which need not be
identical  among  Participants)  thereof.  In  particular,  the Committee  shall
prescribe  the following  terms and  conditions:  (i) the Exercise  Price of any
Option or Right,  which shall not be less than the Market Value per Share at the
date of grant of such Option or Right, (ii) the number of Shares subject to, and
the expiration  date of, any Option or Right,  which  expiration  date shall not
exceed  ten  years  from the date of  grant,  (iii)  the  manner,  time and rate
(cumulative  or  otherwise)  of exercise  of such Option or Right,  and (iv) the
restrictions,  if any,  to be placed  upon such  Option or Right or upon  Shares
which may be issued upon exercise of such Option or Right. As required by Office
of Thrift Supervision Regulations, each non-employee director of the Corporation
may not be  granted  Awards  with  respect  to more than 5% of the total  shares
subject to the Plan and all non-employee  directors of the  Corporation,  in the
aggregate,  may not be granted Awards with respect to more than 30% of the total
shares  subject  to the Plan.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  and  subject  to
compliance  with  applicable  Office  of  Thrift  Supervision  Regulations,   no
individual  shall be granted  Awards in any  calendar  year with respect to more
than 25% of the total shares  subject to the Plan in any calendar year or during
the entire term of the Plan.

      Any Award  made  pursuant  to this  Plan,  which  Award is  subject to the
requirements  of Office of Thrift  Supervision  Regulations,  shall vest in five
equal annual  installments with the first installment vesting no sooner than the
one-year  anniversary  of the date of  grant,  except  in the  event of death or
disability.  In the event Office of Thrift  Supervision  Regulations are amended
(the "Amended  Regulations") to permit shorter vesting  periods,  any Award made
pursuant  to this  Plan,  which  Award is subject  to the  requirements  of such
Amended  Regulations,  may vest,  at the sole  discretion of the  Committee,  in
accordance with such Amended Regulations.

      Furthermore, at the time of any Award, the Participant shall enter into an
agreement with the Corporation in a form specified by the Committee, agreeing to
the terms and  conditions of the Award and such other matters as the  Committee,
in its sole discretion, shall determine (the "Option Agreement").

      7.     Exercise of Options or Rights.

(a)   Except as provided herein, an Option or Right granted under the Plan shall
      be exercisable  during the lifetime of the Participant to whom such Option
      or Right was granted only by such  Participant  and, except as provided in
      paragraphs  (c) and (d) of this  Section 7, no such Option or Right may be
      exercised  unless at the time such  Participant  exercises  such Option or
      Right, such Participant has maintained  Continuous  Service since the date
      of grant of such Option or Right.

                                        3

<PAGE>



(b)  To exercise an Option or Right under the Plan, the Participant to whom such
     Option or Right was granted shall give written notice to the Corporation in
     form  satisfactory  to the Committee  (and, if partial  exercises have been
     permitted by the Committee, by specifying the number of Shares with respect
     to which such Participant elects to exercise such Option or Right) together
     with full payment of the Exercise Price, if any and to the extent required.
     The date of exercise  shall be the date on which such notice is received by
     the Corporation.  Payment, if any is required,  shall be made either (i) in
     cash (including check, bank draft or money order) or (ii) by delivering (A)
     Shares  already  owned by the  Participant  and having a fair market  value
     equal to the  applicable  exercise  price,  such  fair  market  value to be
     determined in such  appropriate  manner as may be provided by the Committee
     or as may be required in order to comply with or to conform to requirements
     of any  applicable  laws or  regulations,  or (B) a combination of cash and
     such Shares.

(c)  If a  Participant  to whom an Option or Right was  granted  shall  cease to
     maintain Continuous Service for any reason (excluding death, disability and
     termination  of employment by the  Corporation or any Affiliate for cause),
     such   Participant  may,  but  only  within  the  period  of  three  months
     immediately succeeding such cessation of Continuous Service and in no event
     after the expiration date of such Option or Right,  exercise such Option or
     Right to the extent that such  Participant  was  entitled to exercise  such
     Option or Right at the date of such cessation, provided, however, that such
     right of  exercise  after  cessation  of  Continuous  Service  shall not be
     available to a Participant  if the Committee  otherwise  determines  and so
     provides in the applicable  instrument or instruments  evidencing the grant
     of such Option or Right.  If a  Participant  to whom an Option or Right was
     granted  shall cease to maintain  Continuous  Service by reason of death or
     disability then, unless the Committee shall have otherwise  provided in the
     instrument  evidencing  the grant of an Option or Right,  all  Options  and
     Rights granted and not fully exercisable  shall become  exercisable in full
     upon the happening of such event and shall remain so exercisable (i) in the
     event of death for the period  described in paragraph (d) of this Section 7
     and (ii) in the event of disability for a period of one year following such
     date. If the Continuous Service of a Participant to whom an Option or Right
     was granted by the  Corporation is terminated  for cause,  all rights under
     any Option or Right of such Participant  shall expire  immediately upon the
     effective date of such termination.

(d)  In the event of the death of a Participant while in the Continuous  Service
     of the  Corporation  or an  Affiliate  or  within  the  three-month  period
     referred  to in  paragraph  (c) of this  Section  7, the person to whom any
     Option  or  Right  held by the  Participant  at the  time of his  death  is
     transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or in the case
     of an Award other than an Incentive  Stock Option,  pursuant to a qualified
     domestic relations order, as defined in the Code or Title 1 of ERISA or the
     rules  thereunder may, but only to the extent such Participant was entitled
     to exercise  such  Option or Right upon his death as provided in  paragraph
     (c) above, exercise such Option or Right at any time within a period of one
     year  succeeding  the date of death  of such  Participant,  but in no event
     later  than ten  years  from the date of  grant of such  Option  or  Right.
     Following the death of any Partici pant to whom an Option was granted under
     the Plan,  irrespective of whether any Related Right shall have theretofore
     been granted to the  Participant or whether the person entitled to exercise
     such Related Right desires to do so, the Committee  may, as an  alternative
     means of settlement of such Option, elect to pay to the person to whom such
     Option is transferred  by will or by the laws of descent and  distribution,
     or in the case of an Option other than an Incentive Stock Option,  pursuant
     to a qualified  domestic relations order, as defined in the Code or Title I
     of ERISA or the rules thereunder,  the amount by which the Market Value per
     Share on the date of  exercise  of such Option  shall  exceed the  Exercise
     Price of such  Option,  multiplied  by the number of Shares with respect to
     which such Option is properly  exercised.  Any such settlement of an Option
     shall be  considered  an exercise  of such  Option for all  purposes of the
     Plan.

      8. Incentive Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to
Participants  who are  Employees.  Any  provision  of the  Plan to the  contrary
notwithstanding,  (i) no  Incentive  Stock Option shall be granted more than ten
years  from the  date  the Plan is  adopted  by the  Board of  Directors  of the
Corporation  and no Incentive  Stock Option shall be  exercisable  more than ten
years from the date such  Incentive  Stock Option is granted,  (ii) the Exercise
Price of any Incentive  Stock Option shall not be less than the Market Value per
Share on the date such Incentive  Stock Op tion is granted,  (iii) any Incentive
Stock Option shall not be transferable by the Participant to whom such Incentive
Stock  Option  is  granted  other  than  by  will or the  laws  of  descent  and
distribution,  and shall be exercisable during such Participant's  lifetime only
by such  Participant,  (iv) no  Incentive  Stock  Option shall be granted to any
individual who,

                                        4

<PAGE>



at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted,  owns stock  possessing more
than ten percent of the total  combined  voting power of all classes of stock of
the  Corporation  or any Affiliate  unless the Exercise  Price of such Incentive
Stock  Option is at least 110 percent of the Market  Value per Share at the date
of grant and such Incentive Stock Option is not exercisable after the expiration
of five years from the date such Incentive Stock Option is granted,  and (v) the
aggregate Market Value  (determined as of the time any Incentive Stock Option is
granted)  of the  Shares  with  respect to which  Incentive  Stock  Options  are
exercisable  for the first time by a Participant  in any calendar year shall not
exceed $100,000.

      9. Stock  Appreciation  Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right shall, upon its
exercise,  entitle the  Participant  to whom such Stock  Appreciation  Right was
granted to  receive a number of Shares or cash or  combination  thereof,  as the
Committee in its discretion shall determine, the aggregate value of which (i.e.,
the sum of the  amount of cash  and/or  Market  Value of such  Shares on date of
exercise)  shall  equal (as nearly as  possible,  it being  understood  that the
Corporation  shall not  issue any  fractional  shares)  the  amount by which the
Market  Value per Share on the date of such  exercise  shall exceed the Exercise
Price of such Stock Appreciation Right,  multiplied by the number of Shares with
respect of which such Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall have been  exercised.  A
Stock  Appreciation  Right  may be  Related  to an  Option  or  may  be  granted
independently  of any  Option as the  Committee  shall from time to time in each
case determine.  At the time of grant of an Option the Committee shall determine
whether and to what extent a Related Stock  Appreciation  Right shall be granted
with respect thereto, provided, however, and notwithstanding any other provision
of the Plan,  that if the  Related  Option is an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  the
Related  Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall  satisfy  all  the  restrictions  and
limitations of Section 8 hereof as if such Related Stock Appreciation Right were
an Incentive  Stock Option and as if other rights which are Related to Incentive
Stock Options were  Incentive  Stock Options.  In the case of a Related  Option,
such Related  Option shall cease to be  exercisable  to the extent of the Shares
with respect to which the Related Stock Appreciation  Right was exercised.  Upon
the exercise or termination of a Related Option,  any Related Stock Appreciation
Right  shall  terminate  to the extent of the Shares  with  respect to which the
Related Option was exercised or terminated.

      10. Limited Stock  Appreciation  Rights. At the time of grant of an Option
or Stock  Appreciation  Right to any Participant,  the Committee shall have full
and  complete  authority  and  discretion  to also grant to such  Participant  a
Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right  which is  Related  to such  Option or Stock
Appreciation Right, provided, however and notwithstanding any other provision of
the Plan, that if the Related Option is an Incentive  Stock Option,  the Related
Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall  satisfy  all  the  restrictions  and
limitations  of Section 8 hereof as if such Related  Limited Stock  Appreciation
Right  were an  Incentive  Stock  Option  and as if all other  Rights  which are
Related to Incentive  Stock Options were  Incentive  Stock  Options.  Subject to
vesting  requirements  contained in 12 C.F.R. ss.  563b.3(g)(4) or any successor
regulation,  a Limited Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable only during
the period  beginning on the first day  following  the date of expiration of any
"offer" (as such term is hereinafter  defined) and ending on the forty-fifth day
following such date.

      A Limited Stock Appreciation  Right shall, upon its exercise,  entitle the
Participant to whom such Limited Stock Appreciation Right was granted to receive
an amount of cash equal to the  amount by which the "Offer  Price per Share" (as
such  term is  hereinafter  defined)  or the  Market  Value  on the date of such
exercise,  as shall have been provided by the Committee in its discretion at the
time  of  grant,   shall  exceed  the  Exercise  Price  of  such  Limited  Stock
Appreciation  Right,  multiplied  by the number of Shares with  respect to which
such  Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall have been  exercised.  Upon the
exercise  of a Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right,  any Related  Option  and/or
Related Stock  Appreciation Right shall cease to be exercisable to the extent of
the Shares  with  respect to which such  Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right was
exercised. Upon the exercise or termination of a Related Option or Related Stock
Appreciation Right, any Related Limited Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate
to the extent of the Shares with respect to which such Related Option or Related
Stock Appreciation Right was exercised or terminated.

      For the  purposes  of this  Section  10, the term  "Offer"  shall mean any
tender  offer  or  exchange  offer  for  Shares  other  than  one  made  by  the
Corporation,  provided that the  corporation,  person or other entity making the
offer acquires  pursuant to such offer either (i) 25% of the Shares  outstanding
immediately  prior to the  commencement of such offer or (ii) a number of Shares
which,  together with all other Shares  acquired in any tender offer or exchange
offer (other than one made by the  Corporation)  which expired within sixty days
of the expiration date of the offer in

                                        5

<PAGE>



question,  equals  25%  of  the  Shares  outstanding  immediately  prior  to the
commencement of the offer in question.  The term "Offer Price per Share" as used
in this  Section  10 shall  mean the  highest  price per Share paid in any Offer
which Offer is in effect any time during the period  beginning  on the  sixtieth
day prior to the date on which a Limited Stock  Appreciation  Right is exercised
and  ending  on the date on  which  such  Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right is
exercised. Any securities or property which are part or all of the consideration
paid for Shares in the Offer shall be valued in determining  the Offer Price per
Share at the higher of (A) the valuation  placed on such  securities or property
by the  corporation,  person  or  other  entity  making  such  Offer  or (B) the
valuation placed on such securities or property by the Committee.

      11. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization. In the event of any change
in the outstanding Shares subsequent to the effective date of the Plan by reason
of  any   reorganization,   recapitalization,   stock  split,   stock  dividend,
combination or exchange of shares,  merger,  consolidation  or any change in the
corporate  structure or Shares of the Corporation,  the maximum aggregate number
and class of shares as to which  Awards  may be  granted  under the Plan and the
number,  class  and  exercise  price of  shares  with  respect  to which  Awards
theretofore have been granted under the Plan shall be appropriately  adjusted by
the Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive.

      12.  Effect  of  Merger.  In the  event of any  merger,  consolidation  or
combination  of  the  Corporation   (other  than  a  merger,   consolidation  or
combination in which the Corporation is the continuing entity and which does not
result in the outstanding Shares being converted into or exchanged for different
securities,  cash or other property,  or any combination  thereof) pursuant to a
plan or agreement  the terms of which are binding upon all  stockholders  of the
Corporation (except to the extent that dissenting  stockholders may be entitled,
under  statutory  provisions  or  provisions  contained  in the  certificate  or
articles  of  incorporation,  to receive  the  appraised  or fair value of their
holdings),  any Participant to whom an Option or Right has been granted at least
six months prior to such event shall have the right  (subject to the  provisions
of the Plan and any  limitation or vesting  period  applicable to such Option or
Right),  thereafter and during the term of each such Option or Right, to receive
upon  exercise of any such Option or Right an amount  equal to the excess of the
fair market value on the date of such exercise of the securities,  cash or other
property, or combination thereof, receivable upon such merger,  consolidation or
combination  in  respect  of a Share  over the  Exercise  Price of such Right or
Option,  multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which such Option or
Right shall have been exercised. Such amount may be payable fully in cash, fully
in one or  more  of the  kind or  kinds  of  property  payable  in such  merger,
consolidation  or  combination,  or partly in cash and  partly in one or more of
such kind or kinds of property, all in the discretion of the Committee.

      13.  Assignments  and  Transfers.  No Award nor any right or interest of a
Participant under the Plan in any instrument evidencing any Award under the Plan
may be assigned,  encumbered or transferred except, in the event of the death of
a Participant, by will or the laws of descent and distribution or in the case of
Awards  other than  Incentive  Stock  Options  pursuant to a qualified  domestic
relations  order,  as  defined  in the Code or  Title I of  ERISA  or the  rules
thereunder.

      14. Employee Rights Under the Plan. No director, officer or employee shall
have a right to be selected as a Participant nor, having been so selected, to be
selected  again as a  Participant  and no director,  officer,  employee or other
person  shall have any claim or right to be  granted an Award  under the Plan or
under any other  incentive or similar plan of the  Corporation or any Affiliate.
Neither the Plan nor any action  taken  thereunder  shall be construed as giving
any  employee any right to be retained in the employ of the  Corporation  or any
Affiliate.

      15. Delivery and  Registration of Stock. The  Corporation's  obligation to
deliver Shares with respect to an Award shall, if the Committee so requests,  be
conditioned upon the receipt of a representation as to the investment  intention
of the Participant to whom such Shares are to be delivered,  in such form as the
Committee  shall  determine  to be  necessary  or  advisable  to comply with the
provisions of the Securities  Act of 1933 or any other  Federal,  state or local
securities legislation or regulation. It may be provided that any representation
requirement shall become  inoperative upon a registration of the Shares or other
action  eliminating the necessity of such  representation  under such Securities
Act or other securities  legislation.  The Corporation  shall not be required to
deliver any Shares  under the Plan prior to (i) the  admission of such shares to
listing on any stock exchange or other system on which Shares may then be

                                        6

<PAGE>


listed,  and (ii) the completion of such registration or other  qualification of
such Shares under any state or Federal law, rule or regulation, as the Committee
shall determine to be necessary or advisable.

      16.  Withholding Tax. The Corporation  shall have the right to deduct from
all amounts  paid in cash with respect to the exercise of a Right under the Plan
any taxes  required by law to be withheld  with  respect to such cash  payments.
Where a Participant  or other person is entitled to receive  Shares  pursuant to
the exercise of an Option or Right pursuant to the Plan, the  Corporation  shall
have the  right to  require  the  Participant  or such  other  person to pay the
Corporation  the  amount  of any taxes  which the  Corporation  is  required  to
withhold with respect to such Shares, and may, in its sole discretion,  withhold
sufficient Shares to cover the amount of taxes which the Corporation is required
to withhold.

      17.  Amendment or  Termination.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation
may amend,  suspend or  terminate  the Plan or any portion  thereof at any time,
subject to Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations,  but (except as provided in
Section  11  hereof)  no  amendment  shall  be  made  without  approval  of  the
stockholders of the Corporation which shall (i) increase the aggregate number of
Shares with respect to which Awards may be made under the Plan,  (ii) materially
increase the benefits  accruing to  Participants,  (iii)  materially  change the
requirements as to eligibility for  participation in the Plan or (iv) change the
class of persons eligible to participate in the Plan; provided, however, that no
such  amendment,  suspension  or  termination  shall  impair  the  rights of any
Participant,  without his consent, in any Award theretofore made pursuant to the
Plan.

      18.  Effective Date and Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon
its ratification by stockholders of the Corporation. It shall continue in effect
for a term of ten years unless sooner terminated under Section 17 hereof.

      19. Initial Grant. By, and  simultaneously  with, the ratification of this
Plan by the  stockholders  of the  Corporation,  each  member  of the  Board  of
Directors of the  Corporation  at the time of stockholder  ratification  of this
Plan who is not a full-time Employee is hereby granted a ten-year  Non-Qualified
Stock  Option to  purchase  ____% of the  shares  sold in the  Conversion  at an
Exercise  Price per share  equal to the Market  Value per share of the Shares on
the date of grant. Each such Option shall be evidenced by a Non-Qualified  Stock
Option  Agreement  in a form  approved  by the Board of  Directors  and shall be
subject in all  respects  to the terms and  conditions  of this Plan,  which are
controlling.  All Options  granted  pursuant to this section  shall vest in five
equal  annual  installments  with the  first  installment  vesting  on the first
anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the Director maintaining Continuous
Service with the  Corporation  or its  Affiliates  since the date of grant.  All
Options granted pursuant to this Section 19 shall be rounded down to the nearest
whole share to the extent  necessary to ensure that no Options to purchase stock
representing fractional shares are granted.



                                        7


                                                                    Exhibit 10.2



                   ADIRONDACK FINANCIAL SERVICES BANCORP, INC.

                       1997 RECOGNITION AND RETENTION PLAN


      1. Plan  Purpose.  The  purpose  of the Plan is to promote  the  long-term
interests  of the  Corporation  and its  stockholders  by  providing a means for
attracting  and  retaining  directors,  executive  officers and employees of the
Corporation and its Affiliates.

      2. Definitions. The following definitions are applicable to the Plan:

      "Award" - means the grant of  Restricted  Stock  pursuant  to the terms of
Section 12 of the Plan or by the Committee, as provided in the Plan.

      "Affiliate" - means any "parent  corporation" or "subsidiary  corporation"
of the  Corporation,  as such  terms are  defined  in  Section  424(e)  and (f),
respectively, of the Code.

      "Bank" - means Gloversville Federal Savings & Loan Association,  a savings
institution and its successors.

      "Beneficiary" - means the person or persons designated by a Participant to
receive any benefits  payable under the Plan in the event of such  Participant's
death.  Such person or persons shall be designated in writing on forms  provided
for this  purpose  by the  Committee  and may be  changed  from  time to time by
similar  written  notice  to  the  Committee.   In  the  absence  of  a  written
designation,  the Beneficiary  shall be the  Participant's  surviving spouse, if
any, or if none, his estate.

      "Code" - means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      "Committee"  - means  the  Committee  of the  Board  of  Directors  of the
Corporation referred to in Section 6 hereof.

      "Continuous   Service"  -  means  the  absence  of  any   interruption  or
termination  of service as a director,  director  emeritus,  advisory  director,
executive officer or employee of the Corporation or any Affiliate. Service shall
not be considered  interrupted in the case of sick leave,  military leave or any
other leave of absence  approved by the  Corporation  or any Affiliate or in the
case of transfers between payroll locations of the Corporation or its Affiliates
or between the Corporation, its Affiliates or its successor. With respect to any
director  emeritus  or  advisory   director,   continuous   service  shall  mean
availability to perform such functions as may be required of such individuals.

      "Conversion"  - means the  conversion  of the Bank from the  mutual to the
stock form of organization.

      "Corporation"  - means  Adirondack  Financial  Services  Bancorp,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation.

      "Disability" - means any physical or mental  impairment which qualifies an
employee,  director,  director  emeritus  or  advisor  director  for  disability
benefits under any applicable  long-term  disability plan maintained by the Bank
or an Affiliate,  or, if no such plan applies to such individual,  which renders
such employee or director,  in the judgment of the Committee,  unable to perform
his customary duties and responsibilities.

      "ERISA" - means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

      "Non-Employee  Director"  - means a director  who a) is not  currently  an
officer or  employee  of the  Corporation;  b) is not a former  employee  of the
Corporation  who receives  compensation  for prior  services  (other than from a
tax-qualified  retirement  plan); c) has not been an officer of the Corporation;
d) does not receive remuneration from the Corporation in any capacity other than
as a director; and e) does not possess an


<PAGE>

interest in any other transactions or is not engaged in a business  relationship
for which  disclosure  would be required  under Item 404(a) or (b) of Regulation
S-K.

      "Participant" - means any director,  director emeritus, advisory director,
executive  officer  or  employee  of the  Corporation  or any  Affiliate  who is
selected by the  Committee  to receive an Award or a director  who is granted an
award pursuant to Section 12.

      "Plan" - means the 1997 Recognition and Retention Plan of the Corporation.

      "Restricted  Period" - means the period of time  selected by the Committee
for the purpose of determining  when  restrictions are in effect under Section 3
hereof with respect to Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan.

      "Restricted Stock" - means Shares which have been contingently  awarded to
a  Participant  by the  Committee  subject to the  restrictions  referred  to in
Section 3 hereof, so long as such restrictions are in effect.

      "Shares"  - means the common  stock,  par value  $0.01 per  share,  of the
Corporation.

      3. Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock. The Committee shall have full
and complete authority,  subject to the limitations of the Plan, to grant Awards
and, in addition to the terms and conditions contained in paragraphs (a) through
(f) of this  Section 3, to provide such other terms and  conditions  (which need
not be identical among  Participants) in respect of such Awards, and the vesting
thereof,  as  the  Committee  shall  determine,  subject  to  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision Regulations.

(a)   At the time of an award of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall establish
      for  each  Participant  a  Restricted  Period,  during  which  or  at  the
      expiration of which,  as the Committee  shall determine and provide in the
      agreement  referred  to in  paragraph  (d) of this  Section  3, the Shares
      awarded as  Restricted  Stock  shall  vest,  and subject to any such other
      terms and conditions as the Committee shall provide,  shares of Restricted
      Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred,  pledged, voted or otherwise
      encumbered by the Participant,  except as hereinafter provided, during the
      Restricted Period. Except for such restrictions, and subject to paragraphs
      (c) and (e) of this  Section 3 and Section 4 hereof,  the  Participant  as
      owner of such shares shall have all the rights of a stockholder.

      No director  who is not an employee  of the  Corporation  shall be granted
      Awards  with  respect to more than 5% of the total  shares  subject to the
      Plan. All non-employee directors of the Corporation, in the aggregate, may
      not be granted  Awards with  respect to more than 30% of the total  shares
      subject to the Plan and no individual shall be granted Awards with respect
      to more than 25% of the total shares  subject to the Plan. No Awards shall
      begin vesting  earlier than one year from the date the Plan is approved by
      stockholders  of the  Corporation  and no  Award  shall  vest at a rate in
      excess of 20% per year, except in the event of death or disability. In the
      event Office of Thrift  Supervision  Regulations are amended (the "Amended
      Regulations") to permit shorter vesting  periods,  any Award made pursuant
      to this Plan,  which Award is subject to the  requirements of such Amended
      Regulations,  may  vest,  at the  sole  discretion  of the  Committee,  in
      accordance with such Amended Regulations.

      Subject to compliance with Office of Thrift Supervision  Regulations,  the
      Committee shall have the authority,  in its discretion,  to accelerate the
      time at which any or all of the  restrictions  shall lapse with respect to
      an Award,  or to remove any or all of such  restrictions,  whenever it may
      determine  that  such  action is  appropriate  by  reason  of  changes  in
      applicable tax or other laws or other changes in circum stances  occurring
      after the commencement of such Restricted Period.

(b)   Except  as  provided  in  Section  5 hereof,  if a  Participant  ceases to
      maintain   Continuous   Service  for  any  reason  (other  than  death  or
      disability), unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, all Shares of

                                        2

<PAGE>



      Restricted Stock theretofore  awarded to such Participant and which at the
      time  of  such  termination  of  Continuous  Service  are  subject  to the
      restrictions  imposed by  paragraph  (a) of this Section 3 shall upon such
      termination  of  Continuous  Service  be  forfeited  and  returned  to the
      Corporation.  If a Participant  ceases to maintain  Continuous  Service by
      reason of death or  disability,  Restricted  Stock then  still  subject to
      restrictions  imposed by  paragraph  (a) of this Section 3 will be free of
      those restrictions.

(c)   Each  certificate  in respect of Shares of Restricted  Stock awarded under
      the Plan shall be registered in the name of the  Participant and deposited
      by the  Participant,  together with a stock power endorsed in blank,  with
      the Corporation and shall bear the following (or a similar) legend:

               The  transferability  of this certificate and the shares of stock
           represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including
           forfeiture)  contained in the 1997  Recognition and Retention Plan of
           ___________________.  Copies of such Plan are on file in the  offices
           of  the   Secretary   of   _____________,   52  North  Main   Street,
           Gloversville, New York l2078

(d)   At the time of any Award,  the  Participant  shall enter into an Agreement
      with the Corporation in a form specified by the Committee, agreeing to the
      terms and conditions of the Award and such other matters as the Committee,
      in  its  sole   discretion,   shall  determine  (the   "Restricted   Stock
      Agreement").

(e)   The  payment  to the  Participant  of  dividends  or  other  distributions
      declared or paid on such shares by the Corporation shall be deferred until
      the  lapsing  of the  restrictions  imposed  under  paragraph  (a) of this
      Section 3, and such dividends or other  distributions shall be held by the
      Corporation  for the  account of the  Participant  until such time.  There
      shall be credited at the end of each year (or portion thereof) interest on
      the amount of the deferred dividends or other  distributions at a rate per
      annum as the  Committee,  in its  discretion,  may  determine.  Payment of
      deferred dividends or other distributions,  together with interest accrued
      thereon,  shall be made upon the  earlier  to occur of the  lapsing of the
      restrictions  imposed under  paragraph (a) of this Section 3 or upon death
      or disability of the  Participant.  Shares of Restricted  Stock subject to
      restriction  on the  date of any  shareholder  vote  shall  be voted by an
      independent party to be named by the Committee.

(f)   At the  lapsing  of the  restrictions  imposed  by  paragraph  (a) of this
      Section 3, the Corporation  shall deliver to the Participant (or where the
      relevant  provision of paragraph (b) of this Section 3 applies in the case
      of a deceased  Participant,  to his legal  representative,  beneficiary or
      heir) the  certificate(s)  and stock power  deposited  with it pursuant to
      paragraph  (c) of  this  Section  3 and  the  Shares  represented  by such
      certificate(s) shall be free of the restrictions  referred to in paragraph
      (a) of this Section 3.

      4. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization.  In the event of any change
in the outstanding Shares subsequent to the effective date of the Plan by reason
of  any   reorganization,   recapitalization,   stock  split,   stock  dividend,
combination or exchange of shares,  merger,  consolidation  or any change in the
corporate  structure or Shares of the Corporation,  the maximum aggregate number
and class of shares as to which  Awards  may be  granted  under the Plan and the
number and class of shares with  respect to which Awards  theretofore  have been
granted under the Plan shall be appropriately  adjusted by the Committee,  whose
determination  shall be  conclusive.  Any  shares  of stock or other  securities
received as a result of any of the  foregoing by a  Participant  with respect to
Restricted   Stock   shall  be  subject  to  the  same   restrictions   and  the
certificate(s)  or other  instruments  representing or evidencing such shares or
securities  shall be legended and deposited  with the  Corporation in the manner
provided in Section 3 hereof.

      5. Assignments and Transfers.  During the Restricted  Period, no Award nor
any  right  or  interest  of a  Participant  under  the  Plan in any  instrument
evidencing  any Award under the Plan may be assigned,  encumbered or transferred
except  (i) in the event of the death of a  Participant,  by will or the laws of
descent

                                        3

<PAGE>


and distribution,  or (ii) pursuant to a qualified  domestic  relations order as
defined in the Code or Title I of ERISA or the rules thereunder.

      6.  Administration.   The  Plan  shall  be  administered  by  a  Committee
consisting  of two or  more  members,  each  of  whom  shall  be a  Non-Employee
Director.  The  members  of the  Committee  shall be  appointed  by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation. Except as limited by the express provisions of the
Plan,  the  Committee  shall have sole and complete  authority  and  discretion,
subject to Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations,  to (i) select Participants
and grant Awards;  (ii) determine the number of Shares to be subject to types of
Awards  generally,  as well as individual  Awards granted under the Plan;  (iii)
determine the terms and conditions  upon which Awards shall be granted under the
Plan;  (iv) prescribe the form and terms of instruments  evidencing such grants;
and (v) establish from time to time  regulations for the  administration  of the
Plan,  interpret  the Plan,  and make all  determinations  deemed  necessary  or
advisable for the  administration  of the Plan. The Committee may maintain,  and
update from time to time as appropriate,  a list designating  selected directors
as  Non-Employee  Directors.  The purpose of such list shall be to evidence  the
status of such individuals as Non-Employee  Directors and the Board of Directors
may  appoint  to  the  Committee  any  individual   actually   qualifying  as  a
Non-Employee Directors regardless of whether identified as such on said list.

      A majority of the Committee shall  constitute a quorum,  and the acts of a
majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present,  or
acts approved in writing by a majority of the Committee without a meeting, shall
be acts of the Committee.

      7. Shares  Subject to Plan.  Subject to  adjustment  by the  operation  of
Section 4 hereof,  the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Awards may
be made  under the Plan is 4% of the total  Shares  issued in the  Association's
Conversion.  The Shares with  respect to which Awards may be made under the Plan
may be either  authorized  and unissued  Shares or issued  Shares  heretofore or
hereafter  reacquired  and  held as  treasury  Shares.  An  Award  shall  not be
considered  to have been made under the Plan with  respect to  Restricted  Stock
which is forfeited  and new Awards may be granted under the Plan with respect to
the number of Shares as to which such forfeiture has occurred.

      The  Corporation's  obligation to deliver  Shares with respect to an Award
shall,  if the  Committee  so  requests,  be  conditioned  upon the receipt of a
representation  as to the investment  intention of the  Participant to whom such
Shares are to be delivered,  in such form as the Committee shall determine to be
necessary or advisable to comply with the  provisions of the  Securities  Act of
1933 or any other Federal,  state or local securities legislation or regulation.
It may be provided that any representation  requirement shall become inoperative
upon a registration  of the Shares or other action  eliminating the necessity of
such representation  under such Securities Act or other securities  legislation.
The Corporation shall not be required to deliver any Shares under the Plan prior
to (i) the  admission  of such shares to listing on any stock  exchange on which
Shares may then be listed, and (ii) the completion of such registration or other
qualification of such Shares under any state or Federal law, rule or regulation,
as the Committee shall determine to be necessary or advisable.

      8.  Employee  Rights  Under  the Plan.  No  director,  director  emeritus,
advisory  director,  officer or employee  shall have a right to be selected as a
Participant nor, having been so selected,  to be selected again as a Participant
and no director, officer, employee or other person shall have any claim or right
to be granted an Award  under the Plan or under any other  incentive  or similar
plan of the Corporation or any Affiliate.  Neither the Plan nor any action taken
thereunder  shall be construed as giving any officer or employee any right to be
retained in the employ of the Corporation, the Bank or any Affiliate.

      9.  Withholding  Tax. Upon the  termination of the Restricted  Period with
respect to any shares of Restricted Stock (or at such earlier time, if any, that
an election is made by the  Participant  under Section 83(b) of the Code, or any
successor  provision  thereto,  to include  the value of such  shares in taxable
income), the Corporation may, in its sole discretion,  withhold from any payment
or distribution made under this Plan

                                        4

<PAGE>


sufficient   Shares  or  withhold   sufficient  cash  to  cover  any  applicable
withholding and employment taxes. The Corporation shall have the right to deduct
from all dividends paid with respect to shares of Restricted Stock the amount of
any taxes which the  Corporation  is required to withhold  with  respect to such
dividend  payments.  No  discretion  or  choice  shall  be  conferred  upon  any
Participant  with  respect  to the  form,  timing  or  method  of any  such  tax
withholding.

      10.  Amendment or  Termination.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation
may amend,  suspend or  terminate  the Plan or any portion  thereof at any time,
subject to Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations,  but (except as provided in
Section  4  hereof)  no  amendment  shall  be  made  without   approval  of  the
stockholders of the Corporation which shall (i) increase the aggregate number of
Shares with respect to which Awards may be made under the Plan,  (ii) materially
increase the benefits  accruing to  Participants,  (iii)  materially  change the
requirements as to eligibility for  participation in the Plan or (iv) change the
class of persons eligible to participate in the Plan; provided, however, that no
such  amendment,  suspension  or  termination  shall  impair  the  rights of any
Participant,  without his consent, in any Award theretofore made pursuant to the
Plan.

      11. Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon its ratification by
the stockholders of the  Corporation.  It shall continue in effect for a term of
ten years unless sooner terminated under Section 11 hereof.

      12. Director Awards. By, and simultaneously with, the ratification of this
Plan by the  stockholders  of the  Corporation,  each  member  of the  Board  of
Directors of the Corporation who is not a full-time  employee of the Corporation
is hereby granted an Award equal to ____% of the shares sold in the  Conversion.
Each of the  Awards  granted  in this  Section  12 shall be earned in five equal
annual installments, with the first installment vesting on the first anniversary
of the date of grant, as long as the director maintains  Continuous Service with
the Corporation or its  affiliates,  provided,  however,  that no Award shall be
earned  in any  fiscal  year in which  the Bank  fails to meet all of its  fully
phased-in capital requirements.


                                        5


                                                                    Exhibit 10.3


                      CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

       THIS  CHANGE IN CONTROL  SEVERANCE  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  is made and
entered into as of this _______ day of __________________,  1997, by and between
Gloversville Federal Savings & Loan Association  (hereinafter referred to as the
"Association"  whether  in  mutual  or stock  form),  and  Lewis E.  Kolar  (the
"Employee").

      WHEREAS,  the  Employee  is  currently  serving  as  President  and  Chief
Executive Officer of the Association; and

       WHEREAS,  the  Association  has adopted a plan of conversion  whereby the
Association  will convert to capital stock form as the  subsidiary of Adirondack
Financial  Services  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  "Holding  Company"),  subject  to the
approval of the Association's  members and the Office of Thrift Supervision (the
"Conversion"); and

       WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Association ("Board of Directors")
recognizes that, as is the case with publicly held corporations  generally,  the
possibility of a change in control of the Holding Company and/or the Association
may exist and that such possibility,  and the uncertainty and questions which it
may raise among  management,  may result in the departure or  distraction of key
management  personnel to the detriment of the  Association,  the Holding Company
and their respective stockholders; and

       WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors  believes it is in the best interests of
the  Association  to enter into this  Agreement  with the  Employee  in order to
assure  continuity  of  management  of  the  Association  and to  reinforce  and
encourage  the  continued  attention  and  dedication  of  the  Employee  to the
Employee's  assigned  duties  without  distraction  in the  face of  potentially
disruptive  circumstances arising from the possibility of a change in control of
the  Holding  Company  or  the  Association,  although  no  such  change  is now
contemplated; and

       WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has approved and authorized the execution
of this  Agreement  with the  Employee  to take  effect as  stated in  Section 2
hereof;

       NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

1. Definitions.

     (a)  The term  "Change in Control"  means (1) an event of a nature that (i)
          results  in a change in  control  of the  Association  or the  Holding
          Company within the meaning of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933 and 12
          C.F.R.  Part 574 as in effect  on the date  hereof;  or (ii)  would be
          required to be reported in response to Item 1 of the current report on
          Form 8-K, as in effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant to Section 13 or
          15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"); (2)
          any  person  (as the term is used in  Section  13(d)  and 14(d) of the
          Exchange Act) is or becomes the  beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule
          13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly of securities of
          the Association or the Holding Company representing 20% or more of the
          Association's or the Holding  Company's  outstanding  securities;  (3)
          individuals  who  are  members  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the
          Association or the Holding  Company on the date hereof (the "Incumbent
          Board")  cease  for any  reason  to  constitute  at  least a  majority
          thereof,  provided that any person  becoming a director  subsequent to
          the date  hereof  whose  election  was  approved by a vote of at least
          three-quarters of the directors comprising the


<PAGE>



          Incumbent  Board,  or whose  nomination  for  election  by the Holding
          Company's  stockholders  was  approved  by  the  nominating  committee
          serving under an Incumbent Board,  shall be considered a member of the
          Incumbent Board; or (4) a reorganization,  merger, consolidation, sale
          of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the  Association or the
          Holding  Company or a similar  transaction in which the Association or
          the Holding Company is not the resulting  entity.  The term "Change in
          Control" shall not include an acquisition of securities by an employee
          benefit  plan  of  the  Association  or  the  Holding  Company  or the
          acquisition of securities of the Association by the Holding Company in
          connection with the Conversion.

     (b)  The term  "Commencement  Date"  means  the date of  completion  of the
          Association's conversion to stock form

     (c)  The term "Date of Termination"  means the earlier of (1) the date upon
          which the Association  gives notice to the Employee of the termination
          of the Employee's employment with the Association or (2) the date upon
          which the Employee ceases to serve as an employee of the Association.

     (d)  The term "Involuntary Termination" means termination of the employment
          of Employee without the Employee's express written consent, and shall,
          subject to the last  sentence  in this  paragraph,  include a material
          diminution   of  or   interference   with   the   Employee's   duties,
          responsibilities and benefits as President and Chief Executive Officer
          of  the  Association,   including  (without  limitation)  any  of  the
          following actions unless consented to in writing by the Employee:  (1)
          a change in the  principal  workplace  of the  Employee  to a location
          outside of a 30 mile radius from the Association's headquarters office
          as of the date hereof; (2) a material demotion of the Employee;  (3) a
          material  reduction in the number or  seniority  of other  Association
          personnel  reporting  to the  Employee or a material  reduction in the
          frequency with which,  or in the nature of the matters with respect to
          which,  such  personnel are to report to the  Employee,  other than as
          part of a Association- or Holding Company-wide reduction in staff; (4)
          a material adverse change in the Employee's salary, other than as part
          of an overall program applied  uniformly and with equitable  effect to
          all members of the senior management of the Association or the Holding
          Company;  and (5) a material  permanent increase in the required hours
          of  work  or the  workload  of the  Employee.  The  term  "Involuntary
          Termination" does not include  Termination for Cause or termination of
          employment  due to  retirement,  death,  disability  or  suspension or
          temporary or permanent  prohibition from  participation in the conduct
          of the  Association's  affairs under Section 8 of the Federal  Deposit
          Insurance Act ("FDIA") and shall not include a material  diminution of
          or  interference  with the  Employee's  duties,  responsibilities  and
          benefits unless the employee or the Association submits written notice
          of involuntary termination within 120 days thereof.

     (e)  The terms  "Termination  for Cause" and  "Terminated  For Cause"  mean
          termination  of  the  employment  of  the  Employee   because  of  the
          Employee's  personal  dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful  misconduct,
          breach of a fiduciary  duty  involving  personal  profit,  intentional
          failure to perform stated duties,  willful violation of any law, rule,
          or regulation  (other than traffic  violations or similar offenses) or
          final  cease-and-desist  order, or material breach of any provision of
          this Agreement.

2.   Term. The term of this Agreement shall be a period of two years  commencing
     on the  Commencement  Date,  subject to  earlier  termination  as  provided
     herein. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, and on
     each anniversary thereafter until the first anniversary of the

                                        2

<PAGE>

     Commencement  Date  after the  Employee  reaches  age 65,  the term of this
     Agreement  shall be  extended  for a period of one year in  addition to the
     then-remaining term, provided that, prior to such anniversary, the Board of
     Directors of the Association explicitly reviews and approves the extension.
     Reference  herein to the term of this  Agreement  shall  refer to both such
     initial term and such extended terms.

3.   Severance Benefits; Regulatory Provisions.

     (a)  Involuntary Termination in Connection With a Change in Control. In the
          event of  Involuntary  Termination  in connection  with or following a
          Change in Control  which  Termination  occurs  during the term of this
          Agreement,  the  Association  shall,  subject  to  Section  4 of  this
          Agreement,  (1) pay to the  Employee  in a lump sum in cash  within 25
          business days after the Date of Termination an amount equal to 200% of
          the  Employee's  "base  amount"  as  defined  in  Section  280G of the
          Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code");  and (2)
          provide to the Employee  during the remaining  term of this  Agreement
          such health  insurance  benefits  as the  Association  maintained  for
          executive officers at the Date of Termination on terms as favorable to
          the  Employee  as  applied  at the Date of  Termination.  The total of
          payments to the  Employee  under this  section  shall not exceed three
          times his average compensation from the Association over the five most
          recent taxable years (or, if employed by the Association for a shorter
          period, over the period of his employment by the Association).

     (b)  Temporary  Suspension  or  Prohibition.  If the  Employee is suspended
          and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
          Association's  affairs by a notice  served  under  Section  8(e)(3) or
          (g)(1)  of  the  FDIA,  12  U.S.C.ss.   1818(e)(3)  and  (g)(1),   the
          Association's  obligations  under this Agreement shall be suspended as
          of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate  proceedings.  If
          the charges in the notice are dismissed,  the  Association  may in its
          discretion  (i) pay  the  Employee  all or  part  of the  compensation
          withheld while its obligations under this Agreement were suspended and
          (ii) reinstate in whole or in part any of its  obligations  which were
          suspended.

     (c)  Permanent Suspension or Prohibition. If the Employee is removed and/or
          permanently  prohibited  from  participating  in  the  conduct  of the
          Association's  affairs by an order  issued  under  Section  8(e)(4) or
          (g)(1)  of  the  FDIA,  12  U.S.C.  ss.  1818(e)(4)  and  (g)(1),  all
          obligations of the Association under this Agreement shall terminate as
          of  the  effective  date  of  the  order,  but  vested  rights  of the
          contracting parties shall not be affected.

     (d)  Default of the  Association.  If the  Association  is in  default  (as
          defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the FDIA),  all  obligations  under this
          Agreement  shall  terminate  as of  the  date  of  default,  but  this
          provision  shall not  affect  any  vested  rights  of the  contracting
          parties.

     (e)  Termination by Regulators.  All obligations under this Agreement shall
          be terminated,  except to the extent  determined that  continuation of
          this  Agreement  is  necessary  for  the  continued  operation  of the
          Association:  (1) by the Director of the Office of Thrift  Supervision
          (the  "Director")  or his or her  designee,  at the time  the  Federal
          Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or the Resolution  Trust  Corporation
          enters into an agreement to provide  assistance to or on behalf of the
          Association  under the  authority  contained  in Section  13(c) of the
          FDIA; or (2) by the Director or his or her  designee,  at the time the
          Director  or his or her  designee  approves  a  supervisory  merger to
          resolve problems related to operation of the Association or when the

                                        3

<PAGE>


          Association  is  determined  by the  Director  to be in an  unsafe  or
          unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
          however, shall not be affected by any such action.

4.   Certain Reduction of Payments by the Association.

     (a)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this  Agreement,  if the value
          and amounts of benefits under this Agreement,  together with any other
          amounts  and the value of  benefits  received or to be received by the
          Employee in connection with a Change in Control would cause any amount
          to be  nondeductible  by the  Association  or the Holding  Company for
          federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 280G of the Code, then
          amounts and benefits under this  Agreement  shall be reduced (not less
          than zero) to the extent  necessary so as to maximize  amounts and the
          value of benefits to the Employee without causing any amount to become
          nondeductible by the Association or the Holding Company pursuant to or
          by reason of such Section  280G.  The  Employee  shall  determine  the
          allocation  of such  reduction  among  payments  and  benefits  to the
          Employee.

     (b)  Any  payments  made to the  Employee  pursuant to this  Agreement,  or
          otherwise,  are subject to and conditioned  upon their compliance with
          12 U.S.C. ss. 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

5.   No Mitigation. The Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount of
     any salary or other  payment or benefit  provided for in this  Agreement by
     seeking other employment or otherwise,  nor shall the amount of any payment
     or benefit  provided for in this  Agreement be reduced by any  compensation
     earned by the Employee as the result of employment by another employer,  by
     retirement benefits after the date of termination or otherwise.

6.   Attorneys and/or Fees. If the Employee is purportedly  Terminated for Cause
     and the  Association  denies payments and/or benefits under Section 3(a) of
     this Agreement on the basis that the Employee  experienced  Termination for
     Cause rather than Involuntary Termination,  but it is determined by a court
     of competent  jurisdiction or by an arbitrator  pursuant to Section 13 that
     cause as  contemplated  by Section 2(e) of this Agreement did not exist for
     termination  of  the  Employee's  employment,  or if  in  any  event  it is
     determined by any such court or arbitrator  that the Association has failed
     to make timely  payment of any amounts or provision of any benefits owed to
     the  Employee  under this  Agreement,  the  Employee  shall be  entitled to
     reimbursement for all reasonable costs, including attorneys' fees, incurred
     in challenging such termination of employment or collecting such amounts or
     benefits.  Such  reimbursement  shall be in addition to all rights to which
     the Employee is otherwise entitled under this Agreement.

7.   No Assignments.

     (a)  This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto,  and neither
          party  may  assign  or  delegate  any of  its  rights  or  obligations
          hereunder  without first  obtaining  the written  consent of the other
          party;  provided,  however,  that the  Association  shall  require any
          successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,
          consolidation  or  otherwise)  to  all  or  substantially  all  of the
          business and/or assets of the Association,  by an assumption agreement
          in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Employee,  to  expressly
          assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement in the same manner and to
          the same extent that the  Association  would be required to perform it
          if no such  succession or assignment  had taken place.  Failure of the
          Association  to  obtain  such an  assumption  agreement  prior  to the
          effectiveness  of any such succession or assignment  shall be a breach
          of this Agreement and shall entitle the Employee

                                        4

<PAGE>


          to  compensation  from the  Association  in the same amount and on the
          same terms as the  compensation  pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof.  For
          purposes of implementing the provisions of this Section 7(a), the date
          on which any such  succession  becomes  effective  shall be deemed the
          Date of Termination.

     (b)  This Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to
          the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee's personal and legal
          representatives,   executors,   administrators,   successors,   heirs,
          distributees,  devisees and legatees. If the Employee should die while
          any amounts  would still be payable to the  Employee  hereunder if the
          Employee had  continued to live,  all such amounts,  unless  otherwise
          provided  herein,  shall be paid in accordance  with the terms of this
          Agreement to the Employee's  devisee,  legatee or other designee or if
          there is no such designee, to the Employee's estate.

8.   Notice.  For  the  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  notices  and  all  other
     communications  provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall
     be deemed to have been duly  given  when  personally  delivered  or sent by
     certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,   postage  prepaid,   to  the
     Association at its home office,  to the attention of the Board of Directors
     with a copy to the Secretary of the Association, or, if to the Employee, to
     such home or other  address as the Employee has most  recently  provided in
     writing to the Association.

9.   Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement  shall be binding
     unless in writing and signed by both  parties,  except as herein  otherwise
     provided.

10.  Headings.  The headings  used in this  Agreement  are  included  solely for
     convenience  and shall  not  affect,  or be used in  connection  with,  the
     interpretation of this Agreement.

11.  Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement  shall be deemed  severable
     and the invalidity or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not affect
     the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

12.  Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the United
     States to the extent  applicable  and otherwise by the laws of the State of
     New York.

13.  Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with
     this  Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in accordance
     with the rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in  effect.
     Judgment  may be  entered  on the  arbitrator's  award in any court  having
     jurisdiction.

                                        5

<PAGE>



       IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this  Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

       THIS  AGREEMENT  CONTAINS A BINDING  ARBITRATION  PROVISION  WHICH MAY BE
ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

ATTEST:                                      GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN
                                             ASSOCIATION

_______________________________              ___________________________________
Donald I. Lee, Secretary                     By:   _________________
                                             Its:  President and Chief Executive
                                                   Officer


                                             EMPLOYEE


                                             ___________________________________




                                        6


                                                                      EXHIBIT 21



                          SUBSIDIARY OF THE REGISTRANT
                      (Upon the completion of Transaction)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            Percentage of        State of Incorporation
       Parent                       Subsidiary                Ownership              or Organization
       ------                       ----------                ---------              ---------------
<S>                          <C>                                 <C>                     <C>       
Adirondack Financial         Gloversville Federal Savings        100%                    Federal
Services Bancorp, Inc.       and Loan Association
</TABLE>


       It is contemplated  that the financial  statements of the Registrant will
be consolidated with its subsidiary.


                                                                    Exhibit 23.1

                               CONSENT OF COUNSEL




         We  consent  to the  use  of our  opinions,  to  the  incorporation  by
reference of such  opinions as an exhibits to the Form SB-2 and to the reference
to our firm under the headings "The  Conversion - Income Tax  Consequences"  and
"Legal and Tax Matters" in the Prospectus  included in this Form SB-2. In giving
this  consent,  we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose
consent is required  under Section 7 of the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
or  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
thereunder.




                               /S/ SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.

                               SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.


Washington, D.C.
January 2, 1998



                                                                    Exhibit 23.2

                         [KPMG PEAT MARWICK LETTERHEAD]


                              ACCOUNTANT'S CONSENT



The Board of Directors
Gloversville Federal Savings and
Loan Association


We consent  to the use in this  Registration  Statement  on Form SB-2 and in the
Application for Conversion on Form AC of Adirondack  Financial Services Bancorp,
Inc. of our report dated  December  12, 1997,  on the  financial  statements  of
Gloversville  Federal Savings and Loan  Association as of September 30, 1997 and
1996 and for each of the years in the  three-year  period  ended  September  30,
1997.

We also consent to the references to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the
related prospectus.


                                          /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Albany, New York
December 31, 1997



                                                                    Exhibit 23.3

                         [RP Financial, LC. Letterhead]



                                December 31, 1997


Board of Directors
Gloversville Federal Savings and Loan Association
52 North Main Street
Gloversville, New York 12078-3084

         Re:      Plan of Conversion: Subscription Rights

Gentlemen:

         We hereby consent to the use of our firm's name in the  Application for
Conversion of Gloversville  Federal Savings and Loan Association,  Gloversville,
New York, and any amendments thereto, and in the Form S-1 Registration Statement
and any amendments thereto for Adirondack  Financial  Services Bancorp.  We also
hereby  consent to the inclusion of,  summary of and references to our Appraisal
Report  and  our  statement  concerning  subscription  rights  in  such  filings
including the Prospectus of Adirondack Financial Sercvices Bancorp.

                                           Sincerely,

                                           RP FINANCIAL, LC.

                                           /S/ James P. Hennessey
                                           James P. Hennessey
                                           Senior Vice President



                                                                    Exhibit 99.2

                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
                              52 North Main Street
                        Gloversville, New York 12078-3084
                                 (518) 725-6331



                      NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF MEMBERS



         Notice is hereby given that a Special  Meeting of Members (the "Special
Meeting") of Gloversville  Federal Savings and Loan  Association  ("Gloversville
Federal"  or  the  "Association")  will  be  held  at  the  main  office  of the
Association  located  at 52  North  Main  Street,  Gloversville,  New  York,  on
________, 1998 at _____ _.m.,  Gloversville,  New York time. The purpose of this
Special Meeting is to consider and vote upon:

         A plan to convert the  Association  from a federally  chartered  mutual
         savings and loan association to a federally chartered stock savings and
         loan association, including the adoption of a federal stock savings and
         loan  association  charter and bylaws,  with the concurrent sale of all
         the  Association's   common  stock  to  Adirondack  Financial  Services
         Bancorp, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the "Holding Company"),  and sale
         by the Holding Company of shares of its common stock;

such other  business as may  properly  come  before the  Special  Meeting or any
adjournment thereof. Management is not aware of any such other business.

         The  members  who  shall be  entitled  to  notice of and to vote at the
Special Meeting and any adjournment thereof are depositors of the Association at
the  close of  business  on  __________,  1998 and  borrowers  of the Bank as of
___________,  19__  and  __________,  1998 who  continue  to be  depositors  and
borrowers  as of the date of the  Special  Meeting.  In the event  there are not
sufficient  votes  for  approval  of the Plan of  Conversion  at the time of the
Special Meeting, the Special Meeting may be adjourned from time to time in order
to permit further solicitation of proxies.


                                              BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS





                                              Richard D. Ruby
                                              Chairman of the Board



Gloversville, New York
___________, 1998



          YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE
            FOR APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION BY COMPLETING THE
              ENCLOSED PROXY CARD AND RETURNING IT IN THE ENCLOSED
                   POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
                          YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT.


<PAGE>



                         SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CONVERSION

         This  summary  does not purport to be complete  and is qualified in its
entirety by the more  detailed  information  contained in the  remainder of this
Proxy Statement and the accompanying Prospectus.

         Under its present "mutual" form of organization,  Gloversville  Federal
has no stockholders.  Its deposit account holders are members of the Association
and have voting rights in that capacity.  In the unlikely event of  liquidation,
the  Association's  deposit account holders would have the sole right to receive
any  assets  of the  Association  remaining  after  payment  of its  liabilities
(including the claims of all deposit account holders to the withdrawal  value of
their  deposits).  Under the Plan of Conversion (the "Plan of Conversion") to be
voted on at the Special  Meeting,  the  Association  would be  converted  into a
federally  chartered  savings and loan association  organized in stock form, and
all of the Association's  common stock would be sold concurrently to the Holding
Company (the  "Conversion").  The Holding Company will offer and sell its common
stock (the "Common Stock") in an offering (1) to account holders with an account
balance of $50 or more on September 30, 1996 ("Eligible Account  Holders"),  (2)
tax-qualified  employee  plans  of  the  Association  and  the  Holding  Company
("Tax-Qualified Employee Plans"), (3) account holders of the Association with an
account balance of $50 or more as of ___________,  1998 ("Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holders"),   (4)  certain  other  members  of  the  Association  as  of
__________,  1998 who are not Eligible or Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders
("Other  Members") and (5) employees,  officers and directors of the Association
(the  "Subscription  Offering").  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  to the extent
orders for shares  exceed the  maximum  of the  appraisal  range,  Tax-Qualified
Employee Plans shall be afforded a first priority to purchase  shares sold above
the  maximum  of the  appraisal  range.  It is  anticipated  that  Tax-Qualified
Employee Plans will purchase 8% of the Common Stock sold in the Conversion.

         To the extent the  Common  Stock is not all sold to the  persons in the
foregoing  categories,  the Holding  Company may offer and sell the remainder of
the Common  Stock in a public  offering  (the  "Public  Offering  and/or  Direct
Community  Offering") through Capital Resources,  Inc. ("Capital  Resources") to
selected  persons to whom a prospectus  (the  "Prospectus")  is  delivered.  The
Subscription  Offering and the Public Offering and/or Direct Community  Offering
are referred to collectively as the  "Offering."  Voting and liquidation  rights
with respect to the Association would thereafter be held by the Holding Company,
except  to the  limited  extent of the  liquidation  account  (the  "Liquidation
Account") that will be established for the benefit of Eligible and  Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders of the Association and voting and liquidation rights in
the Holding Company would be held only by those persons who become  stockholders
of the  Holding  Company  through  purchase of shares of its Common  Stock.  See
"Description  of the Plan of  Conversion  - Principal  Effects of  Conversion  -
Liquidation Rights of Depositor Members."

         THE  CONVERSION  WILL NOT AFFECT THE BALANCE,  INTEREST RATE OR FEDERAL
INSURANCE  PROTECTION OF ANY SAVINGS DEPOSIT, AND NO PERSON WILL BE OBLIGATED TO
PURCHASE ANY STOCK IN THE CONVERSION.

Business Purposes   Net Conversion proceeds are expected to increase the capital
 for Conversion     of Gloversville Federal, which will support the expansion of
                    its  financial  services to the public.  The  conversion  to
                    stock form and the use of a holding  company  structure  are
                    also  expected  to enhance  its  ability  to expand  through
                    possible   mergers  and   acquisitions   (although  no  such
                    transactions   are  contemplated  at  this  time)  and  will
                    facilitate  its future  access to the capital  markets.  The
                    Association  will  continue  to be subject to  comprehensive
                    regulation   and   examination   by  the  Office  of  Thrift
                    Supervision,  Department of Treasury ("OTS") and the Federal
                    Deposit   Insurance   Corporation   ("FDIC").   

Subscription        As part of the Conversion, Common Stock is being offered for
 Offering           sale  in  the  Subscription   Offering,  in  the  priorities
                    summarized  below, to the Association's (1) Eligible Account
                    Holders, (2) Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans, (3) Supplemental
                    Eligible   Account  Holders  (4)  Other  Members,   and  (5)
                    employees,  officers and directors. If necessary, all shares
                    of Common Stock not purchased in the Subscription  Offering,
                    if any, may be offered in

                                        i

<PAGE>

connection with the Public Offering and/or Direct Community Offering for sale to
selected  persons through  Capital  Resources.  


Subscription Rights Each Eligible Account Holder has been given non-transferable
 of Eligible        rights to  subscribe  for an amount  equal to the greater of
 Account Holders    $150,000 of Common  Stock,  one-tenth  of one percent of the
                    total number of shares offered in the Subscription  Offering
                    or 15 times the  product  (rounded  down to the  whole  next
                    number)  obtained by multiplying  the total number of shares
                    to be issued by a  fraction  of which the  numerator  is the
                    amount of  qualifying  deposits of such  subscriber  and the
                    denominator is the total qualifying  deposits of all account
                    holders   in  this   category   on  the   qualifying   date.
                    

Subscription Rights The  Association's  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans have been
 of Tax-Qualified   given non-transferable rights to subscribe, individually and
 Employee  Plans    in the  aggregate,  for up to 10%  of the  total  number  of
                    shares  sold  in  the  Conversion   after   satisfaction  of
                    subscriptions of Eligible  Account Holders.  Notwithstanding
                    the  foregoing,  to the extent  orders for shares exceed the
                    maximum of the appraisal range, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans
                    shall be afforded a first  priority to purchase  shares sold
                    above the maximum of the appraisal  range. It is anticipated
                    that  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans will purchase 8% of the
                    Common Stock sold in the Conversion.  

Subscription Rights After  satisfaction  of  subscriptions  of Eligible  Account
 of Supplemental    Holders and Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans, each Supplemental
 Eligible Account   Eligible  Account  Holder (other than directors and officers
 Holders            of the Association) has been given  non-transferable  rights
                    to subscribe  for an amount equal to the greater of $150,000
                    of  Common  Stock,  one-tenth  of one  percent  of the total
                    number of shares  offered in the  Conversion or 15 times the
                    product  (rounded down to the whole next number) obtained by
                    multiplying  the  total  number  of shares to be issued by a
                    fraction of which the  numerator is the amount of qualifying
                    deposits of such subscriber and the denominator is the total
                    qualifying  deposits of all account holders in this category
                    on the  qualifying  date.  The  subscription  rights of each
                    Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be reduced to the
                    extent of such person's  subscription  rights as an Eligible
                    Account  Holder.  

Subscription Rights Each Other Member has been given non-transferable  rights to
 of Other Members   subscribe  for an amount equal to the greater of $150,000 of
                    Common Stock or one-tenth of one percent of the total number
                    of shares offered in the Conversion  after  satisfaction  of
                    the  subscriptions  of the  Association's  Eligible  Account
                    Holders,   Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans  and  Supplemental
                    Eligible Account Holders. 

Subscription Rights Each  individual  employee,  officer  and  director  of  the
 of Association     Association  has been  given the right to  subscribe  for an
 Personnel          amount  equal to the  greater of  $150,000  of Common  Stock
                    after  satisfaction of the subscriptions of Eligible Account
                    Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible
                    Account Holders and Other Members.  Total shares  subscribed
                    for  by  the  employees,  officers  and  directors  in  this
                    category may not exceed 22% of the total  shares  offered in
                    the  Conversion.  

Public  Offering    Subject to prior rights of holders of  subscription  rights,
 and/or Direct      the Holding Company may also offer the Common Stock for sale
 Community          to selected  persons through  Capital  Resources in a Public
 Offering           Offering and/or Direct Community Offering.   

                                       ii

<PAGE>


Purchase            No person may purchase more than $150,000 of Common Stock in
 Limitations        the  Subscription   Offering.   No  person,   together  with
                    associates  of and  persons  acting  in  concert  with  such
                    person,  may purchase  more than $150,000 of Common Stock in
                    the Public Offering and/or Direct  Community  Offering.  The
                    aggregate  purchases of directors and executive officers and
                    their  associates  may not exceed 34% of the total number of
                    shares offered in the Conversion. These purchase limitations
                    do not  apply to the  Association's  Tax-Qualified  Employee
                    Plans.  

Expiration Date of  All  subscriptions  for Common Stock in connection  with the
 the Subscription   Subscription    Offering   must   be   received   by   noon,
 Offering           Gloversville,  New  York  time  on  ________,  1998.  

How to Subscribe    For  information  on how to subscribe for Common Stock being
 for Shares         offered  in  the  Subscription  Offering,  please  read  the
                    Prospectus and the order form and instructions  accompanying
                    this  Proxy   Statement.   Subscriptions   will  not  become
                    effective  until the Plan of Conversion has been approved by
                    the  Association's  members  and  all  of the  Common  Stock
                    offered in the Conversion has been subscribed for or sold in
                    the  Offering or through such other means as may be approved
                    by the OTS.  

Price of Common     All sales of Common  Stock in the  Offering  will be made at
 Stock              the same price per share which is  currently  expected to be
                    $10.00 per share on the basis of an independent appraisal of
                    the  pro  forma  market  value  of the  Association  and the
                    Holding  Company  upon   Conversion.   On  the  basis  of  a
                    preliminary   appraisal   by   RP   Financial,   Inc.   ("RP
                    Financial"),  which has been  reviewed by the OTS, a minimum
                    of 425,000  and a maximum of 575,000  shares will be offered
                    in the  Conversion.  See "The Conversion - Stock Pricing and
                    Number  of  Shares  to be  Issued"  in the  Prospectus.  

Tax Consequences    The  Association  has  received an opinion  from its special
                    counsel,  Silver,  Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., stating that the
                    Conversion  is a  nontaxable  reorganization  under  Section
                    368(a)(1)(F)  of the Internal  Revenue Code. The Association
                    has also  received an opinion  from KPMG Peat  Marwick,  LLP
                    ("KPMG Peat Marwick")  stating that the Conversion  will not
                    be a taxable  transaction  for New York income tax purposes.
                    

Required Vote       Approval  of  the  Plan  of  Conversion   will  require  the
                    affirmative  vote of a majority of all votes  eligible to be
                    cast at the Special  Meeting.  

                         YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS URGES
                     YOU TO VOTE FOR THE PLAN OF CONVERSION


                                       iii

<PAGE>



                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                                 PROXY STATEMENT

             SPECIAL MEETING OF MEMBERS TO BE HELD ON ________, 1998

                               PURPOSE OF MEETING


         This Proxy  Statement is being  furnished to you in connection with the
solicitation on behalf of the Board of Directors of Gloversville Federal Savings
and  Loan  Association  ("Gloversville  Federal"  or the  "Association")  of the
proxies to be voted at the Special Meeting of Members (the "Special Meeting") of
the Association to be held at the Association's  main office located at 52 North
Main Street, Gloversville, New York 12078-3084, on ________, 1998 at _____ _.m.,
Gloversville,  New York  time,  and at any  adjournments  thereof.  The  Special
Meeting is being held for the purpose of  considering  and voting upon a Plan of
Conversion  under which the  Association  would be converted (the  "Conversion")
from a federally  chartered mutual savings and loan association into a federally
chartered  stock savings and loan  association,  the concurrent  sale of all the
common stock of the stock savings and loan  association to Adirondack  Financial
Services Bancorp, Inc. (the "Holding Company"), a Delaware corporation,  and the
sale by the Holding Company of shares of its common stock (the "Common Stock").

                    RECOMMENDATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE ASSOCIATION  UNANIMOUSLY  RECOMMENDS THAT
YOU VOTE TO APPROVE THE PLAN OF CONVERSION

         The Association is currently  organized in "mutual" rather than "stock"
form,  meaning that it has no  stockholders  and no authority  under its federal
mutual charter to issue capital stock. The Association's  Board of Directors has
adopted the Plan of Conversion providing for the Conversion.  The sale of Common
Stock of the Holding  Company,  which was recently  formed to become the holding
company of the Association,  will  substantially  increase the Association's net
worth.  The Holding  Company will exchange 50% of the net proceeds from the sale
of the Common  Stock for the common stock of the  Association  to be issued upon
Conversion;  provided  that the amount  retained by the Holding  Company will be
reduced to the extent required that, upon the completion of the transaction, the
Association's  ratio of capital to assets is at least 10%.  The Holding  Company
expects to retain the balance of the net proceeds as its initial capitalization,
a portion of which the Holding  Company  intends to lend to the ESOP to fund its
purchase of Common Stock.  This increased  capital will support the expansion of
the Association's  financial  services to the public.  The Board of Directors of
the Association also believes that the conversion to stock form and the use of a
holding  company  structure  will  enhance the  Association's  ability to expand
through  possible mergers and  acquisitions  (although no such  transactions are
contemplated  at this time) and will facilitate its future access to the capital
markets.

         The Board of Directors of the Association  believes that the Conversion
will further  benefit the  Association  by enabling it to attract and retain key
personnel  through  prudent  use of  stock-related  incentive  compensation  and
benefit plans.  The Board of Directors of the Holding Company intends to adopt a
stock option and incentive plan and a recognition and retention plan, subject to
approval of Holding Company stockholders following completion of the Conversion.
See "Management - Benefit Plans" in the accompanying Prospectus.

         Voting in favor of the Plan of Conversion  will not obligate any person
to purchase any Common Stock.

         THE  OFFICE OF THRIFT  SUPERVISION  ("OTS")  HAS  APPROVED  THE PLAN OF
CONVERSION  SUBJECT  TO  THE  APPROVAL  OF THE  ASSOCIATION'S  MEMBERS  AND  THE
SATISFACTION  OF CERTAIN  OTHER  CONDITIONS.  HOWEVER,  SUCH  APPROVAL  DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE A RECOMMENDATION OR ENDORSEMENT OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION BY THE OTS.


                                        1

<PAGE>



              INFORMATION RELATING TO VOTING AT THE SPECIAL MEETING

         The Board of Directors of the Association has fixed __________, 1998 as
the voting record date ("Voting Record Date") for the  determination  of members
entitled  to notice of the  Special  Meeting.  All  Association  depositors  are
members of the Association under its current charter. All Association depositors
of record as of the close of business on the Voting Record Date and borrowers as
of  ___________,  19__ and the Voting  Record Date who continue to be depositors
and borrowers as of the date of the Special  Meeting will be entitled to vote at
the Special Meeting or any adjournment thereof.

         Each depositor member  (including IRA and Keogh account  beneficiaries)
will be  entitled  at the  Special  Meeting to cast one vote for each  $100,  or
fraction thereof,  of the aggregate  withdrawal value of all of such depositor's
accounts in the  Association  as of the Voting  Record Date,  up to a maximum of
1,000 votes. In general, accounts held in different ownership capacities will be
treated  as  separate  memberships  for  purposes  of  applying  the 1,000  vote
limitation.  For example,  if two persons hold a $100,000 account in their joint
names and each of the persons also holds a separate  account for $100,000 in his
own name, each person would be entitled to 1,000 votes for each separate account
and they would  together  be  entitled  to cast 1,000  votes on the basis of the
joint  account.  Where  no  proxies  are  received  from IRA and  Keogh  account
beneficiaries,  after due  notification,  the  Association,  as trustee of these
accounts, is entitled to vote these accounts in favor of the Plan of Conversion.
Each  member  borrower is entitled to one vote in addition to any other vote the
borrower may otherwise have.

         Approval of the Plan of Conversion  requires the affirmative  vote of a
majority of the total outstanding votes of the Association's members eligible to
be cast at the Special  Meeting.  As of __________,  1998, the  Association  had
approximately  ______ members who were entitled to cast a total of approximately
_________ votes at the Special Meeting.

         Association  members may vote at the Special Meeting or any adjournment
thereof in person or by proxy.  Any member giving a proxy will have the right to
revoke the proxy at any time before it is voted by giving  written notice to the
Secretary of the  Association,  provided that such written notice is received by
the Secretary prior to the Special Meeting or any adjournment  thereof,  or upon
request if the member is present and chooses to vote in person.

         All properly executed proxies received by the Board of Directors of the
Association will be voted in accordance with the instructions  indicated thereon
by the members giving such proxies.  If no instructions are given,  such proxies
will be  voted in favor of the Plan of  Conversion.  If any  other  matters  are
properly  presented  at the Special  Meeting  and may  properly be voted on, the
proxies  solicited  hereby will be voted on such matters in accordance  with the
best judgment of the proxy holders named thereon. Management is not aware of any
other business to be presented at the Special Meeting.

         If a proxy is not  executed and is returned or the member does not vote
in  person,  the  Association  is  prohibited  by OTS  regulations  from using a
previously  executed proxy to vote for the Conversion.  As a result,  failure to
vote may have the same effect as a vote against the Plan of Conversion.

         To the extent  necessary to permit  approval of the Plan of Conversion,
proxies may be  solicited by  officers,  directors  or regular  employees of the
Association,  in person,  by telephone or through  other forms of  communication
and, if  necessary,  the Special  Meeting may be adjourned  to a later date.  In
addition,  Capital  Resources will assist the Association in the solicitation of
proxies.  Such persons will be reimbursed by the  Association for their expenses
incurred in connection with such  solicitation.  The  Association  will bear all
costs of this  solicitation.  The proxies  solicited hereby will be used only at
the Special Meeting and at any adjournment thereof.

                      DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION

         The Plan of  Conversion  to be  presented  for  approval at the Special
Meeting  provides for the  Conversion  to be  accomplished  through  adoption of
amended  charter and bylaws for the  Association  to  authorize  the issuance of
capital stock along with the concurrent  formation of a holding company. As part
of the Conversion, the Plan of Conversion provides for the subscription offering
(the  "Subscription  Offering")  of the Common  Stock to the  Association's  (i)
Eligible Account Holders (deposit account holders with an account balance of $50
or more as of September  30, 1996;  (ii)  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans,  (iii)
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (deposit account holders with an

                                        2

<PAGE>



account  balance of $50 or more as of  ___________,  1997);  (iv) Other  Members
(deposit  account holders eligible to vote at the Special Meeting who are not as
Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders);  and (v) the
Association's employees, officers and directors.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
to the extent  orders for shares  exceed  the  maximum of the  appraisal  range,
Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans  shall be  afforded a first  priority to purchase
shares sold above the maximum of the appraisal  range.  It is  anticipated  that
Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans will  purchase 8% of the Common Stock sold in the
Conversion.  If  necessary,  all  shares of Common  Stock not  purchased  in the
Subscription  Offering, if any, may be offered to selected persons in connection
with the Public  Offering  and/or  Direct  Community  Offering  through  Capital
Resources.

         THE  SUBSCRIPTION  OFFERING HAS  COMMENCED AS OF THE DATE OF MAILING OF
THIS PROXY  STATEMENT.  A PROSPECTUS  EXPLAINING  THE TERMS OF THE  SUBSCRIPTION
OFFERING,  INCLUDING HOW TO ORDER AND PAY FOR SHARES AND DESCRIBING THE BUSINESS
OF THE ASSOCIATION AND THE HOLDING COMPANY, ACCOMPANIES THIS PROXY STATEMENT AND
SHOULD BE READ BY ALL PERSONS WHO WISH TO CONSIDER SUBSCRIBING FOR COMMON STOCK.
THE  SUBSCRIPTION  OFFERING  EXPIRES  AT NOON,  GLOVERSVILLE,  NEW YORK  TIME ON
________, 1998 UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE ASSOCIATION AND THE HOLDING COMPANY.

         The federal conversion  regulations require that all stock offered in a
conversion  must be sold in order for the  conversion to become  effective.  The
conversion  regulations  require that the  offering be completed  within 45 days
after  completion of the  Subscription  Offering  period unless  extended by the
Association  and the Holding  Company with the approval of the OTS.  This 45-day
period expires _____, 1998 unless the Subscription Offering is extended. If this
is not possible,  an occurrence that is currently not anticipated,  the Board of
Directors of the  Association  and the Holding Company will consult with the OTS
to  determine  an  appropriate  alternative  method of selling all  unsubscribed
shares  offered in the  Conversion.  The Plan of  Conversion  provides  that the
Conversion  must be  completed  within 24 months  after the date of the  Special
Meeting.

         The Public Offering and/or Direct Community  Offering or any other sale
of the  unsubscribed  shares  will be made as  soon  as  practicable  after  the
completion of the  Subscription  Offering.  No sales of shares may be completed,
either in the Subscription Offering or otherwise,  unless the Plan of Conversion
is approved by the members of the Association.

         The commencement and completion of the Offering, however, is subject to
market  conditions and other factors beyond the  Association's  control.  Due to
adverse  conditions  in the stock  market in the  past,  a number of  converting
thrift  institutions  encountered  significant  delays in completing their stock
offerings or were not able to complete them at all. No assurance can be given as
to the length of time after  approval of the Plan of  Conversion  at the Special
Meeting  that will be required to complete  the Public  Offering  and/or  Direct
Community  Offering  or other  sale of the  Common  Stock to be  offered  in the
Conversion.  If delays are  experienced,  significant  changes  may occur in the
estimated pro forma market value of the Holding Company's Common Stock, together
with  corresponding  changes in the offering price and the net proceeds realized
by the  Association  and the Holding  Company from the sale of the Common Stock.
The Association and the Holding  Company may also incur  substantial  additional
printing, legal, accounting and other expenses in completing the Conversion.

         The following is a brief summary of the  Conversion and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the Plan of Conversion, a complete copy of which is
attached hereto.  The  Association's  federal stock charter and bylaws that will
become  effective  upon  completion of the  Conversion  are  available  from the
Association  upon  request.   A  copy  of  the  Holding  Company's  articles  of
incorporation and bylaws are also available from the Association upon request.

Principal Effects of Conversion

         Depositors.  The Conversion will not change the amount,  interest rate,
withdrawal rights or federal insurance protection of deposit accounts, or affect
deposit  accounts in any way other than with  respect to voting and  liquidation
rights as discussed below.

         Borrowers.  The rights and  obligations  of borrowers  under their loan
agreements with the  Association  will remain  unchanged by the Conversion.  The
principal  amount,  interest rate and maturity date of loans will remain as they
were contractually fixed prior to the Conversion.

                                        3

<PAGE>
         Voting  Rights of  Members.  Under the  Association's  current  federal
mutual charter, depositors have voting rights as members of the Association with
respect  to  the  election  of  directors  and  certain  other  affairs  of  the
Association.  After the Conversion,  exclusive voting rights with respect to all
such matters will be vested in the Holding  Company as the sole  stockholder  of
the Association. Depositors will no longer have any voting rights, except to the
extent that they become stockholders of the Holding Company through the purchase
of its  Common  Stock.  Voting  rights  in the  Holding  Company  will  be  held
exclusively by its stockholders.

         Liquidation  Rights of Depositor  Members.  Currently,  in the unlikely
event of liquidation of the Association, any assets remaining after satisfaction
of all creditors'  claims in full (including the claims of all depositors to the
withdrawal  value of their  accounts)  would be  distributed  pro rata among the
depositors  of the  Association,  with the pro rata share of each being the same
proportion  of all  such  remaining  assets  as the  withdrawal  value  of  each
depositor's  account is of the total  withdrawal  value of all  accounts  in the
Association at the time of liquidation.  After the Conversion, the assets of the
Association  would first be applied,  in the event of  liquidation,  against the
claims  of  all  creditors  (including  the  claims  of  all  depositors  to the
withdrawal  value  of  their  accounts).  Any  remaining  assets  would  then be
distributed  to the  persons  who  qualified  as  Eligible  Account  Holders  or
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders under the Plan of Conversion to the extent
of their  interests in a  "Liquidation  Account" that will be established at the
time of the completion of the Conversion and then to the Holding  Company as the
sole   stockholder  of  the   Association's   outstanding   common  stock.   The
Association's  depositors  who did not  qualify as Eligible  Account  Holders or
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders  would  have no  right  to share in any
residual  net worth of the  Association  in the event of  liquidation  after the
Conversion, but would continue to have the right as creditors of the Association
to receive the full withdrawal value of their deposits prior to any distribution
to the Holding Company as the Association's sole stockholder.  In addition,  the
Association's  deposit  accounts  will  continue  to be insured  by the  Federal
Deposit Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC") to the maximum extent permitted by law,
currently  up to $100,000  per insured  account.  The  Liquidation  Account will
initially be established in an amount equal to the net worth of the  Association
as of the date of the  Association's  latest  statement of  financial  condition
contained in the final  prospectus used in connection with the Conversion.  Each
Eligible Account Holder and/or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will receive
an initial  interest in the  Liquidation  Account in the same  proportion as the
balance in all of his qualifying  deposit accounts was of the aggregate  balance
in  all  qualifying  deposit  accounts  of  all  Eligible  Account  Holders  and
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders on September  30, 1996  or____________,
1997,   respectively.   For  accounts  in  existence  on  both  dates,  separate
subaccounts shall be determined on the basis of the qualifying  deposits in such
accounts on the record dates.  However,  if the amount in the qualifying deposit
account on any annual  closing date of the  Association  is less than the lowest
amount  in  such  deposit  account  on  the   Eligibility   Record  Date  and/or
Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date, and any subsequent  annual closing date,
this  interest  in  the  Liquidation  Account  will  be  reduced  by  an  amount
proportionate  to such  reduction  in the related  deposit  account and will not
thereafter be increased  despite any subsequent  increase in the related deposit
account.

         The  Association.  Under  federal  law,  the  stock  savings  and  loan
association resulting from the Conversion will be deemed to be a continuation of
the  mutual  savings  and loan  association  rather  than a new  entity and will
continue  to  have  all  of  the  rights,  privileges,  properties,  assets  and
liabilities of the  Association  prior to the  Conversion.  The Conversion  will
enable the  Association to issue capital stock,  but will not change the general
objectives,   purposes  or  types  of  business   currently   conducted  by  the
Association,  and no assets of the  Association  will be distributed in order to
effect the Conversion,  other than to pay the expenses incident  thereto.  After
the  Conversion,   the  Association  will  remain  subject  to  examination  and
regulation  by the OTS and will continue to be a member of the Federal Home Loan
Bank System.  The Conversion will not cause any change in the executive officers
or directors of the Association.

         Tax   Consequences.   Consummation   of  the  Conversion  is  expressly
conditioned  upon prior receipt of either a ruling of the United States Internal
Revenue Service ("IRS") or an opinion letter of the  Association's  counsel with
respect  to  federal  taxation,  and  either a ruling  of the New York  taxation
authorities  or an opinion  letter  with  respect to New York  taxation,  to the
effect  that the  Conversion  will not be a taxable  transaction  to the Holding
Company, the Association or the Association's  deposit account holders receiving
subscription rights.

         The Association has received an opinion of its special counsel, Silver,
Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., to the effect that (i) the Conversion will qualify as a
reorganization  under Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended,  and no gain or loss will be recognized to the Association in either
its mutual form or its stock form by reason of the proposed Conversion,  (ii) no
gain or loss will be  recognized  to the  Association  upon the receipt of money
from the Holding Company for stock of the Association;  and no gain or loss will
be recognized to the Holding Company

                                        4
<PAGE>



upon the  receipt of money for Common  Stock of the Holding  Company;  (iii) the
assets of the  Association  in either its mutual or its stock form will have the
same  basis  before and after the  Conversion;  (iv) the  holding  period of the
assets of the  Association  will include the period during which the assets were
held by the  Association  in its mutual form prior to  conversion;  (v) gain, if
any, will be realized by the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holders of the Association,  upon the  constructive  issuance to them of
withdrawable deposit accounts of the Association  immediately after the proposed
Conversion,  interests  in  the  Liquidation  Account,  and on  the  receipt  or
distribution  to them of the  nontransferable  Subscription  Rights to  purchase
Holding  Company  Common Stock (any such gain will be recognized by such account
holder,  but only to the extent,  if any, of an amount not in excess of the fair
market  value of the  Subscription  Rights  and  Liquidation  Account  interests
received);  (vi) the  basis of the  account  holder's  savings  accounts  in the
Association  after  the  Conversion  will be the same as the basis of his or her
savings accounts in the Association prior to the Conversion;  (vii) the basis of
each account holder's  interest in the Liquidation  Account will be zero; (viii)
the basis of the Holding  Company Common Stock to its  shareholders  will be the
Purchase Price thereof and a  shareholder's  holding period for Holding  Company
Common Stock acquired through the exercise of Subscription Rights shall begin on
the date on which the  Subscription  Rights are  exercised;  (ix) the  converted
Association, immediately after Conversion, will succeed to and take into account
the earnings  and profits or deficit in earnings and profits of the  Association
in mutual  form as of the date of the  Conversion;  and (x) the  creation of the
liquidation account will not diminish the Association's accumulated earnings and
profits available for subsequent distribution of dividends.

         The opinion from Silver,  Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. is based, among other
things,  on certain  assumptions,  including the  assumptions  that the exercise
price of the  Subscription  Rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock will
be approximately equal to the fair market value of that stock at the time of the
completion of the proposed Conversion.  With respect to the Subscription Rights,
the Association has received the letter of RP Financial (the "Appraiser Letter")
which, based on certain  assumptions,  concludes that the Subscription Rights to
be received by Eligible Account Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders
and other  eligible  subscribers  do not have any economic  value at the time of
distribution or at the time the  Subscription  Rights are exercised,  whether or
not a public offering takes place.

         The  Association  has also  received  an opinion of Silver,  Freedman &
Taff,  L.L.P.  to the effect that,  based in part on the  Appraiser  Letter,  no
taxable  income  will be  realized  by a stock  subscriber  as a  result  of the
exercise of  non-transferable  Subscription Rights to purchase shares of Holding
Company Common Stock or upon the lapse of such rights.

         If it is subsequently established that the subscription rights received
by such  persons  have an  ascertainable  fair market  value,  or in the case of
employees,  directors  and officers are  compensatory  in nature,  then, in such
event, the subscription rights will be taxable to the recipient in the amount of
their fair market value. In this regard,  the  subscription  rights may be taxed
partially or entirely at ordinary income tax rates.

         With  respect to New York  taxation,  the  Association  has received an
opinion from KPMG Peat Marwick, to the effect that, assuming the Conversion does
not result in any federal taxable income, gain or loss to the Association in its
mutual or stock form,  the Holding  Company,  the  account  holders,  borrowers,
officers,  directors  and  employees  and  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans of the
Association,  the  Conversion  should  not  result  in any New York  income  tax
liability to such entities or persons.

         Unlike a private  letter  ruling,  the  opinions of Silver,  Freedman &
Taff, L.L.P. and KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP as well as the Appraiser Letter, have no
binding  effect or  official  status,  and no  assurance  can be given  that the
conclusions  reached in any of those  opinions  would be sustained by a court if
contested by the IRS or the New York tax authorities.

Approval, Interpretation, Amendment and Termination

         Under the Plan of Conversion,  the letter from the OTS giving  approval
thereto, and applicable  regulations,  consummation of the Conversion is subject
to the  satisfaction  of the following  conditions:  (a) approval of the Plan of
Conversion  by members  of the  Association  casting at least a majority  of the
votes eligible to be cast at the Special Meeting;  (b) sale of all of the Common
Stock to be offered in the Conversion;  and (c) receipt of favorable  rulings or
opinions  of  counsel as to the  federal  and New York tax  consequences  of the
Conversion.

                                        5

<PAGE>



         The Plan of Conversion  may be  substantively  amended by the Boards of
Directors of the Association and the Holding Company with the concurrence of the
OTS. If the Plan of  Conversion  is amended,  proxies  which have been  received
prior to such amendment will not be resolicited unless otherwise required by the
OTS.  Also,  as  required  by the federal  regulations,  the Plan of  Conversion
provides  that the  transactions  contemplated  thereby may be terminated by the
Board of  Directors  of the  Association  alone at any time prior to the Special
Meeting and may be  terminated by the Board of Directors of the  Association  at
any time thereafter with the concurrence of the OTS, notwithstanding approval of
the Plan of Conversion by the members of the Association at the Special Meeting.
All  interpretations  by the  Association and the Holding Company of the Plan of
Conversion  and of the order forms and related  materials  for the  Subscription
Offering will be final, except as regards or affects the OTS.

Judicial Review

         Section 5(i)(2)(B) of the Home Owners' Loan Act, as amended,  12 U.S.C.
ss.1464(i)(2)(B) and Section 563b.8(u) of the Rules and Regulations  promulgated
thereunder (12 C.F.R.  Section 563b.8(u)) provide: (i) that persons aggrieved by
a final  action  of the OTS  which  approves,  with or  without  conditions,  or
disapproves a plan of conversion, may obtain review of such final action only by
filing a written  petition in the United States Court of Appeals for the circuit
in which the principal office or residence of such person is located,  or in the
United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia, requesting that the
final action of the OTS be modified, terminated or set aside, and (ii) that such
petition must be filed within 30 days after  publication of notice of such final
action in the  Federal  Register,  or 30 days  after the date of  mailing of the
notice  and proxy  statement  for the  meeting of the  converting  institution's
members  at which the  conversion  is to be voted on,  whichever  is later.  The
notice of the Special Meeting of the  Association's  members to vote on the Plan
of  Conversion  described  herein is  included  at the  beginning  of this Proxy
Statement.  The statute and regulation referred to above should be consulted for
further information.

         YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT TO US. PLEASE TAKE A MOMENT NOW TO COMPLETE
AND RETURN YOUR PROXY CARD IN THE POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE PROVIDED.  YOU MAY STILL
ATTEND THE  SPECIAL  MEETING  AND VOTE IN PERSON EVEN THOUGH YOU HAVE VOTED YOUR
PROXY. FAILURE TO SUBMIT A PROXY WILL HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS VOTING AGAINST THE
CONVERSION.

         If you have any questions,  please call our Information Center at (518)
___-____.

         IMPORTANT:  YOU MAY BE  ENTITLED  TO VOTE IN MORE  THAN  ONE  CAPACITY.
PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND PROMPTLY RETURN EACH PROXY CARD YOU RECEIVE.

                            -----------------------

         THIS PROXY STATEMENT IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE  SOLICITATION OF AN
OFFER TO BUY STOCK. THE OFFER WILL BE MADE ONLY BY THE PROSPECTUS.

         THE  COMMON  STOCK IS NOT A DEPOSIT  OR  ACCOUNT  AND IS NOT  FEDERALLY
INSURED OR GUARANTEED.



                                        6

<PAGE>



                                 REVOCABLE PROXY

                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION


         THIS  PROXY  IS  SOLICITED  ON  BEHALF  OF THE  BOARD OF  DIRECTORS  OF
GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

         The  undersigned  member  of  Gloversville  Federal  Savings  and  Loan
Association  (the  "Association")  hereby appoints the Board of Directors of the
Association  as  proxies  to cast all  votes  which  the  undersigned  member is
entitled to cast at a Special Meeting of Members to be held at the Association's
office located at 52 North Main Street,  Gloversville,  New York 12078-3084,  at
the hour and date stated in the Proxy Statement, and at any and all adjournments
and  postponements  thereof,  and to act  with  respect  to all  votes  that the
undersigned would be entitled to cast, if then personally present, in accordance
with the instructions on the reverse side hereof to vote FOR or AGAINST:

                  The  adoption  of  the  Plan  of  Conversion  to  convert  the
                  Association from a federally chartered mutual savings and loan
                  association  to a federally  chartered  stock savings and loan
                  association, including the adoption of a federal stock savings
                  and loan association charter and bylaws, with the simultaneous
                  issuance of its common stock to Adirondack  Financial Services
                  Bancorp,  Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Holding Company")
                  and sale by the Holding Company of shares of its Common Stock.

         This proxy will be voted as directed by the undersigned member.  UNLESS
CONTRARY  DIRECTION IS GIVEN,  THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR ADOPTION OF THE PLAN
OF  CONVERSION.  In addition,  this proxy will be voted at the discretion of the
Board of Directors upon any other matter as may properly come before the Special
Meeting.

         The  undersigned  member may revoke this proxy at any time before it is
voted by  delivering  to the  Secretary of the  Association  either by a written
revocation  of the proxy or a duly  executed  proxy  bearing a later date, or by
appearing at the Special Meeting and voting in person.  The  undersigned  member
hereby  acknowledges  receipt  of  the  Notice  of  Special  Meeting  and  Proxy
Statement.






             (IMPORTANT: PLEASE VOTE, DATE AND SIGN ON REVERSE SIDE)

                                        7

<PAGE>


                GLOVERSVILLE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION



Please Mark Votes Below

Approval of the Plan of Conversion

FOR [ ]    AGAINST [ ]    DATE:_______________________, 1997
                               


                              X_______________________




                              X_______________________


                               IMPORTANT:  Please  sign  your  name
                               exactly as it appears on this proxy.
                               Joint   accounts   need   only   one
                               signature.   When   signing   as  an
                               attorney,   administrator,    agent,
                               corporation,    officer,   executor,
                               trustee or  guardian,  etc.,  please
                               add   your   full   title   to  your
                               signature.


        NOTE:  IF YOU RECEIVE  MORE THAN ONE PROXY CARD,  PLEASE SIGN AND RETURN
               ALL CARDS IN THE ACCOMPANYING ENVELOPE.

                                        8



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission